Keysight 34980A Multifunction

Switch/Measure Unit
Programmer's Reference
Help

This Help file contains reference information to help you program the Keysight 34980A over the remote interface
using the SCPI programming language. The 34980A supports the SCPI command language on all of its remote
I/O interfaces.
Introduction to the SCPI Language
Commands A-Z
Commands by Subsystem
Command Quick Reference
SCPI Error Messages
Factory Reset State
Instrument Preset State
Plug-In Module Reference Information

For information on configuring the remote I/O interfaces, see the Keysight 34980A
Mainframe User's Guide.

Related Information
IO Libraries and Instrument Drivers
IO Libraries:

To easily configure and verify an interface connection between the 34980A and your PC, you can use the Keysight
IO Libraries Suite (E2094M Keysight IO Libraries for Windows) or an equivalent. For more information about
Keysight's I/O connectivity software, go to www.keysight.com/find/iolib.
l Keysight IO Libraries Suite for Windows® 98/2000/ME/XP. For more information and to install this software,
see the Automation-Ready CD, which is shipped with your 34980A.
l Previous versions of the Keysight IO Libraries for Windows® 98/NT/2000/ME/XP. For more information and
to download this software from the Web, go to www.keysight.com/find/iolib.

For information on connecting instruments to USB, LAN, and GPIB and how to configure and troubleshoot these
interfaces, refer to the Keysight Connectivity Guide. If you have installed the Keysight IO Libraries Suite, you can
access the guide from the Keysight IO Libraries Control icon. Or you can download the guide from the Web at
www.keysight.com/find/connectivity.

Instrument Drivers:

To communicate programmatically with the 34980A, you can use either the SCPI instrument command language
or the provided instrument drivers. The following table shows the instrument drivers currently available for the
34980A.

Programming Environment Supported Drivers

Microsoft® Visual C Ver 6.0, Visual C++, and ANSI C IVI-C, IVI-COM
Microsoft® Visual Basic Ver 6.0 IVI-C, IVI-COM
Microsoft® Visual Studio® .NET for C#, C, and Visual Basic IVI-COM
Keysight VEE IVI-COM
National Instruments LabVIEW LabVIEW Plug&Play (native mode), IVI-
C
National Instruments LabWindows/CVI IVI-C

To install the instrument drivers and their associated Help files, see the 34980A Product Reference CD-ROM. Or,
you can download the drivers from the Web at www.keysight.com/find/34980A.
Keysight 34980A Documentation

2 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following documentation is available in Adobe® Acrobat® PDF format on the 34980A Product Reference
CD-ROM shipped with your instrument. For the most up-to-date information on the 34980A, including on-line
documentation, firmware updates, and calibration procedures, go to www.keysight.com/find/34980A.
l 34980A MainframeUser’s Guide
l 34980A Command Quick Reference Guide
l 34980A Product Data Sheet
l Application Notes
l 34980A Plug-In Module Wiring Logs

For information on connecting instruments to USB, LAN, and GPIB interfaces and how to configure and
troubleshoot these interfaces, refer to the Keysight Connectivity Guide. If you have installed the Keysight IO
Libraries Suite, you can access the guide from the Keysight IO Libraries Control icon. Or, you can download the
guide from the Web at www.keysight.com/find/connectivity.

For detailed information on configuring, wiring and operating the plug-in modules, see the User's Guides
specific to the individual modules or module families.
Keysight 34980A Web Browser Interface
The Keysight 34980A provides a Web Interface which is built into the instrument. You can use this interface over
LAN for remote access and control of the instrument via a Java™-enabled Web browser, such as Microsoft®
Internet Explorer.

To access and use the 34980A Web Interface:

1. Establish a LAN interface connection from your PC to the 34980A.

2. Open your PC's Web browser.
3. Launch the 34980A Web Interface by entering the IP address of your 34980A, or its fully-qualified host
name, in the browser address field.
4. Follow the instructions in the 34980A Web Interface's on-line Help.

For more information on using the 34980A Web Interface, see the 34980A Getting Started Guide.
Programming Examples
To help you get started with programming the 34980A, we have developed a series of programming examples for
the following environments:
l Microsoft® Visual C
l Microsoft® Visual Basic
l Microsoft® Excel
l Keysight VEE
l National Instruments LabVIEW

To install the programming examples, see the 34980A Product Reference CD-ROM. Or, you can download the
examples from the Web at www.keysight.com/find/34980A.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 3

Contact Keysight Technologies

© Keysight Technologies, Inc. 2004-2022 Version 2.2

4 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Introduction to the SCPI Language
SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) is an ASCII-based instrument command language
designed for test and measurement instruments. SCPI commands are based on a hierarchical structure, also
known as a tree system. In this system, associated commands are grouped together under a common node or
root, thus forming subsystems. A portion of the SENSe subsystem is shown below to illustrate the tree system.

SENSe:
VOLTage:
DC:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX}[,(@<ch_list>)]
DC:RANGe? [(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

RESistance:
OCOMpensated {OFF|0|ON|1}[,(@<ch_list>)]
OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

TEMPerature:
RJUNction? [(@<ch_list>)]

SENSe is the root keyword of the command, VOLTage and RESistance are second-level keywords, and DC and
OCOMpensated are third-level keywords. A colon ( : ) separates a command keyword from a lower-level keyword.

Syntax Conventions
The format used to show commands is illustrated below:

VOLTage:DC:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX}[,(@<ch_list>)]

The command syntax shows most commands (and some parameters) as a mixture of upper- and lower-case
letters. The upper-case letters indicate the abbreviated spelling for the command. For shorter program lines, you
can send the abbreviated form. For better program readability, you can send the long form.

For example, in the above syntax statement, VOLT and VOLTAGE are both acceptable forms. You can use upper-
or lower-case letters. Therefore, VOLTAGE, volt, and Volt are all acceptable. Other forms, such as VOL and
VOLTAG, are not valid and will generate an error.
l Braces ( { } ) enclose the parameter choices for a given command string. The braces are not sent with the
command string.
l A vertical bar ( | ) separates multiple parameter choices for a given command string.
l Triangle brackets ( < > ) indicate that you must specify a value for the enclosed parameter. For example, the
above syntax statement shows the <range> parameter enclosed in triangle brackets. The brackets are not
sent with the command string. You must specify a value for the parameter (e.g., "VOLT:DC:RANG 10").
l Some parameters are enclosed in square brackets ( [ ] ). This indicates that the parameter is optional and can
be omitted. The brackets are not sent with the command string. If you do not specify a value for an optional
parameter, the instrument chooses a default value.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 5

Command Separators
A colon ( : ) is used to separate a command keyword from a lower-level keyword. You must insert a blank space to
separate a parameter from a command keyword. If a command requires more than one parameter, you must
separate adjacent parameters using a comma as shown below:

"CONF:VOLT:DC 10,0.003"

A semicolon ( ; ) is used to separate commands within the same subsystem, and can also minimize typing. For
example, sending the following command string:

"TRIG:SOUR EXT; COUNT 10"

... is the same as sending the following two commands:

"TRIG:SOUR EXT"
"TRIG:COUNT 10"

Use a colon and a semicolon to link commands from different subsystems. For example, in the following
command string, an error is generated if you do not use both the colon and semicolon:

"ROUT:CHAN:DELAY 1;:TRIG:SOUR EXT"

Using the MIN and MAX Parameters

For many commands, you can substitute "MIN" or "MAX" in place of a parameter. For example, consider the
following command:

VOLTage:DC:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX}[,(@<ch_list>)]

Instead of selecting a specific value for the <range> parameter, you can substitute MIN to set the range to its
minimum value or MAX to set the range to its maximum value.

Querying Parameter Settings

You can query the current value of most parameters by adding a question mark ( ? ) to the command. For
example, the following command sets the scan count to 10 sweeps:

"TRIG:COUNT 10"

You can then query the scan count value by sending:

"TRIG:COUNT?"

You can also query the minimum or maximum scan count allowed as follows:

"TRIG:COUNT? MIN"
"TRIG:COUNT? MAX"

6 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SCPI Command Terminators
A command string sent to the instrument must terminate with a <new line> (<NL>) character. The IEEE-488 EOI
(End-Or-Identify) message is interpreted as a <NL> character and can be used to terminate a command string in
place of a <NL> character. A <carriage return> followed by a <NL> is also accepted. Command string termination
will always reset the current SCPI command path to the root level.

IEEE-488.2 Common Commands

The IEEE-488.2 standard defines a set of common commands that perform functions such as reset, self-test, and
status operations. Common commands always begin with an asterisk ( * ), are three characters in length, and
may include one or more parameters. The command keyword is separated from the first parameter by a
blank space. Use a semicolon ( ; ) to separate multiple commands as shown below:

"*RST; *CLS; *ESE 32; *OPC?"

SCPI Parameter Types

The SCPI language defines several data formats to be used in program messages and response messages.

Numeric Parameters

Commands that require numeric parameters will accept all commonly used decimal representations of numbers
including optional signs, decimal points, and scientific notation. Special values for numeric parameters such as
MIN, MAX, and DEF are also accepted. You can also send engineering unit suffixes with numeric parameters
(e.g., M, K, or u). If only specific numeric values are accepted, the instrument will automatically round the input
numeric parameters. The following command requires a numeric parameter for the range value:

VOLTage:DC:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX}[,(@<ch_list>)]

Discrete Parameters

Discrete parameters are used to program settings that have a limited number of values (like BUS, IMMediate,
EXTernal). They have a short form and a long form just like command keywords. You can mix upper- and lower-
case letters. Query responses will always return the short form in all upper-case letters. The following command
requires a discrete parameter for the temperature units:

UNIT:TEMPerature {C|F|K}[,(@<ch_list>)]

Boolean Parameters

Boolean parameters represent a single binary condition that is either true or false. For a false condition, the
instrument will accept "OFF" or "0". For a true condition, the instrument will accept "ON" or "1". When you query
a boolean setting, the instrument will always return "0" or "1". The following command requires a boolean
parameter:

INPut:IMPedance:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1}[,(@<ch_list>)]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 7

ASCII String Parameters

String parameters can contain virtually any set of ASCII characters. A string must begin and end with matching
quotes; either with a single quote or a double quote. You can include the quote delimiter as part of the string by
typing it twice without any characters in between. The following command uses a string parameter:

DISPlay:TEXT <quoted string>

For example, the following command displays the message "SCANNING..." on the instrument's front panel (the
quotes are not displayed).

DISP:TEXT "SCANNING..."

You can also display the same message using the following command with single quotes.

DISP:TEXT 'SCANNING...'

Channel List Parameters

Channel list parameters have the form (@sccc), where s is the mainframe slot number (1 through 8) and ccc is
the channel number. You can specify a single channel, multiple channels, or a range of channels. The channel list
must be preceded with the "@" symbol and must be enclosed in parentheses. The following commands use a
channel list (<ch_list>) parameter:

ROUTe:CLOSe (@<ch_list>)

INPut:IMPedance:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

As shown above, the <ch_list> parameter is optional for some commands (as indicated by square brackets). If you
omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command will be applied to the internal DMM.

The following command closes channel 10 on the module in slot 3.

ROUT:CLOS (@3010)

The following command closes channels 10, 12, and 15 on the module in slot 2.

ROUT:CLOS (@2010,2012,2015)

The following command closes channels 5 through 10 (slot 1) and channel 15 (slot 2). When you specify a range
of channels, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no error will be generated) but the first and last
channel in the range must be valid.

ROUT:CLOS (@1005:1010,2015)

The Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the first
or last channel in a range of channels. For example, the following command closes all valid channels between
channel 30 (slot 1) and channel 5 (slot 2). In addition, this command closes Analog Bus relay 911 on the module

8 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

in slot 1 (Bank 1). Note that although the specified range of channels includes the other Analog Bus relays, they
are ignored and are not closed by this command.

ROUT:CLOS (@1030:2005,1911)

The following command will generate an error since the Analog Bus relays cannot be specified as the first or last
channel in a range of channels (none of the channels will be closed).

ROUT:CLOS (@1005:1911) !Generates an error

In the following command, since the optional <ch_list> parameter is omitted, the command will be applied to the
internal DMM. If the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or is not present, an
error will be generated.

INP:IMP:AUTO ON !Applies to the internal DMM

Scan List Parameters

Before you can initiate a scan, you must set up a scan list to include the desired multiplexer, digital, or totalizer
channels. Like channel list parameters (see Channel List Parameters above), scan list parameters specify one or
more channels in the instrument. The scan list must be preceded with the "@" symbol and must be enclosed in
parentheses. The following command uses a scan list (<scan_list>) parameter:

ROUTe:SCAN (@<scan_list>)

Commands which accept a <scan_list> parameter will reprogram the scan list each time you send the command
to the instrument. The <scan_list> parameter is never an optional parameter. By default, the instrument scans
the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels are reordered as needed). If your
application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present scan list, you can use the
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In either mode, channels which
are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.

If a command specifies an illegal operation on a given channel, the instrument will generate an error on the
offending channel and the command will not be performed on any of the channels. For example, the following
command will generate an error since channel 911 is an Analog Bus relay which cannot be added to the scan list
(assumes a multiplexer module is installed in slot 1).

ROUT:SCAN (@1001,1911) !Generates an error

The Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer modules are ignored if they are
included in a range of channels in a scan list. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels. For example, the following command configures the scan list to
include all valid channels between channel 30 (slot 1) and channel 5 (slot 2). Note that although the specified
range of channels includes the four Analog Bus relays, they are ignored and are not added to the scan list.

ROUT:SCAN (@1030:2005)

However, if an illegal channel is either the first or last channel specified in the range, the instrument will generate
an error (none of the channels will be added to the scan list). For example, the following command will generate
an error since Analog Bus relay 911 is specified as the ending point in the range.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 9

 ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1911) !Generates an error

Using Device Clear

Device Clear is an IEEE-488 low-level bus message that you can use to return the instrument to a responsive
state (e.g., during a lengthy query). Different programming languages and IEEE-488 interface cards provide
access to this capability through their own unique commands. The status registers, the error queue, and all
configuration states are left unchanged when a Device Clear message is received.

Device Clear performs the following actions:

l If a scan is running, it is aborted.
l The instrument returns to the trigger "idle" state.
l The instrument's input and output buffers are cleared.
l The instrument is prepared to accept a new command string.
l An overlapped command, if any, will be terminated with no "Operation Complete" indication.

The ABORt command is the recommended method to terminate a measurement.

It is recommended that you allow for a two-second wait following a Device Clear to enable
the instrument to process the clear operation.

10 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Commands A-Z
A–E|F–J|M–O|P–T|U–Z

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

A
ABORt

C
*CLS
CALCulate:AVERage:AVERage?
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar
CALCulate:AVERage:COUNt?
CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum:TIME?
CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum?
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum:TIME?
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum?
CALCulate:AVERage:PTPeak?
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA[:<width>]
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA?
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK[:<width>]
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK?
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe?
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE?
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer?
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe?
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer?
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe?
CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN
CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN?
CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet
CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet?
CALCulate:SCALe:STATe
CALCulate:SCALe:STATe?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 11

CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT
CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT?
CALibration?
CALibration:ABORt
CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
CALibration:COUNt?
CALibration:LFRequency
CALibration:LFRequency?
CALibration:MODule?
CALibration:POINt?
CALibration:SECure:CODE
CALibration:SECure:STATe
CALibration:SECure:STATe?
CALibration:STRing
CALibration:STRing?
CALibration:VALue
CALibration:VALue?
CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize
CONFigure:CURRent:AC
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]?
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity?
CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity

12 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity?
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh?
CONFigure:FREQuency
CONFigure:FRESistance
CONFigure:PERiod
CONFigure:RESistance
CONFigure:TEMPerature
CONFigure:TOTalize
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
CONFigure?
COUNter:ABORt
COUNter:DATA?
COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]?
COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]?
COUNter:FUNCtion
COUNter:FUNCtion?
COUNter:GATE:POLarity
COUNter:GATE:POLarity?
COUNter:GATE:SOURce
COUNter:GATE:SOURce?
COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]
COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]?
COUNter:INITiate
COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]?
COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]?
COUNter:SLOPe
COUNter:SLOPe?
COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage
COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage?
COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?
COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE
COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE?
CURRent:AC:BANDwidth
CURRent:AC:BANDwidth?
CURRent:AC:RANGe
CURRent:AC:RANGe?
CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO
CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO?
CURRent[:DC]:APERture
CURRent[:DC]:APERture?
CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 13

CURRent[:DC]:NPLC
CURRent[:DC]:NPLC?
CURRent[:DC]:RANGe
CURRent[:DC]:RANGe?
CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO
CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO?
CURRent[:DC]:RESolution
CURRent[:DC]:RESolution?
CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?

D
DATA:LAST?
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold?
DATA:POINts?
DATA:REMove?
DIAGnostic:DMM:CYCLes?
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes:CLEar
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes?
DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
DIGital:DATA:BIT?
DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold?
DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]?
DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE?
DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus?
DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion?
DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat
DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat?
DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts?
DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
DIGital:MEMory:ENABle?
DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt
DIGital:MEMory:STARt
DIGital:MEMory:STEP

14 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

DIGital:MEMory:STOP
DIGital:THReshold
DIGital:THReshold?
DISPlay:TEXT
DISPlay:TEXT?
DISPlay:TEXT:CLEar
DISPlay[:STATe]
DISPlay[:STATe]?

E
*ESE
*ESE?
*ESR?

F
FETCh?
FORMat:BORDer
FORMat:BORDer?
FORMat:READing:ALARm
FORMat:READing:ALARm?
FORMat:READing:CHANnel
FORMat:READing:CHANnel?
FORMat:READing:TIME
FORMat:READing:TIME?
FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE
FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE?
FORMat:READing:UNIT
FORMat:READing:UNIT?
FREQuency:APERture
FREQuency:APERture?
FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer
FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer?
FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe
FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe?
FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO
FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?
FRESistance:APERture
FRESistance:APERture?
FRESistance:APERture:ENABled?
FRESistance:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 15

FRESistance:NPLC?
FRESistance:OCOMpensated
FRESistance:OCOMpensated?
FRESistance:RANGe
FRESistance:RANGe?
FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO
FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO?
FRESistance:RESolution
FRESistance:RESolution?
FUNCtion
FUNCtion?

I
*IDN?
INITiate
INSTrument:DMM:CONNect
INSTrument:DMM:CONNect?
INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect
INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect?
INSTrument:DMM:INSTalled?
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]?

M
MEASure:COUNter:DCYCle?
MEASure:COUNter:FREQuency?
MEASure:COUNter:PERiod?
MEASure:COUNter:PWIDth?
MEASure:COUNter:TOTalize?
MEASure:CURRent:AC?
MEASure:CURRent[:DC]?
MEASure:DIGital?
MEASure:FREQuency?
MEASure:FRESistance?
MEASure:PERiod?
MEASure:RESistance?
MEASure:TEMPerature?
MEASure:TOTalize?
MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC?
MEASure[:VOLTage][:DC]?
MEMory:NSTates?
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
MEMory:STATe:DELete

16 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEMory:STATe:DELete:ALL
MEMory:STATe:NAME
MEMory:STATe:NAME?
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO?
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect?
MEMory:STATe:VALid?
MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]
MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]?

O
*OPC
*OPC?
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:CLEar
OUTPut:ALARm:CLEar:ALL
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE?
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe?
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SEQuence?
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce?
OUTPut[:STATe]
OUTPut[:STATe]?

P
PERiod:APERture
PERiod:APERture?
PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe
PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe?
PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO
PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?

R
*RCL
*RST
R?
READ?
RESistance:APERture

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 17

RESistance:APERture?
RESistance:APERture:ENABled?
RESistance:NPLC
RESistance:NPLC?
RESistance:OCOMpensated
RESistance:OCOMpensated?
RESistance:RANGe
RESistance:RANGe?
RESistance:RANGe:AUTO
RESistance:RANGe:AUTO?
RESistance:RESolution
RESistance:RESolution?
RESistance:ZERO:AUTO
RESistance:ZERO:AUTO?
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle?
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe?
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel:CLEar:MODule
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]?
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]?
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity?

18 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POSition:STATe?
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe?
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR
ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR?
ROUTe:MODule:BUSY?
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT?
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]?
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle?
ROUTe:MONitor:DATA?
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE?
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe?
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:OPEN?
ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS
ROUTe:OPEN:ALL
ROUTe:OPEN:PAIR
ROUTe:OPEN:PAIR?
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit?
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT?
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]?
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:BUSY?
ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 19

ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine?
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete:ALL
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME]
ROUTe:SEQuence:RUNNing:NAME?
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate]
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce?
ROUTe:SEQuence:WAIT
ROUTe:SCAN
ROUTe:SCAN?
ROUTe:SCAN:ADD
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered?
ROUTe:SCAN:REMove
ROUTe:SCAN:SIZE?

S
*SAV
*SRE
*SRE?
*STB?
SAMPle:COUNt
SAMPle:COUNt?
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion
[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion?
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity?
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce?
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
[SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe
[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe?
[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage
[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage?
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate

20 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE?
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth?
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe?
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT?
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold?
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE?
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 21

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP
[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold?
[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture
[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture?
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer?
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe?
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution?
[SENSe:]FUNCtion
[SENSe:]FUNCtion?
[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]
[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]?
[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture
[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture?
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe?
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture?
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC?
[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe?

22 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution
[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution?
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction[:INTernal]?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 23

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE
[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE?
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth?
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe?
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?

SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]?
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT?

24 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe
SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe?
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel?
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]?
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE?
SOURce:DIGital:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:LEVel?
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle?
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles?
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe?
SOURce:DIGital:STATe
SOURce:DIGital:STATe?
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor?
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce?
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN?
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet?
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle?
SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency
SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency?
SOURce:FUNCtion:HALT
SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod
SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod?
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles?
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex?
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]?
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 25

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce?
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN?
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet?
SOURce:MODE
SOURce:MODE?
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency?
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel?
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe?
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMMediate
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut?
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]?
STATus:ALARm:CONDition?
STATus:ALARm:ENABle
STATus:ALARm:ENABle?
STATus:ALARm[:EVENt]?
STATus:MODule:ENABle
STATus:MODule:ENABle?
STATus:MODule:EVENt?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n][:EVENt]?
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
STATus:PRESet
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
SWEep:COUNt
SWEep:COUNt?
SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate
SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate?

26 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:ALARm?
SYSTem:BEEPer
SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe
SYSTem:CDEScription?
SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle
SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:BSTatus?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:CONTrol?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory:CLEar
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage?
SYSTem:CPON
SYSTem:CTYPe?
SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule?
SYSTem:DATE
SYSTem:DATE?
SYSTem:DELay[:IMMediate]
SYSTem:ERRor?
SYSTem:LOCK:OWNer?
SYSTem:LOCK:RELease
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 27

SYSTem:MODule?
SYSTem:MODule:PFAil:JUMPer:AMP5?
SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection
SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection?
SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection DEFault
SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection? DEFault
SYSTem:MODule:TEMPerature?
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE
SYSTem:PRESet
SYSTem:RMODule:RESet
SYSTem:RMODule:STATus?
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
SYSTem:TIME
SYSTem:TIME?
SYSTem:TIME:SCAN?
SYSTem:VERSion?

T
*TRG
*TST?
TEMPerature:APERture
TEMPerature:APERture?
TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled?
TEMPerature:NPLC
TEMPerature:NPLC?
TEMPerature:RJUNction[:INTernal]?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE

28 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE?
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE?
TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO
TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO?
TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
TOTalize:DATA?
TOTalize:SLOPe
TOTalize:SLOPe?
TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]
TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]?
TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage
TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage?
TOTalize:TYPE
TOTalize:TYPE?
TRACe:CATalog?
TRACe:DELete:ALL
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:FREE?
TRACe:POINts?
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>]
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion
TRIGger:COUNt
TRIGger:COUNt?
TRIGger:DELay
TRIGger:DELay?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 29

TRIGger:DELay:AUTO
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO?
TRIGger:SOURce
TRIGger:SOURce?
TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE]
TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE]?
TRIGger:TIMer
TRIGger:TIMer?

U
UNIT:TEMPerature
UNIT:TEMPerature?

V
VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth
VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth?
VOLTage:AC:RANGe
VOLTage:AC:RANGe?
VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO
VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO?
VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
VOLTage[:DC]:APERture?
VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO
VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO?
VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC
VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC?
VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe
VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe?
VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO
VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO?
VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution
VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution?
VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?

W
*WAI

30 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34980A Command Quick Reference
Printable PDF Version

Syntax Conventions

l Braces ( { } ) enclose the parameter choices for a given command string. The braces are not sent with the
command string.
l A vertical bar ( | ) separates multiple parameter choices for a given command string.
l Triangle brackets ( < > ) indicate that you must specify a value for the enclosed parameter. For example, the
above syntax statement shows the <range> parameter enclosed in triangle brackets. The brackets are not
sent with the command string. You must specify a value for the parameter (e.g., "VOLT:DC:RANG 10").
l Some parameters are enclosed in square brackets ( [ ] ). The square brackets indicate that the parameter is
optional and can be omitted. The brackets are not sent with the command string. If you do not specify a
value for an optional parameter, the instrument chooses a default value.

Measurement Commands

MEASure:CURRent:AC? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

MEASure:CURRent[:DC]? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]
MEASure:DIGital? {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}, [<voltage>,] [{NORMal|INVerted} , ] (@<ch_list>)

MEASure:FREQuency? [{<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

MEASure:FRESistance? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

MEASure:PERiod? [{<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

MEASure:RESistance? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

MEASure:TEMPerature? {TCouple|RTD|FRTD|THERmistor|DEF}, {<type>|DEF} [,1 [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] ] [, (@<ch_

list>)]

MEASure:TOTalize? [{READ|RRESet} , ] (@<ch_list>)

MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

MEASure[:VOLTage][:DC]? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Temperature Configuration Commands

CONFigure:TEMPerature {TCouple|RTD|FRTD|THERmistor|DEF}, {<type>|DEF} [,1 [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] ] [, (@<ch_

list>)]
CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 31

 [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE {TCouple|RTD|FRTD|THERmistor} [, (@<ch_list>)]
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

UNIT:TEMPerature {C|F|K} [, (@<ch_list>)]

UNIT:TEMPerature? [(@<ch_list>)]

Thermocouple Configuration

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction[:INTernal]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO?

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction {<temperature>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE {EXTernal|FIXed|INTernal} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE {B|E|J|K|N|R|S|T} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

RTD Configuration

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence] {<reference>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE {85|91} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence] {<reference>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE {85|91} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

Thermistor Configuration

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE {2252|5000|10000} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

32 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Voltage Configuration Commands

DC Voltage Configuration

CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC] [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution {<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

AC Voltage Configuration

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth {3|20|200|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Resistance Configuration Commands

2-Wire Resistance Configuration

CONFigure:RESistance [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 33

 [SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution {<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

4-Wire Resistance Configuration

CONFigure:FRESistance [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution {<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Current Configuration Commands

DC Current Configuration

CONFigure:CURRent[:DC] [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

34 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution {<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

AC Current Configuration

CONFigure:CURRent:AC [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth {3|20|200|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Frequency and Period Configuration Commands

Frequency Configuration

CONFigure:FREQuency [{<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer {<timeout>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe {<voltage_range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Period Configuration

CONFigure:PERiod [{<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe {<voltage_range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 35

Digital I/O and Totalizer Configuration Commands

Digital I/O Configuration

CONFigure:DIGital {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}, [<voltage>,] [{NORMal|INVerted},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection {INPut|0|OUTPut|1}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection? (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake SYNChronous, [<thresh_voltage>, [<level_voltage>, [<polarity>,]]] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe {ACTive|OCOLlector}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe? (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity {NORMal|INVerted}, [{H0|0|H1|1|H2|2|ALL},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity? {H0|0|H1|1|H2|2}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE {<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe {HIMPedance|OFF|ON}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce] {INTernal|EXTernal}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]? (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity {NORMal|INVerted}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity? (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity {NORMal|INVerted}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity? (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:{BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}]? [{DECimal|BINary|HEXadecimal|OCTal},] (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT? <bit>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE {MFULl|COMPare}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:{BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}] <data>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:{BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}]? [{DECimal|BINary|HEXadecimal|OCTal},] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT {0|1}, <bit>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT? <bit>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe {ACTive|OCOLlector}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

36 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE {STARt|STOP|GATE}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion {CONTinue|STARt|STOP}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]? <index>, <count>, (@<channel>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL? (@<channel>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat {LIST|BLOCk}
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat?

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts? [MAX,] (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe <name>, (@<channel>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe? (@<channel>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:LEVel {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:LEVel? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

Trace Pattern Configuration

TRACe:CATalog? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:{BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}] (@<channel>), <name>, {<binary_block>|<value>, <value> [,<value>, . . . ]}

TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion (@<channel>), {COUNt|WONes}, <name>, <points>

TRACe:DELete:ALL {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 37

 TRACe:DELete[:NAME] {(@<channel>)|<slot>}, <name>

TRACe:FREE? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

TRACe:POINts? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}, <name>

Digital Input Pattern Comparison

CALCulate:COMPare:DATA[:{BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}] <data>, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:DATA? (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:MASK[:{BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}] <data>, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:MASK? (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE {EQUal|NEQual}, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion {CONTinue|STARt|STOP}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

Totalizer Configuration

CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize [{READ|RRESet},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:TOTalize [{READ|RRESet},] (@<ch_list>)

MEASure:COUNter:DCYCle? [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

MEASure:COUNter:FREQuency? [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

MEASure:COUNter:PERiod? [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

MEASure:COUNter:PWIDth? [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

MEASure:COUNter:TOTalize? [{READ|RRESet},] (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion {FREQuency|PERiod|DCYCle|PWIDth|TOTalize}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity {NORMal|INVerted}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce {INTernal|EXTernal}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal] {<time>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

38 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe {NEGative|POSitive}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE {READ|RRESet}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage] {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]? [{MIN|MAX},] {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

[SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe {NEGative|POSitive}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE] {AC|TTL}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]? (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE {READ|RRESet}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE? (@<ch_list>)

External Clock Output Configuration

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency {<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency? [{MIN|MAX}, ] {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, <slot>

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel? [{MIN|MAX}, ] <slot>

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}, {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

DAC Configuration Commands

OUTPut[:STATe] {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

OUTPut[:STATe]? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel] {<current>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce {IMMediate|MANual|EXTernal}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce? (@<ch_list>)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 39

 SOURce:MODE {VOLTage|CURRent}, (@<ch_list>)
SOURce:MODE? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency {<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency? [{MIN|MAX}, ] {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}, {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMMediate {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut {OFF|0|ON|1}, {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel] {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Trace Waveform Configuration

SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor {<value>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce {INTernal|EXTernal|STEP}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN {<gain>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet {<offset>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency {<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:HALT (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod {<period>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex <point>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME] <name>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]? (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN {<gain>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet {<offset>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

TRACe:CATalog? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

TRACe:DELete:ALL {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

TRACe:DELete[:NAME] {(@<channel>)|<slot>}, <name>

TRACe:FREE? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

40 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 TRACe:POINts? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}, <name>

TRACe[:DATA] {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}, <name>, {<binary_block>|<value>, <value> [,<value>, . . . ]}

TRACe[:DATA]:DAC {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}, <name>, {<binary_block>|<value>, <value> [,<value>, . . . ]}

TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}, <type>, <name>, <points>

Monitor Commands

ROUTe:MONitor:DATA?

ROUTe:MONitor:MODE {CHANnel|DMM}
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE?

ROUTe:MONitor:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe?

ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] (@<channel>)
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]?

ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle? (@<ch_list>)

Scan Configuration Commands

ABORt

INITiate

FORMat:BORDer {NORMal|SWAPped}
FORMat:BORDer?

FORMat:READing:ALARm {OFF|0|ON|1}
FORMat:READing:ALARm?

FORMat:READing:CHANnel {OFF|0|ON|1}
FORMat:READing:CHANnel?

FORMat:READing:TIME {OFF|0|ON|1}
FORMat:READing:TIME?

FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE {ABSolute|RELative}
FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE?

FORMat:READing:UNIT {OFF|0|ON|1}
FORMat:READing:UNIT?

READ? [(@<ch_list>)]

ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce <source>
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce?

ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO? (@<ch_list>)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 41

 ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:SCAN (@<scan_list>)
ROUTe:SCAN?

ROUTe:SCAN:ADD (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:SCAN:REMove (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered {OFF|0|ON|1}
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered?

ROUTe:SCAN:SIZE?

SAMPle:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF}
SAMPle:COUNt? [{MIN|MAX}]

SWEep:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF}
SWEep:COUNt? [{MIN|MAX}]

TRIGger:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}
TRIGger:COUNt? [{MIN|MAX}]

TRIGger:SOURce {IMMediate|BUS|EXTernal|ALARm1|ALARm2|ALARm3|ALARm4|TIMer}
TRIGger:SOURce?

TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE] {SINGle|CONTinuous}
TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE]?

TRIGger:TIMer {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}
TRIGger:TIMer? [{MIN|MAX}]

Switch Control Commands

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel:CLEar:MODule {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ALL}

ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine] "<label>" , (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]? [<type>,] (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]? (@<ch_list>)

42 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity {NORMal|INVerted}, (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POSition:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CLOSe (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:CLOSe? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:MODule:BUSY? {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ANY}

ROUTe:MODule:WAIT {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ANY}
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT? {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ANY}

ROUTe:OPEN (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:OPEN? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS [{<abus>|ALL}]

ROUTe:OPEN:ALL [{1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ALL}]

ROUTe:OPEN:PAIR (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:OPEN:PAIR? (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] {OFF|0|ON|1}
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]?

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE] {TTL|OCOLlector}, {1-4|BANK1-BANK4|ALL}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]? {1-4|BANK1-BANK4}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle] {OFF|0|ON|1}, {1-4|BANK1-BANK4|ALL}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]? {1-4|BANK1-BANK4}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel {<amps>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, {1-4|BANK1-BANK4|ALL}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel? {1-4|BANK1-BANK4}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet {1-4|BANK1-BANK4|ALL}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit {<max_drives>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT {OFF|INTernal|EXTernal}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT? (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] {OFF|INTernal|EXTernal}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]? (@<rem_ch_list>)

SYSTem:CDEScription? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule? (@<rem_ch>) [,{DISTribution1-DISTribution4}]

SYSTem:CPON {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SYSTem:CTYPe? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule? (@<rem_ch>) [,{DISTribution1-DISTribution4}]

SYSTem:MODule:PFAil:JUMPer:AMP5? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} (34937A/938A only)

SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection <slot>, <mode>

SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection? <slot>

SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection DEFault, <mode>

SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection? DEFault

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 43

 SYSTem:MODule:TERMinal:TYPE? <slot>

SYSTem:MODule:TEMPerature? [{TRANsducer|TTHReshold}], {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} (34937A/938A only)

SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE {WIRE1|WIRE2}, {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} (34923A/925A/933A only)

SYSTem:RMODule:RESet {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SYSTem:RMODule:STATus? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

Sequence Operation Commands

ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt

ROUTe:SEQuence:BUSY?

ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?

ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine <name>, "<commands>"

ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine? <name>

ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete:ALL

ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME] <name>

ROUTe:SEQuence:RUNNing:NAME?

ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate] <name>

ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce <name>, {ALARm1|ALARm2|ALARm3|ALARm4|MANual}

ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce? <name>

ROUTe:SEQuence:WAIT

Triggering Commands

*TRG

INITiate

READ? [(@<ch_list>)]

TRIGger:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}
TRIGger:COUNt? [{MIN|MAX}]

TRIGger:DELay {<seconds>|MIN|MAX}
TRIGger:DELay? [{MIN|MAX}]

TRIGger:DELay:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1}
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO?

TRIGger:SOURce {IMMediate|BUS|EXTernal|TIMer}
TRIGger:SOURce?

TRIGger:TIMer {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}
TRIGger:TIMer? [{MIN|MAX}]

Alarm Limit Commands

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer {<value>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

44 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer {<value>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

OUTPut:ALARm{1|2|3|4}:CLEar

OUTPut:ALARm:CLEar:ALL

OUTPut:ALARm:MODE {LATCh|TRACk}
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE?

OUTPut:ALARm{1|2|3|4}:SEQuence?

OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe {NEGative|POSitive}
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe?

OUTPut:ALARm{1|2|3|4}:SOURce (@<ch_list>)
OUTPut:ALARm{1|2|3|4}:SOURce?

SYSTem:ALARm?

Measurement Statistics Commands

CALCulate:AVERage:AVERage? [(@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar [(@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:AVERage:COUNt? [(@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum? [(@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum:TIME? [(@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum? [(@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum:TIME? [(@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:AVERage:PTPeak? [(@<ch_list>)]

DATA:LAST? [,(@<channel>)]

Reading Memory Commands

DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold <num_readings>
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold?

DATA:POINts?

DATA:REMove? <num_readings>

FETCh?

R? [<max_count>]

SYSTem:TIME:SCAN?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 45

Mx+B Scaling Commands

CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN <gain> [, (@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN? (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet <offset> [, (@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet? (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:SCALe:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1} [, (@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:STATe? [(@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT "<units>" [, (@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT? [(@<ch_list>)]

Calibration Commands

CALibration?

CALibration:ABORt

CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage] [<setup_#>, ] (@<channel>)

CALibration:COUNt? [{1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|MAINframe|DMM}]

CALibration:LFRequency {50|60|400}
CALibration:LFRequency?

CALibration:MODule? [{1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ALL}]

CALibration:POINt? <value>

CALibration:SECure:CODE <new_code>

CALibration:SECure:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}, <code>

CALibration:SECure:STATe?

CALibration:STRing "<string>" [,{1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|MAINframe|DMM}]

CALibration:STRing? [{1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|MAINframe|DMM}]

CALibration:VALue <value>
CALibration:VALue?

State Storage Commands

*RCL {1|2|3|4|5}

*SAV {1|2|3|4|5}

MEMory:NSTates?

MEMory:STATe:CATalog?

MEMory:STATe:DELete {1|2|3|4|5}

MEMory:STATe:DELete:ALL

MEMory:STATe:NAME {1|2|3|4|5} [,<name>]

MEMory:STATe:NAME? {1|2|3|4|5}

46 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO {OFF|0|ON|1}
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO?

MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect {0|1|2|3|4|5}
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect?

MEMory:STATe:VALid? {1|2|3|4|5}

IEEE-488 Commands

*CLS

*ESE <enable_value>
*ESE?

*ESR?

*IDN?

*OPC

*OPC?

*RCL {1|2|3|4|5}

*RST

*SAV {1|2|3|4|5}

*SRE <enable_value>
*SRE?

*STB?

*TRG

*TST?

*WAI

System-Related Commands

*IDN?

*RST

*TST?

CALibration:LFRequency {50|60|400}
CALibration:LFRequency?

DISPlay[:STATe] {OFF|0|ON|1}
DISPlay[:STATe]?

DISPlay:TEXT "<string>"
DISPlay:TEXT?

DISPlay:TEXT:CLEar

SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate {OFF|0|ON|1}
SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 47

 SYSTem:BEEPer

SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe {OFF|0|ON|1}
SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe?

SYSTem:CDEScription? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule? (@<rem_ch>) [,{DISTribution1-DISTribution4}]

SYSTem:CPON {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SYSTem:CTYPe? {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8}

SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule? (@<rem_ch>) [,{DISTribution1-DISTribution4}]

SYSTem:DATE <yyyy>,<mm>,<dd>
SYSTem:DATE?

SYSTem:DELay[:IMMediate] <time>

SYSTem:ERRor?

SYSTem:PRESet

SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate

SYSTem:TIME <hh>,<mm>,<ss.sss>
SYSTem:TIME?

SYSTem:TIME:SCAN?

SYSTem:VERSion?

Remote Interface Configuration Commands

SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle {OFF|0|ON|1}, {GPIB|USB|LAN|SOCKets|TELNet|VXI11|WEB}

SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle? {GPIB|USB|LAN|SOCKets|TELNet|VXI11|WEB}

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess <address>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess?

SYSTem:LOCK:OWNer?

SYSTem:LOCK:RELease

SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?

LAN Configuration Commands

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip {OFF|0|ON|1}
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip?

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:BSTatus?

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:CONTrol?

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP {OFF|0|ON|1}
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP?

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS <address>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS?

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain "<name>"
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain? [{CURRent|STATic}]

48 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway <address>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway? [{CURRent|STATic}]

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory:CLEar

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory?

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname "<name>"
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname? [{CURRent|STATic}]

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress <address>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress? [{CURRent|STATic}]

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive {<seconds>|MIN|MAX}
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive? [{MIN|MAX}]

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk <mask>
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk? [{CURRent|STATic}]

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt "<string>"
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt?

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage "<string>"
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage?

Status System Commands

*CLS

*ESE <enable_value>
*ESE?

*ESR?

*SRE <enable_value>
*SRE?

*STB?

STATus:ALARm:CONDition?

STATus:ALARm:ENABle <enable_value>
STATus:ALARm:ENABle?

STATus:ALARm[:EVENt]?

STATus:MODule:ENABle <enable_value>
STATus:MODule:ENABle?

STATus:MODule:EVENt?

STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle <enable_value>

STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle?

STATus:MODule:SLOT[n][:EVENt]?

STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

STATus:OPERation:ENABle <enable_value>
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?

STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 49

 STATus:PRESet

STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle <enable_value>
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?

STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

SYSTem:ALARm?

SYSTem:MODule?

Service-Related Commands

DIAGnostic:DMM:CYCLes? {1|2|3|4|5|6}

DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes? (@<ch_list>)

DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes:CLEar (@<ch_list>)

INSTrument:DMM:CONNect
INSTrument:DMM:CONNect?

INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect
INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect?

INSTrument:DMM:INSTalled?

INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] {OFF|0|ON|1}
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]?

50 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Commands by Subsystem

ABORt Command
FETCh? Command
INITiate Command
R? Command
READ? Command
CALCulate Subsystem
CALibration Subsystem
CONFigure Subsystem
DATA Subsystem
DIAGnostic Subsystem
DISPlay Subsystem
FORMat Subsystem
IEEE-488.2 Common Commands
INSTrument Subsystem
MEASure Subsystem
MEMory Subsystem
OUTPut Subsystem
ROUTe Subsystem
SAMPle Subsystem
SENSe Subsystem
SOURce Subsystem
STATus Subsystem
SWEep Subsystem
SYSTem Subsystem
TRACe Subsystem
TRIGger Subsystem
UNIT Subsystem

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 51

ABORt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ABORt

Description
This command aborts a measurement in progress from a scan or internal DMM measurements.

Remarks
l For internal DMM measurements, this command may be useful when the sample count is greater than 1 (see
SAMPle:COUNt command).
l When you abort a measurement, the instrument will terminate any reading in progress (readings are not
cleared from memory). If a scan is in progress when the command is received, the scan will not be completed
and you cannot resume the scan from where it left off. Note that if you initiate a new scan, all readings are
cleared from memory.
l When a measurement is aborted, the readings remain in memory and can be read (see FETCh? command)
until you clear them or initiate a new scan.
l The *RST command will abort a measurement, clear the scan list, and set all measurement parameters to
their factory settings. The Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) also aborts a measurement but it
does not clear the scan list.

Example
The following command aborts the measurement in progress.

ABOR

See Also
*RST
SYSTem:PRESet

52 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

FETCh?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
FETCh?

Description
This command transfers readings from volatile memory to the instrument's output buffer where you can read
them into your computer. The readings are not erased from memory when you read them. You can send the
command multiple times to retrieve the same data in reading memory.

Remarks
l The FETCh? command will wait until the measurement is complete to terminate.
l Readings can be acquired during a scan using the multiplexer and digital modules or by the internal DMM
independently (when a channel list is not specified).
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, a status register bit is set and new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings
stored. The most recent readings are always preserved.
l Each time you start a new scan, the instrument clears all readings (including alarm data) stored in reading
memory from the previous measurement. Therefore, the contents of memory are always from the most
recent measurement.
l When you abort a measurement (see ABORt command), the instrument will terminate any reading in pro-
gress (readings are not cleared from memory). The readings remain in memory and can be read until you
clear them or initiate a new scan.
l The output from this command is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands. Depending on
the formats selected, each reading may or may not be stored with measurement units, time stamp, channel
number, and alarm status information. If readings are acquired using the internal DMM independently
(without a multiplexer scan), the channel number will be logged as channel "0".
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when a new scan is initiated, when any measurement para-
meters are changed (CONFigure and SENSe commands), and when the triggering configuration is changed
(TRIGger commands).
l The instrument clears all readings from memory after a Factory Reset (*RST command), after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or when mainframe power is cycled.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 53

Return Format
The command transfers all readings from memory (with formatting as set by the FORMat:READing commands)
but does not erase them. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following program segment shows how to use the FETCh? command with the CONFigure and INITiate
commands. The ROUTe:SCAN command puts the two channels into the scan list (and redefines the scan list).
The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the specified channels when
the rear-panel Ext Trig Inputline is pulsed low, and then sends the readings to memory. The FETCh? command
transfers the readings from memory to the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:VOLT:DC 10,0.003,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
TRIG:SOUR EXT
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

See Also
INITiate
ROUTe:SCAN

54 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

INITiate
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
INITiate

Description
This command changes the state of the triggering system from the "idle" state to the "wait-for-trigger" state.
Measurements will begin when the specified trigger conditions are satisfied following the receipt of the INITiate
command. Measurements are stored in memory. Note that the INITiate command also clears the previous set of
readings from memory.

l If a scan list is currently defined (see ROUTe:SCAN command), the INITiate command performs a scan of the
specified channels.
l If a scan list is not currently defined, the INITiate command performs a DMM measurement independent of
any modules.

Remarks
l Storing readings in memory using the INITiate command is generally faster than sending readings to
memory using the READ? command. The INITiate command is also an "overlapped" command. This means
that after executing the INITiate command, you can send other commands that do not affect the meas-
urements.
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, the new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings stored; the most recent read-
ings are always preserved. In addition, bit 12 is set in the Questionable Data Register's condition register
(see Status System Introduction).
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l For scanning measurements using the multiplexer modules, an error is generated if the internal DMM is dis-
abled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not
required for operations on the digital modules.
l If a scan list containing multiplexer channels is currently defined (see ROUTe:SCAN command), the INITiate
command performs a scan of the specified channels. The following rules apply while the scan is running.
a. When the scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or more chan-
nels in the scan list.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 55

 b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the scan, the instrument
will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in the scan list,
the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements are involved).
If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the scan list, the state of the ABus2
relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the scan.
While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the scanned
measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and ABus4
relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning oper-
ations.
d. While the scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain one or more
channels in the specified scan list (these channels are dedicated to the scan). In addition, the instrument
prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the scan list. If one or more
channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the scan list, then the rules for ABus2 relay
operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. If the ABus1 relay used for current measurements (channel 931 on 34921A only) is not closed prior to the
initiation of the scan, the four current channels (channels 41 through 44) are not affected by the scan.
However, if the ABus1 relay is closed, the instrument will open the ABus1 relay as well as the four asso-
ciated current channels in a make-before-break fashion.
f. At the end of the scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Analog Bus
relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at the com-
pletion of the scan.
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the channels in the scan list are reordered
as needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be inter-
preted as (@1001,1003,2001).
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l Once you initiate a scan, an error will be generated if you attempt to change any measurement parameters
(CONFigure and SENSe commands) or the triggering configuration (TRIGger commands). To abort a scan in
progress, send the ABORt command.

56 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). See the ROUTe:CLOSe command for details.
l The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. An error will be generated if scanning is performed on banks without a ter-
minal block or properly-wired cable. See the SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate command to temporarily
disable errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature.
l To retrieve the readings from memory, use the FETCh? command. The readings are not erased from memory
when you read them. You can send the command multiple times to retrieve the same data in reading
memory.

Example
The following program segment shows how to use the INITiate command with the CONFigure and FETCh?
commands. The ROUTe:SCAN command puts the two channels into the scan list (and redefines the scan list).
The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the specified channels when
the rear-panel Ext Trig Inputline is pulsed low, and then sends the readings to memory. The FETCh? command
transfers the readings from memory to the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:VOLT:DC 10,0.003,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
TRIG:SOUR EXT
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

See Also
FETCh?
READ?
ROUTe:SCAN

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 57

R?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
R? [<max_count>]

Description
This command reads and erases readings from volatile memory up to the specified <max_count>. The readings
are erased from memory starting with the oldest (not the most recent) reading first. The purpose of this
command is to allow you to periodically remove readings from memory that would normally cause reading
memory to overflow (for example, during a scan with an infinite scan count).

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<max_ Numeric Maximum number of readings to be Erase all stored
count> read and erased from memory. readings

Remarks
l This command is a special version of the DATA:REMove? command with faster execution time. You can read
memory at any time using the R? command, even during a scan.
l Readings can be acquired during a scan using the multiplexer and digital modules or by the internal DMM
independently (when a channel list is not specified). For scanning measurements using the multiplexer mod-
ules, an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not
installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not required for operations on the digital modules.
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, the new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings stored; the most recent read-
ings are always preserved. In addition, bit 12 is set in the Questionable Data Register's condition register
(see Status System Introduction).
l The output from this command is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands. Depending on
the formats selected, each reading may or may not be stored with measurement units, time stamp, channel
number, and alarm status information.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when a new scan is initiated, when any measurement para-
meters are changed (CONFigure and SENSe commands), and when the triggering configuration is changed
(TRIGger commands).
l The instrument clears all readings from memory after a Factory Reset (*RST command), after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or when mainframe power is cycled.

58 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command returns a series of readings in Definite-Length Block format. The syntax is a pound sign (#)
followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of digits in the decimal integer to follow. This digit is
followed by a decimal integer indicating the number of 8-bit data bytes to follow. This is followed by a block of
data containing the specified number of bytes.

For example:

Example
This command reads the two oldest readings and erases them from memory.

R? 2

Typical Response: #231+2.87536000E-04,+3.18131400E-03

See Also
DATA:REMove?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 59

READ?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
READ? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command changes the instrument's triggering system from the "idle" state to the "wait-for-trigger" state.
Measurements will begin when the specified trigger conditions are satisfied following the receipt of the READ?
command. Readings are then sent immediately to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.

l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter and a scan list is not currently defined (see ROUTe:SCAN com-
mand), the READ? command applies to the internal DMM.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter and a scan list is currently defined, the READ? command per-
forms a scan of the channels in the scan list.
l If you specify a <ch_list>, regardless of whether a scan list is currently defined, the READ? command per-
forms a "temporary" scan of the specified channels (independent of the present scan list).

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted, this
(@sccc). command applies to the
internal DMM.

Remarks
l Sending the READ? command is similar to sending the INITiate command followed immediately by the
FETCh? command.
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, the new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings stored; the most recent read-
ings are always preserved. In addition, bit 12 is set in the Questionable Data Register's condition register
(see Status System Introduction).

60 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l For scanning measurements using the multiplexer modules, an error is generated if the internal DMM is dis-
abled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not
required for operations on the digital modules.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter and a scan list is currently defined, the READ? command per-
forms a scan of the channels in the scan list. The following rules apply while the scan is running.
a. When the scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or more chan-
nels in the scan list.
b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the scan, the instrument
will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in the scan list,
the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements are involved).
If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the scan list, the state of the ABus2
relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the scan.
While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the scanned
measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and ABus4
relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning oper-
ations.
d. While the scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain one or more
channels in the specified scan list (these channels are dedicated to the scan). In addition, the instrument
prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the scan list. If one or more
channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the scan list, then the rules for ABus2 relay
operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. If the ABus1 relay used for current measurements (channel 931 on 34921A only) is not closed prior to the
initiation of the scan, the four current channels (channels 41 through 44) are not affected by the scan.
However, if the ABus1 relay is closed, the instrument will open the ABus1 relay as well as the four asso-
ciated current channels in a make-before-break fashion.
f. At the end of the scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Analog Bus
relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at the com-
pletion of the scan.
l If you specify a <ch_list>, regardless of whether a scan list is currently defined, the READ? command per-
forms a "temporary" scan of the specified channels (independent of the present scan list). The following rules
apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing scan list, but
the present scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the specified <ch_list>. The instrument will also open all ABus1 relays (applies to all
banks in all slots). In addition, if one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included
in the specified <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (applies to all banks in all slots).
The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 61

 b. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prohibits use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list>. In addition, the instrument prohibits use of all ABus1
relays (and ABus2 relays if applicable) while the temporary scan is running.
c. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain opened
at the completion of the scan.
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the channels in the scan list are reordered
as needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be inter-
preted as (@1001,1003,2001).
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l Once you initiate a scan, an error will be generated if you attempt to change any measurement parameters
(CONFigure and SENSe commands) or the triggering configuration (TRIGger commands). To abort a scan in
progress, send the ABORt command.
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). See the ROUTe:CLOSe command for details.
l The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. An error will be generated if scanning is performed on banks without a ter-
minal block or properly-wired cable. See the SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate command to temporarily
disable errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature.
l The output from this command is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands. Depending on
the formats selected, each reading may or may not be stored with measurement units, time stamp, channel
number, and alarm status information. If readings are acquired using the internal DMM independently
(without a multiplexer scan), the channel number will be logged as channel "0".
l The READ? command is not valid with the *TRG command (used with TRIGger:SOURce BUS command for
software triggering).
l The instrument clears all readings from memory after a Factory Reset (*RST command), after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or when mainframe power is cycled.

62 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command sends readings directly to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer (with formatting as
set by the FORMat:READing commands). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment shows how to use the READ? command to make a dc voltage measurement
using the internal DMM. The CONFigure command configures the internal DMM for a dc voltage measurement
(no <ch_list> is specified). The ROUTe:SCAN command is included to clear the scan list. The READ? command
(with no <ch_list>) places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state and then sends the reading to memory
and the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:VOLT:DC !Applies to the internal DMM

ROUT:SCAN (@) !Clear the scan list
READ? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +1.26360000E-02

The following program segment shows how to use the READ? command with the CONFigure command. The
ROUTe:SCAN command puts the two channels into the scan list (and redefines the scan list). The READ?
command (with no <ch_list>) places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the specified channels
when the rear-panel Ext Trig Inputline is pulsed low, sends the readings to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. In this case, the READ? command applies to the two channels in the present scan list.

CONF:VOLT:DC 10,0.003,(@1003,1008) !Configure channels

ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008) !Define the scan list
TRIG:SOUR EXT
READ? !Applies to the present scan list

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

The following program segment shows how to use the READ? command with a <ch_list> parameter. The
ROUTe:SCAN command puts two channels into the scan list (and redefines the scan list). The READ? command
creates a temporary scan (independent of the present scan list) with three channels, places the instrument in the
"wait-for-trigger" state, and then transfers the readings to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:VOLT:DC (@2001:2010) !Configure channels

ROUT:SCAN (@2001,2002) !Define the scan list
READ? (@2005:2007) !Create temporary scan list, doesn't modify present scan
list

Typical Response: +2.73630000E+00,+1.73730000E-03,+5.00930000E-03

See Also
FETCh?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 63

INITiate
ROUTe:SCAN
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered

64 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate Subsystem Introduction
The internal DMM is required to store readings in memory and perform calculations. Readings can be acquired
during a scan using the 34980A multiplexer modules listed below or by the internal DMM independently.

34921A 40-Channel Armature Multiplexer (including temperature and current)

34922A 70-Channel Armature Multiplexer
34923A 40/80-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34924A 70-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34925A 40/80-Channel FET Multiplexer

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

Alarm Limits
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer?
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe?
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer?
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe?

Mx+B Scaling
CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN
CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN?
CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet
CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet?
CALCulate:SCALe:STATe
CALCulate:SCALe:STATe?
CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT
CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT?

Measurement Statistics
CALCulate:AVERage:AVERage?
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar
CALCulate:AVERage:COUNt?
CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum:TIME?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 65

 CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum?
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum:TIME?
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum?
CALCulate:AVERage:PTPeak?

Digital Input Pattern Comparison

CALCulate:COMPare:DATA[:<width>]
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA?
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK[:<width>]
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK?
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe?
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE?

66 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer {<value>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
The instrument has four alarms which you can configure to alert you when a reading exceeds specified limits on
a multiplexer channel during a scan. This command sets the lower limit for alarms on the specified channels.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<value> Numeric Any value between -120% and -1.0E+15
+120% of the highest range, for the
present function.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter.

Remarks
l Alarms are evaluated during a scan using the multiplexer modules. For scanning using a multiplexer module,
an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not
installed in the mainframe.
l You can assign a lower limit, an upper limit (see CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer command), or both to any con-
figured channel in the scan list. The lower limit must always be less than or equal to the upper limit.
l Once you have defined the lower limits, use the CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe command to enable alarms
on the specified channels.
l The alarms are evaluated by the internal DMM from the time the CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe ON com-
mand is executed.
l You must configure the channel (function, transducer type, etc.) before setting any alarm limits. If you
change the measurement configuration, alarms are turned off and the limit values are cleared. Alarms are
also turned off when you change the temperature probe type, temperature units, or disable the internal
DMM.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 67

 l You can assign multiple channels to any of the four available alarms (numbered 1 through 4, see
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce command). For example, you can configure the instrument to generate an
alarm on the Alarm 1 output when a limit is exceeded on any of channels 1003, 2005, or 3010. You cannot,
however, assign alarms on a specific channel to more than one alarm number.
l If you plan to use alarms on a channel which will also use Mx+B scaling, be sure to configure the scaling val-
ues first. If you attempt to assign the alarm limits first, the instrument will turn off alarms and clear the limit
values when you enable scaling on that channel. If you specify a custom measurement label with scaling, it is
automatically used when alarms are logged on that channel.
l If you redefine the scan list, alarms are no longer evaluated on those channels (during a scan) but the limit
values are not cleared. If you decide to add a channel back to the scan list (without changing the function),
the original limit values are restored and alarms are turned back on. This makes it easy to temporarily
remove a channel from the scan list without entering the alarm values again.
l To generate an alarm when a specific count is reached on a totalizer channel (34950A and 34952A), see the
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer command. To generate an alarm when a specific bit pattern or bit pattern change is
detected on a digital input channel, see the CALCulate:COMPare commands.
l The instrument clears all alarm limits and turns off all alarms after a Factory Reset (*RST command), Instru-
ment Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command).

Return Format
The query command returns the lower limit in the form "-1.00000000E+15" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the lower limit to -0.25 on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:LIM:LOW -0.25,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the limit settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:LIM:LOW? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: -2.50000000E-01,-2.50000000E-01

See Also
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce

68 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the lower alarm limits on the specified multiplexer channels.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Limit OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter.

Remarks
l Alarm data can be stored in one of two locations depending on whether a scan list is running when the alarm
occurs.
a. If an alarm event occurs on a channel as it is being scanned, then that channel's alarm status is stored in
reading memory as the readings are taken. Each reading that is outside the specified alarm limit is logged
in memory. You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory during a scan.
b. As alarm events are generated, they are also logged in an alarm queue, which is separate from reading
memory. This is the only place that non-scanned alarms get logged (alarms during a channel monitor,
alarms generated by the digital modules, etc.). Up to 20 alarms can be logged in the alarm queue. If more
than 20 alarm events are generated, they will be lost (only the first 20 alarms are saved). Even if the alarm
queue is full, the alarm status is stored in reading memory during a scan.
l Alarms are evaluated during a scan using the multiplexer modules. For scanning using a multiplexer module,
an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not
installed in the mainframe.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 69

 l When an alarm occurs, the instrument stores relevant information about the alarm in the queue. This
includes the reading that caused the alarm, the time of day and date of the alarm, and the channel number
on which the alarm occurred. The information stored in the alarm queue is always in absolute time and is not
affected by the FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE command setting.
l Alarms are logged in the alarm queue only when a reading crosses a limit, not while it remains outside the
limit and not when it returns to within limits.
l In addition to being stored in reading memory, alarms are also recorded in their own SCPI Status System.
You can configure the instrument to use the status register to generate a Service Request (SRQ) when
alarms are generated. For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.
l To generate an alarm when a specific count is reached on a totalizer channel (34950A and 34952A), see the
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer command. To generate an alarm when a specific bit pattern or bit pattern change is
detected on a digital input channel, see the CALCulate:COMPare commands.
l The instrument clears all alarm limits and turns off all alarms after a Factory Reset (*RST command), Instru-
ment Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets a lower limit on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 and then enables alarms on
these channels.

CALC:LIM:LOW -0.25,(@1003,1013)
CALC:LIM:LOW:STAT ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the state of lower limits on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:LIM:LOW:STAT? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
SYSTem:ALARm?

70 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer {<value>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
The instrument has four alarms which you can configure to alert you when a reading exceeds specified limits on
a multiplexer channel during a scan. This command sets the upper limit for alarms on the specified channels.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<value> Numeric Multiplexers: Multiplexers:
Any value between -120% and +1.0E+15
+120% of the highest range, for the
present function.
Totalizer Channels:
Totalizer Channels: 0
Any value between 0 and
4,294,967,295 (32-bit totalizers).
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter.
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Remarks
l Alarms are evaluated during a scan using the multiplexer modules. For scanning using a multiplexer module,
an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not
installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not required for operations on the digital modules and the
specified channels do not have to be part of the active scan list to generate an alarm.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 71

 l You can assign an upper limit, a lower limit (see CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer command), or both to any con-
figured channel in the scan list. The lower limit must always be less than or equal to the upper limit.
l Once you have defined the upper limits, use the CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe command to enable alarms
on the specified channels.
l The alarms are evaluated by the internal DMM from the time the CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe ON com-
mand is executed.
l You must configure the channel (function, transducer type, etc.) before setting any alarm limits. If you
change the measurement configuration, alarms are turned off and the limit values are cleared. Alarms are
also turned off when you change the temperature probe type, temperature units, or disable the internal
DMM.
l You can assign multiple channels to any of the four available alarms (numbered 1 through 4, see
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce command). For example, you can configure the instrument to generate an
alarm on the Alarm 1 output when a limit is exceeded on any of channels 1003, 2005, or 3010. You cannot,
however, assign alarms on a specific channel to more than one alarm number.
l If you plan to use alarms on a channel which will also use Mx+B scaling, be sure to configure the scaling val-
ues first. If you attempt to assign the alarm limits first, the instrument will turn off alarms and clear the limit
values when you enable scaling on that channel. If you specify a custom measurement label with scaling, it is
automatically used when alarms are logged on that channel.
l If you redefine the scan list, alarms are no longer evaluated on those channels (during a scan) but the limit
values are not cleared. If you decide to add a channel back to the scan list (without changing the function),
the original limit values are restored and alarms are turned back on. This makes it easy to temporarily
remove a channel from the scan list without entering the alarm values again.
l On the digital modules, you can set an upper limit for the totalizer channels (no lower limit is allowed). These
channels do not have to be part of the active scan list to generate an alarm, but alarm data is stored in read-
ing memory only during a scan.
l To generate an alarm when a specific bit pattern or bit pattern change is detected on a digital input channel
(34950A and 34952A), see the CALCulate:COMPare commands.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) clears all alarm limits and turns off all alarms. An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not clear the alarm limits and
does not turn off alarms.
l The instrument clears all alarm limits and turns off all alarms after a Factory Reset (*RST command), Instru-
ment Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command).

Return Format
The query command returns the upper limit in the form "+1.00000000E+15" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the upper limit to 10.25 on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

72 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 CALC:LIM:UPP 10.25,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the limit settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:LIM:UPP? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.02500000E+01,+1.02500000E+01

To ensure that an error is not generated when using only an upper or lower limit, execute the following
command sequence (this example assumes that you are setting only an upper limit).

CALC:LIM:LOW MIN,(@1003,1013); UPP 10.25,(@1003,1013); UPP:STAT ON,

(@1003,1013)

The following command sets the upper limit to 4095 on totalizer channels 301 and 302 in slot 5 (assumes
34950A).

CALC:LIM:UPP 4.095E+03,(@5301,5302)

See Also
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 73

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the upper alarm limits on the specified multiplexer channels.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Limit OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter.
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Remarks
l Alarm data can be stored in one of two locations depending on whether a scan list is running when the alarm
occurs.
a. If an alarm event occurs on a channel as it is being scanned, then that channel's alarm status is stored in
reading memory as the readings are taken. Each reading that is outside the specified alarm limit is logged
in memory. You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory during a scan.
b. As alarm events are generated, they are also logged in an alarm queue, which is separate from reading
memory. This is the only place that non-scanned alarms get logged (alarms during a channel monitor,
alarms generated by the digital modules, etc.). Up to 20 alarms can be logged in the alarm queue. If more
than 20 alarm events are generated, they will be lost (only the first 20 alarms are saved). Even if the alarm
queue is full, the alarm status is stored in reading memory during a scan.

74 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Alarms are evaluated during a scan using the multiplexer modules. For scanning using a multiplexer module,
an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not
installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not required for operations on the digital modules and the
specified channels do not have to be part of the active scan list to generate an alarm.
l When an alarm occurs, the instrument stores relevant information about the alarm in the queue. This
includes the reading that caused the alarm, the time of day and date of the alarm, and the channel number
on which the alarm occurred. The information stored in the alarm queue is always in absolute time and is not
affected by the FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE command setting.
l Alarms are logged in the alarm queue only when a reading crosses a limit, not while it remains outside the
limit and not when it returns to within limits.
l In addition to being stored in reading memory, alarms are also recorded in their own SCPI Status System.
You can configure the instrument to use the status register to generate a Service Request (SRQ) when
alarms are generated. For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.
l On the digital modules, you can set an upper limit for the totalizer channels (no lower limit is allowed). These
channels do not have to be part of the active scan list to generate an alarm, but alarm data is stored in read-
ing memory only during a scan.
l To generate an alarm when a specific bit pattern or bit pattern change is detected on a digital input channel
(34950A and 34952A), see the CALCulate:COMPare commands.
l The instrument clears all alarm limits and turns off all alarms after a Factory Reset (*RST command), Instru-
ment Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets an upper limit on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 and then enables alarms on
these channels.

CALC:LIM:UPP 10.25,(@1003,1013)
CALC:LIM:UPP:STAT ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the state of upper limits on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:LIM:UPP:STAT? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

The following command sets the upper limit to 4095 on totalizer channels 301 and 302 in slot 5 (assumes
34950A) and then enables alarms on these channels.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 75

 CALC:LIM:UPP 4.095E+03,(@5301,5302)
CALC:LIM:UPP:STAT ON,(@5301,5302)

See Also
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
SYSTem:ALARm?

76 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN <gain> [, (@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the gain ("M") for scaled readings on the specified multiplexer channels. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gain> Numeric Any value between -1E+15 and M=1
+1E+15.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Scaling is applied using the following equation:

Scaled Reading = (Gain x Measurement) + Offset

l After setting the gain and offset values, use the CALCulate:SCALe:STATe command to enable the scaling
function.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command sets the gain for the internal DMM. The gain is
applied to the internal DMM from the time the CALCulate:SCALe:STATe ON command is executed.
l Readings can be acquired during a scan using the multiplexer or by the internal DMM independently (when a
channel list is not specified). For scanning measurements using the multiplexer modules, an error is gen-
erated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the main-
frame.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 77

 l If you change the measurement configuration (function, transducer type, etc.) on a channel or the internal
DMM, scaling is turned off on those channels but the gain and offset values are not cleared.
l If you plan to use scaling on a channel which will also use alarms, be sure to configure the scaling values
first. If you attempt to assign the alarm limits first, the instrument will turn off alarms and clear the limit val-
ues when you enable scaling on that channel. If you specify a custom measurement label with scaling, it is
automatically used when alarms are logged on that channel.
l If you redefine the scan list, no change will be made to the scaling state or the gain and offset values. If you
decide to add a channel back to the scan list, the original gain and offset values are restored.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically set the gain ("M") to 1 and offset ("B") to 0.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) turns off scaling and clears the scaling values on all channels (gain = 1, off-
set = 0). An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) does not clear the scaling values and does not
turn off scaling.

Return Format
The query command returns the gain value for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command sets the gain to +1.25 on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:SCAL:GAIN 1.25,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the gain settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:SCAL:GAIN? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.25000000E+00,+1.25000000E+00

See Also
CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet
CALCulate:SCALe:STATe
CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT

78 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet <offset> [, (@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the offset ("B") for scaled readings on the specified multiplexer channels. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<offset> Numeric Any value between -1E+15 and B=0
+1E+15.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Scaling is applied using the following equation:

Scaled Reading = (Gain x Measurement) + Offset

l After setting the gain and offset values, use the CALCulate:SCALe:STATe command to enable the scaling
function.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command sets the offset for the internal DMM. The offset is
applied to the internal DMM from the time the CALCulate:SCALe:STATe ON command is executed.
l Readings can be acquired during a scan using the multiplexer or by the internal DMM independently (when a
channel list is not specified). For scanning measurements using the multiplexer modules, an error is gen-
erated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the main-
frame.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 79

 l You must configure the channel (function, transducer type, etc.) before applying any scaling values. If you
change the measurement configuration, scaling is turned off on that channel and the gain and offset values
are reset (M=1 and B=0). Scaling is also turned off when you change the temperature probe type, tem-
perature units, or disable the internal DMM.
l If you change the measurement configuration (function, transducer type, etc.) on a channel or the internal
DMM, scaling is turned off on those channels but the gain and offset values are not cleared.
l If you plan to use scaling on a channel which will also use alarms, be sure to configure the scaling values
first. If you attempt to assign the alarm limits first, the instrument will turn off alarms and clear the limit val-
ues when you enable scaling on that channel. If you specify a custom measurement label with scaling, it is
automatically used when alarms are logged on that channel.
l If you redefine the scan list, no change will be made to the scaling state or the gain and offset values. If you
decide to add a channel back to the scan list, the original gain and offset values are restored.
l You can use scaling to make a "null" measurement on a channel and store it as the offset ("B") for sub-
sequent measurements. This allows you to adjust for voltage or resistive offsets through your wiring to the
point of the measurement.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically set the gain ("M") to 1 and offset ("B") to 0.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) turns off scaling and clears the scaling values on all channels (gain = 1, off-
set = 0). An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) does not clear the scaling values and does not
turn off scaling.

Return Format
The query command returns the offset value for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command sets the offset to +10.125 on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:SCAL:OFFS 10.125,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the offset values on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:SCAL:OFFS? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.01250000E+01,+1.01250000E+01

See Also
CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN
CALCulate:SCALe:STATe
CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT

80 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:SCALe:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:SCALe:STATe <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:STATe? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables Mx+B scaling on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Scaling OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Scaling is applied using the following equation:

Scaled Reading = (Gain x Measurement) + Offset

l Readings can be acquired during a scan using the multiplexer or by the internal DMM independently (when a
channel list is not specified). For scanning measurements using the multiplexer modules, an error is gen-
erated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the main-
frame.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command enables scaling on the internal DMM. The scaling
is applied to the internal DMM from the time the CALCulate:SCALe:STATe ON command is executed.
l You must configure the channel (function, transducer type, etc.) before applying any scaling values. If you
change the measurement configuration, scaling is turned off on that channel and the gain and offset values
are reset (M=1 and B=0). Scaling is also turned off when you change the temperature probe type, tem-
perature units, or disable the internal DMM.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 81

 l If you change the measurement configuration (function, transducer type, etc.) on a channel or the internal
DMM, scaling is turned off on those channels but the gain and offset values are not cleared.
l If you plan to use scaling on a channel which will also use alarms, be sure to configure the scaling values
first. If you attempt to assign the alarm limits first, the instrument will turn off alarms and clear the limit val-
ues when you enable scaling on that channel. If you specify a custom measurement label with scaling, it is
automatically used when alarms are logged on that channel.
l If you redefine the scan list, no change will be made to the scaling state or the gain and offset values. If you
decide to add a channel back to the scan list, the original gain and offset values are restored.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable scaling on the specified channels.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) turns off scaling and clears the scaling values on all channels (gain = 1, off-
set = 0). An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) does not clear the scaling values and does not
turn off scaling.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets gain and offset values on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 and then enables
scaling on these channels.

CALC:SCAL:GAIN 1.25,(@1003,1013)
CALC:SCAL:OFFS 10.125,(@1003,1013)
CALC:SCAL:STAT ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the scaling settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:SCAL:STAT? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN
CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet
CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT

82 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT "<units>" [, (@<ch_list>)]

CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command assigns a custom measurement label (e.g., RPM, PSI, etc.) to scaled measurements on the
specified multiplexer channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the
internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<units> Quoted ASCII A string containing up to 3 characters Null String ( " " )
String enclosed in quotes. You can use letters (A-
Z), numbers (0-9), an underscore ( _ ), blank
spaces, or the "#" character which displays
a degree symbol ( ° ) on the front panel
(displayed as a "#" in an output string from
the remote interface).
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Readings can be acquired during a scan using the multiplexer or by the internal DMM independently (when a
channel list is not specified). For scanning measurements using the multiplexer modules, an error is gen-
erated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the main-
frame.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, assigns a label for the internal DMM. The label is applied to the
internal DMM from the time the CALCulate:SCALe:STATe command is executed.
l If you set the measurement label to °C, °F, or K, note that this has no effect the temperature units set using
the UNIT:TEMPerature command.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 83

 l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically reset the measurement labels on the specified
channels to a null string ( " " ).
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) turns off scaling, clears the scaling values (gain = 1, offset = 0), and sets
the measurement labels to a null string ( " " ) on all channels. An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet com-
mand) does not clear the scaling values or measurement labels and does not turn off scaling.

Return Format
The query command reads the measurement label for each channel specified and returns an ASCII string
enclosed in double quotes. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command adds the measurement label "RPM" (Revolutions Per Minute) to channels 3 and 13 in
slot 1.

CALC:SCAL:UNIT "RPM",(@1003,1013) or CALC:SCAL:UNIT 'RPM',(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the measurement labels assigned to channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CALC:SCAL:UNIT? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: "RPM","RPM"

See Also
CALCulate:SCALe:GAIN
CALCulate:SCALe:OFFSet
CALCulate:SCALe:STATe

84 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:COMPare:DATA[:<width>]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA[:<width>] <data>, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:DATA? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the digital data for pattern comparisons on the specified digital input channels. You can use
the pattern comparison feature to generate an alarm or hardware interrupt condition (34950A only) when a
specific digital pattern is detected. Pattern comparisons always start on the lowest-numbered channel in the
bank and extend to all channels involved in the channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<width> Discrete {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4} BYTE (8 bits)
BYTE (or "1" byte): 8 bits
WORD (or "2" bytes): 16 bits
LWORd (or "4" bytes): 32 bits
<data> Numeric Specify the bit pattern as a decimal, This is a required
binary, or hexadecimal value. parameter

For binary, "#B" must be added as a

prefix (e.g., #B11001100).
For hex, "#H" must be added as a
prefix (e.g., #HCC).
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 85

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified, the channel numbering is modified as shown below. For example, if you
specify the width as a 16-bit WORD on the 34950A, channels 101 and 102 are combined and addressed col-
lectively as channel 101.

34950A Bank 2 Bank 1

BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
(16 Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
Bits):
LWORd
(32 Ch 201 Ch 101
Bits):

34952A Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch 3 Ch 2 Ch1
Ch 4
Bits):
WORD Ch 1
(16 Ch 3
Bits):
LWORd
(32 Ch 1
Bits):

l The channel width takes precedence over the specified digital pattern. If the specified pattern is greater than
the channel width, additional bits will be ignored. For example, if you set the channel width to "BYTE" and
then specify a pattern of "256" (1 0000 0000), the pattern will be truncated to "0000 0000" (the leading "1"
will be ignored).
l Pattern comparisons are performed on a per-bank basis (i.e., the entire bank is reserved for the pattern com-
parison). For example, if you are using channels 101 and 102 for pattern comparison (assumes 34950A) and
then perform a static read of channel 103, the module will perform a pattern comparison on channels 101
and 102.
l After specifying the desired digital pattern, use the CALCulate:COMPare:STATe command to enable pattern
comparisons on the specified channels. If you want to monitor the state of specific bits, use the CALCu-
late:COMPare:DATA command in conjunction with the CALCulate:COMPare:MASK command to specify a
mask pattern.
l Use the CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE command to specify whether an alarm or hardware interrupt condition is
generated when a specific bit pattern or bit pattern change is detected.
l For the 34950A only, pattern comparisons can be performed with or without handshaking (see CONFig-
ure:DIGital:HANDshake command). If you are using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated
with each handshaking operation. If you are not using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated
continuously as soon as you enable the pattern comparison mode.

86 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l For the 34950A only, hardware interrupts are reported on the INTR line (one line is available per bank). See
the [SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] command to enable interrupts to be reported.
l You can use a pattern comparison to start or stop a buffered (memory) transfer. See the [SENSe:]DIGit-
al:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion command for additional information.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) clears the digital pattern and turns off the pattern comparison mode. An
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not clear the
data and does not turn off the pattern comparison mode.

Return Format
The query command returns the comparison pattern as a decimal value (binary and hexadecimal values are
converted to their decimal equivalents). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the 34950A in slot 3 and then enables the pattern
comparison mode. When the data read from the bank is equal to the comparison pattern, a hardware interrupt
will be generated on the INTR line. In this example, handshaking is not used.

CALC:COMP:DATA:BYTE 140,(@3101) !Set comparison pattern (1000 1100)

DIG:INT:MODE COMPARE,(@3101) !Interrupt on pattern match
DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enables interrupts on channel 101
CALC:COMP:STAT ON,(@3101) !Enable pattern comparison mode

The following query returns the comparison pattern selected for the 34950A in slot 3.

CALC:COMP:DATA? (@3101) !Always returns decimal equivalent

Typical Response: 140

The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the 34952A in slot 5 and then enables the pattern
comparison mode. When the data read from the bank is equal to the comparison pattern, an alarm will be
generated on Alarm 2.

CALC:COMP:DATA:WORD #HF6,(@5001) !Set comparison pattern (1111 0110)

CALC:COMP:TYPE EQUAL,(@5001) !Generate alarm on pattern match
OUTP:ALARM2:SOUR (@5001) !Enable alarms
CALC:COMP:STAT ON,(@5001) !Enable pattern comparison mode

The following query returns the comparison pattern selected for the 34952A in slot 5.

CALC:COMP:DATA? (@5001) !Always returns decimal equivalent

Typical Response: 246

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 87

See Also
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle

88 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:COMPare:MASK[:<width>]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK[:<width>] <data>, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:MASK? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command is used in conjunction with the CALCulate:COMPare:DATA command to set the digital mask data
for pattern comparisons on the specified digital input channels. You can use the pattern comparison feature to
generate an alarm or hardware interrupt condition (34950A only) when a specific digital pattern is detected.
Pattern comparisons always start on the lowest-numbered channel in the bank and extend to all channels
involved in the channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<width> Discrete {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4} BYTE (8 bits)
BYTE (or "1" byte): 8 bits
WORD (or "2" bytes): 16 bits
LWORd (or "4" bytes): 32 bits
<data> Numeric Specify the bit pattern as a decimal, This is a required
binary, or hexadecimal value. parameter
Specify 1's for active bits or 0's for
"don't care" bits.

For binary, "#B" must be added as a

prefix (e.g., #B11001100).
For hex, "#H" must be added as a
prefix (e.g., #HCC).
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input channels This is a required
in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 89

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified, the channel numbering is modified as shown below. For example, if you
specify the width as a 16-bit WORD on the 34950A, channels 101 and 102 are combined and addressed col-
lectively as channel 101.

34950A Bank 2 Bank 1

BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
(16 Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
Bits):
LWORd
(32 Ch 201 Ch 101
Bits):

34952A Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch 3 Ch 2 Ch1
Ch 4
Bits):
WORD Ch 1
(16 Ch 3
Bits):
LWORd
(32 Ch 1
Bits):

l The channel width takes precedence over the specified digital pattern. If the specified pattern is greater than
the channel width, additional bits will be ignored. For example, if you set the channel width to "BYTE" and
then specify a pattern of "256" (1 0000 0000), the pattern will be truncated to "0000 0000" (the leading "1"
will be ignored).
l Pattern comparisons are performed on a per-bank basis (i.e., the entire bank is reserved for the pattern com-
parison). For example, if you are using channels 101 and 102 for pattern comparison (assumes 34950A) and
then perform a static read of channel 103, the module will perform a pattern comparison on channels 101
and 102.
l After specifying the desired digital pattern and mask, use the CALCulate:COMPare:STATe command to
enable pattern comparisons on the specified channels.
l For the 34950A only, pattern comparisons can be performed with or without handshaking (see CONFig-
ure:DIGital:HANDshake command). If you are using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated
with each handshaking operation. If you are not using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated
continuously as soon as you enable the pattern comparison mode.
l For the 34950A only, hardware interrupts are reported on the INTR line (one line is available per bank). See
the [SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] command to enable interrupts to be reported.

90 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l A Factory Reset (*RST command) clears the mask and turns off the pattern comparison mode. An Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not clear the mask and
does not turn off the pattern comparison mode.

Return Format
The query command returns the mask as a decimal value (binary and hexadecimal values are converted to their
decimal equivalents). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the 34950A in slot 3, applies a mask to the upper four
bits, and then enables the pattern comparison mode. When the data read from the upper four bits is equal to the
comparison pattern, a hardware interrupt will be generated. In this example, handshaking is not used.

CALC:COMP:DATA:BYTE 140,(@3101) !Set comparison pattern (1000 1100)

CALC:COMP:MASK 240,(@3101) !Set mask pattern (1111 0000)
DIG:INT:MODE COMPARE,(@3101) !Interrupt on pattern match
DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enables interrupts on channel 101
CALC:COMP:STAT ON,(@3101) !Enable pattern comparison mode

To illustrate how the calculations are performed, see the example below which assumes that a decimal 146 was
read from the channel. Since the calculations produce a non-zero result (decimal 16), an interrupt is not
generated.

MSB LSB
1001 0010 Data read from port (decimal 146)
1000 1100 CALC:COMP:DATA command (decimal 140)
0001 1110 X-OR result
1111 0000 CALC:COMP:MASK command (decimal 240)
0001 0000 AND result (decimal 16, no interrupt generated)

The following query returns the comparison pattern selected for the 34950A in slot 3.

CALC:COMP:MASK? (@3101) !Always returns decimal equivalent

Typical Response: 240

The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the 34952A in slot 5, applies a mask to the lower
byte, and then enables the pattern comparison mode. When the data read from the lower byte is equal to the
comparison pattern, an alarm will be generated on Alarm 2.

CALC:COMP:DATA:WORD #HF6F6,(@5001) !Set comparison pattern (1111 0110 1111

0110)
CALC:COMP:MASK #H00FF,(@5001) !Set mask pattern (0000 0000 1111 1111)
CALC:COMP:TYPE EQUAL,(@5001) !Generate alarm on pattern match

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 91

 OUTP:ALARM2:SOUR (@5001) !Enable alarms
CALC:COMP:STAT ON,(@5001) !Enable pattern comparison mode

To illustrate how the calculations are performed, see the example below which assumes that a decimal 37595
was read from the channel. Since the calculations produce a non-zero result (decimal 13), an alarm is not
generated.

MSB LSB
1001 0010 1101 1011 Data read from port (decimal 37595)
1111 0110 1111 0110 CALC:COMP:DATA command
(decimal 63222)
0110 0100 0010 1101 X-OR result
0000 0000 1111 1111 CALC:COMP:MASK command
(decimal 255)
0000 0000 0000 1101 AND result (decimal 13, no alarm
generated)

The following query returns the comparison pattern selected for the 34952A in slot 5.

CALC:COMP:MASK? (@5001) !Always returns decimal equivalent

Typical Response: 255

See Also
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA

CALCulate:COMPare:STATe
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]

92 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:COMPare:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the pattern comparison mode on the specified digital input channels. You can
use the pattern comparison feature to generate an alarm or hardware interrupt condition (34950A only) when a
specific digital pattern is detected. Pattern comparisons always start on the lowest-numbered channel in the
bank and extend to all channels involved in the channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a required
parameter
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004

Remarks
l Pattern comparisons are performed on a per-bank basis (i.e., the entire bank is reserved for the pattern com-
parison). For example, if you are using channels 101 and 102 for pattern comparison (assumes 34950A) and
then perform a static read of channel 103, the module will perform a pattern comparison on channels 101
and 102.
l For the 34950A only, pattern comparisons can be performed with or without handshaking (see CONFig-
ure:DIGital:HANDshake command). If you are using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated
with each handshaking operation. If you are not using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated
continuously as soon as you enable the pattern comparison mode.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 93

 l For the 34950A only, hardware interrupts are reported on the INTR line (one line is available per bank). See
the [SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] command to enable interrupts to be reported.
l You can use a pattern comparison to start or stop a buffered (memory) transfer. See the [SENSe:]DIGit-
al:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion command for additional information.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) turns off the pattern comparison mode. An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not turn off the pattern com-
parison mode.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for the specified bank. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the 34950A in slot 3 and then enables the pattern
comparison mode. When the data read from the bank is equal to the comparison pattern, a hardware interrupt
will be generated. In this example, handshaking is not used.

CALC:COMP:DATA:BYTE 140,(@3101) !Set comparison pattern (1000 1100)

DIG:INT:MODE COMPARE,(@3101) !Interrupt on pattern match
DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enables interrupts on channel 101
CALC:COMP:STAT ON,(@3101) !Enable pattern comparison mode

The following query returns the state of the pattern comparison mode for Channel 101 on the module in slot 3.

CALC:COMP:STAT? (@3101)

Typical Response: 1

See Also
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle

94 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified digital input channels to generate an alarm or hardware interrupt
condition (34950A only) when a specific bit pattern or bit pattern change is detected. This command is used in
conjunction with the CALCulate:COMPare:DATA command which sets the data bit pattern and the
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK command which sets the mask bit pattern. Pattern comparisons always start on the
lowest-numbered channel in the bank and extend to all channels involved in the channel width (see
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {EQUal|NEQual} NEQual ("not equal")

<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input channels in This is a required

the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004

Remarks
l Select EQUal to generate an alarm or interrupt when the data read from the specified channel is equal to
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA, after being masked by CALCulate:COMPare:MASK.
l Select NEQual ("not equal") to generate an alarm or interrupt when the data read from the bank is not equal
to CALCulate:COMPare:DATA after being masked by CALCulate:COMPare:MASK.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 95

 l The channel width takes precedence over the specified digital pattern. If the specified pattern is greater than
the channel width, additional bits will be ignored. For example, if you set the channel width to "BYTE" and
then specify a pattern of "256" (1 0000 0000), the pattern will be truncated to "0000 0000" (the leading "1"
will be ignored).
l Pattern comparisons are performed on a per-bank basis (i.e., the entire bank is reserved for the pattern com-
parison). For example, if you are using channels 101 and 102 for pattern comparison (assumes 34950A) and
then perform a static read of channel 103, the module will perform a pattern comparison on channels 101
and 102.
l For the 34950A only, pattern comparisons can be performed with or without handshaking (see CONFig-
ure:DIGital:HANDshake command). If you are using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated
with each handshaking operation. If you are not using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated
continuously as soon as you enable the pattern comparison mode.
l For the 34950A only, hardware interrupts are reported on the INTR line (one line is available per bank). See
the [SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] command to enable interrupts to be reported.
l You can use a pattern comparison to start or stop a buffered (memory) transfer. See the [SENSe:]DIGit-
al:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion command for additional information.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) clears the pattern compare setting and turns off the pattern comparison
mode. An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not
clear the pattern compare setting and does not turn off the pattern comparison mode.

Return Format
The query command returns "EQU" or "NEQ" for the specified bank. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the 34952A in slot 5 and then enables the pattern
comparison mode. When the data read from the bank is equal to the comparison pattern, an alarm will be
generated on Alarm 2.

CALC:COMP:DATA:WORD #HF6,(@5001) !Set comparison pattern (1111 0110)

CALC:COMP:TYPE EQUAL,(@5001) !Generate alarm on pattern match
OUTP:ALARM2:SOUR (@5001) !Enable alarms
CALC:COMP:STAT ON,(@5001) !Enable pattern comparison mode

The following query returns the pattern compare settings on Channel 1 on the module in slot 5.

CALC:COMP:TYPE? (@5001)

Typical Response: EQU

See Also
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA

96 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:COMPare:MASK
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 97

CALCulate:AVERage:AVERage?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage:AVERage? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command calculates the mathematical average of all readings taken on each of the specified channels since
the start of the scan. Each channel must be a channel that has been configured to be part of the active scan list.
If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any
channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l You can read the values at any time, even during a scan. An error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled
(see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command calculates the average of readings taken by the
internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list. The calculation starts when the internal DMM is
triggered.
l The instrument clears the stored statistical data on all channels when a new scan is started, when the CALCu-
late:AVERage:CLEar command is executed, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

98 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command returns one value for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas. If no
data is available for the specified channels, "0" is returned.

Example
The following query returns the average of the readings taken on channels 1 and 3 in slot 1.

CALC:AVER:AVER? (@1001,1003)

Typical Response: +2.61920000E+01,+1.63540000E+01

See Also
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar
CALCulate:AVERage:COUNt?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 99

CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command clears all values from the statistics registers for each the specified channels. Each channel must
be a channel that has been configured to be part of the scan list. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter,
this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l This command clears the minimum, maximum, average, count, and peak-to-peak values (but no readings
are cleared from memory).
l An error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not
installed in the mainframe.
l The instrument clears the stored statistical data on all channels when a new scan is started, after a Factory
Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
This command has no query form.

Example
The following command clears the stored statistical data on channels 1 and 3 in slot 1.

100 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 CALC:AVER:CLE (@1001,1003)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 101

CALCulate:AVERage:COUNt?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage:COUNt? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command returns the number of readings taken on each of the specified channels since the start of the
scan. Each channel must be a channel that has been configured to be part of the scan list. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l You can read the values at any time, even during a scan. An error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled
(see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command reads the count on the internal DMM, inde-
pendent of any channels or a scan list. The calculation starts when the internal DMM is triggered.
l The instrument clears the stored statistical data on all channels when a new scan is started, when the CALCu-
late:AVERage:CLEar command is executed, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The command returns one value for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas. If no
data is available for the specified channels, "0" is returned.

102 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following query returns the number of readings taken on channels 1 and 3 in slot 1.

CALC:AVER:COUN? (@1001,1003)

Typical Response: +2.0000000E+01,+1.20000000E+02

See Also
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 103

CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command returns the maximum value found on each of the specified channels during the scan. Each
channel must be a channel that has been configured to be part of the scan list. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l You can read the values at any time, even during a scan. An error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled
(see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command returns the maximum reading taken by the
internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list. The calculation starts when the internal DMM is
triggered.
l The instrument clears the stored statistical data on all channels when a new scan is started, when the CALCu-
late:AVERage:CLEar command is executed, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The command returns one value for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas. If no
data is available for the specified channels, "0" is returned.

104 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following query returns the maximum values found on channels 1 and 3 in slot 1.

CALC:AVER:MAX? (@1001,1003)

Typical Response: +1.37370000E+03,+5.28380000E+03

See Also
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar
CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum:TIME?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 105

CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum:TIME?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage:MAXimum:TIME? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command returns the time (in full time and date format) when the maximum reading was taken on each of
the specified channels during the scan. Each channel must be a channel that has been configured to be part of
the scan list. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM,
independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l You can read the values at any time, even during a scan. An error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled
(see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l This command is not affected by the FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE command which selects the time format
for storing scanned data in memory (absolute time versus relative time).
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command returns the time of the maximum reading was
taken by the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list. The calculation starts when the
internal DMM is triggered.
l The instrument clears the stored statistical data on all channels when a new scan is started, when the CALCu-
late:AVERage:CLEar command is executed, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

106 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command returns one string for each channel specified indicating the time and date when the maximum
reading was taken. Multiple responses are separated by commas. If no data is available for the specified
channels, zeros are returned for each field.

The string returned has the form yyyy,mm,dd,hh,mm,ss.sss:

yyyy is the year

mm is the month
dd is the day of the month
hh is the hour in 24-hour format
mm is the minutes
ss.sss is the seconds (with 1 ms resolution)

For example:

Example
The following query returns the time when the maximum readings were taken on channels 1 and 3 in slot 1.

CALC:AVER:MAX:TIME? (@1001,1003)

Typical Response: 2004,11,21,10,03,10.314,2004,11,21,10,07,11.364

See Also
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 107

CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command returns the minimum value found on each of the specified channels during the scan. Each
channel must be a channel that has been configured to be part of the scan list. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l You can read the values at any time, even during a scan. An error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled
(see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command returns the minimum reading taken by the
internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list. The calculation starts when the internal DMM is
triggered.
l The instrument clears the stored statistical data on all channels when a new scan is started, when the CALCu-
late:AVERage:CLEar command is executed, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The command returns one value for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas. If no
data is available for the specified channels, "0" is returned.

108 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following query returns the minimum values found on channels 1 and 3 in slot 1.

CALC:AVER:MIN? (@1001,1003)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

See Also
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum:TIME?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 109

CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum:TIME?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum:TIME? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command returns the time (in full time and date format) when the minimum reading was taken on each of
the specified channels during the scan. Each channel must be a channel that has been configured to be part of
the scan list. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM,
independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l You can read the values at any time, even during a scan. An error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled
(see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l This command is not affected by the FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE command which selects the time format
for storing scanned data in memory (absolute time versus relative time).
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command returns the time of the minimum reading was
taken by the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list. The calculation starts when the
internal DMM is triggered.
l The instrument clears the stored statistical data on all channels when a new scan is started, when the CALCu-
late:AVERage:CLEar command is executed, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

110 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command returns one string for each channel specified indicating the time and date when the minimum
reading was taken. Multiple responses are separated by commas. If no data is available for the specified
channels, zeroes are returned for each field.

The string returned has the form yyyy,mm,dd,hh,mm,ss.sss:

yyyy is the year

mm is the month
dd is the day of the month
hh is the hour in 24-hour format
mm is the minutes
ss.sss is the seconds (with 1 ms resolution)

For example:

Example
The following query returns the time when the minimum readings were taken on channels 1 and 3 in slot 1.

CALC:AVER:MIN:TIME? (@1001,1003)

Typical Response: 2004,11,21,10,03,10.314,2004,11,21,10,07,11.364

See Also
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar
CALCulate:AVERage:MINimum?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 111

CALCulate:AVERage:PTPeak?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALCulate:AVERage:PTPeak? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command calculates the peak-to-peak value of all readings taken on each of the specified channels since
the start of the scan (the difference between the maximum and minimum reading). Each channel must be a
channel that has been configured to be part of the scan list. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this
command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l You can read the values at any time, even during a scan. An error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled
(see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command returns the peak-to-peak value taken by the
internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list. The calculation starts when the internal DMM is
triggered.
l The instrument clears the stored statistical data on all channels when a new scan is started, when the CALCu-
late:AVERage:CLEar command is executed, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

112 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command returns one value for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas. If no
data is available for the specified channels, "0" is returned.

Example
The following query returns the peak-to-peak value of the readings taken on channels 1 and 3 in slot 1.

CALC:AVER:PTP? (@1001,1003)

Typical Response: +1.34560000E+00,+1.98750000E+00

See Also
CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 113

CALibration Subsystem Introduction
The CALibration commands are used to calibrate the Keysight 34980A. Please note that the use of these
commands requires a detailed knowledge of the appropriate calibration procedures, which are described in the
Keysight 34980A Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument as
improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and reliability of the instrument.

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

CALibration?
CALibration:ABORt
CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
CALibration:COUNt?
CALibration:LFRequency
CALibration:LFRequency?
CALibration:MODule?
CALibration:POINt?
CALibration:SECure:CODE
CALibration:SECure:STATe
CALibration:SECure:STATe?
CALibration:STRing
CALibration:STRing?
CALibration:VALue
CALibration:VALue?

114 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALibration?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALibration?

Description
This command performs a calibration of the internal DMM using the specified calibration value
(CALibration:VALue command). Before you can calibrate the instrument, you must unsecure it by entering the
correct security code.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Remarks
l If a calibration fails, "+1" is returned and an error is stored in the error queue. For a complete listing of the
error messages related to calibration failures, see SCPI Error Messages.
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A. An error is generated if the internal DMM
is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l To calibrate the 34951A Isolated DAC Module, use the CALibration:MODule? command.
l To calibrate the DAC channels on the 34952A Multifunction Module, use the CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
and CALibration:POINt? commands.
l This command increments the calibration count on the internal DMM (see CALibration:COUNt? command).

Return Format
The command returns "+0" (calibration passed) or "+1" (calibration failed).

Example
The following command performs a calibration and returns a pass/fail indication.

CAL?

Typical Response: +0

See Also
CALibration:SECure:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 115

CALibration:VALue

116 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALibration:ABORt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALibration:ABORt

Description
This command aborts a calibration in progress on the 34952A Multifunction Module without storing any of the
calibration constants. This command aborts a calibration initiated by the CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage] and
CALibration:POINt? commands.

Example
The following command aborts a calibration in progress on the 34952A.

CAL:ABOR

See Also
CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
CALibration:POINt?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 117

CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage] [<setup_#>, ] (@<channel>)

Description
This command initiates a voltage calibration (adjustment) sequence for the specified DAC channel on the
34952A Multifunction Module. This sequence sets a zero adjustment and a gain adjustment constant for each
DAC output. You must perform all of the adjustments on one DAC channel before adjusting the other DAC
channel.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<setup_#> Discrete Calibration setup number. Since the Setup "1"
34952A requires only one calibration
setup, always specify "1" for this
parameter.
<channel> Numeric One channel in the form (@sccc). This is a required
Select from s006 or s007 (valid only on parameter
DAC channels).

Remarks
l This command is used in conjunction with the CALibration:POINt? command to calibrate the specified DAC
channel. After executing the CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage] command for the desired DAC channel, send the
CALibration:POINt? command twice, once for the zero adjustment and once for the gain adjustment.
l Before you can begin calibrating the specified DAC channel, you must unsecure the instrument by entering
the correct security CALibration:SECure:STATe command).
l You can calibrate only one DAC channel at a time.
l Use the CALibration:ABORt command to abort a calibration in progress.

Example
The following command initiates a voltage calibration on the specified DAC channel.

118 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 CAL:BEGIN:VOLT 1,(@5006) !Begin adjustment
<measure DAC output for zero adjustment>
CAL:POIN? <value> !Should return "+1"
<measure DAC output for gain adjustment>
CAL:POIN? <value> !Should return "+0"

See Also
CALibration:ABORt
CALibration:POINt?
CALibration:SECure:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 119

CALibration:COUNt?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALibration:COUNt? [{<slot>|MAINframe|DMM}]

Description
This command queries the instrument to determine how many calibrations have been performed on the entire
mainframe, the digital modules, or the internal DMM. Note that your instrument was calibrated before it left the
factory. When you receive your instrument, be sure to read the various counts to determine the initial values.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

l 34952A Multifunction Module (DAC channels only)
l Internal DMM

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1-8|SLOT1- MAINframe
SLOT8|MAINframe|DMM}

Remarks
l The calibration counts increment up to a maximum of 4,294,967,295 after which they roll over to "0". Since
the value increments by one for each calibration point, a complete calibration may increase the value by
many counts.
l The mainframe calibration count is incremented by the CALibration?, CALibration:MODule? (the mainframe
must be unsecured; see CALibration:SECure:STATe OFF command) and CALibration:POINt? commands.
You can read the calibration count whether the instrument is secured or unsecured.
l The internal DMM calibration count is incremented by the CALibration? command. You can read the cal-
ibration count whether the instrument is secured or unsecured.

120 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The 34951A calibration count is incremented by the CALibration:MODule? command (the mainframe must
be unsecured). If the mainframe is secured, the calibration count will not be incremented.
l The 34952A calibration count is incremented by the CALibration:POINt? command. If the mainframe is
secured, the calibration count will not be incremented.
l If the specified slot (CALibration:COUNt? <slot>) does not contain either a 34951A or 34952A module, an
error is generated.
l The calibration count is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after
a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The command returns the calibration count indicating how many calibrations have been performed.

Examples
The following command returns the calibration count on the entire mainframe.

CAL:COUN? MAIN

Typical Response: +1048592

The following command returns the calibration count on the module in slot 3.

CAL:COUN? 3

Typical Response: +39391

See Also
CALibration:MODule?

CALibration?
CALibration:POINt?
CALibration:SECure:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 121

CALibration:LFRequency
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALibration:LFRequency <line_frequency>

CALibration:LFRequency?

Description
This command sets the power-line reference frequency used by the internal DMM's analog-to-digital converter.
Normally, when you apply power to the instrument, the internal DMM automatically measures the power-line
frequency (50 Hz, 60 Hz, or 400 Hz) and uses this measurement to determine the integration time used.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<line_ Discrete {50|60|400} This is a required
frequency> parameter

Remarks
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A. An error is generated if the internal DMM
is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If you set the reference frequency to 400 Hz, the 50 Hz reference value is actually used (a subharmonic of
400 Hz).
l The internal DMM multiplies the period of the reference frequency by the specified number of power line
cycles ([SENSe:]<function>:NPLC commands) to determine the actual integration time.
l The reference frequency setting is stored in volatile memory and will be reset to the measured power-line fre-
quency when power is turned off.

Return Format
The command returns "50" (for 50 Hz or 400 Hz) or "60" indicating the present reference frequency setting.

Examples
The following command sets the reference frequency setting to 50 Hz.

CAL:LFR 50

The following command returns the reference frequency setting.

122 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 CAL:LFR?

Typical Response: +60

See Also
[SENSe:]<function>:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 123

CALibration:LFRequency
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALibration:LFRequency <line_frequency>

CALibration:LFRequency?

Description
This command sets the power-line reference frequency used by the internal DMM's analog-to-digital converter.
Normally, when you apply power to the instrument, the internal DMM automatically measures the power-line
frequency (50 Hz, 60 Hz, or 400 Hz) and uses this measurement to determine the integration time used.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<line_ Discrete {50|60|400} This is a required
frequency> parameter

Remarks
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A. An error is generated if the internal DMM
is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If you set the reference frequency to 400 Hz, the 50 Hz reference value is actually used (a subharmonic of
400 Hz).
l The internal DMM multiplies the period of the reference frequency by the specified number of power line
cycles ([SENSe:]<function>:NPLC commands) to determine the actual integration time.
l The reference frequency setting is stored in volatile memory and will be reset to the measured power-line fre-
quency when power is turned off.

Return Format
The command returns "50" (for 50 Hz or 400 Hz) or "60" indicating the present reference frequency setting.

Examples
The following command sets the reference frequency setting to 50 Hz.

CAL:LFR 50

The following command returns the reference frequency setting.

124 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 CAL:LFR?

Typical Response: +60

See Also
[SENSe:]<function>:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 125

CALibration:MODule?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALibration:MODule? [{<slot>|ALL}]

Description
This command performs an auto-calibration of all four channels on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module in the
specified slot. Since the calibration will take several seconds to complete, you may want to increase the timeout
value of your programming application prior to sending this command.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Because the calibration uses the internal DMM, the calibration will abort if any signals
are connected to ABus1 via the rear-panel Analog Bus connector (pins 4, 5, and 9). Be
sure to disconnect any signals from ABus1 prior to running the calibration.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ALL} ALL (calibrate all installed 34951A
modules)

Remarks
l If the instrument is unsecured (CALibration:SECure:STATe command), the calibration constants are stored in
non-volatile memory on the module. If the module is secured, the calibration constants are stored in volatile
memory and are lost when power is turned off (a *RST command will not erase the calibration constants).
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A. An error is generated if the internal DMM
is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If a calibration fails, "+1" is returned and an error is stored in the error queue. For a complete listing of the
error messages related to calibration failures, see SCPI Error Messages.
l To calibrate the internal DMM, use the CALibration? command.
l To calibrate the DAC channels on the 34952A Multifunction Module, use the CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
and CALibration:POINt? commands.

126 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l This command increments the calibration count (see CALibration:COUNt? command) on the mainframe and
the 34951A only if the instrument is unsecured.

Return Format
The command returns "+0" (calibration passed) or "+1" (calibration failed).

Example
The following command performs a calibration of the 34951A installed in slot 5 and returns a pass/fail indication.

CAL:MOD? 5

Typical Response: +0

See Also
CALibration:SECure:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 127

CALibration:POINt?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALibration:POINt? <value>

Description
This command follows the CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage] command in the voltage calibration sequence for the
specified DAC channel on the 34952A Multifunction Module. To complete the voltage calibration sequence, you
will send the CALibration:POINt? command twice, once for the zero adjustment and once for the gain
adjustment.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<value> Numeric Measured voltage output from the This is a required parameter
DAC channel specified in
CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
command.

Remarks
l Before you can calibrate the specified DAC channel, you must unsecure the instrument by entering the cor-
rect security (see CALibration:SECure:STATe command).
l You can calibration only one DAC channel at a time.
l Use the CALibration:ABORt command to abort a calibration in progress.
l This command increments the calibration count on the 34952A (see CALibration:COUNt? command).

Return Format
As part of the voltage calibration sequence, you will execute the CALibration:POINt? command twice (following
the CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage] command). After the first time (zero adjustment), the command returns "+1"
indicating that one calibration point remains. After the second time (gain adjustment), the command returns
"+0" indicating that the adjustment is complete on this DAC channel.

128 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following command initiates a voltage calibration on the specified DAC channel and then computes the
corresponding calibration constants.

CAL:BEGIN:VOLT 1,(@5006) !Begin adjustment

<measure DAC output for zero adjustment>
CAL:POIN? <value> !Should return "+1"
<measure DAC output for gain adjustment>
CAL:POIN? <value> !Should return "+0"

See Also
CALibration:ABORt
CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
CALibration:SECure:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 129

CALibration:SECure:CODE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CALibration:SECure:CODE <new_code>

Description
This command allows you to enter a new security code to prevent accidental or unauthorized calibrations. The
specified code is used to unsecure the mainframe and all installed modules. To change the security code, you
must first unsecure the instrument using the old security code, and then enter a new code.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

l 34952A Multifunction Module (DAC channels only)
l Internal DMM

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<new_code> ASCII String A string of up to 12 characters. You do This is a required
not have to use all 12 characters but parameter
the first character must always be a
letter (A-Z). The remaining 11
characters can be letters, numbers (0-
9), or the underscore character ("_").
Blank spaces are not allowed.

Remarks
l The security code is set to "AT34980" when the instrument is shipped from the factory.
l If you forget your security code, you can override the security feature. See the Keysight 34980A Service
Guide for more information.
l The security code is stored in non-volatile memory in the mainframe, and does not change when power has
been off, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

130 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following command sets a new calibration security code (the instrument must be unsecured).

CAL:SEC:CODE T3ST_DUT165

See Also
CALibration:SECure:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 131

CALibration:SECure:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALibration:SECure:STATe <mode>, <code>

CALibration:SECure:STATe?

Description
This command unsecures or secures the instrument for calibration. This feature allows you to enter a security
code to prevent accidental or unauthorized calibrations of the instrument. Before you can calibrate the
instrument, you must unsecure it by entering the correct security code.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

l 34952A Multifunction Module (DAC channels only)
l Internal DMM

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a required parameter
<code> ASCII String A string of up to 12 characters. You do This is a required parameter
not have to use all 12 characters but the
first character must always be a letter
(A-Z). The remaining 11 characters can
be letters, numbers (0-9), or the
underscore character ("_"). Blank spaces
are not allowed.

Remarks
l When you first receive your instrument, it is secured. The security code is set to "AT34980" when the instru-
ment is shipped from the factory.

132 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Once you enter a security code, that code must be used for both front-panel and remote operation. For
example, if you secure the instrument from the front panel, you must use that same code to unsecure it from
the remote interface.
l Unsecuring the instrument using this command enables all installed modules and the internal DMM to be cal-
ibrated.
l To calibrate the internal DMM, use the CALibration? command.
l To calibrate the 34951A Isolated DAC Module, use the CALibration:MODule? command.
l To calibrate the DAC channels on the 34952A Multifunction Module, use the CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
and CALibration:POINt? commands.
l The calibration security setting is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been
off, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) indicating the current calibration security setting.

Examples
The following command unsecures the instrument.

CAL:SEC:STAT OFF,AT34980

The following query returns the current calibration security setting.

CAL:SEC:STAT?

Typical Response: 0

See Also
CALibration:SECure:CODE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 133

CALibration:STRing
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALibration:STRing "<string>" [,{<slot>|MAINframe|DMM}]

CALibration:STRing? [{<slot>|MAINframe|DMM}]

Description
This command allows you to store one message in calibration memory in the mainframe, a digital module, or the
internal DMM. For example, you can store such information as the date when the last calibration was performed,
the date when the next calibration is due, the instrument's serial number, or even the name and phone number
of the person to contact for a new calibration.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

l 34952A Multifunction Module
l Internal DMM

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<string> Quoted ASCII A string of up to 40 characters This is a required
String enclosed in quotes. You can use parameter
letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and
special characters like "@", "%",
"*", etc.
<slot> Discrete {1-8|SLOT1- MAINframe
SLOT8|MAINframe|DMM}

Remarks
l You can record a calibration message only from the remote interface and only when the instrument is unse-
cured (see CALibration:SECure:STATe OFF command). You can read the message from either the front-
panel or over the remote interface. You can read the calibration message whether the instrument is secured
or unsecured.

134 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The calibration message may contain up to 40 characters. From the front panel, you can view only 18 char-
acters of the message at a time. Press [>] to scroll through the text of the message. Press [>] again to
increase the scrolling speed.
l From the front panel, commas, periods, and semicolons share a display space with the preceding character,
and are not considered individual characters.
l Storing a calibration message will overwrite any message previously stored in memory.
l If the specified slot (CALibration:STRing "<string>", <slot>) does not contain either a 34951A or 34952A mod-
ule, an error is generated.
l The calibration message is stored in non-volatile calibration memory, and does not change when power has
been off, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes. If no calibration message has been
specified, an empty quoted string ("") is returned.

Examples
The following commands store a message in calibration memory in the mainframe.

CAL:STR "CAL: 21 Nov 2005",MAIN or CAL:STR 'CAL: 21 Nov 2005',MAIN

The following commands store a message in calibration memory on the module in slot 3.

CAL:STR "CAL: 21 Nov 2005",3 or CAL:STR 'CAL: 21 Nov 2005',3

The following query returns the message currently stored in calibration memory in the mainframe (the quotes
are also returned).

CAL:STR?

Typical Response: "CAL: 21 Nov 2005"

See Also
CALibration:SECure:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 135

CALibration:VALue
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CALibration:VALue <value>

CALibration:VALue?

Description
This command specifies the value of the known calibration signal as outlined in the calibration procedures in the
Keysight 34980A Service Guide. This command is used for internal DMM calibrations.

For a more detailed discussion of the calibration procedures, see the Keysight 34980A
Service Guide. Please refer to that guide before attempting to calibrate the instrument
as improper use of the CALibration commands can adversely affect the accuracy and
reliability of the instrument.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<value> Numeric Desired calibration signal in the This is a required
units specified by the present parameter
measurement function.

Remarks
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A. An error is generated if the internal DMM
is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l To calibrate the 34951A Isolated DAC Module, use the CALibration:MODule? command.
l To calibrate the DAC channels on the 34952A Multifunction Module, use the CALibration:BEGin[:VOLTage]
and CALibration:POINt? commands.

Return Format
The query command returns the calibration value in the form "+1.00000000E-01".

Examples
The following command sets calibration value to +10.001010 volts.

CAL:VAL 10.001010

136 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following query returns the present calibration value.

CAL:VAL?

Typical Response: +1.00010100E+01

See Also
CALibration?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 137

CONFigure Subsystem Introduction
The CONFigure command provides the most flexible way to program the instrument for measurements. When
you execute this command, the instrument uses default values for the requested measurement configuration (like
the MEASure? command). However, the measurement is not automatically started and you can change some
measurement attributes before actually initiating the measurement. This allows you to incrementally change the
instrument's configuration from the default conditions.

Use the INITiate or READ? command to initiate the measurement.

For a comparison of the MEASure? and CONFigure commands, see MEASure? Versus
CONFigure.

The CONFigure commands are valid only with the following Keysight 34980A plug-in modules which can be
configured to be part of a scan. If the internal DMM is not installed or is disabled, then no DMM-related
configurations are allowed. However, scanning is allowed on the digital input and totalizer channels even without
the internal DMM.

34921A 40-Channel Armature Multiplexer (including temperature and current)

34922A 70-Channel Armature Multiplexer
34923A 40/80-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34924A 70-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34925A 40/80-Channel FET Multiplexer
34950A 64-Bit Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize
CONFigure:CURRent:AC
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe

138 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe?
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]?
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity?
CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity?
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh?
CONFigure:FREQuency
CONFigure:FRESistance
CONFigure:PERiod
CONFigure:RESistance
CONFigure:TEMPerature
CONFigure:TOTalize
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
CONFigure?

Default Settings for the CONFigure Command

With the CONFigure command, you can select the function, range, and resolution all in one command. All other
measurement parameters are set to their default values as shown below. The CONFigure command does not
redefine the scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command.

Measurement Parameter CONFigure Setting

Integration Time 1 PLC
Input Resistance 10 MΩ (fixed for all DCV ranges)
AC Filter / Frequency 20 Hz (medium filter)
Timeout
Range Autorange Enabled

Autozero Enabled

Offset Compensation Disabled

Channel Delay Automatic Delay

Sample Count 1 Sample per Trigger

Sweep Count 1 Scan Sweep

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 139

 Trigger Count 1 Trigger

Trigger Delay Automatic Delay

Trigger Source Immediate

Using the CONFigure Command

The following program segment shows how to use the CONFigure command with the READ? command to make
externally-triggered measurements on two channels. The ROUTe:SCAN command adds the channels to the
active scan list. Note that if ROUTe:SCAN was omitted, the program below would return a single internal DMM
reading (no automatic channel switching would be involved). The CONFigure command configures the
instrument for dc voltage measurements on two channels on the module in slot 3. Note that the CONFigure
command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

The READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the specified channels once
when the rear-panel Ext Trig Inputline is pulsed low, and then transfers the readings to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurements.

CONF:VOLT:DC (@3010,3011)
ROUT:SCAN (@3010,3011)
TRIG:SOUR EXT
READ?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03

The following program segment is similar to the previous example but it uses the INITiate command to place the
instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger"
state, scans the specified channels immediately (internal triggering), and sends the readings to reading memory.
The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:VOLT:DC (@3010,3011)
ROUT:SCAN (@3010,3011)
TRIG:SOUR IMM
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +5.34250000E-03

Storing readings in memory using the INITiate command is generally faster than sending readings to memory
using the READ? command. The INITiate command is also an "overlapped" command. This means that after
executing the INITiate command, you can send other commands that do not affect the scan. Note that the
FETCh? command will wait until the scan is complete to terminate. The instrument can store at least 500,000
readings in internal reading memory.

To stop a scan that has been started using the INITiate command, send an ABORt
command or Device Clear.

The following program segment configures the instrument for 2-wire resistance measurements, triggers the
internal DMM to scan two channels using the READ? command (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers

140 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

the readings to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The 1 kΩ range is selected with 1Ω
resolution.

CONF:RES 1000,1,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
READ?

Typical Response: +3.27150000E+02,+1.32130000E+02

If you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels
or a scan list (the scan list is not redefined). The following program segment configures the instrument for 2-wire
resistance measurements, triggers the internal DMM to make one measurement using the INITiate, and then
stores the reading in memory. The 10 kΩ range is selected with 100Ω resolution.

CONF:RES 10000,100
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +5.95850000E+03

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 141

CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to measure the duty
cycle of the incoming signal. For duty cycle measurements, you must send the[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
command to initiate the measurement. The specified gate time is the measurement aperture during which the
signal data is gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will lead to increased resolution for frequency,
period, pulse width, and duty cycle measurements.

The CONFigure command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter CONFigure Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5V
Gate Source INTernal
Gate Polarity NORMal (active high)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gate_ Numeric Desired gate time between 1 ms
time> 100 ns and 10 seconds, with
50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns,
MAX = 100 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

142 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l The duty cycle represents the amount of time per cycle that the input signal is at a high level (assuming that
the polarity is not reversed) and is expressed as a percentage. The specified counter channels must detect at
least two edges for a valid duty cycle measurement.

20% Duty Cycle 80% Duty Cycle

l To read the duty cycle, use the [SENSe:]COUNter:DATA? or [SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]? command.
l Sending the CONFigure command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to measure duty cycle.
The gate time is set to 1 ms.

CONF:COUN:DCYC 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:DCYC? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E+01,+5.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
CONFigure?
MEASure:COUNter:DCYCle?
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 143

CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to measure the
frequency of the incoming signal. For frequency measurements, you must send the[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
command to initiate the measurement. The specified gate time is the measurement aperture during which the
signal data is gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will lead to increased resolution for frequency,
period, pulse width, and duty cycle measurements.

The CONFigure command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter CONFigure Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5V
Gate Source INTernal
Gate Polarity NORMal (active high)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gate_ Numeric Desired gate time between 1 ms
time> 100 ns and 10 seconds, with
50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns,
MAX = 100 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

144 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l The frequency is measured as: (NumberRisingEdges – 1)/GateTime. The specified counter channels must
detect at least two edges for a valid frequency measurement. The maximum input frequency allowed is
10 MHz.
l To read the frequency, use the [SENSe:]COUNter:DATA? or [SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]? com-
mand.
l Sending the CONFigure command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to measure frequency.
The gate time is set to 1 ms.

CONF:COUN:FREQ 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:FREQ? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +3.45600000E+05,+3.31300000E+05

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
CONFigure?
MEASure:COUNter:FREQuency?
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 145

CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to measure the
period of the incoming signal (this is the reciprocal of the frequency). For period measurements, you must send
the[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command to initiate the measurement. The specified gate time is the
measurement aperture during which the signal data is gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will
lead to increased resolution for frequency, period, pulse width, and duty cycle measurements.

The CONFigure command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter CONFigure Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5V
Gate Source INTernal
Gate Polarity NORMal (active high)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gate_ Numeric Desired gate time between 1 ms
time> 100 ns and 10 seconds, with
50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns,
MAX = 100 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l The specified counter channels must detect at least two edges for a valid period measurement.

146 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l To read the period, use the [SENSe:]COUNter:DATA? or [SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]? command.
l Sending the CONFigure command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to measure period.
The gate time is set to 1 ms.

CONF:COUN:PER 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:PER? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +2.89400000E-06,+4.83700000E-06

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
CONFigure?
MEASure:COUNter:PERiod?
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
[SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 147

CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to measure the
pulse width of the incoming signal. For pulse width measurements, you must send the[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
command to initiate the measurement. The specified gate time is the measurement aperture during which the
signal data is gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will lead to increased resolution for frequency,
period, pulse width, and duty cycle measurements.

The CONFigure command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter CONFigure Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5V
Gate Source INTernal
Gate Polarity NORMal (active high)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gate_ Numeric Desired gate time between 1 ms
time> 100 ns and 10 seconds, with
50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns,
MAX = 100 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

148 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l The pulse width represents the amount of time per cycle that the input signal is at a high level (assuming
that the polarity is not reversed) and is expressed in seconds. If multiple pulses occur during the specified
gate time, the result will be the average width of all pulses.
l To read the pulse width, use the [SENSe:]COUNter:DATA? or [SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]? command.
l Sending the CONFigure command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to measure pulse
width. The gate time is set to 1 ms.

CONF:COUN:PWID 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:PWID? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +1.44700000E-06,+3.98300000E-06

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
CONFigure?
MEASure:COUNter:PWIDth?
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
[SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 149

CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize [<mode>,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables or disables an automatic reset of the count on the specified counter channels on the
34950A Digital I/O Module. To read the totalizer without resetting the count, select the READ parameter. To
read the totalizer and reset the count to "0" after it is read, select the RRESet parameter (this means "read and
reset").

Since the totalizer count is not an initiated measurement, configuring the specified channels will automatically
start the totalize operation (an internal gate is not required). You can, however, use the
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate and [SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt commands to start and stop the totalize operation.

The CONFigure command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter CONFigure Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5 V

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {READ|RRESet} READ (read without
resetting the count)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l To read the count (measured in counts), use the [SENSe:]COUNter:DATA? or [SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize
[:DATA]? command.
l The maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum
allowed value.

150 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If the count rolls over to "0", the "Totalizer Overflow" bit is set in the Slot Event Registers group (see
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition? and STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt? commands). For more inform-
ation on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status System Introduction.
l Sending the CONFigure command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to be read without
resetting their count.

CONF:COUN:TOT READ,(@3301,3302)
COUN:TOT:DATA? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: 1.321300000E+03,4.762300000E+03

See Also
CONFigure?
MEASure:COUNter:TOTalize?
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 151

CONFigure:CURRent:AC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:CURRent:AC [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for ac current measurements but does not initiate the scan. If you omit the optional <ch_
list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in amps (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
10 mA (MIN)
100 mA
1 A (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in amps. Fixed at 6½ digits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). Current measurements omitted, this
are allowed only on channels 41 command applies to
through 44 of the 34921A. the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

152 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range at: <10% of range

Up range at: >120% of range
l Since this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values, be
sure to send the CONFigure command before setting any other measurement parameters. For example, to
change the sample count, first send the CONFigure command (sets the sample count to "1") and then
change the sample count to the desired value (see SAMPle:COUNt command).
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l For ac measurements, the resolution is fixed at 6½ digits. The only way to control the reading rate for ac
measurements is by changing the channel delay or by setting the ac filter to the highest frequency limit. The
<resolution> parameter only affects the number of digits shown on the front panel.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for ac current measurements on channel 41 in slot 1.
The READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and then
sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and
resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:CURR:AC (@1041)
ROUT:SCAN (@1041)
READ? (@1041)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 153

Typical Response: +8.54530000E-02

The following program segment configures the instrument for an ac current measurement on channels 41 and
42 in slot 1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels
once, and stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to
the instrument's output buffer. The 1 A range is selected with 200 mA resolution.

CONF:CURR:AC 1,0.2,(@1041,1042)
ROUT:SCAN (@1041,1042)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-02,+1.32130000E-03

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a ac current measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange)
and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:CURR:AC !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +3.73620000E-02

See Also
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
READ?
MEASure:CURRent:AC?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
ROUTe:SCAN
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth
SWEep:COUNt

154 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC] [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for dc current measurements but does not initiate the scan. If you omit the optional
<ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in amps (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
10 mA (MIN)
100 mA
1 A (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in amps. 0.000003 x Range (1
PLC)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). Current measurements this command applies to
are allowed only on channels 41 the internal DMM.
through 44 of the 34921A.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 155

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter, or omit the
parameter from the command and use the [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC command to specify the desired
integration time.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l Since this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values, be
sure to send the CONFigure command before setting any other measurement parameters. For example, to
change the sample count, first send the CONFigure command (sets the sample count to "1") and then
change the sample count to the desired value (see SAMPle:COUNt command).
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for dc current measurements on channel 41 in slot 1.
The READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and then
sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and
resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

CONF:CURR:DC (@1041)
ROUT:SCAN (@1041)
READ? (@1041)

Typical Response: +8.54530000E-03

156 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following program segment configures the instrument for dc current measurements on channels 41 and 42
in slot 1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels once,
and stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to the
instrument's output buffer. The 1 A range is selected with 200 mA resolution.

CONF:CURR:DC 1,0.2,(@1041,1042)
ROUT:SCAN (@1041,1042)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-02,+1.32130000E-03

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a dc current measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange)
and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

CONF:CURR:DC !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +3.73620000E-02

See Also
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure:CURRent[:DC]?
READ?
ROUTe:SCAN
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
SWEep:COUNt

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 157

CONFigure:DIGital
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital <width>, [<voltage>,] [<polarity>,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified channels for unbuffered (no memory) input operations but does not
initiate the scan. This command allows you to set the desired channel width, threshold voltage (34950A only),
and logic polarity (34950A and 34952A only) for scanning. The channels associated with the specified operation
are automatically reconfigured as input channels.

The CONFigure command does not place the module in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or READ?
command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module (digital input channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<width> Discrete {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4} This is a required
BYTE (or "1" byte): 8 bits parameter
WORD (or "2" bytes): 16 bits
LWORd (or "4" bytes): 32 bits
34959A: Only valid configurations
are BYTE/WORD.
<voltage>1 Numeric Desired threshold voltage between 0.8V (TTL)
0V and 5V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 0V, MAX = 5V
2
<polarity> Discrete {NORMal|INVerted} NORMal (active high)

<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input or output This is a required

channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004
34959A: s001 or s002

158 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 1
Variable threshold voltage is available only on the 34950A.
2
Variable polarity is available only on the 34950A and 34952A.

Remarks
l If this command is directed to the first channel on a bank on the 34950A (i.e., channel 101 or 201) this com-
mand will reset all handshaking parameters (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake command) and the buf-
fered memory mode will be aborted and disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function.
l Changing the channel width will disable buffered (memory) operations and clear memory on the specified
digital channels (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABlecommand).
l To set the threshold voltage independently (34950A only), you can use the [SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold com-
mand.
l To set the logic polarity independently, you can use the CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity command.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory.

Examples
The following program segment configures the 34950A in slot 3 for two 16-bit words and then selects an "active
low" polarity (the optional threshold voltage parameter is omitted in this example). The READ? command places
the module in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels once, and then sends the results to reading
memory and the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:DIG WORD,INV,(@3101,3103) !Width = 16 bits, Polarity = active low

ROUT:SCAN (@3101,3103) !Add channels to scan list
READ? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: 65487,64972

The following program segment configures the 34952A in slot 5 for one 32-bit word and then selects an "active
high" polarity. The INITiate command places the module in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once,
and stores the reading in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the reading from reading memory to the
instrument's output buffer.

CONF:DIG LWORD,NORM,(@5001) !Width = 32 bits, Polarity = active high

ROUT:SCAN (@5001) !Add channels to the scan list
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: 529755

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 159

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure:DIGital?
READ?
[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold

160 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection <direction>, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified digital channels for input or output operations.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input/output channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input/output channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<direction> Discrete {INPut|0|OUTPut|1} INPut (0)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input or output This is a required
channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004

Remarks
l The selected direction applies to the channel width on the specified channels. Use the CONFig-
ure:DIGital:WIDTh command to set the desired width. Depending on the width specified, the channel num-
bering is modified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD on the 34950A,
channels 101 and 102 are combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

34950A Bank 2 Bank 1

BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 161

 34952A Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch 3 Ch 2 Ch1
Ch 4
Bits):
WORD Ch 1
Ch 3
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 1
(32 Bits):

l If the specified channels are part of a scan list (see ROUTe:SCAN command), changing the direction will to
an output will clear the scan list.
l Changing the direction will disable buffered (memory) operations on the specified digital channels (see
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).
l The selected direction is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "INP" when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "INP" or "OUTP" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following program segment configures the 34950A in slot 3 for two 16-bit words and then configures the
channels for output operations.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3103)
CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@3101,3103)

The following query returns the state of channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:DIR? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: OUTP,OUTP

The following program segment configures the 34952A in slot 5 for one 32-bit word and then configures the
channel for input operations.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH LWORD,(@5001)
CONF:DIG:DIR INP,(@5001)

The following query returns the state of channel 1 on the 34952A in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:DIR? (@5001)

162 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: INP

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
CONFigure?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 163

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake SYNChronous, [<thresh_voltage>, [<level_voltage>, [<polarity>,]]] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures all of the handshaking parameters for the specified bank on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. Use the thresh_voltage parameter to set the input threshold voltage for the H2 handshake line and
INTR line. Use the level_voltage parameter to set the logic "1" voltage level for the H0 and H1 handshake lines
and INTR line. Use the polarity parameter to set the logic polarity of one or all of the three handshake lines (H0,
H1, and H2) and INTR line.

Since handshaking is used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command must be
directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel
width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

This command sets the following handshaking parameters to their default values:

l Handshake Drive = ACTive (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe command)

l Handshake Line State = ON (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe command)
l Handshake Cycle Time = 1 ms (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe command)
l Handshake Rate = 1 kHz (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE command)
l Synchronous Clock Source = INTernal (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]
command)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<thresh_ Numeric Desired threshold voltage 0.8V (TTL)
voltage> between 0V and 5V, with 20 mV
resolution.
MIN = 0V, MAX = 5V

164 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <level_ Numeric Desired voltage level between 5V
voltage> 1.66V and 5V, with 20 mV
resolution.
MIN = 1.66V, MAX = 5V
<polarity> Discrete {NORMal|INVerted} NORMal (active high)

<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input or This is a required

output channels in the form parameter
(@sccc).
Select from s101 through s104,
s201 through s204

Remarks
l Handshaking can be used with buffered or unbuffered memory operations (see [SENSe:]DIGit-
al:MEMory:ENABle and SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).
l To set the threshold voltage independently, you can use the [SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold com-
mand.
l To set the logic "1" voltage level independently, you can use the SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel com-
mand.
l To set the logic polarity independently, you can use the CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity command.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory.

Examples
The following program segment configures the handshaking parameters for the module in slot 3 (Bank 1). The
bank is configured for synchronous output transfers, with an input threshold voltage of 1.2V, an output voltage
level of 2.4V, and normal logic polarity (active high).

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@3101) !Direction = Output
CONF:DIG:HAND SYNC,1.2,2.4,NORM,(@3101) !Select synchronous transfer mode

The following program segment configures the handshaking parameters for the module in slot 3 (Bank 2). The
bank is configured for synchronous input transfers, with a threshold voltage to 1.8V (the output voltage level and
polarity parameters are omitted).

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3201) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:DIR INP,(@3201) !Direction = Input
CONF:DIG:HAND SYNC,1.8,(@3201) !Select synchronous transfer mode

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 165

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

166 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the cycle time, which controls the pacing of handshaking operations on the 34950A Digital
I/O Module. Based on the specified cycle time, the module derives the clock rate for the handshaking operation.
The specified cycle time can be used with buffered or unbuffered memory operations (see
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).

Since handshaking is used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command must be
directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel
width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

This command is the reciprocal of the CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE command,

which controls the pacing of the handshaking operations by specifying a frequency in
hertz.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric 100 ns to 100 ms. 1 ms

MIN = 100 ns, MAX = 100 ms

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l For more information on the available handshake modes, with their corresponding timing diagrams, see the
Keysight 34980A User's Guide.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 167

 l The behavior of the three handshake lines depends on whether buffered memory input/output operations
are enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).

H0 Line H1 Line H2 Line

Unbuffered Transfers I/O Direction Strobe (output) Not Used (Hi-Z)
(output)
Buffered Transfers Start/Stop (output) Strobe (output) Input Strobe
(input)

l The cycle time is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 1 ms when power is turned off or after a Factory
Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the cycle time in seconds in the form "+1.00000000E+00". Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the cycle time to 500 ns on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@3101) !Direction = Output
CONF:DIG:HAND:MODE SYNC,(@3101) !Select synchronous transfer mode
CONF:DIG:HAND:CTIME 500E-9,(@3101) !Set timeout to 500 ns

The following query returns the cycle time selected on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:HAND:CTIME? (@3101)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E-07

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

168 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the drive mode for any handshake lines that are outputs on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. In the "active" drive mode, the output handshake lines are driven directly by the module. In the "open
collector" drive mode, the output handshake lines are driven low by the module, but will go to a high-impedance
state when asserted (external pullup resistors are required). Since handshaking is used for transfers involving the
first channel on a bank only, this command must be directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only)
and extends to all channels involved in the channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

The handshake lines and the INTR (interrupt) lines on each bank share their drive mode.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {ACTive|OCOLlector} ACTive
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l The behavior of the handshake lines depends on whether buffered memory input/output operations are
enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).

H0 Line H1 Line H2 Line

Unbuffered Transfers I/O Direction Strobe (output) Not Used (Hi-Z)
(output)
Buffered Transfers Start/Stop (output) Strobe (output) Input Strobe
(input)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 169

 l When using the "open collector" drive mode, note that handshaking operations will be somewhat slower
than when using the "active" mode.
l The selected drive mode is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "ACT" when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "ACT" or "OCOL" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following program segment selects the open collector drive mode on channel 101 on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:HAND:DRIV OCOL,(@3101)

The following query returns the drive mode for channel 101 on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:HAND:DRIV? (@3101)

Typical Response: OCOL

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake

CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

170 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity <polarity>, [{<line>|ALL},] (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity? <line>, (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the logic polarity of one or all of the three handshake lines (H0, H1, and H2) on the 34950A
Digital I/O Module. You can specify the polarity as "normal" (active high, default) or "inverted" (active low). The
specified setting affects the polarity for both input and output modes of the INTR lines on the specified bank.
Since handshaking is used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command must be
directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel
width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

The handshake lines and the INTR (interrupt) lines on each bank share their polarity.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<polarity> Discrete {NORMal|INVerted} NORMal (active high)
<line> Discrete {H0|0|H1|1|H2|2|ALL} ALL

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 171

Remarks
l The behavior of the three handshake lines depends on whether buffered memory input/output operations
are enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).

H0 Line H1 Line H2 Line

Unbuffered Transfers I/O Direction Strobe (output) Not Used (Hi-Z)
(output)
Buffered Transfers Start/Stop (output) Strobe (output) Input Strobe
(input)

l If desired, you can use the CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake command to select all of the handshake line para-
meters with one command. Use this command to select the input threshold voltage, output logic "1" voltage
level, and logic polarity.
l The selected polarity is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "NORM" when power is turned off or after
a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "NORM" or "INV" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following program segment selects an inverted polarity (active low) for handshake line H0 (Bank 1) on the
module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:HAND:POL INV,(@3101)

The following query returns the polarity of handshake line H0 (Bank 1) on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:HAND:POL? (@3101)

Typical Response: INV

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel

172 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 173

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE {<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the handshake rate, which controls the pacing of handshaking operations on the 34950A
Digital I/O Module. Based on the specified rate, the module derives the clock rate for the handshaking operation.
The specified rate can be used with buffered or unbuffered memory operations (see
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).

Since handshaking is used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command must be
directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel
width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

This command is the reciprocal of the CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe command,

which controls the pacing of the handshaking operations by specifying a time in
seconds.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<frequency> Numeric 10 Hz to 10 MHz. 1 kHz

MIN = 10 Hz, MAX = 10 MHz

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l For more information on the available handshake modes, with their corresponding timing diagrams, see the
Keysight 34980A User's Guide.

174 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The behavior of the three handshake lines depends on whether buffered memory input/output operations
are enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).

H0 Line H1 Line H2 Line

Unbuffered Transfers I/O Direction Strobe (output) Not Used (Hi-Z)
(output)
Buffered Transfers Start/Stop (output) Strobe (output) Input Strobe
(input)

l The handshake rate is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 1 kHz when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the handshake rate in hertz in the form "+1.00000000E+00". Multiple responses
are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the handshake rate to 5 KHz on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@3101) !Direction = Output
CONF:DIG:HAND:MODE SYNC,(@3101) !Select synchronous transfer mode
CONF:DIG:HAND:RATE 5E3,(@3101) !Set timeout to 5 kHz

The following query returns the handshake rate selected on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:HAND:RATE? (@3101)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 175

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command controls the behavior of the handshake lines on the specified bank on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. In the "high impedance" state (default), the output handshake lines (H0 and H1) are in a disconnected
state. In the "OFF" state, the handshake lines are driven, but they don't change state when input or output
operations occur. In the "ON" state, handshaking operations are enabled and are fully operational.

Since handshaking is used only for transfers involving the first channel on a bank, this command must be
directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel
width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {HIMPedance|OFF|ON} HIMPedance
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l When buffered memory input/output operations are enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands), the handshake line are automatically set to the "ON" state.
l The handshake lines and the INTR (interrupt) lines on each bank share their drive mode, input threshold
voltage, and output level settings. See the CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe command to set the drive
mode (active versus open collector). See the [SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold command to set the
input threshold voltage. See the SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel command to set the output voltage
level.
l The selected configuration is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "HIMP" when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

176 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "HIMP", "OFF", or "ON" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment enables the handshake lines on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@3101) !Direction = Output
CONF:DIG:HAND:STAT ON,(@3101) !Select enabled mode

The following query returns the handshake mode in use on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:HAND:STAT? (@3101)

Typical Response: ON

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 177

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce] <source>, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects an internal (default) or external clock source for synchronous handshaking buffered
memory operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module (valid for output operations only). If you select an external
clock source, the specified bank will use handshake line H2 as the source to strobe data from memory.

Since handshaking is used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command must be
directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel
width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command). You can send this command at any time, but the setting
applies only when buffered memory output operations are enabled (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<source> Discrete {INTernal|EXTernal} INTernal
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l The strobe clock source is valid for synchronous buffered output operations only. For synchronous buffered
input operations (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command), the external strobe clock source is auto-
matically selected.
l The selected clock source is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "INT" when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

178 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "INT" or "EXT" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following program segment selects the external clock source for synchronous output transfers on the
module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@3101) !Direction = Output
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable buffered outputs
CONF:DIG:HAND:MODE SYNC,(@3101) !Select synchronous transfer mode
CONF:DIG:HAND:SYNC:STROBE EXT,(@3101) !Select external clock source

The following query returns the clock source in use on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:HAND:SYNC:STROBE? (@3101)

Typical Response: EXT

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 179

CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity <polarity>, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the logic polarity of the hardware INTR (interrupt) line on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. You
can specify the polarity as "normal" (active high, default) or "inverted" (active low). The specified setting affects
the polarity for both input and output modes of the INTR lines.

Since interrupts are used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command must be directed
to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel width (see
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command). You can send this command at any time, but the setting applies only if
buffered memory input/output operations are enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle and
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle commands).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<polarity> Discrete {NORMal|INVerted} NORMal (active high)
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l The selected polarity is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "NORM" when power is turned off or after
a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "NORM" or "INV" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

180 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following program segment selects an inverted polarity (active low) for the INTR line (Bank 1) on the module
in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

CONF:DIG:INT:POL INV,(@3101)

The following query returns the polarity of the INTR line (Bank 1) on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:INT:POL? (@3101)

Typical Response: INV

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 181

CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity <polarity>, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the logic polarity for input or output operations on the specified digital channels on the
34950A Digital I/O Module. You can specify the polarity as "normal" (active high, default) or "inverted" (active
low). You can send this command at any time, and the action takes effect immediately.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input/output channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<polarity> Discrete {NORMal|INVerted} NORMal (active high)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input or output This is a required
channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204

Remarks
l The selected polarity applies to the specified channel, independent of the current channel width (see
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command.
l The selected polarity is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "NORM" when power is turned off or after
a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "NORM" or "INV" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

182 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command selects an inverted polarity (active low) for channels 103 and 103 on the 34950A in slot
3.

CONF:DIG:POL INV,(@3101,3103)

The following query returns the polarity of channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:POL? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: INV,INV

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
CONFigure?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 183

CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh <width>, (@<ch_list>)

CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified digital input or output channels for the desired width.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input/output channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input/output channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<width> Discrete {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4} BYTE (8 bits)
BYTE (or "1" byte): 8 bits
WORD (or "2" bytes): 16 bits
LWORd (or "4" bytes): 32 bits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input or output This is a required
channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified, the channel numbering is modified as shown below. For example, if you
specify the width as a 16-bit WORD on the 34950A, channels 101 and 102 are combined and addressed col-
lectively as channel 101.

34950A Bank 2 Bank 1

BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):

184 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

34952A Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch 3 Ch 2 Ch1
Ch 4
Bits):
WORD Ch 1
Ch 3
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 1
(32 Bits):

l The selected width applies to input or output operations on the specified channels. Use the CONFig-
ure:DIGital:DIRection or SOURce:DIGital:STATe command to configure the specified channels for input or
output operations.
l Changing the channel width will disable buffered (memory) operations and clear memory on the specified
digital channels (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABlecommand).
l The selected width is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "BYTE" when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the width in bytes for the specified channels: "1" for BYTE (8 bits), "2" for WORD (16
bits), or "4" for LWORd (32 bits). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment configures the 34950A in slot 3 for two 16-bit words and then configures the
channels for output operations.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3103)
CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@3101,3103)

The following query returns the width of channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: 2,2

The following program segment configures the 34952A in slot 5 for one 32-bit word and then configures the
channel for output operations.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH LWORD,(@5001)
CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@5001)

The following query returns the width of channel 1 on the 34952A in slot 3.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 185

 CONF:DIG:WIDTH? (@5001)

Typical Response: 4

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure?
SOURce:DIGital:STATe

186 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:FREQuency
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:FREQuency [{<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for frequency measurements but does not initiate the scan. If you omit the optional <ch_
list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected frequency of the input 20 Hz
signal in hertz, between 3 Hz and
300 kHz.
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in hertz. Fixed at 6½ digits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 187

 l The <range> parameter is required only to specify the measurement resolution parameter. Therefore, it is not
necessary to send a new command for each new frequency to be measured.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for frequency measurements on channel 4 in slot 3.
The READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and then
sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and
resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:FREQ (@3004)
ROUT:SCAN (@3004)
READ? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.32130000E+03

The following program segment configures the instrument for frequency measurements on channels 3 and 8 in
slot 1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels once, and
stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to the
instrument's output buffer. The 100 Hz range and the default resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the
measurement.

CONF:FREQ 100,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E+03,+1.32130000E+03

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a frequency measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange)
and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:FREQ !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +10.13240000E+03

188 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure:FREQuency?
READ?
ROUTe:SCAN
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe
SWEep:COUNt

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 189

CONFigure:FRESistance
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks| Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:FRESistance [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for 4-wire resistance measurements but does not initiate the scan (channels in Bank 1
are automatically paired with corresponding channels in Bank 2). If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter,
this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only) *
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer *
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only) *

* Series channel resistance must be taken into account for resistance measurements on this module.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in ohms (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
100Ω (MIN)
1 kΩ
10 kΩ
100 kΩ
1 MΩ
10 MΩ
100 MΩ (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in ohms. 0.000003 x Range
(1 PLC)

190 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter, or omit the
parameter from the command and use the [SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC command to specify the desired
integration time.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 191

 l Since channels are automatically paired for 4-wire resistance measurements (see previous Remark),
attempts to re-configure the paired channel in Bank 2 will result in an error. In addition, if the Bank 2 channel
was previously configured to be part of the active scan list (see ROUTe:SCAN command) and is then re-con-
figured to be paired with a Bank 1 channel, an error will be generated and the previous scan list will be
cleared. For example:

CONF:VOLT:DC (@1021) !Configure Bank 2 channel for dc voltage

measurements
ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1040) !Add channels to scan list
CONF:FRES (@1001) !Generates error and clears scan list

l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l For 4-wire measurements, the instrument automatically enables the autozero function.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for 4-wire measurements on channel 4 in slot 3. The
READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and then sends
the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution
(1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

Note that for this 4-wire measurement, channel 4 in Bank 1 is automatically paired with channel 24 in Bank 2
(assumes 34921A).

CONF:FRES (@3004)
ROUT:SCAN (@3004)
READ? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.32130000E+03

The following command generates an error since you must always specify the paired channel in Bank 1 as the
<ch_list> channel for 4-wire measurements (channel 36 is in Bank 2).

CONF:FRES (@4036) !Generates an error

The following program segment configures the instrument for 4-wire resistance measurements on channels 3
and 8 in slot 1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels
once, and stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to
the instrument's output buffer. The 1 kΩ range is selected with 1Ω resolution.

Note that for this 4-wire measurement, channel 3 is automatically paired with channel 23 and channel 8 is
automatically paired with channel 28 (assumes 34921A).

192 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 CONF:FRES 1000,1,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E+02,+1.32130000E+02

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a 4-wire measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange)
and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:FRES !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +2.93830000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure:FRESistance?
READ?
ROUTe:SCAN
[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated
SWEep:COUNt

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 193

CONFigure:PERiod
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:PERiod [{<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for period measurements but does not initiate the scan. If you omit the optional <ch_
list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected period of the input signal 3.33 µs
in seconds, between 3.33 µs and
333.33 ms.
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in seconds. Fixed at 6½ digits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.

194 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The <range> parameter is required only to specify the measurement resolution parameter. Therefore, it is not
necessary to send a new command for each new period to be measured.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l For period measurements, the resolution is fixed at 6½ digits. The only way to control the reading rate for
period measurements is by changing the channel delay. The <resolution> parameter only affects the number
of digits shown on the front panel.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for period measurements on channel 4 in slot 3. The
READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and then sends
the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution
(fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:PER (@3004)
ROUT:SCAN (@3004)
READ? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.32130000E-03

The following program segment configures the instrument for period measurements on channels 3 and 8 in slot
1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels once, and
stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to the
instrument's output buffer.

CONF:PER 1,0.001,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-04,+1.32130000E-04

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a period measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange)
and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:PER !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +2.93830000E-03

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 195

See Also
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure:PERiod?
READ?
ROUTe:SCAN
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe
SWEep:COUNt

196 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:RESistance
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:RESistance [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for 2-wire resistance measurements a but does not initiate the scan. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer *
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer *
l 34925A FET Multiplexer *

* Series channel resistance must be taken into account for resistance measurements on this module.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in ohms (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
100Ω (MIN)
1 kΩ
10 kΩ
100 kΩ
1 MΩ
10 MΩ
100 MΩ (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in ohms. 0.000003 x Range
(1 PLC)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 197

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter, or omit the
parameter from the command and use the [SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC command to specify the desired integ-
ration time.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l Since this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values, be
sure to send the CONFigure command before setting any other measurement parameters. For example, to
change the sample count, first send the CONFigure command (sets the sample count to "1") and then
change the sample count to the desired value (see SAMPle:COUNt command).
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

198 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for 2-wire resistance measurements on channel 4 in
slot 3. The READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange)
and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

CONF:RES (@3004)
ROUT:SCAN (@3004)
READ? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.32130000E+04

The following program segment configures the instrument for 2-wire resistance measurements on channels 3
and 8 in slot 1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels
once, and stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to
the instrument's output buffer. The 1 kΩ range is selected with 1Ω resolution.

CONF:RES 1000,1,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E+02,+1.32130000E+02

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a 2-wire resistance measurement (no <ch_list>
is specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger,
and then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range
(autorange) and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

CONF:RES !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +2.93830000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure:RESistance?
READ?
ROUTe:SCAN

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 199

[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO
SWEep:COUNt

200 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure:TEMPerature
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:TEMPerature {<probe_type>|DEF}, {<type>|DEF} [,1 [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] ] [, (@<ch_
list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for temperature measurements but does not initiate the scan. If you omit the optional
<ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

The following table shows which temperature transducers are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

RTD RTD
Thermocouple 2-Wire 4-Wire Thermistor
34921A
Armature Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34922A
Armature Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
(2-Wire)
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 No Yes5
(1-Wire)
34924A
Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
Reed Multiplexer
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No Yes5 No
(2-Wire)
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No No No
(1-Wire)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 201

 1
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal reference junction.
2
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with this module.
3
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
4
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
5
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET channels.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<probe_type> Discrete {TCouple|RTD|FRTD|THERmistor} TCouple
<type> Discrete For TC: {B|E|J|K|N|R|S|T}1 J Type
For RTD: {85|91}2 85
2
For FRTD: {85|91} 85
For THER: { 5000
2252|5000|10000}
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in °C, °F, or K. 1 PLC
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.
1
Using ITS-90 software conversions.
2
Using IPTS-68 software conversions.

Remarks
l For temperature measurements, the instrument internally selects the range; you cannot select which range
is used. In the command syntax, be sure to include "1" as shown for the <range> parameter (preceding the
<resolution> parameter).
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l For thermocouple measurements, the instrument internally selects the 100 mV range. For thermistor and
RTD measurements, the instrument autoranges to the correct range for the transducer resistance meas-
urement. Specify the paired channel in the lower bank (source) as the <ch_list> channel.

202 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Thermocouple measurements require a reference junction temperature (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE command). For the reference junction temperature, you can
use an internal measurement on the module's terminal block (34921A only), an external thermistor or RTD
measurement, or a known fixed junction temperature. If you select an external reference, the instrument
makes thermocouple measurements relative to a previously-stored RTD or thermistor measurement stored
in the reference register. For more information and examples, see the following commands:

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence

By default, a fixed reference junction temperature of 0.0 °C is used (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-

ature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction command).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter, or omit the
parameter from the command and use the [SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC command to specify the desired
integration time.
l Since this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values, be
sure to send the CONFigure command before setting any other measurement parameters. For example, to
change the sample count, first send the CONFigure command (sets the sample count to "1") and then
change the sample count to the desired value (see SAMPle:COUNt command).
l For 4-wire RTD measurements (FRTD), the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense connections.
For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and the sense
connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel in Bank 1
(source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Since channels are automatically paired for 4-wire resistance measurements (see previous Remark),
attempts to re-configure the paired channel in Bank 2 will result in an error. In addition, if the Bank 2 channel
was previously configured to be part of the active scan list (see ROUTe:SCAN command) and is then re-con-
figured to be paired with a Bank 1 channel, an error will be generated and the previous scan list will be
cleared. For example:

CONF:VOLT:DC (@1021) !Configure Bank 2 channel for dc voltage

measurements
ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1040) !Add channels to scan list
CONF:FRES (@1001) !Generates error and clears scan list

l Four-wire RTD measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended
mode (see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l For 4-wire RTD measurements, the instrument automatically enables the autozero function.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 203

 l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for B-type thermocouple measurements on channel 4
in slot 3. The READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default resolution (fixed at
6½ digits) is used for the measurement (assumes default temperature units).

CONF:TEMP TC,B,(@3004)
ROUT:SCAN (@3004)
READ? (@3004)

Typical Response: +3.65640000E+01

The following program segment configures the instrument for 5 kΩ thermistor measurements on channels 3 and
8 in slot 1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels once,
and stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to the
instrument's output buffer. This 2-wire measurement is made with 0.1 °C resolution (assumes default
temperature units).

CONF:TEMP THER,5000,1,0.1,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +2.47150000E+01,+3.12130000E+01

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a 2-wire RTD measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default resolution (fixed at
6½ digits) is used for the measurement (assumes default temperature units).

CONF:TEMP RTD,85 !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +2.12320000E+01

See Also
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure:TEMPerature?

204 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

READ?
ROUTe:SCAN
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO
SWEep:COUNt
UNIT:TEMPerature

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 205

CONFigure:TOTalize
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure:TOTalize [<mode>,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables or disables an automatic reset of the count on the specified totalizer channels. To read
the totalizer during a scan without resetting the count, select the READ parameter. To read the totalizer during a
scan and reset the count to "0" after it is read, select the RRESet parameter (this means "read and reset").

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {READ|RRESet} READ (read without
resetting the count)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more totalizer channels in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Remarks
l The maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum
allowed value.
l If the count rolls over to "0", the "Totalizer Overflow" bit is set in the Slot Event Registers group (see
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition? and STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt? commands). For more inform-
ation on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status System Introduction.
l Selecting the RRESet mode performs a synchronized read and reset operation on the specified totalizer chan-
nels. If you were to use discrete commands, such as READ? and [SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate, you
would likely lose counts occurring between the two commands.

206 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following command configures totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the 34950A in slot 2 to be read without
resetting their count.

CONF:TOT READ,(@2301,2302)

The following command configures totalizer channel 5 on the 34952A in slot 4 to be reset to "0" after it is read.

CONF:TOT RRES,(@4005)

See Also
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
READ?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 207

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for ac voltage measurements but does not initiate the scan. If you omit the optional
<ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in volts (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
100 mV (MIN)
1V
10 V
100 V
300 V (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in volts. Fixed at 6½ digits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

208 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l Since this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values, be
sure to send the CONFigure command before setting any other measurement parameters. For example, to
change the sample count, first send the CONFigure command (sets the sample count to "1") and then
change the sample count to the desired value (see SAMPle:COUNt command).
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l For ac measurements, the resolution is fixed at 6½ digits. The only way to control the reading rate for ac
measurements is by changing the channel delay or by setting the ac filter to the highest frequency limit. The
<resolution> parameter only affects the number of digits shown on the front panel.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for ac voltage measurements on channel 4 in slot 3.
The READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and then
sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and
resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:VOLT:AC (@3004)
ROUT:SCAN (@3004)
READ? (@3004)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 209

Typical Response: +1.86850000E-03

The following program segment configures the instrument for ac voltage measurements on channels 3 and 8 in
slot 1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels once, and
stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to the
instrument's output buffer. The 1 V range is selected.

CONF:VOLT:AC 1,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for an ac voltage measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange)
and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

CONF:VOLT:AC !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +1.26360000E-02

See Also
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC?
READ?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
ROUTe:SCAN
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth
SWEep:COUNt

210 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC] [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for dc voltage measurements but does not initiate the scan. If you omit the optional
<ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The CONFigure command does not place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state. Use the INITiate or
READ? command in conjunction with CONFigure to place the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in volts (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
100 mV (MIN)
1V
10 V
100 V
300 V (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in volts. 0.000003 x Range
(1 PLC)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 211

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter, or omit the
parameter from the command and use the [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]NPLC command to specify the desired
integration time.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l Since this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values, be
sure to send the CONFigure command before setting any other measurement parameters. For example, to
change the sample count, first send the CONFigure command (sets the sample count to "1") and then
change the sample count to the desired value (see SAMPle:COUNt command).
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Examples
The following program segment configures the instrument for dc voltage measurements on channel 4 in slot 3.
The READ? command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channel once, and then
sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and
resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

CONF:VOLT:DC (@3004)
ROUT:SCAN (@3004)
READ? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.86850000E-03

212 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following program segment configures the instrument for dc voltage measurements on channels 3 and 8 in
slot 1. The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state, scans the channels once, and
stores the readings in memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from reading memory to the
instrument's output buffer. The 1 V range is selected with 1 mV resolution.

CONF:VOLT:DC 1,0.001,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a dc voltage measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified). The READ? command places the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state, initiates a trigger, and
then sends the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange)
and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

CONF:VOLT:DC !Applies to the internal DMM

READ?

Typical Response: +1.26360000E-02

See Also
CONFigure?
FETCh?
INITiate
MEASure[:VOLTage][:DC]?
READ?
ROUTe:SCAN
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
SWEep:COUNt

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 213

CONFigure?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
CONFigure? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command returns the present configuration on the specified channels and returns a series of quoted
strings. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital I/O and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital I/O and totalizer channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module (digital I/O channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined).
l If the internal DMM is not installed or is disabled, then no DMM-related configurations are allowed.
However, scanning is allowed on the digital input and totalizer channels even without the internal DMM.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns a series of comma-separated fields indicating the present function, range, and resolution
for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by commas. The short form of the function name is
always returned (e.g., "CURR:AC", "FREQ", etc.).

214 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example: Multiplexer Channel

Example: Digital I/O Channel

Example: Totalizer Channel

Examples
The following program segment configures multiplexer channels 3 and 8 in slot 1 and then reads back the
configuration (the quotes are also returned).

CONF:RES 1000,1,(@1003)
CONF:TEMP THER,5000,1,0.1,(@1008)
CONF? (@1003,1008)

Typical Response: "RES +1.00000000E+03,+1.00000000E-01","TEMP

THER,5000,+1.00000000E+00,+1.00000000E-04"

The following program segment configures Bank 1 on the 34952A in slot 3 for two 16-bit words, configures the
channels for output operations, and then reads back the configuration.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3001,3003)
CONF:DIG:DIR OUTP,(@3001,3003)
CONF? (@3001,3003)

Typical Response: "DIG OUTP WORD","DIG OUTP WORD"

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 215

The following query returns the present configuration on the internal DMM (no <ch_list> is specified).

CONF?

Typical Response: "VOLT +1.000000E+01,+3.000000E-05"

See Also
CONFigure

216 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

DATA Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

DATA:LAST?
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold?
DATA:POINts?
DATA:REMove?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 217

DATA:LAST?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
DATA:LAST? [,(@<channel>)]

Description
This command returns the last measurement taken on the specified channel (single channel only). You can
execute this command at any time, even during a scan. If you omit the optional <channel> parameter, this
command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form If <channel> is omitted, this
(@sccc). command applies to the
internal DMM.

Remarks
l Readings can be acquired during a scan using the multiplexer or digital modules or by the internal DMM inde-
pendently (if no channel is specified).
l Each reading is returned with measurement units, time stamp, channel number, and alarm status inform-
ation (independent of the present settings by the FORMat:READing commands). The time stamp is stored in
absolute time format (time of day with date), which is based on the instrument's real-time clock as set by the
SYSTem:DATE and SYSTem:TIME commands.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when mainframe power is cycled.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for the specified channel (or the internal DMM). If readings are acquired using
the internal DMM independently (without a multiplexer scan), the channel number will be logged as channel "0".
If no data is available for the specified channel, "0" is returned for each field.

For example:

218 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 1 Reading with Units (26.195 °C) 4 Channel Number
2 Date (November 21, 2004) 5 Alarm Limit Threshold Crossed
(0 = No Alarm, 1 = LO, 2 = HI)
3 Time of Day (3:30:23.000 PM)

Examples
The following query returns the last reading on channel 8 in slot 1.

DATA:LAST? (@1008)

Typical Response: +1.84280000E-05 VDC,2004,11,21,14,54,33.104,1008,0

The following query returns the last reading taken by the internal DMM.

DATA:LAST?

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+38 OHM,2004,11,21,15,04,24.386,0,0

See Also
FORMat:READing
SYSTem:DATE
SYSTem:TIME

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 219

DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold <num_readings>

DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold?

Description
This command sets a bit in the Standard Operation Register group event register when the specified number of
readings have been stored in reading memory from a scan or internal DMM measurements. The "Memory
Threshold" bit (bit 9) is set to a "1" in the event register when the number of stored readings is greater than or
equal to the specified memory threshold.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<num_ Numeric Any value between 1 and 500,000 This is a required parameter
readings> readings.

Remarks
l To report any subsequent events, the reading count must first drop below the programmed memory
threshold before reaching the threshold again. Use the R? or DATA:REMove command to remove readings
from memory.
l To enable the "Memory Threshold" bit (bit 9) to be reported to the Status Byte, use the STATus:OPERa-
tion:ENABle command.
l Once the "Memory Threshold" bit is set, it will remain set until cleared by the STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
command or *CLS (clear status) command.

220 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The instrument resets the memory threshold to "1" after a Factory Reset (*RST command) or when main-
frame power is cycled. The memory threshold value is not reset by the SYSTem:PRESet, *CLS, or
STATus:PRESet commands, or after a stored state is recalled (*RCL command).

Return Format
The query command returns the number of readings currently specified as the memory threshold.

Examples
The following command sets the memory threshold to 125 readings.

DATA:POIN:EVEN:THR 125

The following query reads the memory threshold setting.

DATA:POIN:EVEN:THR?

Typical Response: +125

See Also
STATus:OPERation:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 221

DATA:POINts?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
DATA:POINts?

Description
This command returns the total number of readings currently stored in reading memory from a scan or internal
DMM measurements.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l You can read the count at any time, even during a scan or a series of internal DMM measurements.
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, a status register bit is set and new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings
stored. The most recent readings are always preserved. Reading memory is not cleared when you read it.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when a new scan is initiated, when any measurement para-
meters are changed (CONFigure and SENSe commands), and when the triggering configuration is changed
(TRIGger commands).
l The instrument clears all readings from memory after a Factory Reset (*RST command), after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or when mainframe power is cycled.

Return Format
The command returns a value between 0 and approximately 500,000 readings indicating the number of readings
currently stored in reading memory.

Example
The following query returns the number of readings in memory.

DATA:POIN?

Typical Response: +320

222 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
DATA:REMove?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 223

DATA:REMove?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
DATA:REMove? <num_readings>

Description
This command reads and erases the specified number of readings from memory. The readings are erased from
memory starting with the oldest reading first. The purpose of this command is to allow you to periodically
remove readings from memory during a scan than would normally cause reading memory to overflow (for
example, during a scan with an infinite trigger count).

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<num_ Numeric Specific number of readings to be This is a required
readings> read and erased from memory. parameter

Remarks
l You can remove readings from memory at any time, even during a scan or a series of internal DMM meas-
urements

l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory during a scan. Readings are stored only during a scan. If
memory overflows, the new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings stored; the most recent read-
ings are always preserved. In addition, bit 12 is set i n the Questionable Data Register's condition register
(see Status System Introduction).

l If fewer than the specified number of readings are currently in memory, an error will be generated. You can
use the DATA:POINts? command to determine the total number of readings currently in memory.

l The output from this command i s affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands. Depending on
the formats selected, each reading may or may not be stored with measurement units, time stamp, channel
number, and alarm status information.

l The instrument clears all readings from memory when a new scan is initiated, when any measurement para-
meters are changed (CONFigure and SENSe commands), and when the triggering configuration is changed
(TRIGger commands).

224 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The instrument clears all readings from memory after a Factory Reset (*RST command), after an Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or when mainframe power is cycled.

Return Format
The command returns the specified number of readings (with formatting as set by the FORMat:READing
commands) and then erases them from memory. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following query returns 3 readings (starting with the oldest reading first) and erases them from memory.

DATA:REM? 3

Typical Response: +4.27150000E+02,+1.32130000E+03,+3.65300000E+03

See Also
DATA:POINts?
FORMat:READing

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 225

DIAGnostic Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

DIAGnostic:DMM:CYCLes?
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes:CLEar
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes?

226 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

DIAGnostic:DMM:CYCLes?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
DIAGnostic:DMM:CYCLes? {1|2|3|4|5|6}

Description
This command reads the cycle count on one of six relays associated with function selection and isolation on the
internal DMM. The relays are numbered "1" through "6", which correspond to relays K102 through K107,
respectively.

Relay Component Description

Number Locator
1 K102 For resistance measurements, this relay enables the
ohms current source.
For current measurements, this relay selects whether
the 0.1Ω (1A range) or the 5Ω (10 mA, 100 mA range)
current shunt is used.
2 K103 For dc voltage measurements, this relay connects
Input High to the low-voltage dc input for the 10 Vdc
range and below.
For ac voltage measurements, this relay connects
Input High to the ac input.
3 K104 For dc voltage measurements, this relay connects
Input High to the high-voltage attenuator for the
ranges greater than 10 Vdc.
For all ac measurements, this relay selects between
measuring ac voltage or measuring ac current.
4 K105 Input High and Input Low isolation to the backplane.
5 K106 Ohms Sense High and Ohms Sense Low isolation to
the backplane.
6 K107 Current High and Current Low isolation to the
backplane.

Remarks
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A. An error is generated if the internal DMM
is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l To read the cycle count on the multiplexer and switch modules, use the DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes? com-
mand.
l See the Keysight 34980A Service Guide for information on replacing relays.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 227

Return Format
The query command returns the cycle count on the specified internal DMM relay.

Example
The following command returns the cycle count on backplane relay 2 (relay K103).

DIAG:DMM:CYCL? 2

Typical Response: +76289

See Also
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes?

228 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command reads the cycle count on the specified channels. In addition to the channel relays, you can also
query the count on the Analog Bus relays and bank relays.

This command reads the cycle count since it was last cleared (see
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes:CLEar command). The Keysight 34980A Service Guide
describes how you can query the total count since the module was shipped from the
factory. Thefactory cycle count is always available and cannot be reset.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34934A Matrix Modules
l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34941A and 34942A RF Multiplexer Modules
l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver
l 34946A and 34947A Microwave Switch Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules can be configured for 2-wire (differential) or 1-wire (single
ended) measurements (see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command). Since two coils are required to drive
each channel relay in the 2-wire mode, the module stores the cycle count for each coil and returns the
greater of the two. To determine the cycle count for each coil, reconfigure the module for the 1-wire mode (a
power cycle is required) and query the count.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 229

 l In theory, the FET switches on the 34925A FET Multiplexer module have an infinite life when used under nor-
mal operating conditions. Therefore, the cycle count is not recorded and this command always returns "0"
(will not generate an error). Although the count on the FET switches is not recorded, you can read the actual
cycle count on the mechanical Analog Bus relays.
l On the RF Multiplexer modules (34941A, 34942A), each bank consists of two leaf relays and one tree relay
(see diagram below). The module stores the cycle count for each of the three relays on all four banks. The
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes? command returns the greater of the three values on the specified bank (i.e.,
reflecting the cycle count for the entire bank). Therefore, the count for Channels 101, 102, 103, and 104 will
always be equal.

a. The reset state of the three relays is shown above for Bank 1 (a reset operation selects the lowest channel
within the bank). The cycle count for any of the three relays is incremented whenever the relay transitions
from the reset state. Therefore, the cycle count reflects a complete transition of the relay from, and back
to, the reset state. For example, closing Channel 101 will not increment the leaf relay cycle count, but
closing Channel 102 will increment the cycle count.
b. To maintain repeatable crosstalk behavior, whenever the tree relay changes position, the unconnected
leaf relay will automatically return to its reset position. Note that this may result in unexpected cycle
counts. For example, switching back and forth between Channels 102 and 104 will result in both leaf
relay cycle counts being incremented upon each channel transition.

230 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Obtaining relay cycle counts for the 34934A high-density matrix module is best accomplished using the
34980A web interface. To access to the web interface and view 34934A relay cycle counts:

- connect the 34980A to the PC using the LAN interface (note - the web interface is only available from the
LAN)

- open a web browser and enter the 34980A IP address. To view the IP address from the front panel select:

'Utility' | 'Remote IO' | 'LAN' | 'Enable LAN' | 'View' | 'DHCP BOOT' - rotate knob

- with the 34980A web interface open, select:

> Browser Web Control (either 'Observe Only' or 'Allow Full Control' mode is ok)
> System Overview
> Module Information - select the slot containing the 34934A
> Relay Cycle Counts - all channels
> Generate Report

- the cycle count returned includes all channels of the matrix configuration and the row protection con-
nect/disconnect and bypass relays. The row protection relays are not independently controlled but are a
function of the SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection command.
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, this command returns the number of times the spe-
cified coil drive has been activated.
a. The module will never assume that a channel is already closed/open and will always drive the channel (as
long as the channel drive is not OFF; see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command).
b. For paired operations (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] command),the count on both the
lower and upper channel in the pair will be incremented on each open/close operation.
l To read the cycle count on the relays associated with function selection and isolation on the internal DMM,
use the DIAGnostic:DMM:CYCLes? command.
l See the Keysight 34980A Service Guide for information on replacing relays.

Return Format
The command returns the cycle count for each channel specified. The value returned is between 0 and
4,294,967,294 (32-bit value). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following command returns the cycle count on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

DIAG:REL:CYCL? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +76289,+11055

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 231

See Also
DIAGnostic:DMM:CYCLes?
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes:CLEar
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE

232 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes:CLEar
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes:CLEar (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command resets the cycle count on the specified channels. In addition to channel relays, you can also clear
the cycle count on bank relays and Analog Bus relays.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l The instrument must be unsecured in order to reset the cycle count. See the CALibration:SECure:STATe
command for more information on unsecuring the instrument.
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules can be configured for 2-wire (differential) or 1-wire (single
ended) measurements (see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command). Since two coils are required to drive
each channel relay in the 2-wire mode, the count on both coils will be cleared. To clear the count on indi-
vidual coils, reconfigure the module for the 1-wire mode (a power cycle is required) and clear the count.
l On the RF Multiplexer modules (34941A, 34942A), each bank consists of two leaf relays and one tree relay
(see DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes? command). Clearing the cycle count on a specific channel will clear the
count on all three relays in the corresponding bank.
l For paired operations on the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver(see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] command), clearing the count on the lower channel of the pair will
not clear the count on the upper channel.

Example
The following command clears the cycle count on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

DIAG:REL:CYCL:CLE (@1003,1013)

See Also
CALibration:SECure:STATe
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 233

SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE

234 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

DISPlay Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

DISPlay:TEXT
DISPlay:TEXT?
DISPlay:TEXT:CLEar
DISPlay[:STATe]
DISPlay[:STATe]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 235

DISPlay[:STATe]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
DISPlay[:STATe] <mode>

DISPlay[:STATe]?

Description
This command disables or enables the instrument's front-panel display. For security reasons or for a slight
increase in measurement rates, you may want to turn off the front-panel display. When disabled, the entire
front-panel display goes dark and all display annunciators except ERROR, HOT, and Safety Interlock are
disabled.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Display ON

Remarks
l You can disable the front-panel display from the remote interface only.
l Sending a text message to the display (see DISPlay:TEXT command) overrides the display state; this means
that you can display a message even if the display is turned off.
l The display setting is not stored as part of the instrument state by the *SAV command.
l The front-panel display is automatically enabled when power is cycled, after a Factory Reset (*RST com-
mand), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command disables the front-panel display.

DISP OFF

The following query returns the front-panel display setting.

DISP?

236 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: 0

See Also
DISPlay:TEXT

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 237

DISPlay:TEXT
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
DISPlay:TEXT "<string>"

DISPlay:TEXT?

Description
This command displays a text message on the upper line of the instrument's front-panel display. The instrument
can display up to 18 characters on the front panel; any additional characters are truncated (no error is
generated).

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<string> Quoted ASCII A string of up to 18 characters This is a required
String enclosed in quotes. You can use parameter
letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and
special characters like "@", "%",
"*", etc. Use "#" character to
display a degree symbol ( ° ).

Remarks
l Commas, periods, and semicolons share a display space with the preceding character, and are not con-
sidered individual characters.
l While a message is displayed on the front panel, readings from a scan or monitor are not sent to the front-
panel display.
l Sending a text message to the display overrides the display state (see DISPlay:STATe command); this means
that you can display a message even if the display is turned off.
l Pressing any front-panel key will clear the text message. To prevent this, use the SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?
command.
l The display text is not stored as part of the instrument state by the *SAV command.
l The front-panel display is automatically cleared when power is cycled, after a Factory Reset (*RST com-
mand), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

238 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command reads the message currently displayed on the front panel and returns an ASCII string
enclosed in double quotes. If no message is displayed, a null string ( " " ) is returned.

Examples
The following commands display a message on the upper line of the front panel (the quotes are not displayed).

DISP:TEXT "SCANNING ..." or DISP:TEXT 'SCANNING ...'

The following query returns the message currently displayed on the front panel (the quotes are also returned).

DISP:TEXT?

Typical Response: "SCANNING ..."

See Also
DISPlay:TEXT:CLEar
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 239

DISPlay:TEXT:CLEar
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
DISPlay:TEXT:CLEar

Description
This command clears the text message displayed on the upper line of the instrument's front-panel display (see
DISPlay:TEXT command).

Remarks
l Clearing the text message does not override the display state (see DISPlay:STATe command); if the display
was disabled prior to clearing the text message, the display will remain disabled.
l Pressing any front-panel button will also clear the text message. To prevent this, use the
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest? command.
l The front-panel display is automatically cleared when power is cycled, after a Factory Reset (*RST com-
mand), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Example
The following command clears the text message on the front panel.

DISP:TEXT:CLEAR

See Also
DISPlay:TEXT
DISPlay[:STATe]
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?

240 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

FORMat Subsystem Introduction
During a scan, the instrument automatically adds a time stamp to all readings and stores them in memory. Each
reading is also stored with measurement units, time stamp, channel number, and alarm status information. You
can specify which information you want returned with the readings (from the front panel, all of the information is
available for viewing). The reading format applies to all readings being removed from the instrument from a scan;
you cannot set the format on a per-channel basis. The examples below show a reading in relative and absolute
format with all fields enabled.

Relative Format (Default):

1 Reading with Units (26.195 °C) 3 Channel Number

2 Time Since Start of Scan (17 ms) 4 Alarm Limit Threshold Crossed
(0 = No Alarm, 1 = LO, 2 = HI)

Absolute Format:

1 Reading with Units (26.195 °C) 4 Channel Number

2 Date (November 21, 2004) 5 Alarm Limit Threshold Crossed
(0 = No Alarm, 1 = LO, 2 = HI)
3 Time of Day (3:30:23.000 PM)

The FORMat commands are valid only with the following Keysight 34980A plug-in modules which can be
configured to be part of a scan. The internal DMM must also be installed and enabled.

34921A 40-Channel Armature Multiplexer (including temperature and current)

34922A 70-Channel Armature Multiplexer
34923A 40/80-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34924A 70-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34925A 40/80-Channel FET Multiplexer
34950A 64-Bit Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 241

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

FORMat:BORDer
FORMat:BORDer?
FORMat:READing:ALARm
FORMat:READing:ALARm?
FORMat:READing:CHANnel
FORMat:READing:CHANnel?
FORMat:READing:TIME
FORMat:READing:TIME?
FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE
FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE?
FORMat:READing:UNIT
FORMat:READing:UNIT?

242 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

FORMat:BORDer
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
FORMat:BORDer {NORMal|SWAPped}

FORMat:BORDer?

Description
Used for binary block transfers only. This command selects the byte order for binary block transfers using the
TRACe[:DATA] and TRACe[:DATA]:DAC commands on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module and the TRACe
[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>] command on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. Note that this command applies globally
and cannot be applied on a channel-by-channel basis.

Remarks
l In the NORMal byte order (default), the most-significant byte (MSB) of each data point is assumed first.
l In the SWAPped byte order, the least-significant byte (LSB) of each data point is assumed first. Most com-
puters use the "swapped" byte order.
l The byte order setting is stored volatile memory and will be reset to NORMal when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "NORM" or "SWAP".

Examples
The following command enables the "swapped" byte order mode.

FORM:BORD SWAP

The following query returns the current byte order setting.

FORM:BORD?

Typical Response: SWAP

See Also
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 243

TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>]

244 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

FORMat:READing:ALARm
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
FORMat:READing:ALARm <mode>

FORMat:READing:ALARm?

Description
This command disables or enables the inclusion of alarm information with data retrieved by the READ?
command, the FETCh? command, or other queries of scan results. This command operates in conjunction with
the other FORMat:READing commands (they are not mutually exclusive). See Format Subsystem Introduction
for examples of fully-formatted results from a scan.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (alarm data not included)

Remarks
l The reading format applies to all readings being retrieved from the instrument; you cannot set the format on
a per-channel basis.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable the alarm setting.
l The alarm setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disabled (OFF) when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command enables the inclusion of alarm information.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 245

 FORM:READ:ALAR ON

The following query returns the alarm setting.

FORM:READ:ALAR?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
FORMat:READing:CHANnel
FORMat:READing:TIME
FORMat:READing:UNIT

246 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

FORMat:READing:CHANnel
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
FORMat:READing:CHANnel <mode>

FORMat:READing:CHANnel?

Description
This command disables or enables the inclusion of channel number information with data retrieved by the
READ? command, the FETCh? command, or other queries of scan results. This command operates in
conjunction with the other FORMat:READing commands (they are not mutually exclusive). See Format
Subsystem Introduction for examples of fully-formatted results from a scan.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (channel data not included)

Remarks
l The reading format applies to all readings being retrieved from the instrument; you cannot set the format on
a per-channel basis.
l If readings are acquired using the internal DMM independently (without a multiplexer scan), the channel
number will be logged as channel "0000".
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable the channel setting.
l The channel setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disabled (OFF) when power is turned off or after
a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 247

Examples
The following command enables the inclusion of channel number information.

FORM:READ:CHAN ON

The following query returns the channel number setting.

FORM:READ:CHAN?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
FORMat:READing:ALARm
FORMat:READing:TIME
FORMat:READing:UNIT

248 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

FORMat:READing:TIME
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
FORMat:READing:TIME <mode>

FORMat:READing:TIME?

Description
This command disables or enables the inclusion of a time stamp with data retrieved by the READ? command, the
FETCh? command, or other queries of scan results. This command operates in conjunction with the other
FORMat:READing commands (they are not mutually exclusive). See Format Subsystem Introduction for
examples of fully-formatted results from a scan.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (time stamp not included)

Remarks
l The reading format applies to all readings being retrieved from the instrument; you cannot set the format on
a per-channel basis.
l If enabled, the time stamp information is shown either in absolute time (time of day with date) or relative time
(time in seconds since start of scan) as set by the FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE command.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable the time stamp setting.
l The time stamp setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disabled (OFF) when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 249

Examples
The following command enables the inclusion of a time stamp.

FORM:READ:TIME ON

The following query returns the time stamp setting.

FORM:READ:TIME?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
FORMat:READing:ALARm
FORMat:READing:CHANnel
FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE
FORMat:READing:UNIT

250 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE <format>

FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE?

Description
This command selects the time format for storing scanned data in memory. You can select absolute time (time of
day with date) or relative time (time in seconds since start of scan). This command operates in conjunction with
the FORMat:READing:TIME command (they are not mutually exclusive). See Format Subsystem Introduction for
examples of fully-formatted results from a scan.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<format> Discrete {ABSolute|RELative} RELative

Remarks
l The reading format applies to all readings being retrieved from the instrument; you cannot set the format on
a per-channel basis.
l In terms of reading stored data from memory, the relative format is considerably faster than the absolute
format (more information is stored).
l The absolute format is based on the instrument's real-time clock as set by the SYSTem:DATE and
SYSTem:TIME commands.
l The time format setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disabled (OFF) when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "ABS" or "REL".

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 251

Examples
The following command enables the absolute time format (readings are stored with time of day and date
information).

FORM:READ:TIME:TYPE ABS
FORM:READ:TIME ON

The following query returns the time format setting.

FORM:READ:TIME:TYPE?

Typical Response: ABS

See Also
FORMat:READing:TIME
SYSTem:DATE
SYSTem:TIME

252 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

FORMat:READing:UNIT
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
FORMat:READing:UNIT <mode>

FORMat:READing:UNIT?

Description
This command disables or enables the inclusion of measurement units (VAC, VDC, OHM, etc.) with data
retrieved by the READ? command, the FETCh? command, or other queries of scan results. This command
operates in conjunction with the other FORMat:READing commands (they are not mutually exclusive). See
Format Subsystem Introduction for examples of fully-formatted results from a scan.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (frequency measurements only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (measurement units are not
included)

Remarks
l The reading format applies to all readings being retrieved from the instrument; you cannot set the format on
a per-channel basis.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable the unit setting.
l The unit setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disabled (OFF) when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command enables the inclusion of measurement units.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 253

 FORM:READ:UNIT ON

The following query returns the measurement units setting.

FORM:READ:UNIT?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
FORMat:READing:ALARm
FORMat:READing:CHANnel
FORMat:READing:TIME
FORMat:READing:UNIT

254 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

IEEE-488 Common Commands Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

*CLS
*ESE
*ESE?
*ESR?
*IDN?
*OPC
*OPC?
*RCL
*RST
*SAV
*SRE
*SRE?
*STB?
*TRG
*TST?
*WAI

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 255

*CLS
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*CLS

Description
This command clears the event registers in all register groups. This command also clears the Error queue and
the Alarm queue.

Example
The following command clears the event register bits.

*CLS

256 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*ESE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
*ESE <enable_value>

*ESE?

Description
This command enables bits in the enable register for the Standard Event Register group. The selected bits are
then reported to bit 5 of the Status Byte Register.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<enable_ Numeric A decimal value which This is a required parameter
value> corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of the bits in the
register (see table below).

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Standard Event Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Operation Complete 1 All commands prior to and including *OPC have
been executed.
1 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
2 Query Error 4 The instrument tried to read the output buffer but
it was empty. Or, a new command line was
received before a previous query has been read.
Or, both the input and output buffers are full.
3 Device Error 8 A self-test or calibration error occurred (an error in
the -300 range or any positive error has been
generated). For a complete listing of the error
messages, see SCPI Error Messages.
4 Execution Error 16 An execution error occurred (an error in the -200
range has been generated).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 257

 5 Command Error 32 A command syntax error occurred (an error in the -
100 range has been generated).
6 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
7 Power On 128 Power has been turned off and on since the last
time the event register was read or cleared.
l Use the <enable_value> parameter to specify which bits will be enabled. The decimal value specified cor-
responds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits you wish to enable in the register. For example, to enable bit
2 (decimal value = 4), bit 3 (decimal value = 8), and bit 7 (decimal value = 128), the corresponding decimal
value would be 140 (4 + 8 + 128).
l The *CLS (clear status) command will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event
register.
l An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) does not clear the bits in the Status Byte enable register.

Return Format
The query command reads the enable register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 3 (decimal value = 8) and bit 7 (decimal value =
128) are enabled, the query command will return "+136".

Examples
The following command enables bit 4 (decimal value = 16) in the enable register. If an Execution Error occurs,
this condition will be reported to the Status Byte Register (bit 5 will be set high).

*ESE 16

The following query returns which bits are enabled in the register.

*ESE?

Typical Response: +16

See Also
*ESR?

258 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*ESR?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*ESR?

Description
This command queries the event register for the Standard Event Register group.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Standard Event Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Operation Complete 1 All commands prior to and including *OPC have
been executed.
1 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
2 Query Error 4 The instrument tried to read the output buffer but
it was empty. Or, a new command line was
received before a previous query has been read.
Or, both the input and output buffers are full.
3 Device Error 8 A self-test or calibration error occurred (an error in
the -300 range or any positive error has been
generated). For a complete listing of the error
messages, see SCPI Error Messages.
4 Execution Error 16 An execution error occurred (an error in the -200
range has been generated).
5 Command Error 32 A command syntax error occurred (an error in the -
100 range has been generated).
6 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
7 Power On 128 Power has been turned off and on since the last
time the event register was read or cleared.
l In order to be reported to the Standard Event Register, the corresponding bits in the event register must be
enabled using the *ESE command.
l Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register or the *CLS (clear status) com-
mand.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 259

Return Format
The command reads the event register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted
sum of all bits set in the register (see table above). For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 4 (decimal
value = 16) are set (and the corresponding bits are enabled), this command will return "+18".

Example
The following command reads the event register (bits 3 and 4 are set).

*ESR?

Typical Response: +24

See Also
*ESE

260 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*IDN?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*IDN?

Description
This command reads the instrument's (mainframe) identification string which contains four comma-separated
fields. The first field is the manufacturer's name, the second field is the instrument model number, the third field
is the serial number, and the fourth field is a firmware revision code which contains four codes separated by
dashes.

Return Format
The command returns a string with the following format (the response will be less than or equal to 72
characters).

Keysight Technologies,34980A,<Serial Number>,m.mm–b.bb–f.ff–d.dd

m.mm = Mainframe revision number

b.bb = Boot code revision number
f.ff = Front-panel revision number
d.dd = Internal DMM revision number

Example
The following query returns the instrument's identification string.

*IDN?

Typical Response: Keysight Technologies,34980A,MY12345678,1.00-1.00-2.00-1.00

See Also
SYSTem:CTYPe?
SYSTem:CDEScription?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 261

*OPC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*OPC

Description
This command sets the "Operation Complete" bit (bit 0) in the Standard Event register at the completion of the
current operation. This command is most useful with the INITiate, ROUTe:CLOSe, and ROUTe:OPEN commands.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.

Remarks
l The purpose of this command is to synchronize your application with the instrument.
l Note the difference between the *OPC command and the *OPC? query command which returns "1" to the
output buffer at the completion of the current operation.

Example
The following command waits until channel 1 on the module in slot 2 is fully closed and then sets the "Operation
Complete" bit.

ROUT:CLOS (@2001); *OPC

See Also
INITiate
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:OPEN
*OPC?
*WAI

262 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*OPC?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*OPC?

Description
This command returns "1" to the output buffer at the completion of the current operation.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.

Remarks
l The purpose of this command is to synchronize your application with the instrument.
l Note the difference between the *OPC? command and the *OPC command which sets the "Operation Com-
plete" bit (bit 0) in the Standard Event register at the completion of the current operation.
l For overlapped switching operations, the ROUTe:MODule:WAIT? command is similar to *OPC?. See the
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] command for more information on enabling the overlapped mode.

Return Format
The command returns "1" to the output buffer.

Example
The following command waits until channel 1 on the module in slot 2 is fully closed and then sends "1" to the
output buffer.

ROUT:CLOS (@2001); *OPC?

See Also
*OPC
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 263

*RCL
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*RCL {1|2|3|4|5}

Description
This command recalls the instrument state stored in the specified storage location. You cannot recall the
instrument state from a storage location that is empty or was deleted. When shipped from the factory, storage
locations 1 through 5 are empty.

Use the *SAV command to store the current instrument state.

Remarks
l The instrument has five storage locations in non-volatile memory to store instrument states. You can only
recall a state from a location that contains a previously stored state.
l Before recalling a stored state, the instrument verifies that the same plug-in module types are installed in
each slot. If different module types are installed, the instrument will perform the equivalent of a Factory
Reset (*RST command) and an error will be generated.
l On the 34951A DAC Module, nearly all of the channel parameters are lost when the instrument state is
stored. The exceptions are the clock output frequency (SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency command), the
clock output state (SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe command), and the trigger output state
(SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut command), which are stored as part of the instrument state. All other
channel parameters are set to their default values. In addition, trace data is not stored as part of the instru-
ment state and you must download the trace points to memory again after recalling a stored state.
l Non-sequential scan lists are not restored by the *RCL command (see ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command).
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) has no effect on the configurations stored in memory. Once a state is
stored, it remains until it is overwritten or specifically deleted.

Example
The following command recalls the instrument state previously stored in location 1.

*RCL 1

See Also
*SAV
MEMory:STATe:DELete:ALL
MEMory:STATe:NAME

264 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 265

*RST
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*RST

Description
This command resets the mainframe, internal DMM, and all installed modules to the Factory configuration. See
Factory Reset State for a complete listing of the instrument's Factory configuration.

Remarks
l This command does not affect any previously-stored instrument states (see *SAV command).
l This command does not affect any previously-defined channel labels (see ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]
command).
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, this command drives all channels on a remote module
to their default switch states as specified by the ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault command and sets
all channel drives to the specified boot state (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT command). In addi-
tion, when the *RST command is executed, the 34945A automatically re-evaluates all external remote mod-
ule connections to determine what is connected, what is powered, etc. No other settings are changed.
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, the time required to complete a reset may be sig-
nificant depending on the specified pulse width (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh command) and
power supply recovery time (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command). If both values are set
to their upper limits (255 ms each) for all channels, the time required to reset (or boot) the module may
exceed 30 seconds:

64 Channels x (255 ms Pulse Width + 255 ms Recovery Time) = ~33 seconds

Example
The following command resets the instrument.

*RST

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh (34945A only)
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery (34945A only)
SYSTem:CPON
SYSTem:PRESet

266 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*SAV
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*SAV {1|2|3|4|5}

Description
This command stores (saves) the current instrument state in the specified storage location. Any state previously
stored in the same location is overwritten (no error is generated).

Use the *RCL command to recall a stored instrument state.

Remarks
l The instrument has five storage locations in non-volatile memory to store instrument states. You can store
the instrument state in any of the five locations, but you can only recall a state from a location that contains a
previously stored state.
l The instrument stores the state of all plug-in modules including all channel configurations, scanning setups,
and Mx+B scaling values. However, note that only the measurement attributes of the currently-selected func-
tion (range, resolution, etc.) will be preserved in the stored states.
l Before recalling a stored state, the instrument verifies that the same plug-in module types are installed in
each slot. If a different module type is installed, the instrument will perform the equivalent of a Factory Reset
(*RST command) and an error will be generated.
l When shipped from the factory, storage locations 1 through 5 are empty. In addition, the automatic recall
mode is disabled (see MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO OFF command) and a Factory Reset is issued when
power is turned on.
l You can assign a user-defined name to each of locations 1 through 5. See the MEMory:STATe:NAME com-
mand for details.
l On the 34951A DAC Module, nearly all of the channel parameters are lost when the instrument state is
stored. The exceptions are the clock output frequency (SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency command), the
clock output state (SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe command), and the trigger output state
(SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut command), which are stored as part of the instrument state. All other
channel parameters are set to their default values. In addition, trace data is not stored as part of the instru-
ment state and you must download the trace points to memory again after recalling a stored state.
l Non-sequential scan lists are not stored by the *SAV command (see ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command).
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) does not affect the configurations stored in memory. Once a state is
stored, it remains until it is overwritten or specifically deleted.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 267

Example
The following command stores the current instrument state in location 1.

*SAV 1

See Also
*RCL
MEMory:STATe:DELete:ALL
MEMory:STATe:NAME
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO

268 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*SRE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
*SRE <enable_value>

*SRE?

Description
This command enables bits in the enable register for the Status Byte Register group. Once enabled, the
corresponding bits may generate a Request for Service (RQS) in the Status Byte. This RQS event may generate a
"call back" to your application as a type of asynchronous interrupt.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<enable_ Numeric A decimal value which This is a required parameter
value> corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of the bits in the
register (see table below).

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Status Byte Register.

Bit Number Decimal Definition

Value
0 Module Event Summary 1 One of more bits are set in the Module Event
Register (bits must be enabled, see
STATus:MODule:ENABle command).
1 Alarm Condition 2 One or more bits are set in the Alarm Register (bits
must be enabled, see STATus:ALARm:ENABle
command).
2 Error Queue 4 One or more errors have been stored in the Error
Queue. Use the SYSTem:ERRor? command to
read and delete errors.
3 Questionable Data Summary 8 One or more bits are set in the Questionable Data
Register (bits must be enabled, see
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle command).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 269

 4 Message Available 16 Data is available in the instrument's output buffer.
5 Standard Event Summary 32 One or more bits are set in the Standard Event
Register (bits must be enabled, see *ESE
command).
6 Master Summary 64 One or more bits are set in the Status Byte
Register and may generate a Request for Service
(RQS). Bits must be enabled using the *SRE
command.
7 Standard Operation 128 One or more bits are set in the Standard Operation
Summary Register (bits must be enabled, see
STATus:OPERation:ENABle command).
l Use the <enable_value> parameter to specify which bits will be enabled. The decimal value specified cor-
responds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits you wish to enable in the register. For example, to enable bit
1 (decimal value = 2), bit 3 (decimal value = 8), and bit 6 (decimal value = 64), the corresponding decimal
value would be 74 (2 + 8 + 64).
l A STATus:PRESet command does not clear the bits in the Status Byte enable register.
l The Status Byte enable register is cleared when you execute the *SRE 0 command.

Return Format
The query command reads the enable register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 3 (decimal value = 8) and bit 7 (decimal value =
128) are enabled, the query command will return "+136".

Examples
The following command enables bit 4 (decimal value = 16) in the enable register.

*SRE 16

The following query returns which bits are enabled in the register.

*SRE?

Typical Response: +16

See Also
*STB?

270 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*STB?
Syntax | Description| Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*STB?

Description
This command queries the condition register for the Status Byte Register group. This command is similar to a
Serial Poll but it is processed like any other instrument command. This is a read-only register and the bits are not
cleared when you read the register.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Status Byte Register.

Bit Number Decimal Definition

Value
0 Module Event Summary 1 One of more bits are set in the Module Event
Register (bits must be enabled, see
STATus:MODule:ENABle command).
1 Alarm Condition 2 One or more bits are set in the Alarm Register (bits
must be enabled, see STATus:ALARm:ENABle
command).
2 Error Queue 4 One or more errors have been stored in the Error
Queue. Use the SYSTem:ERRor? command to
read and delete errors.
3 Questionable Data Summary 8 One or more bits are set in the Questionable Data
Register (bits must be enabled, see
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle command).
4 Message Available 16 Data is available in the instrument's output buffer.
5 Standard Event Summary 32 One or more bits are set in the Standard Event
Register (bits must be enabled, see *ESE
command).
6 Master Summary 64 One or more bits are set in the Status Byte
Register and may generate a Request for Service
(RQS). Bits must be enabled using the *SRE
command.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 271

 7 Standard Operation 128 One or more bits are set in the Standard Operation
Summary Register (bits must be enabled, see
STATus:OPERation:ENABle command).
l This command returns the same results as a Serial Poll but the "Master Summary" bit (bit 6) is not cleared if
a Serial Poll has occurred.
l The Status Byte condition register is cleared when you execute the *CLS (clear status) command.
l The Status Byte condition register is cleared when you read the event register from one of the other register
groups (only the corresponding bits are cleared in the condition register).

Return Format
The command reads the condition register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register (see table above). For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 4
(decimal value = 16) are set (and the corresponding bits are enabled), this command will return "+18".

Example
The following command reads the condition register (bits 3 and 4 are set).

*STB?

Typical Response: +24

See Also
*CLS
*SRE

272 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*TRG
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*TRG

Description
This command is used in conjunction with the TRIGger:SOURce BUS command to trigger the instrument from
the remote interface.

Remarks
l Use the TRIGger:SOURce command to select the BUS (software) trigger source.
l After setting the trigger source, you must place the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state using the
INITiate command. The *TRG command will not be accepted unless the internal DMM is in the "wait-for-trig-
ger" state.
l The *TRG command is not valid with the READ? command.

Example
The following command triggers the instrument.

TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
*TRG

See Also
INITiate
TRIGger:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 273

*TST?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*TST?

Description
This command performs a complete self-test of the instrument and all installed plug-in modules and returns a
pass/fail indication. The self-test runs a series of tests and will take approximately 20 seconds to complete. If all
tests pass, you can have a high confidence that the instrument and all installed plug-in modules are operational.

The self-test will abort if any signals are connected to ABus1 via the rear-panel Analog
Bus connector (pins 4, 5, and 9). Be sure to disconnect any signals from ABus1 prior to
running the self-test.

Remarks
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, this command performs a self-test of the 34945A and
all connected 34945EXT remote modules.
l If you have a 34951A Isolated DAC Module installed, the self-test will require an additional 15 seconds to
complete per DAC module (a memory test is performed).
l If one or more tests fail, "+1" is returned and an error is stored in the error queue. For a complete listing of
the error messages related to self-test failures, see SCPI Error Messages.
l If one or more tests fail, see the Keysight 34980A Service Guide for instructions on returning the instrument
to Keysight for service.
l Following the *TST? command, the instrument issues a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The command returns "+0" (all tests passed) or "+1" (one or more tests failed).

Example
The following command performs a self-test and returns a pass/fail indication.

*TST?

Typical Response: +0

274 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

*WAI
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
*WAI

Description
This command configures the instrument to wait for all pending operations to complete before executing any
additional commands over the interface.

Remarks
l For overlapped switching operations, the ROUTe:MODule:WAIT command may be preferable to *WAI. See
the ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] command for more information on enabling the overlapped mode.

Example
The following command waits for channels 1 through 5 (slot 2) to fully close before opening channel 9.

ROUT:CLOS (@2001:2005); *WAI; ROUT:OPEN (@2009)

See Also
*OPC
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 275

INSTRument Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

INSTrument:DMM:CONNect
INSTrument:DMM:CONNect?
INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect
INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect?
INSTrument:DMM:INSTalled?
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]?

276 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

INSTrument:DMM:CONNect
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
INSTrument:DMM:CONNect

INSTrument:DMM:CONNect?

Description
This command connects the internal DMM to the Analog Buses. When connected, the internal DMM is always
connected to Analog Bus 1 (MEAS). For 4-wire measurements, the internal DMM is also connected to Analog
Bus 2 (SENS).

Remarks
l The internal DMM setting is stored as part of the instrument state by the *SAV command.
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A. This command will generate an error if
the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l The connection setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disconnected (OFF) when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (disconnected) or "1" (connected).

Examples
The following command connects the internal DMM to ABus 1 and ABus2.

INST:DMM:CONN

The following query returns the status of the internal DMM connection.

INST:DMM:CONN?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 277

INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect

INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect?

Description
This command disconnects the internal DMM from the Analog Buses (ABus1 and ABus2).

Remarks
l With the internal DMM disconnected, you can still configure DMM measurements and channel-based meas-
urements; however, the internal DMM will not be reconnected until you send the INSTru-
ment:DMM:CONNect command or a Factory Reset (*RST command).
l The internal DMM setting is stored as part of the instrument state by the *SAV command.
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A. This command will generate an error if
the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l The connection setting is stored in volatile memory and will be connected (OFF) when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (connected) or "1" (disconnected).

Examples
The following command disconnects the internal DMM from ABus1 and ABus2.

INST:DMM:DISC

The following query returns the status of the internal DMM connection.

INST:DMM:DISC?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
INSTrument:DMM:CONNect

278 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

INSTrument:DMM:INSTalled?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
INSTrument:DMM:INSTalled?

Description
This command queries the instrument to determine if the internal DMM is installed in the mainframe.

Remarks
l The internal DMM is an optional assembly for the Keysight 34980A.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (not installed) or "1" (installed).

Example
The following command determines if the internal DMM is present.

INST:DMM:INST?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 279

INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] <mode>

INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]?

Description
This command disables or enables the internal DMM. Disabling the internal DMM has the same effect as
physically removing the DMM assembly, including removing the connections to the Analog Buses.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a required parameter

Remarks
l With the internal DMM disabled, any command received that is directed to the DMM or requires its use (e.g.,
configuring a multiplexer channel for a DMM measurement), will generate an error.
l When you change the state of the internal DMM, the instrument issues a Factory Reset (*RST command).
l If you ordered the internal DMM, it is enabled when shipped from the factory.
l The internal DMM setting is stored in volatile memory and will be enabled (ON) when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command disables the internal DMM.

INST:DMM OFF

The following query returns the internal DMM setting.

INST:DMM?

Typical Response: 0

280 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
INSTrument:DMM:CONNect
INSTrument:DMM:DISConnect
INSTrument:DMM:INSTalled?
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 281

MEASure Subsystem Introduction
The MEASure? command provides the easiest way to program the instrument for measurements. However, this
command does not offer much flexibility. When you execute this command, the instrument uses default values
for the requested measurement configuration and immediately performs the measurement. You cannot change
any measurement attributes (other than function, range, and resolution) before the measurement is taken. The
results are sent directly to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.

Sending MEASure? is functionally the same as sending CONFigure followed immediately

by a READ? command.

For a comparison of the MEASure? and CONFigure commands, see MEASure? Versus
CONFigure.

The MEASure? commands are valid only with the following Keysight 34980A plug-in modules which can be
configured to be part of a scan. If the internal DMM is not installed or is disabled, then no DMM-related
configurations are allowed. However, scanning is allowed on the digital input and totalizer channels even without
the internal DMM.

34921A 40-Channel Armature Multiplexer (including temperature and current)

34922A 70-Channel Armature Multiplexer
34923A 40/80-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34924A 70-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34925A 40/80-Channel FET Multiplexer
34950A 64-Bit Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter only)
34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer only)

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

MEASure:COUNter:DCYCle?
MEASure:COUNter:FREQuency?
MEASure:COUNter:PERiod?
MEASure:COUNter:PWIDth?
MEASure:COUNter:TOTalize?
MEASure:CURRent:AC?
MEASure:CURRent[:DC]?
MEASure:DIGital?
MEASure:FREQuency?
MEASure:FRESistance?
MEASure:PERiod?
MEASure:RESistance?
MEASure:TEMPerature?

282 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:TOTalize?
MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC?
MEASure[:VOLTage][:DC]?

Default Settings for the MEASure? Command

With the MEASure? command, you can select the function, range, and resolution all in one command. All other
measurement parameters are set to their default values as shown below. The MEASure? command does not
redefine the scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command.

Measurement Parameter MEASure? Setting

Integration Time 1 PLC
Input Resistance 10 MΩ (fixed for all DCV ranges)
AC Filter / Frequency 20 Hz (medium filter)
Timeout
Range Autorange Enabled

Autozero Enabled

Offset Compensation Disabled

Channel Delay Automatic Delay

Sample Count 1 Sample per Trigger

Sweep Count 1 Scan Sweep

Trigger Count 1 Trigger

Trigger Delay Automatic Delay

Trigger Source Immediate

Using the MEASure? Command

The following command shows how to use the MEASure? command to make a measurement on one channel.
This example configures the instrument for dc voltage measurements, internally triggers the instrument to scan
channel 10 on the module in slot 3, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. Any existing scan list is not redefined. The default range (autorange) and resolution (1 PLC) are
used for the measurement.

MEAS:VOLT:DC? (@3010)

Typical Response: +4.23450000E-03

The following command configures the instrument for 2-wire resistance measurements, triggers the internal
DMM to scan two channels (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers the two readings to reading memory
and the instrument's output buffer. The 1 kΩ range is selected with 1Ω resolution.

MEAS:RES? 1000,1,(@1003,1008)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 283

Typical Response: +3.27150000E+02,+1.32130000E+02

If you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels
or a scan list (the scan list is not redefined). The following command configures the instrument for a 2-wire
resistance measurement, triggers the internal DMM to make one measurement, and then transfers the reading to
reading memory and the instrument's output buffer. The 10 kΩ range is selected with 100Ω resolution.

MEAS:RES? 10000,100

Typical Response: +5.95850000E+03

284 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:CURRent:AC?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:CURRent:AC? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for ac current measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified channels
one time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in amps (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
10 mA (MIN)
100 mA
1 A (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in amps. Fixed at 6½ digits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). Current measurements omitted, this
are allowed only on channels 41 command applies to
through 44 on the 34921A. the internal DMM.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 285

 b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a "temporary" scan of the
specified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The fol-
lowing rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing
scan list, but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.
b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the temporary scan, the
instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in
the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements
are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, the state
of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.
d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. If the ABus1 relay used for current measurements (channel 931) is not closed prior to the initiation of the
temporary scan, the four current channels are not affected by the scan. However, if the ABus1 relay is
closed, the instrument will open the ABus1 relay as well as the four associated current channels in a
make-before-break fashion.
f. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

286 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range at: <10% of range

Up range at: >120% of range
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l For ac measurements, the resolution is fixed at 6½ digits. The only way to control the reading rate for ac
measurements is by changing the channel delay or by setting the ac filter to the highest frequency limit. The
<resolution> parameter only affects the number of digits shown on the front panel.
l The default trigger delays for ac measurements (see TRIGger:DELay:AUTO and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO commands) do not account for worst case settling delays that can occur
when measuring ac signals with large dc offsets. Significant measurement errors may result. Use the
TRIGger:DELay command (for stand-alone DMM measurements) or ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay command (for
scanned measurements) to allow adequate settling time before the measurement.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 287

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for ac current measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan one channel (channel 41 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

MEAS:CURR:AC? (@1041)

Typical Response: +8.54530000E-02

The following command configures the instrument for ac current measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan two channels (channels 41 and 42 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. The 1 A range is selected with 200 mA resolution.

MEAS:CURR:AC? 1,0.2,(@1041,1042)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-02,+1.32130000E-03

The following command configures the internal DMM for an ac current measurement (no <ch_list> is specified),
triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.
The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:CURR:AC? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +3.73620000E-02

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent:AC
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth
TRIGger:DELay
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO

288 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:COUNter:DCYCle?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
MEASure:COUNter:DCYCle? [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to measure the duty
cycle of the incoming signal and immediately initiates the measurement. The results are sent directly to the
instrument's output buffer. The specified gate time is the measurement aperture during which the signal data is
gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will lead to increased resolution for frequency, period, pulse
width, and duty cycle measurements.

The MEASure? command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter MEASure? Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5V
Gate Source INTernal
Gate Polarity NORMal (active high)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gate_ Numeric Desired gate time between 1 ms
time> 100 ns and 10 seconds, with
50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns, MAX = 10 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 289

Remarks
l The duty cycle represents the amount of time per cycle that the input signal is at a high level (assuming that
the polarity is not reversed) and is expressed as a percentage. The specified counter channels must detect at
least two edges for a valid duty cycle measurement.

20% Duty Cycle 80% Duty Cycle

l Sending the MEASure? command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Return Format
The command returns the duty cycle as a percentage for each counter channel specified. The output from this
command is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Example
The following command configures counter channel 301 on the module in slot 3 to measure duty cycle. The
value is transferred to the instrument's output buffer. The gate time is set to 1 ms.

MEAS:COUN:DCYC? 1E-3,(@3301)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
FORMat:READing

290 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:COUNter:FREQuency?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
MEASure:COUNter:FREQuency? [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to measure the
frequency of the incoming signal and immediately initiates the measurement. The results are sent directly to the
instrument's output buffer. The specified gate time is the measurement aperture during which the signal data is
gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will lead to increased resolution for frequency, period, pulse
width, and duty cycle measurements.

The MEASure? command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter MEASure? Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5V
Gate Source INTernal
Gate Polarity NORMal (active high)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gate_ Numeric Desired gate time between 1 ms
time> 100 ns and 10 seconds, with
50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns, MAX = 10 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 291

Remarks
l The frequency is measured as: (NumberRisingEdges – 1)/GateTime. The specified counter channels must
detect at least two edges for a valid frequency measurement. The maximum input frequency allowed is
10 MHz.
l Sending the MEASure? command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Return Format
The command returns the frequency in hertz for each counter channel specified. The output from this command
is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Example
The following command configures counter channel 301 on the module in slot 3 to measure frequency. The
value is transferred to the instrument's output buffer. The gate time is set to 1 ms.

MEAS:COUN:FREQ? 1E-3,(@3301)

Typical Response: +3.45600000E+05

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
FORMat:READing

292 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:COUNter:PERiod?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
MEASure:COUNter:PERiod? [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to measure the
period of the incoming signal and immediately initiates the measurement (this is the reciprocal of the frequency).
The results are sent directly to the instrument's output buffer. The specified gate time is the measurement
aperture during which the signal data is gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will lead to increased
resolution for frequency, period, pulse width, and duty cycle measurements.

The MEASure? command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter MEASure? Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5V
Gate Source INTernal
Gate Polarity NORMal (active high)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gate_ Numeric Desired gate time between 1 ms
time> 100 ns and 10 seconds, with
50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns, MAX = 10 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l The specified counter channels must detect at least two edges for a valid period measurement.
l Sending the MEASure? command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 293

Return Format
The command returns the period in seconds for each counter channel specified. The output from this command
is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Example
The following command configures counter channel 301 on the module in slot 3 to measure period. The value is
transferred to the instrument's output buffer. The gate time is set to 1 ms.

MEAS:COUN:PER? 1E-3,(@3301)

Typical Response: +2.89400000E-06

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
FORMat:READing

294 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:COUNter:PWIDth?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
MEASure:COUNter:PWIDth? [{<gate_time>|MIN|MAX|DEF},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to measure the
pulse width of the incoming signal and immediately initiates the measurement. The results are sent directly to
the instrument's output buffer. The specified gate time is the measurement aperture during which the signal
data is gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will lead to increased resolution for frequency, period,
pulse width, and duty cycle measurements.

The MEASure? command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter MEASure? Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5V
Gate Source INTernal
Gate Polarity NORMal (active high)

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gate_ Numeric Desired gate time between 1 ms
time> 100 ns and 10 seconds, with
50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns, MAX = 10 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 295

Remarks
l The pulse width represents the amount of time per cycle that the input signal is at a high level (assuming
that the polarity is not reversed) and is expressed in seconds. If multiple pulses occur during the specified
gate time, the result will be the average width of all pulses.
l Sending the MEASure? command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Return Format
The command returns the pulse width in seconds for each counter channel specified. The output from this
command is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Example
The following command configures counter channel 301 on the module in slot 3 to measure pulse width. The
value is transferred to the instrument's output buffer. The gate time is set to 1 ms.

MEAS:COUN:PWID? 1E-3,(@3301)

Typical Response: +1.44700000E-06

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
FORMat:READing

296 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:COUNter:TOTalize?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
MEASure:COUNter:TOTalize? [<mode>,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module for totalizer count
measurements and immediately initiates the measurement. You can read the totalizer either with or without
resetting the count. The results are sent directly to the instrument's output buffer.

The MEASure? command sets the counter parameters to their default values as shown below.

Parameter MEASure? Settings

Slope POSitive (rising edge)
Input Threshold Voltage 2.5 V

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {READ|RRESet} READ (read without
resetting the count)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l To read the totalizer without resetting the count, select the READ parameter. To read the totalizer and reset
the count to "0" after it is read, select the RRESet parameter (this means "read and reset").
l The maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum
allowed value.
l If the count rolls over to "0", the "Totalizer Overflow" bit is set in the Slot Event Registers group (see
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition? and STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt? commands). For more inform-
ation on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status System Introduction.
l Sending the MEASure? command clears reading memory and resets the triggering system.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 297

Return Format
The command returns an unsigned decimal value representing the count on each totalizer channel specified (a
full 32-bit count is returned). If you have specified RRESet, the count is reset to "0" after it is read. Multiple
responses are separated by commas. The output from this command is affected by the settings of the
FORMat:READing commands.

Example
The following command configures counter channel 301 on the module in slot 3 to be read without resetting its
count. The value is transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

MEAS:COUN:TOT? READ,(@3301)

Typical Response: 1.321300000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize
FORMat:READing
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt?

298 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:CURRent[:DC]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:CURRent[:DC]? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for dc current measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified channels
one time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in amps (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
10 mA (MIN)
100 mA
1 A (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in amps. 0.000003 x Range (1
PLC)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). Current measurements this command applies to
are allowed only on channels 41 the internal DMM.
through 44 of the 34921A.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 299

 b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a "temporary" scan of the
specified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The fol-
lowing rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing
scan list, but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.
b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the temporary scan, the
instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in
the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements
are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, the state
of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.
d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. If the ABus1 relay used for current measurements (channel 931) is not closed prior to the initiation of the
temporary scan, the four current channels are not affected by the scan. However, if the ABus1 relay is
closed, the instrument will open the ABus1 relay as well as the four associated current channels in a
make-before-break fashion.
f. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

300 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for dc current measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan one channel (channel 41 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

MEAS:CURR:DC? (@1041)

Typical Response: +8.54530000E-03

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 301

The following command configures the instrument for dc current measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan two channels (channels 41 and 42 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. The 1 A range is selected with 200 mA resolution.

MEAS:CURR:DC? 1,0.2,(@1041,1042)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-02,+1.32130000E-03

The following command configures the internal DMM for a dc current measurement (no <ch_list> is specified),
triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.
The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:CURR:DC? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +3.73620000E-02

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO

302 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:DIGital?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:DIGital? <width>, [<voltage>,] [<polarity>,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified channels for unbuffered (no memory) input operations and immediately
sweeps through the specified channels one time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent
directly to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module (digital input channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<width> Discrete {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4} This is a required
BYTE (or "1" byte): 8 bits parameter
WORD (or "2" bytes): 16 bits
LWORd (or "4" bytes): 32 bits
34959A: Only valid configurations
are BYTE/WORD.
<voltage>1 Numeric Desired threshold voltage between 0.8V (TTL)
0V and 5V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 0V, MAX = 5V
2
<polarity> Discrete {NORMal|INVerted} NORMal (active high)

<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input or output This is a required

channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004
34959A: s001 or s002

1
Variable threshold voltage is available only on the 34950A.
2
Variable polarity is available only on the 34950A and 34952A.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 303

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function.
l If this command is directed to the first channel on a bank on the 34950A (i.e., channel 101 or 201) this com-
mand will reset all handshaking parameters (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake command) and the buf-
fered memory mode will be aborted and disabled.
l Changing the channel width will disable buffered (memory) operations and clear memory on the specified
digital channels (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABlecommand).
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory.

Return Format
This command returns a decimal value representing the bit pattern on each digital input channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. The output from this command is affected by the settings of the
FORMat:READing commands.

Examples
The following command configures the 34950A in slot 3 for two 16-bit words, selects an "active low" polarity
(the optional threshold voltage parameter is omitted in this example), triggers the module to read the channels
one time, and then transfers the readings to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.

MEAS:DIG? WORD,INV,(@3101,3103)

Typical Response: 65487,64972

The following command configures the 34952A in slot 5 for one 32-bit word, selects an "active high" polarity,
triggers the module to read the channel one time, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer.

MEAS:DIG? LWORD,NORM,(@5001)

Typical Response: 529755

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered

304 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:FREQuency?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:FREQuency? [{<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for frequency measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified channels
one time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected frequency of the input 20 Hz
signal in hertz, between 3 Hz and
300 kHz.
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in hertz. Fixed at 6½ digits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 305

 b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a "temporary" scan of the
specified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The fol-
lowing rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing
scan list, but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.
b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the temporary scan, the
instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in
the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements
are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, the state
of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.
d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

306 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l The <range> parameter is required only to specify the measurement resolution parameter. Therefore, it is not
necessary to send a new command for each new frequency to be measured.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). See the ROUTe:CLOSe command for details.
l The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. An error will be generated if scanning is performed on banks without a ter-
minal block or properly-wired cable. See the SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate command to temporarily
disable errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature.
l With no signal applied to the specified channels, "0" is returned.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for frequency measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan one channel (channel 4 in slot 3), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

MEAS:FREQ? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.32130000E+03

The following command configures the instrument for frequency measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan two channels (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:FREQ? 100,(@1003,1008)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E+03,+1.32130000E+03

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 307

The following command configures the internal DMM for a frequency measurement (no <ch_list> is specified),
triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.
The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:FREQ? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +10.13240000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:FREQuency
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe

308 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:FRESistance?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks| Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:FRESistance? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for 4-wire resistance measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified
channels one time, independent of the present scan list (channels in Bank 1 are automatically paired with
corresponding channels in Bank 2). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the instrument's output
buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only) *
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer *
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only) *

* Series channel resistance must be taken into account for resistance measurements on this module.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in ohms (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
100Ω (MIN)
1 kΩ
10 kΩ
100 kΩ
1 MΩ
10 MΩ
100 MΩ (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in ohms. 0.000003 x Range
(1 PLC)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 309

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a temporary scan of the spe-
cified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The following
rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing scan list,
but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.

b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the "temporary" scan,
the instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels
in the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire meas-
urements are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>,
the state of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.

310 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 311

 l Since channels are automatically paired for 4-wire resistance measurements (see previous Remark),
attempts to re-configure the paired channel in Bank 2 will result in an error. In addition, if the Bank 2 channel
was previously configured to be part of the active scan list (see ROUTe:SCAN command) and is then re-con-
figured to be paired with a Bank 1 channel, an error will be generated and the previous scan list will be
cleared. For example:

CONF:VOLT:DC (@1021) !Configure Bank 2 channel for dc voltage

measurements
ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1040) !Add channels to scan list
CONF:FRES (@1001) !Generates error and clears scan list

l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l For 4-wire measurements, the instrument automatically enables the autozero function.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for 4-wire measurements, triggers the internal DMM to scan
one channel (channel 4 in slot 3), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output
buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

Note that for this 4-wire measurement, channel 4 is automatically paired with channel 24 (assumes 34921A).

MEAS:FRES? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.32130000E+03

The following command generates an error since you must always specify the paired channel in Bank 1 as the
<ch_list> channel for 4-wire measurements (channel 36 is in Bank 2).

MEAS:FRES? (@4036) !Generates an error, channel in Bank 2 is specified

The following command configures the instrument for 4-wire resistance measurements, triggers the internal
DMM to scan two channels (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and
the instrument's output buffer. The 1 kΩ range is selected with 1Ω resolution.

312 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Note that for this 4-wire measurement, channels 3 and 8 in Bank 1 are automatically paired with channels 23
and 28 in Bank 2, respectively (assumes 34921A).

MEAS:FRES? 1000,1,(@1003,1008)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E+02,+1.32130000E+02

The following command configures the internal DMM for a 4-wire resistance measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified), triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:FRES? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +2.93830000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 313

MEASure:PERiod?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:PERiod? [{<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for period measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified channels one
time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM,
independent of any channels.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected period of the input signal 20 Hz
in seconds, between 3.33 µs and
333.33 ms.
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in seconds. Fixed at 6½ digits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).

314 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a "temporary" scan of the
specified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The fol-
lowing rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing
scan list, but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.
b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the temporary scan, the
instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in
the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements
are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, the state
of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.
d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 315

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l The <range> parameter is required only to specify the measurement resolution parameter. Therefore, it is not
necessary to send a new command for each new period to be measured.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l With no signal applied to the specified channels, "0" is returned.
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). See the ROUTe:CLOSe command for details.
l The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. An error will be generated if scanning is performed on banks without a ter-
minal block or properly-wired cable. See the SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate command to temporarily
disable errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for period measurements, triggers the internal DMM to scan
one channel (channel 4 in slot 3), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output
buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

MEAS:PER? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.32130000E-03

The following command configures the instrument for period measurements, triggers the internal DMM to scan
two channels (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer.

MEAS:PER? 1,0.001,(@1003,1008)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-04,+1.32130000E-04

316 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following command configures the internal DMM for a period measurement (no <ch_list> is specified),
triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.
The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:PER? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +2.93830000E-03

See Also
CONFigure:PERiod
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 317

MEASure:RESistance?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:RESistance? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for 2-wire resistance measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified
channels one time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer *
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer *
l 34925A FET Multiplexer *

* Series channel resistance must be taken into account for resistance measurements on this module.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in ohms (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
100Ω (MIN)
1 kΩ
10 kΩ
100 kΩ
1 MΩ
10 MΩ
100 MΩ (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in ohms. 0.000003 x Range
(1 PLC)

318 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a "temporary" scan of the
specified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The fol-
lowing rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing
scan list, but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.

b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the temporary scan, the
instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in
the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements
are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, the state
of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 319

 d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). See the ROUTe:CLOSe command for details.
l The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. An error will be generated if scanning is performed on banks without a ter-
minal block or properly-wired cable. See the SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate command to temporarily
disable errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature.

320 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for 2-wire resistance measurements, triggers the internal
DMM to scan one channel (channel 4 in slot 3), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

MEAS:RES? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.32130000E+04

The following command configures the instrument for 2-wire resistance measurements, triggers the internal
DMM to scan two channels (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and
the instrument's output buffer. The 1 kΩ range is selected with 1Ω resolution.

MEAS:RES? 1000,1,(@1003,1008)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E+02,+1.32130000E+02

The following command configures the internal DMM for a 2-wire resistance measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified), triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:RES? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +2.93830000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 321

MEASure:TEMPerature?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:TEMPerature? {<probe_type>|DEF}, {<type>|DEF} [,1 [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] ] [, (@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for temperature measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified channels
one time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels.

The following table shows which temperature transducers are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

RTD RTD
Thermocouple 2-Wire 4-Wire Thermistor
34921A
Armature Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34922A
Armature Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
(2-Wire)
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 No Yes5
(1-Wire)
34924A
Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
Reed Multiplexer
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No Yes5 No
(2-Wire)
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No No No
(1-Wire)
1
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal reference junction.
2
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with this module.
3
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
4
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
5
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET channels.

322 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<probe_type> Discrete {TCouple|RTD|FRTD|THERmistor} TCouple
<type> Discrete For TC: {B|E|J|K|N|R|S|T}1 J Type
For RTD: {85|91}2 85
2
For FRTD: {85|91} 85
For THER: { 5000
2252|5000|10000}
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in °C, °F, or K. 1 PLC
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.
1
Using ITS-90 software conversions.
2
Using IPTS-68 software conversions.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l For temperature measurements, the instrument internally selects the range; you cannot select which range
is used. In the command syntax, be sure to include "1" as shown for the <range> parameter (preceding the
<resolution> parameter).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 323

 l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a "temporary" scan of the
specified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The fol-
lowing rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing
scan list, but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.
b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the temporary scan, the
instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in
the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements
are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, the state
of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.
d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l For thermocouple measurements, the instrument internally selects the 100 mV range. For thermistor and
RTD measurements, the instrument autoranges to the correct range for the transducer resistance meas-
urement. Specify the paired channel in the lower bank (source) as the <ch_list> channel.
l Thermocouple measurements require a reference junction temperature (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE command). For the reference junction temperature, you can
use an internal measurement on the module's terminal block (34921A only), an external thermistor or RTD
measurement, or a known fixed junction temperature. By default, a fixed reference junction temperature of
0.0 °C is used (see [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction command).

324 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l For 4-wire RTD measurements (FRTD), the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense connections.
For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and the sense
connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel in Bank 1
(source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Since channels are automatically paired for 4-wire resistance measurements (see previous Remark),
attempts to re-configure the paired channel in Bank 2 will result in an error. In addition, if the Bank 2 channel
was previously configured to be part of the active scan list (see ROUTe:SCAN command) and is then re-con-
figured to be paired with a Bank 1 channel, an error will be generated and the previous scan list will be
cleared. For example:

CONF:VOLT:DC (@1021) !Configure Bank 2 channel for dc voltage

measurements
ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1040) !Add channels to scan list
CONF:FRES (@1001) !Generates error and clears scan list

l Four-wire RTD measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended
mode (see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l For 4-wire RTD measurements, the instrument automatically enables the autozero function.
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). See the ROUTe:CLOSe command for details.
l The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. An error will be generated if scanning is performed on banks without a ter-
minal block or properly-wired cable. See the SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate command to temporarily
disable errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 325

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for B-type thermocouple measurements, triggers the internal
DMM to scan one channel (channel 4 in slot 3), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. The default resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) is used for the measurement (assumes
default temperature units).

MEAS:TEMP? TC,B,(@3004)

Typical Response: +3.65640000E+01

The following command configures the instrument for 5 kΩ thermistor measurements, triggers the internal DMM
to scan two channels (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. This 2-wire measurement is made with 0.1 °C resolution (assumes default
temperature units).

MEAS:TEMP? THER,5000,1,0.1,(@1003,1008)

Typical Response: +2.47150000E+01,+3.12130000E+01

The following command configures the internal DMM for a 2-wire RTD measurement (no <ch_list> is specified),
triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.
The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:TEMP? RTD,85 !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +2.12320000E+01

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO
UNIT:TEMPerature

326 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure:TOTalize?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure:TOTalize? [<mode>,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified totalizer channels and immediately sweeps through the list one time.
You can read the totalizer either with or without resetting the count. The results are sent directly to the
instrument's output buffer.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {READ|RRESet} READ (read without
resetting the count)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more totalizer channels in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function.
l The instrument performs a temporary scan of the specified channels, independent of the present scan list.
l To read the totalizer without resetting the count, select the READ parameter. To read the totalizer and reset
the count to "0" after it is read, select the RRESet parameter (this means "read and reset").
l The maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum
allowed value.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 327

 l If the count rolls over to "0", the "Totalizer Overflow" bit is set in the Slot Event Registers group (see
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition? and STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt? commands). For more inform-
ation on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status System Introduction.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns an unsigned decimal value representing the count on each totalizer channel specified (a
full 32-bit count is returned). If you have specified RRESet, the count is reset to "0" after it is read. Multiple
responses are separated by commas. The output from this command is affected by the settings of the
FORMat:READing commands.

Examples
The following command reads the count on totalizer channel 301 on the 34950A in slot 2 (the count is not reset
after it is read). The value is transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

MEAS:TOT? READ,(@2301)

Typical Response: 1.321300000E+03

The following command reads the count on totalizer channel 5 on the 34952A in slot 4 (the count is reset to "0"
on both channels after it is read). The values are transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

MEAS:TOT? RRESET,(@4005)

Typical Response: 2.737300000E+02

See Also
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt?

328 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for ac voltage measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified channels
one time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in volts (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
100 mV (MIN)
1V
10 V
100 V
300 V (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in volts. Fixed at 6½ digits
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 329

 a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a "temporary" scan of the
specified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The fol-
lowing rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing
scan list, but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.
b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the temporary scan, the
instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in
the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements
are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, the state
of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.
d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

330 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l For ac measurements, the resolution is fixed at 6½ digits. The only way to control the reading rate for ac
measurements is by changing the channel delay or by setting the ac filter to the highest frequency limit. The
<resolution> parameter only affects the number of digits shown on the front panel.
l The default trigger delays for ac measurements (see TRIGger:DELay:AUTO and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO commands) do not account for worst case settling delays that can occur
when measuring ac signals with large dc offsets. Significant measurement errors may result. Use the
TRIGger:DELay command (for stand-alone DMM measurements) or ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay command (for
scanned measurements) to allow adequate settling time before the measurement.
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). See the ROUTe:CLOSe command for details.
l The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. An error will be generated if scanning is performed on banks without a ter-
minal block or properly-wired cable. See the SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate command to temporarily
disable errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 331

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for ac voltage measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan one channel (channel 4 in slot 3), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (fixed at 6½ digits) are used for the measurement.

MEAS:VOLT:AC? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.86850000E-03

The following command configures the instrument for ac voltage measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan two channels (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. The 1 V range is selected.

MEAS:VOLT:AC? 1,(@1003,1008)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

The following command configures the internal DMM for an ac voltage measurement (no <ch_list> is specified),
triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.
The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:VOLT:AC? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +1.26360000E-02

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO

332 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEASure[:VOLTage][:DC]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEASure[:VOLTage][:DC]? [{<range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [,{<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF}] , ] [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
First, this command resets all measurement parameters on the specified channels to their default values. Then,
configures the channels for dc voltage measurements and immediately sweeps through the specified channels
one time (independent of the present scan list). The results are sent directly to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Numeric Expected value in volts (ranges AUTO (autorange)
shown below).
100 mV (MIN)
1V
10 V
100 V
300 V (MAX)
<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in volts. 0.000003 x Range
(1 PLC)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 333

 a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l If you specify a <ch_list> with the MEASure? command, the instrument performs a "temporary" scan of the
specified channels (independent of the present scan list as set by the ROUTe:SCAN command). The fol-
lowing rules apply while the temporary scan is running (these rules supersede the rules for the pre-existing
scan list, but that scan list is not modified).
a. When the temporary scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or
more channels in the <ch_list>.
b. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the temporary scan, the
instrument will open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In banks that contain channels in
the <ch_list>, the instrument will also open all ABus2 relays (regardless of whether 4-wire measurements
are involved). If no channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, the state
of the ABus2 relays in the non-scanned banks is not altered.
c. The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not altered and these relays remain available for use during
the scan. However, be sure to use CAUTION when closing these relays on banks involved in the tem-
porary scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or ABus4 will be joined with the
scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2. If you have any doubt regarding the state of the ABus3 and
ABus4 relays, it is recommended that you send a ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS ALL command prior to scanning
operations.
d. While the temporary scan is running, the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks that contain
one or more channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the temporary scan). In
addition, the instrument prevents use of all ABus1 and ABus2 relays on banks containing channels in the
<ch_list>. If one or more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the <ch_list>, then
the rules for ABus2 relay operations are extended to the non-scanned banks as well.
e. At the end of the temporary scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Ana-
log Bus relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain open at
the completion of the scan.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

334 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When you specify a range of channels with this command, any channels that are invalid will be ignored (no
error will be generated) but the first and last channel in the range must be valid for the selected function. The
Analog Bus relays (numbered s911, s912, s913, etc.) on the multiplexer and matrix modules are ignored if
they are included in a range of channels. An error will be generated if an Analog Bus relay is specified as the
first or last channel in a range of channels.
l You can allow the instrument to automatically select the measurement range using autoranging or you can
select a fixed range using manual ranging. Autoranging is convenient because the instrument decides which
range to use for each measurement based on the input signal. For fastest scanning operation, use manual
ranging on each measurement (some additional time is required for autoranging since the instrument has to
make a range selection).
l If you select autoranging (by specifying "AUTO" or "DEF"), an error will be generated if you specify a discrete
value for the <resolution> parameter. When autoranging is combined with a discrete resolution, the instru-
ment cannot accurately resolve the integration time (especially if the input signal is continuously changing).
If your application requires autoranging, be sure to specify "DEF" for the <resolution> parameter or omit the
parameter from the command.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). See the ROUTe:CLOSe command for details.
l The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. An error will be generated if scanning is performed on banks without a ter-
minal block or properly-wired cable. See the SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate command to temporarily
disable errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature.
l The *RST command will clear the scan list and set all measurement parameters to their factory settings. The
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) will not clear the scan list; however, this command will clear
reading memory and all stored statistical data.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for each channel specified (multiple responses are separated by commas). If
you omit the <ch_list> parameter, the command applies to the internal DMM and a single reading is returned.
The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 335

Examples
The following command configures the instrument for dc voltage measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan one channel (channel 4 in slot 3), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's
output buffer. The default range (autorange) and resolution (1 PLC) are used for the measurement.

MEAS:VOLT:DC? (@3004)

Typical Response: +1.86850000E-03

The following command configures the instrument for dc voltage measurements, triggers the internal DMM to
scan two channels (channels 3 and 8 in slot 1), and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the
instrument's output buffer. The 1 V range is selected with 1 mV resolution.

MEAS:VOLT:DC? 1,0.001,(@1003,1008)

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

The following command configures the internal DMM for a dc voltage measurement (no <ch_list> is specified),
triggers the internal DMM, and then transfers the reading to reading memory and the instrument's output buffer.
The default range and resolution are used for the measurement.

MEAS:VOLT:DC? !Applies to the internal DMM

Typical Response: +1.26360000E-02

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO

336 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEMory Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

MEMory:NSTates?
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
MEMory:STATe:DELete
MEMory:STATe:DELete:ALL
MEMory:STATe:NAME
MEMory:STATe:NAME?
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO?
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect?
MEMory:STATe:VALid?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 337

MEMory:NSTates?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
MEMory:NSTates?

Description
This command returns the total number of memory locations available for state storage. For the 34980A, this
command always returns "+5".

338 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?

Description
This command returns the names assigned to storage locations 1 through 5. When shipped from the factory,
default names are assigned to storage locations 1 through 5 ("STATE_1", "STATE_2", etc.).

Return Format
This command returns a comma-separated list representing the names assigned to the storage locations.

Example
The following command returns the names assigned to storage locations 1 through 5 (the quotes are also
returned for each name).

MEM:STAT:CAT?

Typical Response: "STATE_1","STATE_2","STATE_3","STATE_4","STATE_5"

See Also
MEMory:STATe:NAME

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 339

MEMory:STATe:DELete
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEMory:STATe:DELete {1|2|3|4|5}

MEMory:STATe:DELete:ALL

Description
This command deletes the contents of the specified storage location.

Remarks
l If you have named a storage location (see MEMory:STATe:NAME command), deleting the contents of a stor-
age location will reset the associated name to its factory default ("STATE_1", "STATE_2", "STATE_3", etc.).
l Note that you cannot recall the instrument state from a storage location that was deleted. An error is gen-
erated if you attempt to recall a deleted state (+291,"Not able to recall state: it is empty").

Examples
The following command deletes the contents of storage location 1.

MEM:STAT:DEL 1

The following command deletes the contents of storage locations 1 through 5.

MEM:STAT:DEL:ALL

See Also
*SAV
*RCL

340 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

MEMory:STATe:DELete
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEMory:STATe:DELete {1|2|3|4|5}

MEMory:STATe:DELete:ALL

Description
This command deletes the contents of the specified storage location.

Remarks
l If you have named a storage location (see MEMory:STATe:NAME command), deleting the contents of a stor-
age location will reset the associated name to its factory default ("STATE_1", "STATE_2", "STATE_3", etc.).
l Note that you cannot recall the instrument state from a storage location that was deleted. An error is gen-
erated if you attempt to recall a deleted state (+291,"Not able to recall state: it is empty").

Examples
The following command deletes the contents of storage location 1.

MEM:STAT:DEL 1

The following command deletes the contents of storage locations 1 through 5.

MEM:STAT:DEL:ALL

See Also
*SAV
*RCL

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 341

MEMory:STATe:NAME
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEMory:STATe:NAME {1|2|3|4|5} [,<name>]

MEMory:STATe:NAME? {1|2|3|4|5}

Description
This command assigns a name to the specified storage location. You can name a location from the front panel or
over the remote interface but you can recall a named state only from the front panel. From the remote interface,
you can only recall a stored state using the *RCL command with number (1 through 5).

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<name> ASCII String A string of up to 12 characters. The If omitted, the default
first character must be a letter (A-Z), name is used for the
but the remaining 11 characters can specified storage
be letters, numbers (0-9), or the location.
underscore character ("_"). Blank
spaces are not allowed.

Remarks
l When shipped from the factory, default names are assigned to storage locations 1 through 5. The default
names are "STATE_1", "STATE_2", etc.
l If you omit the <name> parameter, the default name is assigned to the specified storage location. This
provides an easy way to reset the associated name to its factory default; however, the stored state is not
deleted.
l An error is generated if you specify a name with more than 12 characters.
l Deleting the contents of a storage location (see MEMory:STATe:DELete command) will reset the associated
name to its factory default ("STATE_1", "STATE_2", etc.).
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) does not affect the configurations stored in memory. Once a state is
stored, it remains until it is overwritten or specifically deleted.

Return Format
The query command reads the name assigned to the specified storage location and returns an ASCII string. If the
specified location has no custom assigned, the default name is returned ("STATE_1", "STATE_2", etc.).

342 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command assigns a name to storage location 1.

MEM:STAT:NAME 1,TEST_RACK_1

The following query returns the name assigned to storage location 1.

MEM:STAT:NAME? 1

Typical Response: TEST_RACK_1

See Also
MEMory:STATe:CATalog?
*SAV
*RCL

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 343

MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO <mode>

MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO?

Description
This command enables or disables (default) the automatic recall of a specific stored instrument state when
power is turned on. Select "ON" to automatically recall one of the five stored states or the power-down state
(see MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect command). Select "OFF" to issue a Factory Reset when power is turned on
(in this mode, the power-down state is not automatically recalled).

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {OFF|0|ON|1} Off

Remarks
l When shipped from the factory, storage locations 1 through 5 are empty and the automatic recall mode is
disabled.
l Before enabling the automatic recall mode, you should first store the state that you want to restore (see
*SAV command) and then select that state with the MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect command. If you enable
the automatic recall mode but have not stored the selected state (or if the state has been deleted), an error
will be generated.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command stores the instrument state in location 2, selects state 2 to be recalled at power-on, and
enables the automatic recall mode.

*SAV 2
MEM:STAT:REC:SELECT 2
MEM:STAT:REC:AUTO ON

The following query returns the automatic recall setting.

344 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 MEM:STAT:REC:AUTO?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect
*SAV

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 345

MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect {0|1|2|3|4|5}

MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect?

Description
This command selects which instrument state will be used at power on if the automatic recall mode is enabled
(see MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO ON command). If the automatic recall mode is disabled
(MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO OFF), then a Factory Reset (*RST command) is issued when power is turned on.

Remarks
l When shipped from the factory, storage locations 1 through 5 are empty and the automatic recall mode is
disabled (see MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO OFF command).
l Before enabling the automatic recall mode, you should first store the state that you want to restored (see
*SAV command) and then select that state using the MEMory:STATe:RECall:SELect command. If you enable
the automatic recall mode but have not stored the selected state (or if the state has been deleted), an error
will be generated when power is turned on.
l The power-down state is automatically stored in location 0 (this location is available only to store the power-
down state). When power is lost, the instrument stores the following:
a. All non-channel specific configurations such as the internal DMM configuration, scanning parameters,
reading output format, triggering parameters, etc.
b. The open/closed state of the switches on all installed modules. Per-channel measurement/math con-
figurations are not stored and will be initialized to their factory defaults on all channels.

Return Format
The query command returns "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", or "5" indicating which instrument state will be used at power
on. When shipped from the factory, the query command will return "0" indicating that the power-down state has
been selected. Note that by default, MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO will be OFF, which automatically issues a
Factory Reset when power is turned on (regardless of the automatic recall setting).

Examples
The following command stores the instrument state in location 2, selects state 2 to be recalled at power-on, and
enables the automatic recall mode.

346 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 *SAV 2
MEM:STAT:REC:SELECT 2
MEM:STAT:REC:AUTO ON

The following query returns the instrument state selected.

MEM:STAT:REC:SEL?

Typical Response: 2

See Also
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO
*SAV

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 347

MEMory:STATe:VALid?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
MEMory:STATe:VALid? {1|2|3|4|5}

Description
This command queries the specified storage location to determine if a valid state is currently stored in this
location. During the validation process, the instrument verifies that the location is not empty. You can use this
command before sending the *RCL command to determine if a state has been previously stored in this location.

Remarks
l This command does not guarantee that no errors will be generated when a stored state is recalled using the
*RCL command. Even if this command determines that the specified storage location is valid, individual mod-
ules may still be in states that will generate an error.

Return Format
The command returns "0" if no state has been stored or if it has been deleted. Returns "1" if a valid state is stored
in this location.

Example
The following command returns the state of storage location 3.

MEM:STAT:VAL? 3

Typical Response: 0

See Also
*RCL
*SAV

348 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

OUTPut Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

OUTPut:ALARm<n>:CLEar
OUTPut:ALARm:CLEar:ALL
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE?
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe?
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SEQuence?
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce?
OUTPut[:STATe]
OUTPut[:STATe]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 349

OUTPut:ALARm<n>:CLEar
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:CLEar

OUTPut:ALARm:CLEar:ALL

Description
This command clears the specified alarm output line. Send the OUTPut:ALARm:CLEar:ALL command to clear all
four alarm output l ines.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l You can manually clear the output lines at any time (even during a scan) and the alarm data in memory is not
cleared (however, data is cleared when you initiate a new scan). The alarm outputs are also cleared when
you initiate a new scan.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) clears all four alarm outputs but does not clear the alarm queue in either
configuration.

Examples
The following command clears alarm output line 2.

OUTP:ALAR2:CLE

The following command clears all four alarm output lines.

OUTP:ALAR:CLE:ALL

350 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 351

OUTPut:ALARm<n>:CLEar
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:CLEar

OUTPut:ALARm:CLEar:ALL

Description
This command clears the specified alarm output line. Send the OUTPut:ALARm:CLEar:ALL command to clear all
four alarm output l ines.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l You can manually clear the output lines at any time (even during a scan) and the alarm data in memory is not
cleared (however, data is cleared when you initiate a new scan). The alarm outputs are also cleared when
you initiate a new scan.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) clears all four alarm outputs but does not clear the alarm queue in either
configuration.

Examples
The following command clears alarm output line 2.

OUTP:ALAR2:CLE

The following command clears all four alarm output lines.

OUTP:ALAR:CLE:ALL

352 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 353

OUTPut:ALARm:MODE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE <mode>

OUTPut:ALARm:MODE?

Description
This command selects the configuration of the four TTL alarm output lines (the selected configuration applies to
all four alarm output lines). The four alarm outputs are available from the rear-panel Alarm Output connector.

Latch Mode: In this mode (default), the corresponding output line is latched true when the first alarm occurs and
remains asserted until you clear it by initiating a new scan or cycling power. You can manually clear the output
lines at any time (even during a scan) and the alarm data in memory is not cleared (however, data is cleared
when you initiate a new scan).

Track Mode: In this mode, the corresponding output line is asserted only while a channel's reading crosses a
limit and subsequent readings remain outside the limit. When a reading returns to within limits, the output line is
automatically cleared. You can manually clear the output lines at any time (even during a scan) and the alarm
data in memory is not cleared (however, data is cleared when you initiate a new scan). The alarm outputs are
also cleared when you initiate a new scan.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {LATCh|TRACk} LATCh

Remarks
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) clears all four alarm outputs but does not clear the alarm queue in either
configuration.

Return Format
The query command returns "LATC" or "TRAC". The selected configuration applies to all four alarm output lines.

354 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command enables the track mode on all four alarm output lines.

OUTP:ALAR:MODE TRAC

The following query returns the configuration of the four alarm output lines.

OUTP:ALAR:MODE?

Typical Response: TRAC

See Also
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
OUTPut:ALARM<n>:CLEar

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 355

OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SEQuence
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SEQuence?

Description
This command returns the name of the sequence currently associated with the specified alarm.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l You can assign multiple channels to any of the four available alarms (numbered 1 through 4, see
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce command). For example, you can configure the instrument to generate an
alarm on the Alarm 1 output when a limit is exceeded on any of channels 1003, 2005, or 3010. You cannot,
however, assign alarms on a specific channel to more than one alarm number.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) will remove all alarm associations. Redefining or deleting a sequence will
also remove all alarm associations.

Return Format
This command returns the sequence name currently associated with the specified alarm. If no sequence has
been associated, "NONE" is returned.

Example
The following query returns the sequence name currently associated with Alarm 1.

OUTP:ALAR1:SEQ?

356 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: MYSEQ_1

See Also
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 357

OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe <edge>

OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe?

Description
This command selects the slope of the pulse from the four TTL alarm outputs (the selected configuration applies
to all four alarm output lines). The four alarm outputs are available from the rear-panel Alarm Outputconnector.

If you select the negative/falling edge, 0V (TTL low) indicates an alarm. If you select the positive/rising edge, +5V
(TTL high) indicates an alarm.

Changing the slope of the output lines may cause the lines to change state.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<edge> Discrete {NEGative|POSitive} NEGative

Remarks
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) resets the slope to the negative/falling edge.

358 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "NEG" or "POS". The selected configuration applies to all four alarm output lines.

Examples
The following command selects the positive/rising edge on all four alarm output lines.

OUTP:ALAR:SLOP POS

The following query returns the slope of the four alarm output lines.

OUTP:ALAR:SLOPE?

Typical Response: POS

See Also
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
OUTPut:ALARM<n>:CLEar

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 359

OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce (@<ch_list>)

OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce?

Description
This command assigns one of four alarm numbers to report any alarm conditions on the specified multiplexer or
digital channels.

On the digital modules, you can configure the instrument to generate an alarm when a specific bit pattern or bit
pattern change is detected on a digital input channel or when a specific count is reached on a totalizer channel.
These channels do not have to be part of the active scan list to generate an alarm.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4} This is a required
parameter
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
34950A:
Digital Input: s101
throughs104,s201 throughs204
Counter: s301 or s302
34952A:
Digital Input: s001 through s004
Totalizer: s005

360 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l You can assign multiple channels to any of the four available alarms. For example, you can configure the
instrument to generate an alarm on the Alarm 1 output when a limit is exceeded on any of channels 1003,
2005, or 3010. You cannot, however, assign alarms on a specific channel to more than one alarm number.
l To clear all channel assignments for a specific alarm, send the command with an empty channel list as
shown in the example below:

OUTP:ALAR1:SOUR (@)

l A Factory Reset (*RST command) clears all alarm limits and turns off all alarms. An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not clear the alarm limits and
does not turn off alarms.

Return Format
The query command returns a series of channel numbers in Definite-Length Block format. The syntax is a pound
sign (#) followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of digits in the decimal integer to follow. This digit
is followed by a decimal integer indicating the number of 8-bit data bytes to follow. This is followed by a block of
data containing the specified number of bytes.

For example:

An empty scan list (one with no channels selected) will return "#13(@)".

Examples
The following command assigns Alarm 2 to report any alarm conditions on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

OUTP:ALAR2:SOUR (@1003,1013)

The following query returns the channels assigned to Alarm 2.

OUTP:ALAR2:SOUR?

Typical Response: #212(@1003,1013)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 361

See Also
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE
OUTPut:ALARm:SLOPe
OUTPut:ALARM<n>:CLEar

362 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

OUTPut[:STATe]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
OUTPut[:STATe] <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

OUTPut[:STATe]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the output state of the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated DAC
Module. When enabled, the corresponding output relay is closed thus enabling signal outputs from the specified
channels.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a required
parameter
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or
s004.

Remarks
l If multiple channels on the same module are specified, the outputs from these channels will be enabled at
the same time. If the channels are on different modules, you may notice some timing differences between
the modules.
l Since the DAC channels on 34952A Multifunction Module do not implement output relays, this command is
not used with that module.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will turn off the output state.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command enables the output state of DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 363

 OUTP ON,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the output state of DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

OUTP? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]

364 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

Switch Control
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle?
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe?
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel:CLEar:MODule
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]?
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]?
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity?
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POSition:STATe?
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 365

 ROUTe:CLOSe?
ROUTe:MODule:BUSY?
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT?
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]?
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle?
ROUTe:MONitor:DATA?
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE?
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe?
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:OPEN?
ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS
ROUTe:OPEN:ALL
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit?
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT?
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]?
ROUTe:SCAN
ROUTe:SCAN?
ROUTe:SCAN:ADD
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered?
ROUTe:SCAN:REMove
ROUTe:SCAN:SIZE?

Sequence Operation
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:BUSY?

366 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine?
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete:ALL
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME]
ROUTe:SEQuence:RUNNing:NAME?
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate]
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce?
ROUTe:SEQuence:WAIT

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 367

ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce <source>

ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce?

Description
This command selects the source to provide the channel advance signal to the next channel in the scan list for
external scanning. When the channel advance signal is received, the instrument opens the currently selected
channel and closes the next channel in the scan list. The instrument will accept an external TTL trigger pulse, a
software (bus) command, or an immediate (continuous) scan trigger.

This command is valid only when the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM
[:STATe] command) or removed from the Keysight 34980A.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default

Value
<source> Discrete {EXTernal|BUS|IMMediate} EXTernal

Remarks
l For the EXTernal source, the 34980A will accept a hardware trigger applied to the rear-panel Chan Adv
Input line (Pin 6). For an external device such as a DMM, the trigger received by the 34980A is normally
sourced by the DMM's Voltmeter Complete output signal. The 34980A advances to the next channel in the
scan list each time a low-true TTL pulse is received.
l For the BUS (software) source, the 34980A is triggered by the *TRG command received over the remote inter-
face. The *TRG command will not be accepted unless the 34980A is in the "wait-for-trigger" state (see INITi-
ate command). If the internal DMM receives an external trigger before the next "waiting for trigger" state, it
will buffer one *TRG command and then ignore any additional triggers received (no error is generated).
l For the IMMediate (continuous) source, the channel advance signal is always present.

368 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The channel advance signal is ignored unless you have initiated the scan (INITiate command) and have
received a scan trigger (TRIGger:SOURce command). Although the ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce com-
mand shares some of the same signals as the TRIGger:SOURce command, they cannot be set to the same
source (except IMMediate). If you attempt to select the same source, an error is generated and the TRIGger-
:SOURce is reset to IMMediate.
l When the first trigger is received, the 34980A closes the first channel in the scan list without waiting for the
specified channel advance source. If the channel advance source is EXTernal and the 34980A receives an
event before it is ready, it will buffer one event and then ignore any additional events received (no error is
generated).
l After the final channel in the scan list is closed, one more channel advance event must be received to com-
plete the scan.
l A channel advance signal is not required for digital input or totalizer channels included in the scan list. Meas-
urements on these channels are still performed by the 34980A (no internal DMM required) and do not
require synchronization with the external instrument.

Return Format
The query command returns the present channel advance source: "EXT", "BUS", or "IMM".

Examples
The following program segment configures the 34980A for scanning using an external channel advance source.
In this configuration, the 34980A advances to the next channel in the scan list each time a low-true TTL pulse is
received.

INST:DMM OFF !Disable internal DMM

ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1020) !Configure scan list
TRIG:SOUR IMM !Set trigger source
TRIG:COUN 5 !Set trigger count
ROUT:CHAN:ADV:SOUR EXT !Set channel advance source

The following query returns the channel advance source currently selected on the 34980A.

ROUT:CHAN:ADV:SOUR?

Typical Response: EXT

See Also
INITiate
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe
TRIGger:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 369

ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command adds a delay between multiplexer channels in the scan list (useful for high-impedance or high-
capacitance circuits). The delay is inserted between the relay closure and the actual measurement on each
channel, in addition to any delay that will implicitly occur due to relay settling time. The programmed channel
delay overrides the default channel delay that the instrument automatically adds to each channel.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

370 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric 0 to 60 seconds, with 1 ms Automatic
resolution.
MIN = 0 seconds, MAX = 60 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l You can select a unique delay for each channel on the module. The default channel delay is automatic; the
instrument determines the delay based on function, range, integration time, and ac filter setting.
l The channel delay is valid only while scanning. If no channels have been assigned to the scan list (see
ROUTe:SCAN command), the specified channel delay is ignored (no error is generated).
l To ensure you are getting the most accurate measurements possible, use care when setting the channel
delay less than the default value (Automatic). The default channel delay is designed to optimize parameters,
such as settling time, for the most accurate measurements.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands set the channel delay to Automatic.
l The instrument sets the channel delay to Automatic after a Factory Reset ( *RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the delay in seconds in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command adds a 2-second channel delay to channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

ROUT:CHAN:DEL 2,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the channel delay selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

ROUT:CHAN:DEL? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +2.00000000E+00,+2.00000000E+00

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO
ROUTe:SCAN

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 371

ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables an automatic channel delay on the specified multiplexer channels. If enabled,
the instrument determines the delay based on function, range, integration time, and ac filter setting.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Automatic
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l Selecting a specific channel delay using the ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay command disables the automatic chan-
nel delay.
l The default channel delays for ac measurements do not account for worst case settling delays that can occur
when measuring ac signals with large dc offsets. Significant measurement errors may result. Use the
TRIGger:DELay command (for stand-alone DMM measurements) or ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay command (for
scanned measurements) to allow adequate settling time before the measurement.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands set the channel delay to Automatic.
l The instrument sets the channel delay to Automatic after a Factory Reset ( *RST command).

372 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables an automatic channel delay on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

ROUT:CHAN:DEL:AUTO ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the automatic channel delay settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

ROUT:CHAN:DEL:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
TRIGger:DELay

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 373

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified channels on the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver to assume
a default state of closed following the next boot (power) cycle, Factory Reset (*RST command), Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command), or when the drive source is changed (seeROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce
[:IMMediate] command).

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

374 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@srcc). parameter

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 375

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l This command configures the specified channels to assume a default state of closed. Use the
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault command to assume a default state of opened.
l You will normally want to send this command with the channel drive state disabled (see
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command). When you change the drive state, all unverified
channels on the specified module will be reset to their user-defined default values.
l Channels that are configured for non-paired, pulsed operations with a default closed state will be pulsed
once following a reset/boot.
l The Factory Default for this attribute is open (channels assume an open state following a reset/boot). The
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet and SYSTem:RMODule:RESet commands will reset this attribute to the
Factory Default open state, which overrides any previously-configured
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault configuration.
l As you reconfigure the module, be sure to keep the channels affected by the default state up-to-date. For
example, when you reconfigure the drive attributes associated with a given channel, you will normally want
to update the default state as well.
l The default state is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

376 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following program segment configures the default state on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT
remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:CLOS:DEF (@3201,3202) !Set default state

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR INT,(@3200) !Drive channels closed

The following query returns the default state of channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2
(slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:CLOS:DEF? (@3201,3202)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
*RST
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
SYSTem:CPON
SYStem:RMODule:RESet

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 377

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified channels on the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver to assume
a default state of open following the next boot (power) cycle, Factory Reset (*RST command), Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command), or when the drive source is changed (seeROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce
[:IMMediate] command).

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

378 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@srcc). parameter

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 379

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l This command configures the specified channels to assume a default state of opened. Use the
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault command to assume a default state of closed.
l You will normally want to send this command with the channel drive state disabled (see
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command). When you change the drive state, all unverified
channels on the specified module will be reset to their user-defined default values.
l For channels that are configured for non-paired, pulsed operations with a default open state, no action will
be taken (these channels may only be closed).
l The Factory Default for this attribute is open (channels assume an open state following a reset/boot). The
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet and SYSTem:RMODule:RESet commands will reset this attribute to the
Factory Default open state.
l As you reconfigure the module, be sure to keep the channels affected by the default state up-to-date. For
example, when you reconfigure the drive attributes associated with a given channel, you will normally want
to update the default state as well.
l The default state is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

380 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following program segment configures the default state on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT
remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:OPEN:DEF (@3201,3202) !Set default state

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR INT,(@3200) !Drive channels opened

The following query returns the default state of channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2
(slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:OPEN:DEF? (@3201,3202)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
*RST
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
SYStem:RMODule:RESet

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 381

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables or disables the paired mode on the specified channels on the 34945A Microwave
Switch/Attenuator Driver. When enabled, the module automatically pairs channel n (as specified by this
command) with channel n+10 for two-coil (SP2T) operations. When disabled, the specified channels are
configured for non-paired one-coil (SPST) operations.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (paired mode
disabled)

382 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@srcc). parameter
For paired operations, channel n is
automatically paired with channel n+10
(e.g., 01 with 11, 21 with 31, 41 with
51, etc.). With this command, specify
the lower numbered channel in the pair.

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 383

Remarks
l In order to change the paired state, you must disable the channel drive state (see
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command). When you subsequently enable the channel drive
state (by specifying EXTernal or INTernal), all unverified channels on the specified module will be reset to
their user-defined default values (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault commands).
l When pairing is enabled, both channels in each pair assume the existing attributes of the lower numbered
channel as shown in the table below.

Attribute Paired State

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] ON (automatically enabled
in paired mode)
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh Assumes lower channel
state
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery Assumes lower channel
state
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle Assumes lower channel
state
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] Assumes lower channel
state
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity Assumes lower channel
state

l As shown in the table above, when pairing is enabled the pulsed mode is automatically enabled (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] command). The pulse width specified on the lower channel (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh command) is applied to the upper channel.
l When pairing is enabled, the upper channel will retain its default state (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault and ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault commands). However,
while channels are paired the default state of the upper channel is irrelevant and only the lower channel's
default state will apply.
l Since the TTL or open collector drive current mode is set on a per-bank basis (see
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE] command), this attribute will always be the same between paired
channels.
l When the paired mode is disabled with the pulsed mode enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe
[:MODE] command), you cannot query the open/closed state of the associated channels unless verification is
enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command). While in this mode (one-coil operation), only
"close" operations are allowed on the channels ("open" operations are not allowed).
l If you disable pairing on two previously paired channels, both channels will independently assume the attrib-
utes (pulse mode, pulse width, etc.) that they collectively had as paired channels. The default state that the
upper channel had prior to pairing (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault commands) will become relevant again.
l The paired mode setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module.

384 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas. You can query the paired state whether the channel drive state is enabled or disabled.

Examples
The following program segment enables the paired mode on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote
module #2 (slot 3). Channel 01 is paired with channel 11 and channel 02 is paired with channel 12.

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR OFF,(@3200) !Must disable channel drive

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PAIR ON,(@3201,3202) !Enable paired mode

The following query returns the paired state of channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2
(slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PAIR? (@3201,3202)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 385

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables or disables the pulsed drive mode on the specified channels on the 34945A Microwave
Switch/Attenuator Driver. When the pulsed mode is disabled, the continuous drive mode is enabled (sometimes
referred to as the level control mode). The continuous drive mode is useful for driving non-latching devices.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} ON (pulsed mode
enabled)

386 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@srcc). parameter

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 387

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l In order to change the pulsed state, you must disable the channel drive state (see
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command). When you subsequently enable the channel drive
state (by specifying EXTernal or INTernal), all unverified channels on the specified module will be reset to
their user-defined default values (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault commands).
l When channel pairing is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] command), an error will be
generated if you attempt to disable the pulsed mode.
l For the continuous (non pulsed) mode, it is recommended that you operate with the channel drive source set
to EXTernal (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command). Since most non-latching devices
require more power than the 34980A internal power supply can deliver, using an EXTernal channel drive
source will avoid an overload error condition.
l When the pulsed mode is enabled, you can set the channel coil drive pulse width using the
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh command and the minimum power supply recovery time using the
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command.
l When channel pairing is disabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] command) with the pulsed
mode enabled, you cannot query the open/closed state of the associated channels unless verification is
enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command). While in this mode (single drive operation), only
"close" operations are allowed on the channels ("open" operations are not allowed).
l The pulsed mode setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module.

388 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas. You can query the pulsed state whether the channel drive state is enabled or disabled.

Examples
The following program segment enables the pulsed mode on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT
remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR OFF,(@3200) !Must disable channel drive

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PULS ON,(@3201,3202) !Enable pulsed mode

The following query returns the pulsed state of channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2
(slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PULS? (@3201,3202)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 389

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the coil drive pulse width duration on the specified channels on the 34945A Microwave
Switch/Attenuator Driver. Applies only if pulsed mode is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
command).

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Discrete Desired pulse width in seconds 15 ms
between 1 ms and 255 ms, with 1 ms
resolution.
MIN = 1 ms, MAX = 255 ms

390 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@srcc). parameter

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 391

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l The overall time to required drive a channel is the sum of the pulse width and the power supply recovery time
(see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command). Note that if both values are set to their upper limits
(255 ms each) for all channels, the time required to reset/preset (or boot) the module will be significant – as
shown below, the time may exceed 30 seconds:

64 Channels x (255 ms Pulse Width + 255 ms Recovery Time) = ~33 seconds

l The pulse width setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module. The default pulse
width of 15 ms is set by the SYSTem:RMODule:RESet and ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet commands.
l For pulse widths greater than 255 ms, disable the channel pulse mode (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe
[:MODE] command) and manually create a pulse in the continuous drive mode (see Examples below).

Return Format
The query command returns the pulse width in seconds in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel
specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the pulse width to 13 ms on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT
remote module #2 (slot 3).

392 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PULS ON,(@3201,3202) !Enable pulsed mode
ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR INT,(@3200) !Select internal drive source
ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PULS:WIDT .013,(@3201,3202) !Set pulse width

The following program segment sets the pulse width to 500 ms on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT
remote module #2 (slot 3). Note that for this example the pulsed mode is disabled (the
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh is not used) and the pulse is created manually using the continuous drive
mode.

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PULS OFF,(@3205) !Disable pulsed mode

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR INT,(@3200) !Select internal drive source
ROUT:CLOS (@3205);:SYST:DELAY 0.0500;:ROUT:OPEN (@3205) !Set 500 ms pulse

The following query returns the pulse width on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2
(slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PULS:WIDT? (@3201,3202)

Typical Response: +1.30000000E-02,+1.30000000E-02

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 393

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command returns the current drive state of the specified channels on the 34945A Microwave
Switch/Attenuator Driver. This command is provided specifically for the verified, single-coil, non-pulsed channel
drive configuration, where the results from the ROUTe:CLOSe? command reports the verified position indicator
state, which may not be the same as the current drive state. The response from the
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe? command indicates whether or not the specified channels are currently being
driven.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

394 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@srcc).

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 395

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l For channels that are configured for the pulsed drive mode (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
command), this command will always return "0" indicating that the channels are not being driven. Note that
previous pulsed operations will have completed before the ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe? query is eval-
uated.
l For channels that are configured for the non-verified, single-coil, non-pulsed drive mode (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle], ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE], and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] commands), the ROUTe:CLOSe? command can also be used to
accurately determine the current drive state.

Return Format
The command returns "1" if the specified channel is being driven or "0" if the specified channel is not being
driven. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following program segment queries the channel drive state for channels 01 through 05 on Bank 2 on
34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR OFF,(@3200) !Must disable channel drive

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PAIR:MODE OFF,(@3201:3205) !Disable paired-coil mode
ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:PULS:MODE OFF,(@3201:3205) !Enable continuous mode
ROUT:CHAN:VER:ENAB ON,(@3201:3205) !Enable verification
ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR EXT,(@3200) !Enable channel drive

396 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUT:CLOS (@3201:3205) !Continuous drive close operation
ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:STAT? (@3201:3205) !Query drive state

Typical Response: 1,1,1,1,1

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:CLOSe?
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 397

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the minimum recovery time for the drive power supply on the specified channels on the
34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. The specified recovery time is inserted prior to driving a channel.
For pulsed operations (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] command), the recovery time begins with
the falling edge of the drive pulse. For non-pulsed (continuous) operations, the recovery time begins with the
initiation of the drive signal. See the Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more information.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Discrete Desired recovery time in seconds 0 seconds
between 0 seconds and 255 ms, with
1 ms resolution.
MIN = 0 seconds, MAX = 255 ms

398 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@srcc). parameter

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 399

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l The overall time required to drive a channel is the sum of the pulse width (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh command) and the power supply recovery time. Note that if both val-
ues are set to their upper limits (255 ms each) for all channels, the time required to reset/preset (or boot) the
module will be significant – as shown below, the time may exceed 30 seconds:

64 Channels x (255 ms Pulse Width + 255 ms Recovery Time) = ~33 seconds

l If you are operating the 34945EXT Master module from the INTernal (mainframe) drive source (see
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command), the specified recovery time is the minimum time
to be imposed between channel operations. If necessary, the 34945EXT Master module will insert an addi-
tional delay to maintain the 34980A's power supply limitations.
l The ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit command sets the number of simultaneous coil activations allowed on a
given 34945EXT remote mode. The specified limit will be temporarily suspended to allow for any channel
that has an associated non-zero recovery time.
l If you are using a settling time (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle command) in conjunction with a
recovery time, the module will use the longer of the two to determine when the channel operation is con-
sidered "done" and when the verification operation will begin.
l The recovery time setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module. The default
recovery time of 0 seconds is set by the SYSTem:RMODule:RESet and ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet com-
mands.

400 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns the recovery time in seconds in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel
specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the recovery time to 8 ms on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote
module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:TIME:REC .008,(@3201,3202)

The following query returns the recovery time on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2
(slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:TIME:REC? (@3201,3202)

Typical Response: +8.00000000E-03,+8.00000000E-03

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 401

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command defines a settling time on the specified channels on the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator
Driver. For pulsed operations (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] command), the settling time begins
with the falling edge of the drive pulse. For non-pulsed (continuous) operations, the settling time begins with the
initiation of the drive signal. See the Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more information.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Discrete Desired settling time in seconds 0 seconds
between 0 seconds and 255 ms, with
1 ms resolution.
MIN = 0 seconds, MAX = 255 ms

402 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@srcc). parameter

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 403

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l The settling time establishes when an open/close operation on a channel should be considered complete.
On the 34945A module, a series of open/close operations are not considered complete until the settling time
has elapsed following the final channel closure.
l Unlike the power supply recovery time (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command), the settling
time has no effect on how many channels can be driven simultaneously when an open/close operation is
executed with a list of channels.
l This command affects the busy time for the module in the specified slot. See the ROUTe:MODule:BUSY? and
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT commands for more information.
l The specified settling time is acknowledged, regardless of whether verification is enabled or disabled (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command).
l The ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit command sets the number of simultaneous coil activations allowed on a
given 34945EXT remote mode. Settling times do not affect the behavior of driving multiple channels at once.
l If you are using a settling time in conjunction with a power supply recovery time (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command), the module will use the longer of the two to determine
when the channel operation is considered "done" and when the verification operation will begin.
l The settling time value is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module. The default set-
tling time of 0 seconds is set by the SYSTem:RMODule:RESet and ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet com-
mands.

404 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns the settling time in seconds in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel
specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command defines a settling time of 5 ms on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote
module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:TIME:SETTLE .005,(@3201,3202)

The following query returns the settling time on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2
(slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:DRIV:TIME:SETTLE? (@3201,3202)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E-03,+5.00000000E-03

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:MODule:BUSY?
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 405

ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified channels for 4-wire external scanning without the internal DMM.

This command is valid only when the internal DMM is disabled (see INSTrument:DMM
[:STATe] command) or removed from the Keysight 34980A.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a required parameter
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@sccc).

Remarks
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l The ROUTe:CLOSe, ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive, and ROUTe:OPEN commands ignore the current
ROUTe:CHANnel:FWIRe setting (if no channels are in the scan list).

406 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command configures channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 for 4-wire external scanning.

INST:DMM OFF !Disable internal DMM

ROUT:CHAN:FWIR ON,(@1003,1013) !Enable 4-wire configuration

The following query returns the 4-wire configuration selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

ROUT:CHAN:FWIR? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe]
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 407

ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel:CLEar:MODule
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel:CLEar:MODule {<slot>|ALL}

Description
This command clears all user-defined labels on all channels in the specified slot, or on all modules installed in
the 34980A, and restores the factory-default labels to the front panel and Web Interface. Clearing labels using
this command also clears Analog Bus relay labels in the specified slot.

User-defined channel labels are available for identification purposes only and cannot be
used in place of a channel number within a command string.

Used With:

l All 34980A Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1-8|SLOT1- This is a required parameter
SLOT8|ALL}

Remarks
l This command does not clear the factory-default channel labels from the front panel (e.g., "MUX CH BANK
1", "MATRIX1 ROW3 COL4", etc.) or Web Interface (e.g., "1001", "3020"). The factory-default labels are
always preserved.
l To clear user-defined labels on an individual channel or range of channels (and reassign the factory-default
labels), specify a null string for the <label> parameter in the ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine] command.
However, note that since the Analog Bus relays are ignored if they are included in a range of channels, you
must list these channels individually as shown below:

ROUT:CHAN:LAB "",(@1001:1020,1911,1912,1913,1914)

l The instrument keeps a record of what module types are installed in each slot. If a different module type is
detected in a specific slot at power on, all user-defined channel labels for that slot are discarded. If an empty
slot is detected at power-on, any previously-defined labels for that slot are preserved and will be restored if
the same module type is installed later; however, if a module of a different type is installed in that slot, the
previously-defined labels will be discarded.

408 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l All user-defined channel labels are stored in non-volatile memory, and do not change when power has been
off, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or after
a stored state is recalled (*RCL command).

Examples
The following command clears all user-defined channel labels on the module in slot 1. The factory-default labels
are assigned to all channels on the module in slot 1.

ROUT:CHAN:LAB:CLEAR:MOD 1 or ROUT:CHAN:LAB:CLEAR:MOD SLOT1

The following command clears all user-defined labels on all modules installed in the 34980A. The factory-default
labels are assigned to all channels on all installed modules.

ROUT:CHAN:LAB:CLEAR:MOD ALL

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 409

ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine] "<label>" , (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine]? [<type>, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command assigns a user-defined label to the specified channels for use with the 34980A front panel and
Web Interface. You can assign a user-defined label to any channel, including Analog Bus channels on the
multiplexer and matrix modules.

User-defined channel labels are available for identification purposes only and cannot be
used in place of a channel number within a command string.

Used With:

l All 34980A Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<label> Quoted ASCII A string of up to 18 characters This is a required parameter
String enclosed in quotes. You can use
letters (A-Z), numbers (0-9), and
special characters like "@", "%",
"*", etc. Use the "#" character to
display a degree symbol ( ° ) on the
front panel (displayed as "#" from
the Web Interface).
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@sccc). You can assign labels to
any channel, including Analog Bus
channels.
<type> Discrete {USER|FACTory} USER (read the user-defined
label on the specified
channels).

410 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l When shipped from the factory, each channel is assigned a unique factory-default label (cannot be over-
written). From the front panel, the factory-default labels are shown on the upper line of the display (e.g.,
"MUX CH BANK 1", "MATRIX1 ROW3 COL4", "DIO BYTE 1", etc.). From the Web Interface, the factory-
default labels are displayed as the channel number (e.g., "1001", "3020", etc.).
l If desired, you can assign the same user-defined label to multiple channels within the same module or on dif-
ferent modules (i.e., channel labels are not required to be unique).
l If you specify a label with more than the allowed 18 characters, it will be truncated (no error is generated).
l From the Web Interface, a limited number of characters can be displayed due to space constraints in the
browser window. If the user-defined label it too long to be displayed properly, it will be truncated (no error is
generated).
l To clear user-defined labels on an individual channel or range of channels (and reassign the factory-default
labels), specify a null string for the <label> parameter (see Examples below). Note that since the Analog Bus
relays are ignored if they are included in a range of channels, you must list these channels individually as
shown below:

ROUT:CHAN:LAB "",(@1001:1020,1911,1912,1913,1914)

l Use the ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel:CLEar:MODule command to clear all user-defined labels on all channels in a
specified slot, or on all modules installed in the 34980A, and restores the factory-default labels to the front
panel and Web Interface.
l The instrument keeps a record of what module types are installed in each slot. If a different module type is
detected in a specific slot at power on, all user-defined channel labels for that slot are discarded. If an empty
slot is detected at power-on, any previously-defined labels for that slot are preserved and will be restored if
the same module type is installed later; however, if a module of a different type is installed in that slot, the
previously-defined labels will be discarded.
l All user-defined channel labels are stored in non-volatile memory, and do not change when power has been
off, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), or after
a stored state is recalled (*RCL command).

Return Format
The query command reads the user-defined or factory-default label assigned to the specified channels and
returns a comma-separated list of strings enclosed in double quotes. If you have not assigned a user-defined
label to a channel, a null string ( " " ) is returned for that channel.

If you specify the optional USER parameter (default), this command returns the user-defined labels assigned to
the specified channels.

If you specify the optional FACTory parameter, this command returns the factory-defined channel labels
assigned to the specified channels (e.g., "MUX CH BANK 1", "MATRIX1 ROW3 COL4", "DIO BYTE 1", etc.).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 411

Examples
The following command assigns a label ("TEST_PT_1") to channels 3 and 5 in slot 1.

ROUT:CHAN:LAB "TEST_PT_1",(@1003,1005) or ROUT:CHAN:LAB 'TEST_PT_1',

(@1003,1005)

The following command clears the user-defined label previously assigned to channel 19 in slot 4. The channel
will now be identified by its factory default label (e.g., "MUX CH BANK 1", "MATRIX1 ROW3 COL4", "DIO BYTE 1",
etc.).

ROUT:CHAN:LAB "",(@4019)

The following query returns the user-defined labels assigned to channels 3 through 7 in slot 1. Note that
channels 4 and 6 have no user-defined label assigned to them (a null string is returned).

ROUT:CHAN:LAB? (@1003:1007)

Typical Response: "TEST_PT_1","",DUT_ACV,"",CLOSE_FIXTURE

The following query returns the factory-default labels for channels 10 and 32 in slot 6.

ROUT:CHAN:LAB? FACT,(@6010,6032)

Typical Response: "MUX CH IN BANK 1","MUX CH IN BANK 2"

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel:CLEar:MODule

412 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables or disables verification, which senses the actual hardware state of the specified channels
following a ROUTe:CLOSe or ROUTe:OPEN operation (and reset operations). By default, verification is disabled
because not all external microwave devices have verify lines and verification will slow switching performance.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

l 34946A Dual 1x2 SPDT Terminated Microwave Switch
l 34947A Triple 1x2 SPDT Unterminated Microwave Switch

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (verification
disabled)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 413

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
34945A (@srcc). parameter

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

414 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through

8)
r: 34945EXT remote module (1
through 8)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
34946A/47A
34946A: s101, s102, s201, s202
34947A: s101, s102, s201, s202,
s301, s302

Remarks
l When verification is enabled, the actual hardware state of each relay is sensed for the correct state. If a
switch operation appears to have failed, an error will be generated at the time the ROUTe:CLOSe or
ROUTe:OPEN command is executed. If you send a ROUTe:CLOSe or ROUTe:OPEN command with a channel
list (i.e., multiple channels), the verification is performed after all open/close operations have been com-
pleted. An error will be generated for each channel operation that did not properly verify.
l On the 34945EXT remote modules, if verification is enabled on one or more channels, the entire verified state
of the associated channels is refreshed following any switch operations on the module. This is done to ensure
that the module state displayed on the 34980A front panel (and Web Interface) is accurate.
l The verification process will affect the operation of the ROUTe:CLOSe? and ROUTe:OPEN? commands. If veri-
fication is enabled, these commands will check the actual hardware state of the specified channels, rather
than just reporting the presumed state.
l Verification will slow switching performance. Specifically, if you have enabled the command overlap function
(see ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] command), the verification will be performed at the end of each
close/open operation, before processing the next command.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 415

 l When verification is enabled on the 34945A, the channels are verified following a reset/boot. Errors are lim-
ited to a single message for each slot containing a 34945A. Each consolidated error message indicates the
first channel on which a verification error was found, and gives an indication of whether more verification
errors exist.
l The ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle command (34945A only) configures a settling time for switching
operations after which the verification operation is complete. The specified settling time is acknowledged,
regardless of whether verification is enabled or disabled.
l For paired operations on the 34945A (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] command), when you
enable verification on either paired channel, verification will be enabled on both channels. In addition, the
module checks for complementary position indicators on the lower and upper channels of the pair (i.e., the
position indicators should indicate opposite states). If the state of the lower and upper position indicators are
found to be in the same state (due to a hardware issue), an error is generated and the state of the lower chan-
nel is assumed.
l When the paired mode is disabled on a 34945A channel with the pulsed mode enabled (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] command), you cannot query the open/closed state of that channel
unless verification is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command).
l If you enable verification on a non-paired (one coil), non-pulsed channel on the 34945A, the ROUTe:CLOSe?
and ROUTe:OPEN? commands return the state of the verified device, rather than the drive state of the spe-
cified channel. You can use the ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POSition:STATe? command to determine exactly
which channels are currently being driven.
l The SYSTem:RMODule:RESet command (34945A only) will restore the default verification state (OFF) on all
channels.
l On the 34946A/47A, when you enable verification on either channel in a bank, verification will be enabled on
both channels.
l The verification setting for each channel is stored in non-volatile memory. On the 34945A, the state is stored
on the 34945EXT remote module.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables verification on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 2 (assumes
34946/47A).

ROUT:CHAN:VER ON,(@2101,2201)

The following command enables verification on channels 01 and 02 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2
(slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:VER ON,(@3201,3202)

416 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following query returns whether verification is enabled on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 2
(assumes 34946/47A).

ROUT:CHAN:VER? (@2101,2201)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle (34945A only)
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity (34945A only)
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POSition:STATe? (34945A only)
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 417

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity <polarity>, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the logic polarity of the position indicator lines on the specified channels on the 34945A
Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. The verification feature relies on the position indicator lines to indicate the
state of the switch. You can specify the polarity as "normal" (active high, indicating "closed") or "inverted" (active
low, indicating "closed").

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<polarity> Discrete {NORMal|INVerted} Depends on the Distribution
Board type (see "Remarks"
below).

418 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@srcc).

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 419

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l Use the ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command to enable verification when channels are opened or
closed.
l The default logic polarity is evaluated when the following commands are issued:
a. The ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet command restores the polarity to its default for the Distribution
Board type in use. See the Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more information.
b. The SYSTem:RMODule:RESet command restores the polarity to NORMal for all channels.
l When two channels are paired, both channels of the pair assume the polarity of the lower numbered chan-
nel.
l The logic polarity setting for each channel is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote mod-
ule.

Return Format
The query command returns "NORM" or "INV" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command selects an inverted polarity (active low) for channels 01 and 05 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT
remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:VER:POL INV,(@3201,3205)

420 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following query returns the polarity for channels 01 and 05 on Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot
3).

ROUT:CHAN:VER:POL? (@3201,3205)

Typical Response: INV,INV

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
SYSTem:RMODule:RESet

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 421

ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POSition:STATe?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POSition:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command returns the position indicator state of the specified channels on the 34945A Microwave
Switch/Attenuator Driver. This command is useful when verification is disabled on a channel (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command).

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

422 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@srcc).

Ba sr
nk 01
1: thr
ou
gh
sr
08
sr
11
thr
ou
gh
sr
18
Ba sr
nk 21
2: thr
ou
gh
sr
28
sr
31
thr
ou
gh
sr
38
Ba sr
nk 41
3: thr
ou
gh
sr
48
sr
51
thr
ou
gh
sr
58

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 423

 Ba sr
nk 61
4: thr
ou
gh
sr
68
sr
71
thr
ou
gh
sr
78

s: Mainframe slot number (1 through 8)

r: 34945EXT remote module (1 through
8)

Remarks
l This command returns the same results as the ROUTe:CLOSe? query if verification is enabled (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command). Note, however, that there may be situations where you will
want to disable verification while troubleshooting or in order to increase switching performance.

Return Format
The command returns "1" if the specified channel is closed or "0" if the specified channel is open. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following program segment queries the state of the position indicators on channels 01 through 05 on Bank 2
on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:CHAN:VER:ENAB OFF,(@3201:3205) !Disable verification

ROUT:CHAN:VER:POS:STAT? (@3201:3205) !Query state of position indicators

Typical Response: 1,0,1,1,0

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:CLOSe?

424 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:CLOSe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CLOSe (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CLOSe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command closes the specified channels on a multiplexer or switch module.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34934A Matrix Modules
l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34941A and 34942A RF Multiplexer Modules
l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver
l 34946A and 34947A Microwave Switch Modules
l 34959A Breadboard Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@sccc).

Remarks
l To protect the FET switches on the 34925A multiplexer module, only one channel per bank can be closed at
a time. If multiple channels are specified, they will be opened/closed in succession to ensure break-before-
make operation (the last channel closed in each bank will remain closed).
l For the matrix modules (34931A, 34932A, and 34933A), the channel number represents the intersection of
the desired row and column. For example, channel 2304 represents the intersection of row 3 and column 4
on the module in slot 2 (assumes two-wire mode). For more information, see the simplified schematics.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 425

 l The 34923A, 34924A, and 34933A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues,
there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot close all
channels simultaneously). The mainframe can drive up to 40 coils at one time per slot on these modules (a
single coil drives one channel relay or one Analog Bus relay). Note that when in the 2-wire mode (see
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command), two coils are required to drive each channel relay. An error will be
generated if you attempt to close more than the maximum number of allowed channels.
a. In the 2-wire mode on the 34923A and 34924A multiplexers, no more than 20 channels can be closed sim-
ultaneously per module (up to 10 channels per bank). Note that Analog Bus relays count half as much as
channel relays in that total. Therefore, with one Analog Bus relay closed, you can close up to a maximum
of 19 channel relays.
b. In the 1-wire mode on the 34923A multiplexer, no more than 40 channels can be closed simultaneously
per module (up to 20 channels per bank). Therefore, with one Analog Bus relay closed, you can close up
to a maximum of 39 channel relays.
c. In the 2-wire mode on the 34933A matrix, no more than 20 channels can be closed simultaneously per
module. Note that Analog Bus relays count half as much as channel relays in that total. Therefore, with
one Analog Bus relay closed, you can close up to a maximum of 19 channel relays.
d. In the 1-wire mode on the 34933A matrix, no more than 40 channels can be closed simultaneously per
module. Therefore, with one Analog Bus relay closed, you can close up to a maximum of 39 channel
relays.
l When closing channels on the 34934A matrix, use channel lists rather than specifying an individual channel
per command to increase cumulative relay switching speeds. See SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection for
more information.
l The channel addressing scheme used by the 34934A is dependent upon the matrix configuration. See
34934A Channel Addressing for more information.
l The RF Multiplexer modules (34941A, 34942A) and Microwave Switch modules (34946A, 34947A) will not
respond to the ROUTe:OPEN command (an error is generated). To "open" a channel on these modules, send
the ROUTe:CLOSe command to a different channel in the same bank.
l As part of the scan setup, the ROUTe:SCAN command examines the scan list and determines which channel
relays and Analog Bus relays will be impacted by the scan. The following rules will apply once the scan is ini-
tiated and will impact what relays can be manually opened and closed.
a. When the scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or more chan-
nels in the scan list. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the
scan, the instrument will also open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In addition, if one or
more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the scan list, the instrument will also
open all ABus2 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not
altered and these relays remain active during the scan.
b. While the scan is running, the instrument prohibits use of all channels in banks that contain one or more
channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the scan). In addition, the instrument
prohibits use of all ABus1 relays (and ABus2 relays if applicable) while the scan is running.

426 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 c. Although the ABus3 and ABus 4 relays remain active during the scan, use CAUTION when closing these
relays on a bank involved in a scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or
ABus4 will be joined with the scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2.
d. At the end of the scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Analog Bus
relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain opened at the
completion of the scan.
l If this command closes a channel currently being monitored (see ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] command), the
Monitor operation will be disabled on that channel.
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, this command places the specified channels in the "nor-
mally closed" position. The module will never assume that a channel is already closed and will always drive
the channel (as long as the channel drive is not OFF; see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] com-
mand).
a. For non-paired (single drive) pulsed operations, this command simply pulses the specified channels. For
non-paired, non-pulsed operations, this command continuously drives the specified channels.
b. When verification is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command), the actual hardware
state of each relay is sensed for the correct state. If a switch operation appears to have failed, an error will
be generated at the time the ROUTe:CLOSe command is executed. If you send a ROUTe:CLOSe com-
mand with a channel list (i.e., multiple channels), the verification is performed after all close operations
have been completed. An error will be generated for each channel operation that did not properly verify.
c. For paired operations, an error is generated if you specify the upper channel of a pair with this command.
If an upper channel of a pair is found within a range of channels, the range expansion will ignore the
upper channel and no error is generated.
l To open and close the output relays on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module, use the OUTPut[:STATe] com-
mand.

Return Format
The query command returns "1" if the specified channel is closed or "0" if the specified channel is open. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

If verification is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command) on the 34945A, 34946A, or 34947A

modules, the query command returns the actual hardware state of the specified channels.

For non-paired (single drive) pulsed operations on the 34945A, with verification disabled, the query command
will return an error. Use the ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe? command to query the actual current drive state.

Examples
The following command closes channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 (no Analog Bus connections are made).

ROUT:CLOS (@1003,1013)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 427

The following command closes channel 203 on the matrix module in slot 7 which connects Row 2 to Column 3
on Matrix 1.

ROUT:CLOS (@7203)

The following query reads the state of channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 (1 = closed; 0 = open).

ROUT:CLOS? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes?
OUTPut[:STATe]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe?
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS
ROUTe:OPEN:ALL
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE

428 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command opens all channels on a multiplexer or switch module and then closes the specified channels. On
the multiplexer modules, if any channel in a bank is defined to be part of the scan list, attempting to close
another channel (including Analog Bus channels) within the same bank will result in an error. Channel closures
in the other bank are allowed as long as no channels are part of the scan list; however, Analog Bus relay closures
are not allowed.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34934A Matrix Modules
l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34941A and 34942A RF Multiplexer Modules
l 34946A and 34947A Microwave Switch Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@sccc).

Remarks
l To protect the FET switches on the 34925A multiplexer module, only one channel per bank can be closed at
a time. If multiple channels are specified, they will be opened/closed in succession to ensure break-before-
make operation (the last channel closed in each bank will remain closed).
l For the matrix modules (34931A, 34932A, 34933A and 34934A), the channel number represents the inter-
section of the desired row and column. For example, channel 2304 represents the intersection of row 3 and
column 4 on the module in slot 2 (assumes two-wire mode). For more information, see the simplified schem-
atics. For channel numbering information for the 34934A, see 34934A Channel Addressing.
l Any channels specified by this command that were previously closed will remain closed when execution of
the command is completed. The state of the channels during command execution however is not guaranteed
(i.e. that a channel currently closed will remain closed during execution).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 429

 l The 34923A, 34924A, 34933A, and 34934A modules use non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation
issues, there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed at a time on these modules (you cannot
close all channels simultaneously). The mainframe can drive up to 40 coils at one time per slot on these mod-
ules (a single coil drives one channel relay or one Analog Bus relay). Note that when in the 2-wire mode (see
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command), two coils are required to drive each channel relay. An error will be
generated if you attempt to close more than the maximum number of allowed channels.
a. In the 2-wire mode on the 34923A and 34924A multiplexers, no more than 20 channels can be closed sim-
ultaneously per module (up to 10 channels per bank). Note that Analog Bus relays count half as much as
channel relays in that total. Therefore, with one Analog Bus relay closed, you can close up to a maximum
of 19 channel relays.
b. In the 1-wire mode on the 34923A multiplexer, no more than 40 channels can be closed simultaneously
per module (up to 20 channels per bank). Therefore, with one Analog Bus relay closed, you can close up
to a maximum of 39 channel relays.
c. In the 2-wire mode on the 34933A matrix, no more than 20 channels can be closed simultaneously per
module. Note that Analog Bus relays count half as much as channel relays in that total. Therefore, with
one Analog Bus relay closed, you can close up to a maximum of 19 channel relays.
d. In the 1-wire mode on the 34933A matrix, no more than 40 channels can be closed simultaneously per
module. Therefore, with one Analog Bus relay closed, you can close up to a maximum of 39 channel
relays.
e. In the 1-wire mode on the 34934A matrix, the maximum number of channels (relays) per slot that may be
closed on the module is 64. For 2-wire mode, the maximum number is 32. This includes any previously
closed channels and row protection relay FIXed mode (see SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection).
l The RF Multiplexer modules (34941A, 34942A) and Microwave Switch modules (34946A, 34947A) will not
respond to the ROUTe:OPEN command (an error is generated). To "open" a channel on these modules, send
the ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive command to a different channel in the same bank.
l If this command closes a channel currently being monitored (see ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] command), the
Monitor operation will be disabled on that channel.
l This command does not apply to channels on the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver.
l To open and close the output relays on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module, use the OUTPut[:STATe] com-
mand.

Examples
The following command opens all channels and then closes only channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 (no Analog Bus
connections are made).

ROUT:CLOS:EXCL (@1003,1013)

The following command opens all channels and then closes channel 203 on the matrix module in slot 7 which
connects Row 2 to Column 3 on Matrix 1.

ROUT:CLOS:EXCL (@7203)

430 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
OUTPut[:STATe]
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:OPEN
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 431

ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command performs a 2-wire close of the specified channel and its paired channel. The query form of the
command returns '1' if both channels in the pair are closed.

Used With:

l 34934A High-Density Matrix Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
defined in the section 34934A
Channel Addressing. Only the
channels corresponding to the high
(H) terminals of the matrix are
specified.

Remarks
l This command is valid for the 4x32, 4x64, and 8x32 configurations. For these configurations, the matrix high
channels (H terminals) are paired with their corresponding matrix low channels (L terminals).
l Both channels in the pair are closed after the command completes, regardless of the initial state of the indi-
vidual channels.
l An error occurs (card does not support requested operation) if the command is executed while the module is
in the 4x128, 8x64, or 16x32 configuration as these modes do not contain high/low channel pairs.
l The 34934A module uses non-latching reed relays. Due to power dissipation issues, the maximum number of
channels per slot that may be closed on the module is 64 1-wire channels or 32 2-wire channel pairs. An
error is generated if you attempt to cumulatively close more than the maximum number of channels allowed.
l To close/query 1-wire channels of all matrix configurations, use the ROUTe:CLOSe and ROUTe:CLOSe? com-
mands.

432 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When closing channels on the 34934A matrix, use channel lists rather than specifying an individual channel
per command to increase cumulative relay switching speeds. See SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection for
more information.
l Channel numbering - the channel addressing scheme used by the 34934A is dependent upon the matrix con-
figuration. See 34934A Channel Addressing for more information.

Return Format
The query command returns "1" if both channels of the pair are closed, or "0" if either or both channels of the
pair are open. If the paired channels are in different states, an error is generated in addition to the "0" returned.
The states of multiple channels queried are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command closes channel 1505 and its paired channel 1537 on row 5 in slot 1. The module is
configured as a dual 8x32 matrix. Note that only the channel of the high matrix (MH) is specified.

ROUT:CLOS:PAIR (@1505)

The following command closes channels 2301 and 2302 and their paired channels 2365 and 2366 on row 2 in
slot 2. The module is configured as a 4x64 matrix. Note that only the channels of the high matrix (MH) are
specified.

ROUT:CLOS:PAIR (@2301, 2302)

The following queries read the state of the channels closed in the above examples (1 = closed; 0 = either or both
channels in pair is open). Only the channels in the upper matrix are specified.

ROUT:CLOS:PAIR? (@1505)

Typical Response: 1

ROUT:CLOS:PAIR? (@2301, 2302)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes?
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:CLOSe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 433

ROUTe:MODule:BUSY?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:MODule:BUSY? {<slot>|ANY}

Description
This command queries the busy/not-busy status of overlapped switching operations on the specified slot (or any
slot in the instrument). The primary utility of this command is when operating in the overlapped switching mode
(see ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] command).

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34934A Matrix Modules
l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34941A and 34942A RF Multiplexer Modules
l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver
l 34946A and 34947A Microwave Switch Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ANY} ANY (1 or more modules in the
instrument)

Remarks
l This command returns the busy/not-busy status immediately and does not wait for the module to complete
its overlapped switching operations (contrast with the ROUTe:MODule:WAIT? command which waits for
completion).
l Since the instrument supports scanning and multiple remote interfaces, it is possible that by the time this
command returns "0" (i.e., not busy) there may be another operation in progress from another thread of oper-
ation. Additionally, it is possible that this command may never appear to be done if another application (or
scanning operation) is continually placing the module in the busy state.

434 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command returns "1" to the output buffer if the specified module (or any module in the instrument) has
pending overlapped switching operations and is therefore busy. The command returns "0" if there are not any
modules busy.

Examples
The following command queries the busy/not-busy status of overlapped switching operations on the module in
slot 3.

ROUT:OPER:OVER:ENAB ON
ROUT:MOD:BUSY? 3

Typical Response: 1

The following command queries the entire instrument to determine if one or more modules are currently busy.

ROUT:OPER:OVER:ENAB ON
ROUT:MOD:BUSY? ANY

Typical Response: 1

See Also
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 435

ROUTe:MODule:WAIT
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT {<slot>|ALL}

ROUTe:MODule:WAIT? {<slot>|ALL}

Description
This command waits for the module in the specified slot (or all slots) to complete all overlapped switching
operations before continuing (similar to the *WAI command, except that this command does not wait for
measurement operations such as scanning to complete).

The query command waits for completion of all overlapped switching operations and then returns "1" to the
output buffer (similar to the *OPC? command for non-overlapped operations). The primary utility of this
command is when operating in the overlapped switching mode (see ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]
command).

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34934A Matrix Modules
l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34941A and 34942A RF Multiplexer Modules
l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver
l 34946A and 34947A Microwave Switch Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ALL} ALL (all installed modules)

Remarks
l The non-query command waits for the specified module to complete its overlapped switching operations
before processing any other commands (contrast with the ROUTe:MODule:BUSY? command which returns
the busy/not-busy status immediately).

436 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The query command waits for completion of all overlapped switching operations and then returns "1" to the
output buffer. This may be useful for blocking an application until all overlapped operations on the specified
modules are complete.
l Since the instrument supports scanning and multiple remote interfaces, it is possible that by the time this
command returns "0" (i.e., not busy) there may be another operation in progress from some other thread of
operation.
l Using this command with modules involved in an active scan may affect overall performance of the scan.

Return Format
The query command returns "1" to the output buffer when the module in the specified slot (or all slots) has
completed all overlapped switching operations.

Examples
The following command waits for channels 1 through 5 (slot 2) to fully close before opening channel 9.

ROUT:OPER:OVER:ENAB ON
ROUT:CLOS (@2001:2005); ROUT:MOD:WAIT 2 ; ROUT:OPEN (@2009)

The following command returns "1" to the output buffer when all modules have completed their overlapped
switching operations.

ROUT:OPER:OVER:ENAB ON
ROUT:MOD:WAIT? ALL

See Also
*WAI
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:MODule:BUSY?
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 437

ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] (@<channel>)

ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]?

Description
This command selects the channel to be displayed on the front panel in the Monitor mode. Only one channel can
be monitored at a time.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l Channels do not have to be part of an active scan list to be monitored; however, the channel must be con-
figured for a measurement in order to be monitored (see CONFigure and SENSe commands).
l A scan always has priority over the Monitor function (see ROUTe:SCAN command).
l Use the ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle command to enable monitor operations on the desired chan-
nels. Once the desired channels are configured, use the ROUTe:MONitor:STATe command to turn on the
Monitor mode.
l Any channel that can be "read" by the instrument can be monitored. This includes any combination of tem-
perature, voltage, resistance, current, frequency, or period measurements on multiplexer channels. You can
also monitor a digital input channel or the totalizer count on the digital modules.
l Mx+B scaling and alarm limits are applied to the selected channel during a Monitor and all alarm data is
stored in the alarm queue (which will be cleared if power fails).

438 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l For monitor operations using a multiplexer module, an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not required
for monitor operations on the digital modules.
l For monitor operations using the internal DMM independent of any channels, use the ROUTe:MONit-
or:MODE command.
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. Monitor operations are not allowed on paired channels in Bank 2 while in the 4-wire mode (no error
is generated).
l The count on a totalizer channel is not reset when it is being monitored (the Monitor ignores the totalizer
reset mode).

Return Format
The query command returns the Monitor channel in Definite-Length Block format. The syntax is a pound sign (#)
followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of characters to follow. This digit is followed by a decimal
integer indicating the number of data bytes to follow. This is followed by a block of data containing the specified
number of bytes. If you do not specify a channel, the channel currently displayed on the front panel is returned.

For example:

Examples
The following program segment configures channel 3 in slot 1 for dc voltage measurements, enables monitoring
on the channel, and turns on the Monitor mode.

CONF:VOLT:DC (@1003)
ROUT:MON:CHAN (@1003)
ROUT:MON:CHAN:ENAB ON,(@1003)
ROUT:MON:STAT ON

The following command queries the channel currently selected as the Monitor channel.

ROUT:MON:CHAN?

Typical Response: #17(@1003)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 439

See Also
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe

440 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the Monitor mode on the specified channels without modifying the active
scan list. Readings acquired during a Monitor are not stored in memory but they are displayed on the front
panel; however, all readings from a scan in progress at the same time are stored in memory.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l Channels do not have to be part of an active scan list to be monitored; however, the channel must be con-
figured for a measurement in order to be monitored (see CONFigure and SENSe commands). Once a channel
is configured for a measurement, the monitor mode is automatically enabled on that channel.
l The Monitor mode is automatically enabled on all channels that are part of the active scan list (see
ROUTe:SCAN command). If you define the scan list after monitoring has already been enabled, any channels
that are not part of the active scan list will be ignored during the monitor operation (no error is generated).
l A scan always has priority over the Monitor function (see ROUTe:SCAN command).
l Use the ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] command to select which channel will be displayed on the front panel in
the Monitor mode. Once the desired channels are configured, use the ROUTe:MONitor:STATe command to
turn on the Monitor mode.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 441

 l Any channel that can be "read" by the instrument can be monitored. This includes any combination of tem-
perature, voltage, resistance, current, frequency, or period measurements on multiplexer channels. You can
also monitor a digital input channel or the totalizer count on the digital modules.
l Mx+B scaling and alarm limits are applied to the selected channel during a Monitor and all alarm data is
stored in the alarm queue (which will be cleared if power fails).
l For monitor operations using a multiplexer module, an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not required
for monitor operations on the digital modules.
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. Monitor operations are not allowed on paired channels in Bank 2 while in the 4-wire mode (no error
is generated).
l The count on a totalizer channel is not reset when it is being monitored (the Monitor ignores the totalizer
reset mode).
l If a channel that is currently being monitored is closed (see ROUTe:CLOSe command) or opened (see
ROUTe:OPEN command), the Monitor operation will be disabled on that channel.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment configures channel 3 in slot 1 for dc voltage measurements, enables monitoring
on the channel, and turns on the Monitor mode.

CONF:VOLT:DC (@1003)
ROUT:MON:CHAN (@1003)
ROUT:MON:CHAN:ENAB ON,(@1003)
ROUT:MON:STAT ON

The following query returns the state of the Monitor mode on channel 3 in slot 1.

ROUT:MON:CHAN:ENAB?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe

442 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:SCAN

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 443

ROUTe:MONitor:DATA?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:MONitor:DATA?

Description
This command reads the data from the channel currently selected for the Monitor mode (ROUTe:MONitor
[:CHANnel] command) or from the internal DMM. One reading is returned each time this command is executed.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l Each reading is returned with measurement units, time stamp, channel number, and alarm status inform-
ation (independent of the present settings by the FORMat:READing commands). The time stamp is stored in
absolute time format (time of day with date), which is based on the instrument's real-time clock as set by the
SYSTem:DATE and SYSTem:TIME commands.
l Use the ROUTe:MONitor:MODE command to select whether the Monitor mode uses a module channel or the
internal DMM.
l If the Monitor mode is not currently enabled, this command returns the result from the previous Monitor
operation.
l Readings acquired during a Monitor are not stored in memory but they are displayed on the front panel; how-
ever, all readings from a scan in progress at the same time are stored in memory.

Return Format
The command returns one reading for the Monitor channel. If no data is available for the specified channel, "0" is
returned for each field.

For example:

444 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 1 Reading with Units (26.195 °C) 4 Channel Number
2 Date (November 21, 2004) 5 Alarm Limit Threshold Crossed
(0 = No Alarm, 1 = LO, 2 = HI)
3 Time of Day (3:30:23.000 PM)

Example
The following command returns one reading from the Monitor channel.

ROUT:MON:DATA?

Typical Response: +1.84280000E-05 VDC,2004,11,21,14,54,33.104,1008,0

See Also
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 445

ROUTe:MONitor:MODE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE <mode>

ROUTe:MONitor:MODE?

Description
This command selects whether the Monitor mode uses a channel on one of the modules listed below or the
internal DMM.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {CHANnel|DMM} CHAN (the Monitor mode
uses a module channel)

Remarks
l Channels do not have to be part of an active scan list to be monitored; however, the channel must be con-
figured for a measurement in order to be monitored (see CONFigure and SENSe commands).
l Use the ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] command to select which channel will be displayed on the front panel in
the Monitor mode. Use the ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle command to enable monitor operations on
the desired channels.
l For monitor operations using a multiplexer module, an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not required
for monitor operations on the digital modules.

Return Format
The query command returns "CHAN" or "DMM".

446 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following program segment configures channel 3 in slot 1 for dc voltage measurements, enables monitoring
on the channel, and turns on the Monitor mode.

CONF:VOLT:DC (@1003)
ROUT:MON:CHAN (@1003)
ROUT:MON:MODE CHAN
ROUT:MON:CHAN:ENAB ON,(@1003)
ROUT:MON:STAT ON

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for 2-wire resistance measurements and turns on
the Monitor mode.

CONF:VOLT:RES
ROUT:MON:MODE DMM
ROUT:MON:STAT ON

The following query returns which Monitor mode is currently enabled.

ROUT:MON:MODE?

Typical Response: CHAN

See Also
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle
ROUTe:MONitor:DATA?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 447

ROUTe:MONitor:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe <mode>

ROUTe:MONitor:STATe?

Description
This command disables or enables the Monitor mode. The Monitor mode is equivalent to making continuous
measurements on a single channel with an infinite scan count. Only one channel can be monitored at a time but
you can change the channel being monitored at any time. This feature is useful for troubleshooting your system
before a test or for watching an important signal.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF

Remarks
l Channels do not have to be part of an active scan list to be monitored; however, the channel must be con-
figured for a measurement in order to be monitored (see CONFigure and SENSe commands).
l The Monitor mode is automatically enabled on all channels that are part of the active scan list (see
ROUTe:SCAN command).
l A scan always has priority over the Monitor function (see ROUTe:SCAN command).
l The Monitor mode ignores all trigger settings (see TRIGger:SOURce command) and takes continuous read-
ings on the selected channel using the IMMediate (continuous) source.
l Use the ROUTe:MONitor:MODE command to select whether the Monitor mode uses a module channel or the
internal DMM.
l Use the ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] command to select which channel will be displayed on the front panel in
the Monitor mode. Use the ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle command to enable monitor operations on
the desired channels.

448 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Any channel that can be "read" by the instrument can be monitored. This includes any combination of tem-
perature, voltage, resistance, current, frequency, or period measurements on multiplexer channels. You can
also monitor a digital input channel or the totalizer count on the digital modules.
l Mx+B scaling and alarm limits are applied to the selected channel during a Monitor and all alarm data is
stored in the alarm queue (which will be cleared if power fails).
l For monitor operations using a multiplexer module, an error is generated if the internal DMM is disabled (see
INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe. The internal DMM is not required
for monitor operations on the digital modules.
l The count on a totalizer channel is not reset when it is being monitored (the Monitor ignores the totalizer
reset mode).
l If a channel that is currently being monitored is manually closed (see ROUTe:CLOSe command) or opened
(see ROUTe:OPEN command), the Monitor operation will be disabled on that channel.
l Readings acquired during a Monitor are not stored in memory but they are displayed on the front panel; how-
ever, all readings from a scan in progress at the same time are stored in memory.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following program segment configures channel 3 in slot 1 for dc voltage measurements, enables monitoring
on the channel, and turns on the Monitor mode.

CONF:VOLT:DC (@1003)
ROUT:MON:CHAN (@1003)
ROUT:MON:CHAN:ENAB ON,(@1003)
ROUT:MON:STAT ON

The following query returns the state of the Monitor mode.

ROUT:MON:STAT?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle
ROUTe:MONitor:MODE
ROUTe:MONitor:DATA?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 449

ROUTe:OPEN

450 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:OPEN
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:OPEN (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:OPEN? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command opens the specified channels on a multiplexer or switch module.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34934A Matrix Modules
l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver
l 34959A Breadboard Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@sccc).

Remarks
l For the matrix modules (34931A, 34932A, and 34933A), the channel number represents the intersection of
the desired row and column. For example, channel 2304 represents the intersection of row 3 and column 4
on the module in slot 2 (assumes two-wire mode). For more information, see the simplified schematics.
l The RF Multiplexer modules (34941A, 34942A) and Microwave Switch modules (34946A, 34947A) will not
respond to the ROUTe:OPEN command (an error is generated). To "open" a channel on these modules, send
the ROUTe:CLOSe command to a different channel in the same bank.
l As part of the scan setup, the ROUTe:SCAN command examines the scan list and determines which channel
relays and Analog Bus relays will be impacted by the scan. The following rules will apply once the scan is ini-
tiated and will impact what relays can be manually opened and closed.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 451

 a. When the scan is initiated, the instrument will open all channels in banks that contain one or more chan-
nels in the scan list. In order to guarantee that no signals are connected to the Analog Buses prior to the
scan, the instrument will also open all ABus1 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). In addition, if one or
more channels configured for 4-wire measurements are included in the scan list, the instrument will also
open all ABus2 relays (applies to all banks in all slots). The state of the ABus3 and ABus4 relays is not
altered and these relays remain active during the scan.
b. While the scan is running, the instrument prohibits use of all channels in banks that contain one or more
channels in the specified <ch_list> (these channels are dedicated to the scan). In addition, the instrument
prohibits use of all ABus1 relays (and ABus2 relays if applicable) while the scan is running.
c. Although the ABus3 and ABus 4 relays remain active during the scan, use CAUTION when closing these
relays on a bank involved in a scan. While the scan is running, any signals present on ABus3 and/or
ABus4 will be joined with the scanned measurement on ABus1 and ABus2.
d. At the end of the scan, the last channel that was scanned will be opened (as well as any Analog Bus
relays used during the scan). Any channels that were opened during the scan will remain opened at the
completion of the scan.
l If this command opens a channel currently being monitored (see ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] command), the
Monitor operation will be disabled on that channel.
l The channel addressing scheme used by the 34934A is dependent upon the matrix configuration. See
34934A Channel Addressing for more information.
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, this command places the specified channels in the "nor-
mally open" position. The module will never assume that a channel is already open and will always drive the
channel (as long as the channel drive is not OFF; see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] com-
mand).
a. For non-paired (single drive), pulsed operations, "open" operations are not allowed on the specified chan-
nels (only "close" operations are allowed).
b. For non-paired, non-pulsed operations, this command stops driving the specified channels.
c. When verification is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command), the actual hardware
state of each relay is sensed for the correct state. If a switch operation appears to have failed, an error will
be generated at the time the ROUTe:OPEN command is executed. If you send a ROUTe:OPEN command
with a channel list (i.e., multiple channels), the verification is performed after all open operations have
been completed. An error will be generated for each channel operation that did not properly verify.
d. For paired operations, an error is generated if you specify the upper channel of a pair with this command.
If an upper channel of a pair is found within a range of channels, the range expansion will ignore the
upper channel and no error is generated.
l To open and close the output relays on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module, use the OUTPut[:STATe] com-
mand.

Return Format
The query command returns "1" if the specified channel is open or "0" if the specified channel is closed. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

452 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

If verification is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command) on the 34945A, 34946A, or 34947A
modules, the query command returns the actual hardware state of the specified channels.

For non-paired (single drive) pulsed operations on the 34945A, with verification disabled, the query command
will return an error. Use the ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe? command to query the actual current drive state.

Examples
The following command opens channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

ROUT:OPEN (@1003,1013)

The following command opens channel 203 on the matrix module in slot 7 which disconnects Row 2 from
Column 3 on Matrix 1.

ROUT:OPEN (@7203)

The following command opens all channels on Matrix 1 on the matrix module in slot 7 (assumes 34931A).

ROUT:OPEN (@7101:7408)

The following query reads the state of channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 (1 = open; 0 = closed).

ROUT:OPEN? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
OUTPut[:STATe]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe?
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS
ROUTe:OPEN:ALL
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 453

ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS [{<abus>|ALL}]

Description
This command opens all connections to the specified Analog Bus in all eight slots. Alternately by specifying the
"ALL" parameter, this command opens all connections to all four Analog Buses on all installed modules (see
exceptions below).

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34933A Matrix Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<abus> Discrete {1-4|ABUS1-ABUS4|ALL} ALL (open connections to
all four Analog Buses on all
modules)

Remarks
l The following rules apply while an active scan is running on the multiplexer modules (i.e., an INITiate,
MEASure?, or READ? command has been issued):
a. If "ABUS1" or "ABUS2" is specified, this command opens the corresponding relays (all slots) provided that
the Analog Bus is not involved in an active scan. If the specified Analog Bus is involved in an active scan,
an error will be generated and no relays will be opened.
b. If "ABUS3" or "ABUS4" is specified, this command opens the corresponding relays (all slots). Note that
these Analog Buses are not used for scanning.
c. If "ALL" is specified, this command opens all four Analog Bus relays (all slots) provided that an active scan
is not in progress. If the instrument is currently scanning, an error will be generated and no relays will be
opened.
l If there is a Monitor operation in progress (see ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] command) that will be impacted
by opening the specified Analog Bus relays, monitoring will be turned off and the Analog Bus relay will open.
l Modules that do not have access to the Analog Buses are not effected by this command.
l This command has no effect on the internal DMM's Analog Bus relays.

454 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command opens all connections to Analog Bus 2.

ROUT:OPEN:ABUS 2 or ROUT:OPEN:ABUS ABUS2

The following command opens all connections to all four Analog Buses on all modules installed in the 34980A.

ROUT:OPEN:ABUS ALL

See Also
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:OPEN:ALL
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 455

ROUTe:OPEN:ALL
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:OPEN:ALL [{<slot>|ALL}]

Description
This command opens all channel relays and Analog Bus relays on the specified multiplexer or switch module.
Alternately by specifying the "ALL" parameter, this command opens all channels on all installed modules (see
exceptions below).

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34934A Matrix Modules
l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34959A Breadboard Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ALL} ALL (open all channel relays and
Analog Bus relays on all
modules)

Remarks
l The following rules apply while an active scan is running on the multiplexer modules (i.e., an INITiate,
MEASure?, or READ? command has been issued):
a. If a <slot> is specified, this command opens all relays on the module provided that no channels are
involved in an active scan. If channels in any bank on the module are being scanned, an error will be gen-
erated and no relays will be opened.
b. If "ALL" is specified, this command opens all relays on all modules provided that no channels are involved
in an active scan (i.e., the scan list is empty). If any channels on any module are being scanned, an error
will be generated and no relays will be opened.
l The RF Multiplexer modules (34941A, 34942A) and Microwave Switch modules (34946A, 34947A) will not
respond to the ROUTe:OPEN:ALL command. To "open" a channel on these modules, send the ROUTe:CLOSe
command to a different channel in the same bank. An error may or may not be generated depending on
which parameter you specify:

456 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 a. If a <slot> is specified, this command will generate an error and no relays will change position.
b. If "ALL" is specified, this command will not generate an error but no relays will change position.
l If this command opens a channel that is currently being monitored (see ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel] com-
mand), the Monitor operation will be disabled on that channel.
l This command does not apply to channels on the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver.
l To open and close the output relays on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module, use the OUTPut[:STATe] com-
mand.

Examples
The following command opens all channels (channel relays and Analog Bus relays) on the module in slot 1.

ROUT:OPEN:ALL 1 or ROUT:OPEN:ALL SLOT1

The following command opens all channels (channel relays and Analog Bus relays) on all modules installed in
the 34980A.

ROUT:OPEN:ALL ALL

See Also
OUTPut[:STATe]
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 457

ROUTe:OPEN:PAIR
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:OPEN:PAIR (@<ch_list>)

ROUTe:OPEN:PAIR? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command performs a 2-wire open of the specified channel and its paired channel. The query form of the
command returns '1' if both channels in the pair are opened.

Used With:

l 34934A High-Density Matrix Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
defined in the section 34934A
Channel Addressing. Only the
channels corresponding to the high
(H) terminals of the matrix are
specified.

Remarks
l This command is valid for the 4x32, 4x64, and 8x32 configurations. For these configurations, the matrix high
channels (H terminals) are paired with their corresponding matrix low channels (L terminals).
l Both channels in the pair are opened after the command completes, regardless of the initial state of the indi-
vidual channels.
l An error occurs (card does not support requested operation) if the command is executed while the module is
in the 4x128, 8x64, or 16x32 configuration as these modes do not contain high/low channel pairs.
l To open/query 1-wire channels of all matrix configurations, use the ROUTe:OPEN and ROUTe:OPEN? com-
mands.
l Channel numbering - the channel addressing scheme used by the 34934A is dependent upon the matrix con-
figuration. See 34934A Channel Addressing for more information.

458 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "1" if both channels of the pair are open, or "0" if either or both channels of the pair
are closed. If the paired channels are in different states, an error is generated in addition to the "0" returned. The
states of multiple channels queried are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command opens channel 1520 and its paired channel 1584 on row 3 in slot 1. The module is
configured as a dual 4x64 matrix. Note that only the channel of the high matrix (MH) is specified.

ROUT:OPEN:PAIR (@1520)

The following command opens channels 2610 and 2611 and their paired channels 2642 and 2643 on row 6 in
slot 2. The module is configured as a 8x32 matrix. Note that only the channels of the high matrix (MH) are
specified.

ROUT:OPEN:PAIR (@2610, 2611)

The following query reads the state of the channels opened in the above examples (1 = open; 0 = either or both
channels in pair is closed). Only the channels in the upper matrix are specified.

ROUT:OPEN:PAIR? (@1520)

Typical Response: 1

ROUT:OPEN:PAIR? (@2610, 2611)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:OPEN:ALL

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 459

ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] <mode>

ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]?

Description
This command disables or enables the command overlap function. When enabled, subsequent commands can
be processed prior to the completion of overlapped module operations on previous commands. This function
affects the behavior of the ROUTe:CLOSe and ROUTe:OPEN commands for switching operations.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34934A Matrix Modules
l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34941A and 34942A RF Multiplexer Modules
l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver
l 34946A and 34947A Microwave Switch Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (commands are
processed in a serial
fashion)

Remarks
l When the command overlap function is disabled (OFF, factory default), all commands are processed in a
serial fashion in the exact order they are received. In this mode, the instrument ensures that all overlapped
module operations are complete prior to processing the next command. As a result, overall switching per-
formance may be degraded because operations are not overlapped in this mode. Note, however, that within
a single command containing a channel list parameter (e.g., ROUTe:CLOSe (@1001:1010) ), the order of the
individual operations is not guaranteed.

460 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When the command overlap function is enabled (ON), subsequent commands can be processed prior to the
completion of overlapped module operations on previous commands. In this mode, you must rely on the
*OPC, *OPC?, ROUTe:MODule:WAIT, and *WAI synchronization commands to ensure completion of the pre-
vious commands.
l The specified setting applies to the entire instrument.
l This command is used primarily with the ROUTe:CLOSe and ROUTe:OPEN commands for switching oper-
ations. Most of the other commands used by the 34980A (i.e., those that don't operate switches) will perform
non-overlapped operations. For these commands, there will be no degradation in performance between the
overlapped and non-overlapped modes.
l When operating switch channels on which verification is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
command), the overlapping operation will be suspended until the verified switch operations are complete.
l The command overlap setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disabled (OFF) after a Factory Reset
(*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) to indicate the overlap setting for the entire instrument.

Examples
The following command enables the command overlap function.

ROUT:OPER:OVER:ENAB ON

The following query returns the state of the command overlap function.

ROUT:OPER:OVER:ENAB?

Typical Response: 1

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:MODule:BUSY?
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT
ROUTe:OPEN
*OPC
*OPC?
*WAI

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 461

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE] <mode>, {<bank>|ALL}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]? <bank>, (@<rem_ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the TTL or open collector drive current mode for the specified 34945EXT remote module
connected to the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. The drive current mode can be controlled on a
per-bank basis.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {TTL|OCOLlector} Depends on the Distribution Board
type (see "Remarks" below).
<bank> Discrete {1-4|BANK1-BANK4|ALL} This is a required parameter.
Specify an individual bank or
ALL four banks on the
specified 34945EXT remote
module.
<rem_ch_ Numeric One or more 34945EXT This is a required parameter.
list> remote module identifiers in
the form (@sr00).
Select from s100 through
s800.

Remarks
l In the TTL drive mode, the non-driven "rest" state of the specified channels will be a low state, which can
provide a current path to ground if an open-collector device is mistakenly connected. If an open-collector
device is connected while configured for the TTL drive mode, the following symptoms may result:
a. Coils may be continuously driven while the TTL drive mode is in the resting low state. Continuously driv-
ing these devices may damage them. Some auto-commutating paired-drive devices will rapidly transition
between the two states when both coils are driven simultaneously.

462 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 b. An over-current condition can occur, which will activate the over-current protection circuitry on the
34945EXT remote modules and disable the channel drive (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMe-
diate] command).
c. Paired-drive open-collector devices operated in the TTL mode may exhibit contrary (opposite) behaviors
during operation. Some external microwave devices have built-in protection to disable the coil drives
when both coils are driven simultaneously. If this is the case, a pulsed TTL drive would prevent the device
from being driven on the TTL pulsed line, thus causing an apparent open-collector drive on the opposite
coil. This would cause the paired device to transition to the opposite state.
l You can not mix open-collector and TTL type devices on the same bank.
l The default drive mode setting is evaluated when the following commands are issued:
a. The ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet command restores the drive mode to its default for the Distribution
Board type in use. See the Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more information.
b. The SYSTem:RMODule:RESet command restores the drive setting to OCOLlector.
l In order to change the drive current mode, you must disable the channel drive state (see
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command). When you subsequently enable the channel drive
state (by specifying EXTernal or INTernal), all unverified channels on the specified module will be reset to
their user-defined default values (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault commands).
l The drive mode setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module.

Return Format
The query command returns "TTL" or "OCOL" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following program segment selects the TTL drive mode on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR OFF,(@3200) !Must disable channel drive

ROUT:RMOD:BANK:DRIV:MODE TTL,BANK2,(@3200) !Select drive mode

The following command returns the drive mode on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:BANK:DRIV:MODE? BANK2,(@3200)

Typical Response: TTL

See Also
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 463

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
SYSTem:RMODule:RESet

464 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle] <mode>, {<bank>|ALL}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]? <bank>, (@<rem_ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the LED drives on the specified 34945EXT remote module connected to the
34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. The LED drives can be controlled only on a per-bank basis.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} ON (enabled)

<bank> Discrete {1-4|BANK1-BANK4|ALL} This is a required parameter.

Specify an individual bank or
ALL four banks on the
specified 34945EXT remote
module.
<rem_ch_ Numeric One or more 34945EXT This is a required parameter.
list> remote module identifiers in
the form (@sr00).
Select from s100 through
s800.

Remarks
l Each channel on the 34945EXT remote modules has an LED drive, which reflects the position indicator state
(as supported by the external device connected). Note that the LEDs are not supplied with the modules; see
the Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more information on connecting LEDs to the Distribution Board con-
nectors.
l Use the ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel to control the current level for the LED drives on a per-
bank basis.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 465

 l Use the ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity command to set the logic polarity of the verification lines. You can
specify the polarity as "NORMal" (active high, default) or "INVerted" (active low).
l The LED drive setting can be overridden by the ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command,
which selects the power source for the 34945EXT remote module (OFF, INTernal, or EXTernal power). When
selecting a power source other than OFF, the LED drive state configured by this command dictates whether
current is applied to the bank's LED lines.
l &&is automatically enabled.
l The LED drive setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module. The default state
(ON) is restored by the SYSTem:RMODule:RESet command.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment enables the LED drive on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:BANK:LED:DRIV:LEVEL 0.01,BANK2,(@3200) !Drive is 10 mA on Bank 2

ROUT:RMOD:BANK:LED:DRIV:ENAB ON,BANK2,(@3200) !Enable drive on Bank 2
ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR INT,(@3200) !Enable channel drive

The following command returns the LED drive state on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:BANK:LED:DRIV:ENAB? BANK2,(@3200)

Typical Response: 1

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
SYSTem:RMODule:RESet

466 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel {<amps>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, {<bank>|ALL}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel? [{MIN|MAX}, ] <bank>, (@<rem_ch_list>)

Description
This command controls the current level for the LED drives on the specified 34945EXT remote module
connected to the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. The current level can be varied at the bank level,
which allows you to vary the LED brightness for each bank.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<amps> Numeric Desired current in amps 5 mA
between 1 mA and 20 mA,
with 1 mA resolution.
MIN = 1 mA, MAX = 20 mA
<bank> Discrete {1-4|BANK1-BANK4|ALL} This is a required parameter.
Specify an individual bank or
ALL four banks on the
specified 34945EXT remote
module.
<rem_ch_ Numeric One or more 34945EXT This is a required parameter.
list> remote module identifiers in
the form (@sr00).
Select from s100 through
s800.

Remarks
l Each channel on the 34945EXT remote modules has an LED drive, which reflects the position indicator state
(as supported by the external device connected). Note that the LEDs are not supplied with the modules; see
the Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more information on connecting LEDs to the Distribution Board con-
nectors.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 467

 l Use the ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle] command to enable the current drives on a per-bank
basis.
l The current drive level setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module. The default
level (5 mA) is restored only by the SYSTem:RMODule:RESet command.

Return Format
The query command returns the current drive level in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for the specified banks.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the current drive level to 10 mA on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:BANK:LED:DRIV:LEVEL 0.01,BANK2,(@3200) !Drive is 10 mA on Bank 2

ROUT:RMOD:BANK:LED:DRIV:ENAB ON,BANK2,(@3200) !Enable drive on Bank 2

The following command returns the current drive level on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:BANK:LED:DRIV:LEVEL? BANK2,(@3200)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E-02

See Also
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]

SYSTem:RMODule:RESet

468 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet {<bank>|ALL}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

Description
This command immediately reconfigures the specified bank on the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver
to a preset state. The preset configuration is a predefined state for each Distribution Board type in use. See the
Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more information on the preset state for each Distribution Board. The
following table summarizes the preset state.

Attribute Preset State

At the Bank Level:
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE] Distribution Board
specific*
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle] No change
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel No change
All Channels:
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] Distribution Board
specific*
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] Distribution Board
specific*
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh Distribution Board
specific*
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery Distribution Board
specific*
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle Distribution Board
specific*
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault OPEN selected
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] OFF
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity NORMal

* See the Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more information.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 469

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<bank> Discrete {1-4|BANK1-BANK4|ALL} This is a required parameter.
Specify an individual bank or
ALL four banks on the
specified 34945EXT remote
module.
<rem_ch_ Numeric One or more 34945EXT This is a required parameter.
list> remote module identifiers in
the form (@sr00).
Select from s100 through
s800.

Remarks
l In order to issue a preset, you must disable the channel drive state (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce
[:IMMediate] command) on the specified bank. When you subsequently enable the channel drive state (by
specifying EXTernal or INTernal), all unverified channels on the specified module will be reset to their user-
defined default values (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault commands).
l Issuing a preset to banks with no Distribution Boards attached will configure the associated channels to the
same state as the Y1155A screw terminal distribution board. See the Keysight 34980A User's Guide for more
information.
l A preset will overwrite all user-defined channel labels on the associated banks with generated labels that are
appropriate for the distribution board (see ROUTe:CHANnel:LABel[:DEFine] command).
l The SYSTem:RMODule:RESet command resets all 34945EXT remote modules associated with a specific slot.
With this command, all bank-level attributes are reset without regard to which distribution boards are
installed.
l The *RST and SYSTem:PRESet commands drive all channels on a remote module to their default switch pos-
itions as specified by the ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault command and set all channel drives to the
specified boot state (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT command). In addition, when the *RST and
SYSTem:PRESet commands are executed, the 34945A automatically re-evaluates all external remote mod-
ule connections to determine what is connected, what is powered, etc. No other settings are changed.
l The SYSTem:CPON command has nearly the same effect as the *RST and SYSTem:PRESet commands (see
above). However, when the SYSTem:CPON command is executed, the 34945A does not re-evaluate the
external remote module connections.

Example
The following program segment presets Bank 2 on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

470 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR OFF,(@3200) !Must disable channel drive
ROUT:RMOD:BANK:PRES BANK2,(@3200) !Issue preset

See Also
*RST
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
SYSTem:CPON
SYSTem:PRESet
SYSTem:RMODule:RESet

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 471

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit {<max_drives>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<rem_ch_list>)

Description
This command set the number of simultaneous coil drive activations to be allowed on the specified 34945EXT
remote module connected to the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. By specifying a value greater
than one drive, you can improve cumulative switching times by allowing the 34945EXT to overlap channel drives.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<max_ Numeric Desired number of simultaneous 1 drive
drives> coil drive activations allowed.
MIN = 1 drive, MAX = 8 drives
<rem_ch_ Numeric One or more 34945EXT remote This is a required parameter.
list> module identifiers in the form
(@sr00).
Select from s100 through s800.

Remarks
l Use discretion when specifying a value greater than one drive when configured for an INTernal (mainframe)
drive source (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command). The INTernal drive provides a
very limited power source for driving channels, and driving multiple channels can cause the over-current pro-
tection circuitry on the 34945EXT remote module to be activated. An error will be generated and the oper-
ation will fail.
l The ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command sets the minimum recovery time for the drive power
supply on specific channels. If you set the recovery time to any value greater than 0 seconds, the overlapping
behavior of the ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit command may be temporarily suspended when those chan-
nels are operated.

472 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you reduce the number of simultaneous coil drive activations, the time required to complete a reset/preset
will increase (also see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh command) and power supply recovery time
(see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command).
l The drive setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module.

Return Format
The query command returns the drive limit on the specified 34945EXT remote module. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets a drive limit of five simultaneous coil drive activations on 34945EXT remote module
#2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:LIM 5,(@3200)

The following command returns the drive limit on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:LIM? (@3200)

Typical Response: 5

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 473

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT <source>, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT? (@<rem_ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the power source to be used following the next boot (power) cycle or Factory Reset (*RST
command) on the specified 34945EXT remote module connected to the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator
Driver. The INTernal source is available only for the 34945EXT Master module, which can be powered directly by
the 34980A. Each of the 34945EXT Slave modules must be powered by an EXTernal source that you apply to the
module. For more information on connecting an external power source to the module, see the Keysight 34980A
User's Guide.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<source> Discrete {OFF|INTernal|EXTernal} OFF (all switching is tri-state)

<rem_ch_ Numeric One or more 34945EXT This is a required parameter.

list> remote module identifiers in
the form (@sr00).
Select from s100 through
s800.

Remarks
l If the boot drive source is configured to be OFF, then no channels will be driven on that module during reset
operations.
l The factory default state is set to OFF to ensure that no external microwave devices will be driven until you
specifically enable the desired power source. To enable the channel drives again after a boot, use the
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command.
l If you have selected the INTernal source but the specified module is not a 34945EXT Master module, a boot
error will be generated and the channel drive source will be set to OFF. Note, however, that the boot drive
source is not changed.

474 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you change the source from OFF to INTernal (or EXTernal), the time required to complete a boot/re-
set/preset may be significant depending on the specified pulse width (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh command) and power supply recovery time (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command). If both values are set to their upper limits (255 ms each)
for all channels, the time required to reset/preset (or boot) the module may exceed 30 seconds:

64 Channels x (255 ms Pulse Width + 255 ms Recovery Time) = ~33 seconds

l This command ensures that if a 34945EXT Slave module is ever attached to a "master" position, it will con-
tinue to be driven by the EXTernal supply. This will prevent any external microwave devices from possibly
damaging the 34980A's INTernal 24V supply.
l If a 34945EXT Master module is configured to boot with the INTernal source and is reconnected as a "slave"
module, an error will be generated and the channel drive source will be set to OFF. Once the module is recon-
nected as the "master" module, you will have to send this command again to specify the INTernal source.
l The drive source setting is stored in non-volatile memory on the 34945EXT remote module.

Return Format
The query command returns "OFF", "INT", or "EXT" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the EXTernal source on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR:BOOT EXT,(@3200)

The following command returns the drive source on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR:BOOT? (@3200)

Typical Response: EXT

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 475

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] <source>, (@<rem_ch_list>)

ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]? (@<rem_ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the power source for driving channels on the specified 34945EXT remote module
connected to the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. The INTernal source is available only for the
34945EXT Master module, which can be powered directly by the 34980A. Each of the 34945EXT Slave modules
must be powered by an EXTernal source that you apply to the module. For more information on connecting an
external power source to the module, see the Keysight 34980A User's Guide.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<source> Discrete {OFF|INTernal|EXTernal} OFF (all switching is tri-state)

<rem_ch_ Numeric One or more 34945EXT This is a required parameter.

list> remote module identifiers in
the form (@sr00).
Select from s100 through
s800.

Remarks
l Use the ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT command to define which channel drive source will be used
following the next boot (power) cycle or Factory Reset (*RST command).
l When you change from one channel drive source to another (including from OFF to INTernal or EXTernal), all
unverified channels on the specified module will be reset to their user-defined default values (see
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault and ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault commands).
l Channels on which verification is enabled (see ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] command) are not driven
when the ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate] command is sent with the INTernal or EXTernal
source. In this case, the verified state is simply assumed by the module.

476 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If a number of channels are configured for long pulse widths (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh
command) and recovery times (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command), this command can
take as long as 30 seconds to complete.
l The factory default state is set to OFF to ensure that no external microwave devices will be driven until you
specifically enable the desired power source.
l By setting the channel drive source to OFF, all channel drives go to a tri-state mode regardless of whether
the outputs are configured for the TTL or open-collector mode. An error will be generated if you attempt to
operate channels while the power source is OFF.
l When the channel drive source is set to OFF, the position indicator LED drives are also disabled (see
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle] command).
l The following commands require that the channel drive source be OFF in order to allow reconfiguration:

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet

Return Format
The query command returns "OFF", "INT", or "EXT" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the EXTernal source on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR EXT,(@3200)

The following command returns the drive source on 34945EXT remote module #2 (slot 3).

ROUT:RMOD:DRIV:SOUR? (@3200)

Typical Response: EXT

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 477

ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT

478 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SCAN
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:SCAN (@<scan_list>)

ROUTe:SCAN?

Description
This command is used in conjunction with the CONFigure commands to set up an automated scan. The specified
channels supersede any channels previously defined to be part of the scan list. To start the scan, use the INITiate
or READ? command.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

To remove all channels from the present scan list, send "ROUT:SCAN (@)". With an
empty scan list, many commands will be directed to the internal DMM.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<scan_ Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
list> (@sccc). parameter
The specified channels will redefine the
present scan list.

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode. In
either mode, channels which are not in the scan list are skipped during the scan.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are reordered as
needed and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted
as (@1001,1003,2001).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 479

 b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the channels remain in the order presented
in the scan list (see exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For
example, (@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in
the order presented.

Note: Non-sequential scan lists are not stored as part of the instrument state by the *SAV command.
c. When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as
1001, 1002, 1003, etc.
l The Analog Bus relays are automatically opened and closed as required during the scan to connect to the
internal DMM for the measurement. For example, all 2-wire measurements use the ABus1 (MEAS) relays; for
4-wire measurements, the ABus2 (SENS) relays are used in addition to the ABus1 relays.
l You can use either the internal DMM or an external instrument to make measurements of your configured
channels. However, the 34980A allows only one scan list at a time; you cannot scan some channels using the
internal DMM and others using an external instrument. Readings are stored in 34980A memory only when
the internal DMM is used.
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, a status register bit is set and new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings
stored. The most recent readings are always preserved. You can read the contents of memory at any time,
even during a scan. Reading memory is not cleared when you read it.
l Each time you start a new scan, the instrument clears all readings (including alarm data) stored in reading
memory from the previous scan. Therefore, the contents of memory are always from the most recent scan.
l If you abort a scan that is running (see ABORt command), the instrument will terminate any reading in pro-
gress (readings are not cleared from memory). If a scan is in progress when the command is received, the
scan will not be completed and you cannot resume the scan from where it left off. Note that if you initiate a
new scan, all readings are cleared from memory.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands do not modify the scan list.
l To add channels to the present scan list, use the ROUTe:SCAN:ADD command. To remove channels from the
present scan list, use the ROUTe:SCAN:REMove command.
l The Monitor mode is automatically enabled on all channels that are part of the active scan list (see
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle command).
l The present scan list is stored in volatile memory and will be lost when power is turned off or after a Factory
Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns a list of channel numbers in Definite-Length Block format. The syntax is a pound
sign (#) followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of characters to follow. This digit is followed by a
decimal integer indicating the number of data bytes to follow. This is followed by a block of data containing the
specified number of bytes. An empty scan list (one with no channels selected) will indicated by "#13(@)"

For example:

480 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Note that the order of the channels in the string returned may or may not be sequential, depending on the
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDeredsetting.

Examples
The following program segment shows how to use the CONFigure command to configure two channels for dc
voltage measurements. The ROUTe:SCAN command puts the two channels into the scan list (and redefines the
scan list). The INITiate command places the instrument in the "wait-for-trigger" state and then sends the
readings to memory. The FETCh? command transfers the readings from memory to the instrument's output
buffer.

CONF:VOLT:DC 10,0.003,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
INIT
FETC?

Typical Response: +4.27150000E-03,+1.32130000E-03

The following command clears the present scan list.

ROUT:SCAN (@)

The following query returns a list of channels in the present scan list (assumes sequential mode).

ROUT:SCAN?

Typical Response: #212(@1003,1008)

See Also
ABORt
INITiate
OUTPut[:STATe]
READ?
ROUTe:MONitor[:CHANnel]:ENABle
ROUTe:SCAN:ADD

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 481

ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
ROUTe:SCAN:REMove
ROUTe:SCAN:SIZE?

482 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SCAN:ADD
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SCAN:ADD (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command adds the specified channels to the current scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are added, the scan
list is reordered as needed, and duplicate channels are eliminated. For example,
(@2001,1003,1001,1003) will be interpreted as (@1001,1003,2001).
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), the specified channels are added to the end
of the present scan list. Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For example,
(@2001,2001,2001) and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in the order
presented.
l For sequential scanning, if you specify a channel that is already part of the present scan list, the command is
ignored and no error is generated. For non-sequential scanning, the channel is added to the end of the
present scan list.

Example
The following command adds channel 3 (slot 1) to the present scan list.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 483

 ROUT:SCAN:ADD (@1003)

See Also
ROUTe:SCAN
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
ROUTe:SCAN:REMove

484 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered <mode>

ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered?

Description
By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels are
reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present scan list,
you can use this command to enable a non-sequential scanning mode.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} ON (enabled)

Remarks
l This command applies to the entire mainframe and cannot be selectively used on individual modules.
l When sequential scanning is enabled (default, ON), the channels in the scan list are placed in ascending
order from slot 1 through slot 8. Duplicate channels are not allowed. For example, (@2001,1003,1001,1003)
will be interpreted as (@1001,1003,2001).
l When sequential scanning is disabled (OFF), the channels remain in the order presented in the scan list (see
exception below). Multiple occurrences of the same channel are allowed. For example, (@2001,2001,2001)
and (@3010,1003,1001,1005) are valid and the channels will be scanned in the order presented.
l When you specify a range of channels in the scan list, the channels are always sorted in ascending order,
regardless of the scan order setting. Therefore, (@1009:1001) will always be interpreted as 1001, 1002,
1003, etc.
l If you define a scan list with the sequential mode enabled and later disable the mode, the scan list will not be
reordered; however, the scan list will be treated as a non-sequential list thereafter.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 485

 l If you have defined a scan list with the sequential mode disabled (OFF) and later enable the mode, the chan-
nels will be reordered.
l Non-sequential scan lists are not stored as part of the instrument state by the *SAV command; in this case,
the ordered mode will be enabled and the scan list will be empty when the instrument state is restored (*RCL
command).
l The scan order setting is stored in volatile memory and the ordered mode will be enabled when power is
turned off or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF, non-sequential mode) or "1" (ON, sequential mode).

Examples
The following command disables the sequential scanning mode.

ROUT:SCAN:ORD OFF

The following query returns the scan order setting.

ROUT:SCAN:ORD?

Typical Response: 0

See Also
ROUTe:SCAN

ROUTe:SCAN:ADD
ROUTe:SCAN:REMove
ROUTe:SCAN:SIZE?

486 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SCAN:REMove
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SCAN:REMove (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command removes the specified channels from the present scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l By default, the instrument scans the list of channels in ascending order from slot 1 through slot 8 (channels
are reordered as needed). If your application requires non-ordered scanning of the channels in the present
scan list, you can use the ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command to enable the non-sequential scanning mode.
a. For sequential scanning (default, ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED ON), the specified channels are removed from
the present scan list.
b. For non-sequential scanning (ROUT:SCAN:ORDERED OFF), all occurrences of the specified channels are
removed from the present scan list.
l If you specify a channel that is not part of the present scan list, the command is ignored and no error is gen-
erated.

Example
The following command removes all occurrences of channel 3 (slot 1) from the present scan list.

ROUT:SCAN:REM (@1003)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 487

See Also
ROUTe:SCAN
ROUTe:SCAN:ADD
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered

488 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SCAN:SIZE?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SCAN:SIZE?

Description
This command returns the number of channels in the scan list as defined by the ROUTe:SCAN command.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l The present scan list is stored in volatile memory and will be lost when power is turned off or after a Factory
Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The command returns a value between 0 and the maximum number of scanned channels in the 34980A (up to
640 channels). Since the non-sequential scanning mode allows duplicate channels in the scan list (see
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered command), each occurrence of a channel is counted and included in the returned value.

Example
The following command returns the number of channels in the scan list.

ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1020)
ROUT:SCAN:SIZE?

Typical Response: +20

See Also
ROUTe:SCAN
ROUTe:SCAN:ADD
ROUTe:SCAN:ORDered
ROUTe:SCAN:REMove

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 489

ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt

Description
This command aborts the sequence currently executing. If no sequence is current executing, the command is
ignored (no error is generated).

Remarks
l When the sequence is terminated, the resultant instrument state will be determined by how much of the
sequence had been executed when the ABORt/Device Clear was received. An ABORt command (system
abort) executed from within a sequence will not terminate the sequence. The *RST and SYSTem:PRESet com-
mands will also abort a sequence execution prior to performing their own actions.

Example
The following command aborts the sequence currently executing.

ROUT:SEQ:ABOR

See Also
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce

490 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SEQuence:BUSY?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:BUSY?

Description
This command immediately returns the busy/not-busy status of sequence operations.

Remarks
l To abort a sequence execution, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt command or a Device Clear. When the
sequence is terminated, the resultant instrument state will be determined by how much of the sequence had
been executed when the ABORt/Device Clear was received.
l If the command overlap function is enabled (see ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] command), all switch-
ing operations within the sequence follow the overlapping rules. If the command overlap function is disabled,
all commands within the sequence are processed in a serial fashion in the exact order in which they are
received. Note, however, that within a single command containing a <ch_list> parameter (e.g.,
ROUT:CLOSE (@1001:1010)), the order of the individual switch operations is not guaranteed.

Return Format
The command returns "1" to the output buffer if a sequence is not finished executing (busy). The command
returns "0" if a sequence is finished executing (not busy).

Example
The following command executes a sequence named "MYSEQ_1" and then queries the status.

ROUT:SEQ:TRIG MYSEQ_1 !Execute sequence

ROUT:SEQ:BUSY? !Query status

Typical Response: 1

See Also
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]
ROUTe:SEQuence:WAIT

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 491

ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?

Description
This command returns a list of user-defined sequence names currently stored in non-volatile memory.

Remarks
l When stored in memory, the sequence names are converted to all uppercase letters. For example, when
stored "MySeq_1" is converted to "MYSEQ_1".
l Up to 500 unique sequences can be stored in non-volatile memory. Each sequence is limited to 1024 bytes.
l When a sequence is defined, the specified commands are checked for proper syntax and absolute parameter
range limits. If an error is detected during compilation, the entire sequence will be discarded.
l To delete stored sequences, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME] command.

Return Format
This command returns the sequence names currently stored and returns a comma-separated list. If no sequence
names have been stored, a null string ( " " ) is returned.

Example
The following command returns a list of sequence names currently stored (the quotes are also returned).

ROUT:SEQ:CAT?

Typical Response: "MYSEQ_1","PATH_DUT1","SW_PATH2"

See Also
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine

ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete:ALL
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME]

492 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine <name>, "<commands>"

ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine? <name>

Description
This command defines a series of SCPI commands that will be associated with the specified sequence. The
commands associated with the sequence are compiled when defined and are then stored in a compressed
format in non-volatile memory. The following SCPI commands are allowed in a sequence definition (all other
commands will generate an error):

ABORt
DISPlay:TEXT '<string>'
OUTPut[:STATe] {OFF|0|ON|1}, (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:CLOSe (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:MODule:WAIT {1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ALL}
ROUTe:OPEN (@<ch_list>)
ROUTe:OPEN:ABUS [{1-4|ABUS1-ABUS4|ALL}]
ROUTe:OPEN:ALL [{1-8|SLOT1-SLOT8|ALL}]
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate] <name>
[SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate (@<ch_list>)
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel] {<current>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:{BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4}] <data>, (@<ch_list>)
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT {0|1}, <bit>, (@<ch_list>)
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate (@<ch_list>)
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel] {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF} , (@<ch_list>)
SYSTem:BEEPer
SYSTem:DELay[:IMMediate] <time>

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 493

 <name> ASCII String A sequence name consisting This is a required
of up to 30 characters. The parameter
first character must be a
letter (A-Z), but the
remaining 29 characters
can be letters, numbers (0-
9), or an underscore ( _ ).
Blank spaces are not
allowed.
<commands> Quoted ASCII A string of valid SCPI This is a required
String commands (see list above) parameter
separated by semicolons.
A semicolon or <new line>
character is not required
after the last command in
the string.

Remarks
l When a sequence is defined, the specified commands are checked for proper syntax and absolute parameter
range limits. If an error is detected during compilation, the entire sequence will be discarded. During com-
pilation, the sequence commands do not have to be valid for the current instrument configuration; this
allows you to define sequences without regard to compatibility with the current set of installed modules.
More extensive error checking, such as channel range expansion and validation, is performed when the
sequence is executed (see ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate] command).
l If you define a sequence with a name already in use by another sequence, the new definition will overwrite
the previous definition (no error is generated).
l When stored in memory, the user-defined sequence names are converted to all uppercase letters. For
example, when stored "MySeq_1" is converted to "MYSEQ_1".
l A sequence may invoke another sequence (see ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate] command), but may
not invoke itself recursively. In addition, the number of invocations is limited to four levels of nesting and this
is enforced at the time of execution. Exceeding the limit will abort the sequence and an error will be gen-
erated.
l At the time of sequence definition, a sequence may reference another undefined sequence; however, at the
time of execution an error will be generated if an undefined sequence is invoked.
l Up to 500 unique sequences can be stored in non-volatile memory. Each sequence is limited to 1024 bytes.
l While a scan is running (see ROUTe:SCAN command), the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks
that contain one or more channels in the specified scan list (these channels are dedicated to the scan). There-
fore, if a sequence attempts to operate a channel in a scanned bank, an error is generated and the entire
sequence will be discarded.

494 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If the command overlap function is enabled (see ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] command), all switch-
ing operations within the sequence follow the overlapping rules. If the command overlap function is disabled,
all commands within the sequence are processed in a serial fashion in the exact order in which they are
received. Note, however, that within a single command containing a <ch_list> parameter (e.g.,
ROUT:CLOSE (@1001:1010)), the order of the individual switch operations is not guaranteed.
l To abort a sequence execution, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt command or a Device Clear. When the
sequence is terminated, the resultant instrument state will be determined by how much of the sequence had
been executed when the ABORt/Device Clear was received. An ABORt command (system abort) executed
from within a sequence will not terminate the sequence. The *RST and SYSTem:PRESet commands will also
abort a sequence execution prior to performing their own actions.

Return Format
The query command returns a string containing the SCPI commands assigned to the specified sequence. The
exact text specified in the original sequence definition is not preserved when the sequence is compressed/stored
in memory. Therefore, the string returned may not be identical to the original string, but it will be functionally
equivalent. If the specified sequence name is not currently stored in memory, an error is generated.

The query command always returns the short form of the command header in all upper-case letters (e.g.,
"ROUT:CLOS" is returned instead of "ROUTE:CLOSE"). Channel numbers and channel range specifiers are
returned as they were specified.

Examples
The following command defines a sequence named "MYSEQ_1", which closes several channels on the module in
slot 1 and opens a single channel on the module in slot 2.

ROUT:SEQ:DEF MYSEQ_1,"ROUT:CLOS (@1001:1009);OPEN (@2001)"

The following query returns a string containing the sequence definition (the quotes are also returned).

ROUT:SEQ:DEF? MYSEQ_1

Typical Response: ":ROUT:CLOS (@1001:1009);:ROUT:OPEN (@2001)"

See Also
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME]
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate]
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 495

ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete:ALL
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete:ALL

Description
This command deletes all sequences from non-volatile memory.

Remarks
l If you attempt to delete a sequence while it is executing, an error will be generated. To abort a sequence exe-
cution, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt command or a Device Clear.
l Deleting a sequence will remove its association with an alarm if used (see ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger-
:SOURce command).
l To delete a specific sequence, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME] command.

Example
The following command deletes all sequences from memory.

ROUT:SEQ:DEL:ALL

See Also
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME]

496 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete[:NAME] <name>

Description
This command deletes the specified sequence from non-volatile memory. Deleting a sequence also frees up
space in memory previously allocated for the sequence.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<name> ASCII String A previously-defined sequence This is a required
name consisting of up to 30 parameter
characters (see
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
command).

Remarks
l If the specified sequence name is not currently stored in memory, an error will be generated.
l If you attempt to delete a sequence while it is executing, an error will be generated. To abort a sequence exe-
cution, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt command or a Device Clear.
l Deleting a sequence will remove its association with an alarm if used (see ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger-
:SOURce command).
l To delete all sequences currently stored memory, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete:ALL command.

Example
The following command deletes the sequence named "MYSEQ_1".

ROUT:SEQ:DEL MYSEQ_1

See Also
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?

ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
ROUTe:SEQuence:DELete:ALL

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 497

ROUTe:SEQuence:RUNNing:NAME?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:RUNNing:NAME?

Description
This command returns the name of the sequence currently executing.

Remarks
l When stored in memory, the user-defined sequence names are converted to all uppercase letters. For
example, when stored "MySeq_1" is converted to "MYSEQ_1".
l To abort a sequence execution, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt command or a Device Clear. When the
sequence is terminated, the resultant instrument state will be determined by how much of the sequence had
been executed when the ABORt/Device Clear was received. An ABORt command (system abort) executed
from within a sequence will not terminate the sequence. The *RST and SYSTem:PRESet commands will also
abort a sequence execution prior to performing their own actions.

Return Format
This command returns the name of the sequence currently executing. If no sequence is executing, a null string
( " " ) is returned.

Example
The following command returns the name of the sequence currently executing (the quotes are also returned).

ROUT:SEQ:RUNN:NAME?

Typical Response: "MYSEQ_1"

See Also
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate]

498 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate] <name>

Description
This command executes the specified sequence from non-volatile memory. If the specified sequence name is not
currently stored in memory, an error will be generated.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<name> ASCII String A previously-defined sequence This is a required
name consisting of up to 30 parameter
characters (see
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
command).

Remarks
l If you attempt to trigger a sequence while one is already executing, the trigger will be placed in a queue.
When the trigger queue is full, a "trigger ignored" error will be generated.
l To abort a sequence execution, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt command or a Device Clear. When the
sequence is terminated, the resultant instrument state will be determined by how much of the sequence had
been executed when the ABORt/Device Clear was received. An ABORt command (system abort) executed
from within a sequence will not terminate the sequence. The *RST and SYSTem:PRESet commands will also
abort a sequence execution prior to performing their own actions.
l When a sequence is defined (see ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine command), the specified commands are
checked for proper syntax and absolute parameter range limits. If an error is detected during compilation,
the entire sequence will be discarded. More extensive error checking, such as channel range expansion and
validation, is performed when the sequence is executed.
l A sequence may invoke another sequence. but may not invoke itself recursively. In addition, the number of
invocations is limited to four levels of nesting and this is enforced at the time of execution. Exceeding the
limit will abort the sequence and an error will be generated.
l You can also execute a sequence when an alarm condition is reached (see ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger-
:SOURce command). Regardless of whether or not an alarm association is configured, you can always
execute a sequence using the ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate] command.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 499

 l While a scan is running (see ROUTe:SCAN command), the instrument prevents use of all channels in banks
that contain one or more channels in the specified scan list (these channels are dedicated to the scan). There-
fore, if a sequence attempts to operate a channel in a scanned bank, an error is generated and the entire
sequence will be discarded.

Example
The following command executes a sequence named "MYSEQ_1", which closes several channels on the module
in slot 1 and opens a single channel on the module in slot 2.

ROUT:SEQ:DEF MYSEQ_1,"ROUT:CLOS (@1001:1009);OPEN (@2001)" !Define sequence

ROUT:SEQ:TRIG MYSEQ_1 !Execute sequence

See Also
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:CATalog?
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce

500 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce <name>, <source>

ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce? <name>

Description
This command executes the specified sequence from non-volatile memory when a reading crosses an alarm
limit on a channel (see OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce command). The specified sequence will execute once when
an alarm occurs on the specified alarm, after which the trigger source will be automatically set to MANual.
Regardless of whether or not an alarm association is configured, you can always execute a sequence using the
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate] command. If the specified sequence name is not currently stored in
memory, an error will be generated.

Assigning a sequence to an alarm will remove any other sequence's association with that alarm, as well as that
alarm's association to any other sequence. Use the MANual parameter to remove an association without
reassigning it to another alarm.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<name> ASCII String A previously-defined sequence name consisting This is a
of up to 30 characters (see required
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine command). parameter
<source> Discrete {ALARm1|ALARm2|ALARm3|ALARm4|MANual} This is a
required
parameter

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 501

Remarks
l The specified sequence will execute once when an alarm occurs, after which the trigger source will be auto-
matically set to MANual. The sequence will not execute again until the trigger source is reassigned, the
alarm has been cleared, the association of the sequence to the alarm has been re-established, and the alarm
condition exists again.
l You can assign multiple channels to any of the four available alarms (numbered 1 through 4, see
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce command). For example, you can configure the instrument to generate an
alarm on the Alarm 1 output when a limit is exceeded on any of channels 1003, 2005, or 3010. You cannot,
however, assign alarms on a specific channel to more than one alarm number.
l Regardless of whether or not an alarm association is configured, you can always execute a sequence using
the ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate] command.
l If you attempt to trigger a sequence while one is already executing, the trigger will be placed in a queue.
When the trigger queue is full, a "trigger ignored" error will be generated.
l To abort a sequence execution, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt command or a Device Clear. When the
sequence is terminated, the resultant instrument state will be determined by how much of the sequence had
been executed when the ABORt/Device Clear was received. An ABORt command (system abort) executed
from within a sequence will not terminate the sequence. The *RST and SYSTem:PRESet commands will also
abort a sequence execution prior to performing their own actions.
l When a sequence is defined (see ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine command), the specified commands are
checked for proper syntax and absolute parameter range limits. If an error is detected during compilation,
the entire sequence will be discarded. More extensive error checking, such as channel range expansion and
validation, is performed when the sequence is executed.
l A sequence may invoke another sequence. but may not invoke itself recursively. In addition, the number of
invocations is limited to four levels of nesting and this is enforced at the time of execution. Exceeding the
limit will abort the sequence and an error will be generated.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command) will remove all alarm associations. Redefining or deleting a sequence will
also remove all alarm associations.

Return Format
The query command returns the present trigger source: "ALAR1", "ALAR2", "ALAR3", "ALAR4", or "MAN".

Examples
The following program segment selects the alarm source and configures the instrument to execute the sequence
named "MYSEQ_1" when an alarm is reported on Alarm 1. The Monitor mode is used to evaluate alarm
conditions on the selected channel.

ROUT:SEQ:DEF MYSEQ_1,"ROUT:CLOS (@1001:1009);OPEN (@2001)" !Define sequence

CALC:LIM:UPP 10.25,(@1003) !Set upper alarm limit
CALC:LIM:UPP:STAT ON,(@1003) !Enable alarms
OUTP:ALARM1:SOUR (@1003) !Report alarms on Alarm 1
ROUT:MON:CHAN (@1003) !Select monitor channel

502 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 ROUT:MON:CHAN:ENAB ON, (@1003) !Enable monitoring on selected channel
ROUT:SEQ:TRIG:SOUR MYSEQ_1,ALAR1 !Enable trigger source
ROUT:MON:STAT ON !Enable monitor mode
INIT !Initiate measurement

The following query returns the trigger source currently selected.

ROUT:SEQ:TRIG:SOUR? MYSEQ_1

Typical Response: ALAR1

See Also
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SEQuence?
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger[:IMMediate]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 503

ROUTe:SEQuence:WAIT
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
ROUTe:SEQuence:WAIT

Description
This command waits for the current sequence to finish execution before executing any additional commands
over the interface (similar to the *WAI command).

Remarks
l To abort a sequence execution, use the ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt command or a Device Clear. When the
sequence is terminated, the resultant instrument state will be determined by how much of the sequence had
been executed when the ABORt/Device Clear was received.
l If the command overlap function is enabled (see ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle] command), all switch-
ing operations within the sequence follow the overlapping rules. If the command overlap function is disabled,
all commands within the sequence are processed in a serial fashion in the exact order in which they are
received. Note, however, that within a single command containing a <ch_list> parameter (e.g.,
ROUT:CLOSE (@1001:1010)), the order of the individual switch operations is not guaranteed.

Example
The following program segment executes a sequence named "MYSEQ_1", which closes several channels on the
module in slot 1 and opens a single channel on the module in slot 2. After executing the sequence, the module
waits for completion prior to opening all channels on the module in slot 2.

ROUT:SEQ:DEF MYSEQ_1,"ROUT:CLOS (@1001:1009);OPEN (@2001)" !Define sequence

ROUT:SEQ:TRIG MYSEQ_1; :ROUT:SEQ:WAIT ;:ROUT:OPEN:ALL 1 !Execute sequence,
wait for completion

See Also
*WAI
ROUTe:OPERation:OVERlap[:ENABle]
ROUTe:SEQuence:ABORt
ROUTe:SEQuence:BUSY?

504 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SAMPle Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

SAMPle:COUNt
SAMPle:COUNt?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 505

SAMPle:COUNt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SAMPle:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF}

SAMPle:COUNt? [{MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the number of auto-triggered samples the internal DMM will take per channel per trigger.
The sample count applies to both scanning and stand-alone DMM measurements (with no scan list). The front-
panel sample annunciator ( "*" ) turns on during each measurement.

Stand-Alone DMM Model:

Scanning Model:

506 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)
l Internal DMM

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<count> Numeric 1 to 500,000 samples. 1 sample per trigger
MIN = 1 sample, MAX = 500,000
reading samples

Remarks
l For the multiplexer modules, the internal DMM is required. An error is generated if the internal DMM is dis-
abled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l For scanning, the specified sample count sets the number of readings per channel (same for all channels in
the scan list). If no channels have been assigned to the scan list (see ROUTe:SCAN command), the sample
count sets the number of readings per trigger for the internal DMM.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 507

 l After setting the sample count, you must place the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state using the
INITiate or READ? command. A trigger will not be accepted from the selected trigger source (see TRIGger-
:SOURce command) until the internal DMM is in the "wait-for-trigger" state.
l You can specify a sample count in conjunction with a trigger count and a sweep count. The three parameters
operate independent of one another, and the total number of readings returned will be the product of the
three parameters.
a. The trigger count selects the number of triggers to be accepted before returning to the "idle" trigger state
(see TRIGger:COUNt command).
b. The sweep count selects the number of sweeps per trigger event during a scan (see SWEep:COUNt com-
mand).
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, the new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings stored; the most recent read-
ings are always preserved.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically set the sample count to "1".
l The instrument sets the sample count to "1" after a Factory Reset ( *RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the sample count in the form "+1.00000000E+00".

Examples
The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a ac voltage measurement (no scan list) and
sets the sample count to 5. When a trigger is received from the selected trigger source, a total of five readings
will be returned.

CONF:VOLT:AC
SAMP:COUN 5
INIT

The following program segment configures two channels for dc voltage measurements, puts the channels in the
scan list (the scan list is redefined), and sets the sample count to 10. When a trigger is received from the
selected trigger source, 10 readings will be returned for each channel in the scan list (20 readings total).

CONF:VOLT:DC 10,0.003,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
SAMP:COUN 10
INIT

The following query returns the present sample count.

SAMP:COUN?

508 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+01

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
ROUTe:SCAN
SWEep:COUNt
TRIGger:COUNt
TRIGger:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 509

SENSe Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

AC Voltage
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth?
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe?
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO?

DC Voltage
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?

AC Current
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth?
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe?
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO?

510 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

DC Current
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO?

2-Wire Resistance
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture?
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC?
[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe?
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution
[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution?
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO?

4-Wire Resistance
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 511

 [SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution?

Frequency
[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture
[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture?
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer?
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe?
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?

Period
[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture
[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture?
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe?
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?

Temperature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction[:INTernal]?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence?

512 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO?

Digital I/O and Totalizer

[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion
[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion?
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity?
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce?
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
[SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe
[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe?
[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 513

 [SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage?
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT?
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold?
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE?
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP
[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold?
[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]
[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE
[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE?

514 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Miscellaneous
[SENSe:]FUNCtion
[SENSe:]FUNCtion?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 515

[SENSe:]FUNCtion
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FUNCtion "<function>" [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FUNCtion? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command selects the measurement function on the specified channels (all function-related measurement
attributes are remembered). If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The following table shows which measurement functions are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

Volta Oh Oh RT RT
ge Curre Fre ms ms D D
nt q/ 2- 4- 2- 4-
AC/D AC/D Peri Wir Wir Thermoco Wir Wir Thermi
C C od e e uple e e stor
34921
A
Armatu
Yes Yes1 Yes Yes Yes Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
re
Multipl
exer
34922
A
Armatu
Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes3 Yes Yes Yes
re
Multipl
exer
34923
A
Reed
Yes5 Yes5 Yes3,4 Yes Yes Yes5
Multipl Yes No Yes 5 5
exer
(2-
Wire)

516 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 34923
A
Reed
Yes5 Yes3,4 Yes Yes5
Multipl Yes No Yes No 5
No
exer
(1-
Wire)
34924
A
Yes5 Yes5 Yes3,4 Yes Yes Yes5
Reed Yes No Yes 5 5
Multipl
exer
34925
A
FET
Yes6 Yes6 Yes3 Yes
Multipl Yes No Yes No 6
No
exer
(2-
Wire)
34925
A
FET
Multipl Yes No Yes Yes6 No Yes3 No No No
exer
(1-
Wire)
1
Direct current measurements are allowed on channels 41 through 44 only (for all other channels,
external shunts are required).
2
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal
reference junction.
3
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with
this module.
4
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
5
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
6
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET
channels.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 517

 <function> Discrete Desired function enclosed in quotes: DC Volts
CURRent:AC
CURRent[:DC]
FREQuency
FRESistance
PERiod
RESistance
TEMPerature
VOLTage:AC
VOLTage[:DC]
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l For 4-wire resistance measurements ("FRESistance"), the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1
with channel n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and
sense connections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in
Bank 1 and the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the
paired channel in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_
list>).
l If you change the measurement function on a channel, all measurement attributes of the previous function
(range, resolution, etc.) are remembered. If you return to the function, all previously-defined measurement
attributes will be restored. However, when storing instrument states (see *SAV command), only the meas-
urement attributes of the currently-selected function are stored.
l The instrument sets the function to dc volts after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas. The short form of the function name is always returned (e.g., "CURR:AC",
"FREQ", etc.).

Examples
The following commands select the ac voltage function on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 (double or single quotes
are allowed).

518 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 FUNC "VOLT:AC", (@1003,1013) or FUNC 'VOLT:AC', (@1003,1013)

The following query returns the function selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1 (the quotes are also returned).

FUNC? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: "VOLT:AC","VOLT:AC"

See Also
CONFigure Commands

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 519

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth {<filter>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:BANDwidth? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
The instrument uses three different ac filters which enable you to either optimize low frequency accuracy or
achieve faster ac settling times. The instrument selects the slow (3 Hz), medium (20 Hz), or fast (200 Hz) filter
based on the input frequency that you specify with this command for the selected channels. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<filter> Discrete {3|20|200} 20 Hz (medium)
MIN = 3 Hz (slow), MAX = 200 Hz
(fast)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
Current measurements are allowed command applies to
only on channels 41 through 44 on the internal DMM.
the 34921A.

Remarks
l Applies to ac current measurements only.
l For the <filter> parameter, specify the lowest frequency expected in the input signal on the specified chan-
nels. The instrument selects the appropriate filter based on the frequency you specify.

Input Frequency Default Settling Delay Minimum Settling Delay

3 Hz to 300 kHz (Slow) 7 seconds / reading 1.5 seconds
20 Hz to 300 kHz (Medium) 1 second / reading 200 ms

200 Hz to 300 kHz (Fast) 0.12 seconds / reading 20 ms

520 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically select the default 20 Hz (medium) filter.
l The instrument selects the default 20 Hz (medium) filter after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instru-
ment Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the set-
ting.

Return Format
The query command returns "3" (slow), "20" (medium), or "200" (fast) for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the slow filter (3 Hz) on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:AC:BAND 3,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the ac filter settings on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:AC:BAND? (@1041,1042)

Typical Response: 3,3

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent:AC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 521

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement range for ac current measurements on the specified channels. If you
omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels
or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Discrete Desired range in amps: This is a required
10 mA (MIN) parameter
100 mA
1 A (MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). Current measurements are this command applies
allowed only on channels 41 through to the internal DMM.
44 on the 34921A.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Selecting a discrete range will disable autoranging on the specified channels (see
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.

522 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The instrument selects autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the range in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the 100 mA range on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:AC:RANG 0.1,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the range selected on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:AC:RANG? (@1041,1042)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E-01,+1.00000000E-01

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent:AC
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 523

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables autoranging for ac current measurements on the specified channels.
Autoranging is convenient because the instrument automatically selects the range for each measurement based
on the input signal detected. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Autorange ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). Current measurements omitted, this
are allowed only on channels 41 command
through 44 on the 34921A. applies to the
internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range

524 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l With autoranging enabled, the instrument selects one of the following ranges based on the input signal
detected:

10 mA, 100 mA, 1 A

l Selecting a discrete range (see [SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe command) will disable autoranging on the spe-
cified channels.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autoranging on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:AC:RANG:AUTO OFF,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the autoranging settings on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:AC:RANG:AUTO? (@1041,1042)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent:AC
[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:RANGe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 525

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command queries whether the aperture mode is enabled or disabled for dc current measurements on the
specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM,
independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). Current measurements this command applies to
are allowed only on channels 41 the internal DMM.
through 44 on the 34921A.

Remarks
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC, and [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution com-
mands automatically disable the aperture mode (these commands select an integration time in NPLCs).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" is the aperture mode is disabled or "1" if the aperture mode is enabled for each
channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following command returns the state of the aperture mode on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:APER:ENAB? (@1041,1042)

Typical Response: 1,1

526 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 527

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command enables the aperture mode and sets the integration time in seconds (called aperture time) for dc
current measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command
applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

You should use this command only when you want precise control of the integration
time of the internal DMM. Otherwise, specifying integration time using NPLC (see
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC command) executes faster and offers better noise
rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric Desired aperture time in seconds Aperture disabled.
between 300 µs and 1 second,
with 4 µs resolution.
MIN = 300 µs, MAX = 1 second
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). Current measurements this command applies to
are allowed only on channels 41 the internal DMM.
through 44 on the 34921A.

Remarks
l For the <seconds> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the lowest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
highest resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

528 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC, and [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution com-
mands automatically disable the aperture mode (these commands select an integration time in NPLCs). You
can use the [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode is
currently enabled or disabled.
l The aperture mode is disabled after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the aperture time in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently disabled (see
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command enables the aperture mode and sets the aperture time to 300 ms on channels 41 and 42
in slot 1.

CURR:DC:APER 300E-03,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the aperture time selected on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:APER? (@1041,1042)
CURR:DC:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is enabled ("1")

Typical +3.00000000E-
Response: 01,+3.00000000E-01
1

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 529

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command sets the integration time in number of power line cycles (PLCs) on the specified channels.
Integration time affects the measurement resolution (for better resolution, use a longer integration time) and
measurement speed (for faster measurements, use a shorter integration time). If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<PLCs> Discrete {0.02|0.2|1|2|10|20|100|200} 1 PLC
MIN = 0.02 PLC, MAX = 200 PLC
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). Current measurements this command applies
are allowed only on channels 41 to the internal DMM.
through 44 on the 34921A.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l Setting the integration time also sets the resolution for the measurement. Click here to see the relationship
between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.
l The specified integration time is used for all measurements on the selected channels. If you have applied
Mx+B scaling or have assigned alarms to the selected channel, those measurements are also made using the
specified integration time. Measurements taken during the Monitor function also use the specified integ-
ration time.

530 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture
command). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better
noise rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC, and [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution com-
mands automatically disable the aperture mode (these commands select an integration time in NPLCs). You
can use the [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode is
currently enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the integration time to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the integration time in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command set the integration time to 0.2 PLCs on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:NPLC 0.2,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the integration time settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:NPLC? (@1041,1042)
CURR:DC:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +2.00000000E-
Response: 01,+2.00000000E-01
0

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 531

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement range for dc current measurements on the specified channels. If you
omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels
or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Discrete Desired range in amps: This is a required
10 mA (MIN) parameter
100 mA
1 A (MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). Current measurements are this command applies
allowed only on channels 41 through to the internal DMM.
44 on the 34921A.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Selecting a discrete range will disable autoranging on the specified channels (see [SENSe:]CURRent
[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.

532 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the range in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the 100 mA range on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:RANG 0.1,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the range selected on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:RANG? (@1041,1042)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E-01,+1.00000000E-01

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 533

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables autoranging for dc current measurements on the specified channels.
Autoranging is convenient because the instrument automatically selects the range for each measurement based
on the input signal detected. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Autorange ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). Current measurements omitted, this
are allowed only on channels 41 command
through 44 on the 34921A. applies to the
internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range

534 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l With autoranging enabled, the instrument selects one of the following ranges based on the input signal
detected:

10 mA, 100 mA, 1 A

l Selecting a discrete range (see [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe command) will disable autoranging on the
specified channels.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autoranging on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:RANG:AUTO OFF,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the autoranging settings on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:RANG:AUTO? (@1041,1042)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RANGe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 535

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution {<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement resolution for dc current measurements on the specified channels.
Specify the resolution in the same units as the selected measurement function, not in number of digits. If you
omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels
or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in amps. 0.000003 x Range (1
PLC)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the If <ch_list> is omitted,
form (@sccc). Current this command applies
measurements are allowed only to the internal DMM.
on channels 41 through 44 on
the 34921A.

Remarks
l For the <resolution> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the highest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
least resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Setting the resolution also sets the integration time for the measurement. The following table shows the rela-
tionship between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.

Integration Resolution Digits Bits

Time

536 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 0.02 PLC < 0.0001 x Range 4½ Digits 15
0.2 PLC < 0.00001 x Range 5½ Digits 18
1 PLC < 0.000003 x Range 5½ Digits 20
2 PLC < 0.0000022 x Range 6½ Digits 21
10 PLC < 0.000001 x Range 6½ Digits 24
20 PLC < 0.0000008 x Range 6½ Digits 25
100 PLC < 0.0000003 x Range 6½ Digits 26
200 PLC < 0.00000022 x Range 6½ Digits 26
l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture
command). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better
noise rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC, and [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:RESolution com-
mands automatically disable the aperture mode (these commands select an integration time in NPLCs). You
can use the [SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode is
currently enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the resolution to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the resolution in the form "+1.00000000E-04" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see [SENSe:]CURRent
[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value specified, not the
actual integration time.

Examples
The following command sets the measurement resolution to 100 mA on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:RES 0.1,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the resolution selected on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:DC:RES? (@1041,1042)
CURR:DC:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +1.00000000E-
Response: 04,+1.00000000E-04
0

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 537

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:NPLC

538 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the autozero mode on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_
list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

When autozero is enabled (default), the instrument internally disconnects the input signal following each
measurement, and takes a zero reading. It then subtracts the zero reading from the preceding reading. This
prevents offset voltages present on the instrument's input circuitry from affecting measurement accuracy.

When autozero is disabled, the instrument takes one zero reading and subtracts it from all subsequent
measurements. It takes a new zero reading each time you change the function, range, or integration time.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (channels 41 through 44 only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {OFF|ONCE|0|ON|1} Autozero ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). Current measurements omitted, this
are allowed only on channels 41 command applies
through 44 on the 34921A. to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l Applies to dc current measurements only.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The OFF and ONCE parameters have a similar effect. Autozero OFF does not issue a new zero measurement.
Autozero ONCE issues an immediate zero measurement.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 539

 l The autozero mode is set indirectly when you set the resolution and integration time. Autozero is auto-
matically turned off when you select an integration time less than 1 PLC.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autozero.
l The autozero setting is stored in volatile memory and will be enabled (autozero ON) when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF or ONCE) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autozero on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1. With autozero disabled, a new zero
measurement is not issued until the next time the instrument goes to the "wait-for-trigger" state.

CURR:ZERO:AUTO OFF,(@1041,1042)

The following query returns the autozero settings on channels 41 and 42 in slot 1.

CURR:ZERO:AUTO? (@1041,1042)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:CURRent[:DC]

[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO

540 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command aborts an initiated counter measurement in progress (see [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command)
on the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. This command may be useful to abort a
long internally- or externally-gated measurement.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l This command does not clear or invalidate any measurement in memory.
l Once an initiated counter measurement has been terminated, use the [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command
to resume the measurement.
l You can also use this command in the totalizer mode (see CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize command) to stop
the totalizer operation.

Examples
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to measure frequency
and then initiates the measurement. The [SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt command aborts the measurement.

CONF:COUN:FREQ 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:FREQ? (@3301,3302)
COUN:ABOR !Abort the measurement

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 541

The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 for a totalizer
operation. The [SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt command stops the totalizer operation.

CONF:COUN:TOT READ,(@3301,3302)
COUN:ABOR !Abort the totalizer operation

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate

542 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command returns the data from the last configured counter measurement on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. The results returned are based on the counter measurement function previously selected (frequency,
period, duty cycle, pulse width, or totalize).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l If the specified counter channels are currently initiated (see [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command) and are
using an internal gate source (see [SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce command), then the [SENSe:]COUNter-
:DATA? command will pend until the measurement is finished.
l When the counter takes an initiated measurement, it gathers enough information about the signal to derive
all five measurement attributes (frequency, period, duty cycle, pulse width, and totalize).
l For non-initiated totalizer measurements, the[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA? command will return the current res-
ult.

Return Format
For initiated measurements, the command returns the results in hertz (frequency), seconds (period or pulse
width), percent (duty cycle), or count (totalize). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

For totalizer measurements, the command returns an unsigned decimal value representing the count on each
totalizer channel specified (a full 32-bit count is returned). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 543

Examples
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 for frequency
measurements and reads the results.

CONF:COUN:FREQ 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:DATA? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +3.45600000E+05,+1.23400000E+05

The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 for totalizer
measurements and reads the results.

CONF:COUN:TOT READ,(@3301,3302)
COUN:DATA? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: 1.321300000E+03,3.874300000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce
[SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?

544 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command returns the duty cycle measured on the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l The duty cycle represents the amount of time per cycle that the input signal is at a high level (assuming that
the polarity is not reversed) and is expressed as a percentage. The specified counter channels must detect at
least two edges for a valid duty cycle measurement.

20% Duty Cycle 80% Duty Cycle

l If the specified channels have been configured for a totalizer measurement (see CONFig-
ure:COUNter:TOTalize command), the [SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]? command will return
"+9.91000000E+37".

Return Format
The command returns the duty cycle in percent for each counter channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 545

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 for duty cycle
measurements and reads the results.

CONF:COUN:DCYC 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:DCYC? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E+01,+5.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?

546 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command returns the frequency measured on the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l The frequency is measured as: (NumberRisingEdges – 1)/GateTime. The specified counter channels must
detect at least two edges for a valid frequency measurement. The maximum input frequency allowed is
10 MHz.
l If the specified channels have been configured for a totalizer measurement (see CONFig-
ure:COUNter:TOTalize command), the [SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]? command will return
"+9.91000000E+37".

Return Format
The command returns the frequency in hertz for each counter channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 for frequency
measurements and reads the results.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 547

 CONF:COUN:FREQ 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:FREQ? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +3.45600000E+05,+3.31300000E+05

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?

548 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion <function>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the present measurement function on the specified counter channels on the 34950A
Digital I/O Module. You can select frequency, period, duty cycle, pulse width, or totalize.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default

Value
<function> Discrete {FREQuency|PERiod|DCYCle|PWIDth|TOTalize} This is a
required
parameter
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in the form This is a
(@sccc). required
Select from s301 or s302. parameter

Remarks
l When the counter takes an initiated measurement, it gathers enough information about the signal to derive
all five measurement attributes (frequency, period, duty cycle, pulse width, and totalize).

Return Format
The query command returns "FREQ", "PER", "DCYC", "PWID", or "TOT" for the specified channels. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the period function on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3.

COUN:FUNC PER,(@3301,3302)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 549

The following command queries the function on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3.

COUN:FUNC? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: PER,PER

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize
MEASure:COUNter:DCYCle?
MEASure:COUNter:FREQuency?
MEASure:COUNter:PERiod?
MEASure:COUNter:PWIDth?
MEASure:COUNter:TOTalize?

550 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity <polarity>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the logic polarity of the Gate input line for counter operations on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module (each bank has it's own Gate input line). You can specify the gate polarity as "normal" (active high,
default) or "inverted" (active low). Changing the gate polarity while an initiated measurement is in progress (see
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command) is not allowed.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<polarity> Discrete {NORMal|INVerted} NORMal (active high)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l If you change the gate polarity while a counter operation is in progress, the count on the specified channels
will be cleared.
l The selected gate polarity is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "NORM" when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "NORM" or "INV" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 551

Examples
The following command selects an inverted gate polarity (active low) on counter channels 301 and 302 on the
module in slot 3.

COUN:GATE:POL INV,(@3301,3302)

The following query returns the gate polarity on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3.

COUN:GATE:POL? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: INV,INV

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce

552 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce <source>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the gate source for counter measurements on the 34950A Digital I/O Module (each bank
has it's own Gate input line). You can select either the internal (default) source or an external gate signal.
Changing the gate source while an initiated measurement is in progress (see [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
command) is not allowed.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<source> Discrete {INTernal|EXTernal} INTernal
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l If you change the gate polarity while a totalizing operation is in progress, the count on the specified channels
will be cleared.
l For initiated measurements (see [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command), the counter can generate its own
internally-timed gate signal. If you select the internal gate source, the counter will be triggered immediately
after the [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command is received. If you select the external gate source, the
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command initiates (arms) the measurement and a valid edge on the external Gate
line will trigger the internally-timed gate.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 553

 l For totalizer measurements with an internal gate source, the counter will continuously totalize (free-running
mode). With an external gate source, the counter will totalize only during the time from the first assertion to
the first de-assertion of the external gate signal (see diagram below).

l The selected gate source is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "INT" when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "INT" or "EXT" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command selects an external gate source on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot
3.

COUN:GATE:SOUR EXT,(@3301,3302)

The following query returns the gate source on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3.

COUN:GATE:SOUR? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: EXT,EXT

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate

554 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal] {<time>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the internal gate time for initiated measurements on the specified counter channels on the
34950A Digital I/O Module (each bank has it's own Gate input line). The specified gate time is the measurement
aperture during which the signal data is gathered. For repetitive signals, longer gate times will lead to increased
resolution for frequency, period, pulse width, and duty cycle measurements.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<time> Numeric Desired gate time between 100 ns and 1 ms
10 seconds, with 50 ns resolution.
MIN = 100 ns, MAX = 100 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l Changing the gate time while an initiated measurement is in progress (see [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate com-
mand) is not allowed.
l The selected gate time is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 1 ms when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the gate time in the form "+1.00000000E-03" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 555

Examples
The following command sets the gate time to 200 ms on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3.

COUN:GATE:TIME 200E-3,(@3301,3302)

The following query returns the threshold voltage settings on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in
slot 3.

COUN:GATE:TIME? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +2.00000000E-01,+2.00000000E-01

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate

556 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command initiates a counter measurement on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. Once the counter
measurement is initiated, gating can begin.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l If the gate source is internal (see [SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce command), the internally-timed gate and
the measurement will begin immediately. Otherwise, the external gate is used.
l To abort an initiated counter measurement in progress, use the [SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt command.
l In the totalizer mode (see CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize command), use the [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate com-
mand to resume a measurement previously aborted by the [SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt command. If the total-
izer is already running, the [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command does nothing (no error is generated).

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to measure frequency
and then initiates the measurement.

CONF:COUN:FREQ 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302) !Initiate the measurement
COUN:FREQ? (@3301,3302)

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 557

[SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command returns the period measured on the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module
(this is the reciprocal of the frequency).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l The specified counter channels must detect at least two edges for a valid period measurement.
l If the specified channels have been configured for a totalizer measurement (see CONFig-
ure:COUNter:TOTalize command), the [SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]? command will return
"+9.91000000E+37".

Return Format
The command returns the period in seconds for each counter channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 for period
measurements and reads the results.

CONF:COUN:PER 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:PER? (@3301,3302)

558 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: +2.89400000E-06,+4.83700000E-06

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 559

[SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command returns the pulse width measured on the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l The pulse width represents the amount of time per cycle that the input signal is at a high level (assuming
that the polarity is not reversed) and is expressed in seconds. If multiple pulses occur during the specified
gate time, the result will be the average width of all pulses.
l If the specified channels have been configured for a totalizer measurement (see CONFig-
ure:COUNter:TOTalize command), the [SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]? command will return
"+9.91000000E+37".

Return Format
The command returns the pulse width in seconds for each counter channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Example
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 for pulse width
measurements and reads the results.

560 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 CONF:COUN:PWID 1E-3,(@3301,3302)
COUN:INIT (@3301,3302)
COUN:PWID? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +1.44700000E-06,+3.98300000E-06

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 561

[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe <slope>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module to count on the
rising edge (positive) or falling edge (negative) of the input signal.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slope> Discrete {NEGative|POSitive} POSitive (rising edge)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l If you change the slope while a counter operation is in progress, the count on the specified channels will be
cleared.
l The selected slope is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "POS" when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "NEG" or "POS" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command configures counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to count on the
negative edge (falling) of the input signal.

COUN:SLOP NEG,(@3301,3302)

562 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following query returns the edge setting on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3.

COUN:SLOP? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: NEG,NEG

See Also
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 563

[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the input threshold voltage for the specified counter channels on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. Changing the threshold voltage while an initiated measurement is in progress (see
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate command) is not allowed.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric Desired threshold voltage between 0.8V (TTL)
0V and 3V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 0V, MAX = 3V
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter channels in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l If you change the threshold voltage while a totalizer operation is in progress, the count on the specified chan-
nels will be cleared.
l The selected threshold voltage is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 0.8V when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the threshold voltage in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

564 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command sets the threshold voltage to 1.8V on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in
slot 3.

COUN:THR:VOLT 1.8,(@3301,3302)

The following query returns the threshold voltage settings on counter channels 301 and 302 on the module in
slot 3.

COUN:THR:VOLT? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +1.80000000E+00,+1.80000000E+00

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 565

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command immediately clears the count on the specified totalizer channels on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. Clearing the count while an initiated measurement is in progress (see [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
command) is not allowed.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more totalizer channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Example
The following command clears the count on totalizer channel 301 on the module in slot 3.

COUN:TOT:CLEAR:IMM (@3301)

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?

566 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command reads the count on the specified totalizer channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. If you have
configured the count to be reset when it is read (see CONFigure:TOTalize and [SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE
commands), then this command will reset the count to "0" after it is read. The count is reset regardless of
whether the specified channels are in a scan list or even whether a scan is in progress.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more totalizer channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l The maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum
allowed value.
l If you send this command while an initiated measurement is in progress (see [SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate com-
mand), the query will wait until the measurement is complete before returning the count.
l The output from this command is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands. Depending on
the formats selected, each reading may or may not be stored with measurement units, time stamp, channel
number, and alarm status information.

Return Format
The command returns an unsigned decimal value representing the count on each totalizer channel specified (a
full 32-bit count is returned). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following command reads the count on totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 567

 COUN:TOT:DATA? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: 1.321300000E+03,3.874300000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE

568 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables or disables an automatic reset of the count on the specified totalizer channels on the
34950A Digital I/O Module. To read the totalizer during a scan without resetting the count, select the READ
parameter. To read the totalizer during a scan and reset the count to "0" after it is read, select the RRESet
parameter (this means "read and reset").

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {READ|RRESet} This is a required
parameter
<ch_list> Numeric One or more totalizer channels in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l The maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum
allowed value.

Return Format
The query command returns "READ" or "RRES" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command configures totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3 to be read without
resetting their count.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 569

 COUN:TOT:TYPE READ,(@3301,3302)

The following query returns the totalizer setting on totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the module in slot 3.

COUN:TOT:TYPE? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: READ,READ

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?

570 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:<width>]? [<format>,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command reads the specified digital input channels and sends the results directly to the instrument's
output buffer. Note that if the specified channels are presently configured as outputs, this command will return
the last value output from the channels (the channels are not reconfigured as inputs).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module (digital input channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<width> Discrete {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4} If no <width> is specified, the
BYTE (or "1" byte): 8 bits currently configured width is
WORD (or "2" bytes): 16 bits used (see
LWORd (or "4" bytes): 32 bits CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
command).
34959A: Only valid configurations
are BYTE/WORD.
<format> Discrete {DECimal|BINary|HEXadecimal|OCTa DECimal
l}
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input channels in This is a required parameter
the form (@sccc).
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004
34959A: s001 or s002

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 571

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified, the channel numbering is modified as shown below. For example, if you
specify the width as a 16-bit WORD on the 34950A, channels 101 and 102 are combined and addressed col-
lectively as channel 101.

34950A Bank 2 Bank 1

BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
(16 Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
Bits):
LWORd
(32 Ch 201 Ch 101
Bits):

34952A Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch 3 Ch 2 Ch1
Ch 4
Bits):
WORD Ch 1
(16 Ch 3
Bits):
LWORd
(32 Ch 1
Bits):

l If the specified channels are presently configured as outputs (see CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection? command),
this command will return the last value output from the channels (the channels are not reconfigured as
inputs). To reconfigure the channels as an input, use the CONFigure:DIGital:DIRectioncommand.
l On the 34950A, it is not valid to read a channel while buffered (memory) I/O is enabled (see [SENSe:]:DIGit-
al:MEMory:ENABle command). Changing the channel width will disable buffered operations and clear
memory on the specified digital channels.
l Use the [SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT? command to query the state of individual bits on the specified digital
input channels.
l The selected width is stored in volatile memory and will be set to BYTE when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
This command returns a value representing the bit pattern on each digital channel specified. Multiple responses
are separated by commas. The output from this command is not affected by the settings of the
FORMat:READing commands.

572 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following program segment configures channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3 as outputs and then
reads the output values (the channels are not reconfigured as inputs). Then, the channels are reconfigured as
inputs and the values are again read (this time, the actual inputs from the channels are returned).

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD 12364,(@3101,3103) !Channels are outputs

DIG:DATA:WORD? (@3101,3103) !Returns "12364,12364", channels remain as
outputs
CONF:DIG:DIR INP,(@3101,3103) !Channels are inputs
DIG:DATA:WORD? (@3101,3103) !Returns actual input from channels

Typical Response: 65487,64972

The following program segment queries the byte values from digital input channels 201 and 203 on the 34950A
in slot 3 and returns the corresponding hexadecimal values to the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:DIG:DIR INP,(@3201,3203) !Channels are inputs

DIG:DATA:BYTE? HEX,(@3201,3203)

Typical Response: 00F0,0060

The following program segment queries the word values from digital input channels 1 and 3 on the 34952A in
slot 5 and returns the corresponding decimal values to the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:DIG:DIR INP,(@5001,5003) !Channels are inputs

DIG:DATA:WORD? (@5001,5003)

Typical Response: 61440,65280

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT?
[SENSe:]:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 573

[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT? <bit>, (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command queries the state of individual bits on the specified digital input channels and sends the results
directly to the instrument's output buffer. Note that if the specified channels are presently configured as outputs,
this command will return the last value output from the channels (the channels are not reconfigured as inputs).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module (digital input channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<bit> Numeric Bit number on the specified channel. This is a required
The acceptable range is based on the parameter
channel width set by the
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
command.
BYTE (8 Bits): 0 (LSB) to 7 (MSB)
WORD (16 Bits): 0 (LSB) to 15 (MSB)
LWORd (32 Bits): 0 (LSB) to 31 (MSB)
34959A: Only valid configurations are
BYTE/WORD.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004
34959A: s001 or s002

574 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l If the specified channels are presently configured as outputs (see CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection? command),
this command will return the last value output from the channels (the channels are not reconfigured as
inputs). To reconfigure the channels as an input, use the CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection command.
l On the 34950A, it is not valid to read a channel while buffered (memory) I/O is enabled (see [SENSe:]:DIGit-
al:MEMory:ENABle command).

Return Format
This command returns "0" or "1" indicating the value of the bit on each digital input channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment configures channel 101 on the 34950A in slot 3 as an output and then reads the
output value (the channel is not reconfigured as an input). Then, the channel is reconfigured as an input and the
value is again read (this time, the actual input from the channel is returned).

CONF:DIG:WIDTH BYTE,(@3101) !Set channel width

SOUR:DIG:DATA:BYTE 64,(@3001) !Channel is an output
DIG:DATA:BIT? 0,(@3001) !Returns "0" for bit 0, channel remains as output
CONF:DIG:DIR INP,(@3001) !Channel is an input
DIG:DATA:BIT? 0,(@3001) !Returns actual input from bit 0

The following program segment configures channel 3 on the 34952A in slot 5 for a width of 16 bits and then
reads the value of bit 12. The value is transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@5003) !Set channel width

DIG:DATA:BIT? 12,(@5003) !Returns value of bit 12

Typical Response: 0

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
[SENSe:]:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 575

[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the input threshold voltage for the H2 handshake line on the specified bank on the 34950A
Digital I/O Module. Since handshaking is used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this
command must be directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels
involved in the channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

This command also sets the input threshold voltage for the INTR (interrupt) line on the specified bank. The INTR
line is an input when the specified channels are configured for buffered memory output operations (see
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric Desired threshold voltage between 0.8V (TTL)
0V and 5V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 0V, MAX = 5V
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

576 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l The behavior of the three handshake lines depends on whether buffered memory output operations are
enabled (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command).

H0 Line H1 Line H2 Line

Unbuffered Transfers I/O Direction Strobe (output) Not Used (Hi-Z)
(output)
Buffered Transfers Start/Stop (output) Strobe (output) Input Strobe
(input)

l If desired, you can use the CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake command to select all of the handshake line para-
meters with one command. Use this command to select the input threshold voltage, output logic "1" voltage
level, and logic polarity.
l The selected threshold voltage is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 0.8V when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the threshold voltage in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment downloads and outputs a "walking ones" pattern from channel 101 on the
module in slot 3. The length of the trace is set to 32 samples. In addition, the cycle count is set to output the
complete trace three times. Once memory is enabled, a software trigger is used to trigger the memory output.
Once the trace pattern is configured and assigned to the channel, the handshake threshold voltage is set to
1.8V.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 3,(@3101) !Output complete trace 3 times
TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),WONES,PATTERN_1,32 !Download "walking ones" pattern
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC PATTERN_1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable memory on channel 101
DIG:HAND:THR 1.8,(@3101) !Set handshake threshold voltage to 1.8V
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Trigger memory output

The following query returns the threshold voltage settings on channel 101 on the module in slot 3.

DIG:HAND:THR? (@3101)

Typical Response: +1.80000000E+00

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 577

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

578 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the hardware INTR (interrupt) lineas an output on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. The INTR line is an output when the specified channels are configured for buffered memory input
operations (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command). Since interrupts are used for transfers involving
the first channel on a bank only, this command must be directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201
only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command). You
can send this command at any time, but the setting applies only if buffered memory input operations are
enabled.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (disabled)
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l During buffered memory input operations, the INTR line is an output and will be asserted when a pattern
match is found or when memory is full (see [SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE command).
l The INTR lines and handshake lines (H0, H1, and H2) on each bank share their input threshold and output
level setting. See the [SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold command to set the input threshold voltage
(the INTR line is an input when the specified channels are configured for buffered memory output
operations). See the SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel command to set the output voltage level (the INTR
line is an output when the specified channels are configured for buffered memory input operations).
l The instrument disables interrupts after a Factory Reset (*RST command) and sets the INTR line to a high-
impedance state. An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON com-
mand) does not change the status of the interrupt lines.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 579

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment enables outputs from the INTR line on channels 101 and 201 in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered read
DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable interrupt output

The following query returns the interrupt settings on channels 101 and 201 in slot 3.

DIG:INT:ENAB? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel

580 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the condition to be reported by the hardware INTR (interrupt) line on the 34950A Digital
I/O Module (one INTR line per bank). When buffered memory input operations are enabled on the specified bank
(see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command), you can use the INTR line to provide a hardware indication
that either memory is full (default) or a valid pattern match has been detected. The INTR line will be asserted
when the selected condition is true, and will be de-asserted as soon as the condition goes false.

Since interrupts are used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command must be directed
to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel width (see
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command). You can send this command at any time, but the setting applies only if
buffered memory input operations are enabled and interrupts are enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt
[:ENABle] command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {MFULl|COMPare} MFULl (memory full)
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l If the I NTR line is enabled and the mode is set to COMPare (pattern match), an i nterrupt will be generated
when a pattern match is detected on the specified channels (see CALCulate:COMPare:DATA[:<width>] com-
mand). Note that the pattern comparison mode will generate hardware interrupts even if the pattern com-
pare mode is disabled (see CALCulate:COMPare:STATe command).

l The instrument disables interrupts after a Factory Reset (*RST command) and sets the INTR line to a high-
impedance state. An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON com-
mand) does not change the setting.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 581

Return Format
The query command returns "MFUL" or "COMP" for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following program segment configures the module in slot 3 for one 16-bit word and enables the buffered
memory input mode with a sample count of 250 read operations. When memory becomes full, a hardware
interrupt will be generated on the INTR line (Bank 1).

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUNT 250,(@3101) !Sample count is 250 read operations
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable buffered memory mode
DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Start buffered read operation
DIG:INT:MODE MFUL,(@3101) !Select "memory full" interrupt
DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable interrupts (Bank 1)

The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the module in slot 3 and then enables the pattern
comparison mode. When the data read from the bank is equal to the comparison pattern, a hardware interrupt
will be generated on the INTR line (Bank 2).

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3201) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3201) !Enable buffered memory mode
CALC:COMP:DATA:BYTE 140,(@3201) !Set comparison pattern (1000 1100)
DIG:INT:MODE COMP,(@3201) !Interrupt on pattern match
DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3201) !Enables interrupts on channel 101
DIG:INT:MODE COMP,(@3201) !Select "compare" interrupt
DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3201) !Enable interrupts (Bank 2)

The following query returns the interrupt mode settings on channels 101 and 201 in slot 3.

DIG:INT:MODE? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: MFUL,COMP

See Also
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA[:<width>]
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

582 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command queries the hardware INTR (interrupt) line on the 34950A Digital I/O Module and returns the
current status. Since interrupts are used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command
must be directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the
channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l The instrument disables interrupts after a Factory Reset (*RST command) and sets the INTR line to a high-
impedance state. An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON com-
mand) does not change the status of the interrupt lines.

Return Format
The command returns "1" if the INTR line is enabled and asserted. Returns "0" if the INTR line disabled or de-
asserted. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following query returns the status of the INTR lines on channel 101 (Bank 1) and channel 201 (Bank 2) in slot
3.

DIG:INT:STAT? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: 1,1

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 583

See Also
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]

584 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command clears the memory for buffered inputoperations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. You can
execute this command while a buffered input operation is in progress. The width of the first channel in each bank
(i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x
32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be configured as an input prior to starting a buffered read
(see CONFigure:DIGital command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l To perform a non-destructive read of data in memory, use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]? command.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 585

Example
The following command clears memory on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3.

DIG:MEM:CLE (@3101,3201)

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?

586 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command starts or stops a buffered (memory) input operation when a pattern comparison is found on the
34950A Digital I/O Module. This command is used in conjunction with the CALCulate:COMPare commands to
configure the pattern comparison parameters. The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and
201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel
on the specified bank must be configured as an input prior to starting a buffered read (see CONFigure:DIGital
command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {CONTinue|STARt|STOP} CONTinue (state of
buffered read is not
affected upon pattern
match)
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 587

 LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l Pattern comparisons are performed on a per-bank basis (i.e., the entire bank is reserved for the pattern com-
parison). For example, if you are using channels 101 and 102 for pattern comparison and then perform a
static read of channel 103, the module will perform a pattern comparison on channels 101 and 102.
l If a buffered input operation is already running, any extraneous "start" requests upon pattern match will be
ignored. If a buffered input operation is already stopped, any extraneous "stop" requests upon pattern match
will be ignored.
l Pattern comparisons can be performed with or without handshaking (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
command). If you are using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated with each handshaking
operation. If you are not using handshaking, the specified digital pattern is evaluated continuously as soon as
you enable the pattern comparison mode.
l The selected setting is stored in volatile memory and will be set to CONTinue when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "CONT", "STAR", or "STOP" for each channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the module in slot 3 and then enables the pattern
comparison mode. When the data read from the bank is equal to the comparison pattern, a buffered read is
initiated. In this example, handshaking is not used.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH BYTE,(@3101,3201) !Width = 8 bits

CALC:COMP:DATA:BYTE 140,(@3101,3201) !Set comparison pattern (1000 1100)
CALC:COMP:STAT ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable pattern comparison mode
DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 200,(@3101,3201) !Sample count = 200
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered reads
DIG:MEM:COMP:ACT STAR,(@3101,3201) !Start buffered read upon match

The following query returns the pattern comparison setting on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3.

DIG:MEM:COMP:ACT? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: STAR,STAR

See Also
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe

588 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 589

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]? <index>, <count>, (@<channel>)

Description
This command performs a non-destructive read of data stored in memory from a buffered input operation on the
34950A Digital I/O Module. The specified number of samples are read, starting at the specified index (the oldest
data is stored at index "0"). This command is not valid while buffered operations are enabled (see
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command).

The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory
operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be
configured as an input prior to starting a buffered read (see CONFigure:DIGital command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<index> Numeric Desired starting index. Specify any This is a required
value between 0 (oldest data) and parameter
the most-recently acquired data in
memory.
Note that since memory is zero-
based, the valid range for <index> is
as follows:
BYTE: 0 through 65534
WORD: 0 through 65534
LWORd: 0 through 32766
<count> Numeric Desired number of samples to be This is a required
read. parameter
<channel> Numeric One channel in the form (@sccc). This is a required
Select from s101 or s201. parameter

590 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l The sum of the count and the index must be less than the number of captured sample points (see
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts? command).
l To read alldata stored in memory from a buffered input operation, use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory
[:DATA]:ALL? command.
l To clear the memory, use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar command.
l When reading data from memory, you can specify the byte order (NORMal or SWAPped) using the
FORMat:BORDer command.

Return Format
This command returns the specified number of samples. Use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat
command to select a comma-separated ASCII ("LIST") format or a floating-point IEEE-488.2 Binary Block
("BLOCk") format.

Example
The following program segment enables a buffered read on channel 101 on the module in slot 3 and then reads
the data from memory.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 20,(@3101) !Sample count = 20
DIG:MEM:FORM LIST !Format = ASCII list
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable buffered read
DIG:MEM:STAR (@3101) !Start buffered read
<Wait for sample count to be satisfied>
DIG:MEM:ENAB OFF,(@3101) !Disable buffered read
DIG:MEM? 0,2,(@3101) !Read 2 samples from memory

Typical Response: 61440,65280

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 591

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
FORMat:BORDer
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt

592 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL? (@<channel>)

Description
This command performs a non-destructive read of all data stored in memory from a buffered input operation on
the 34950A Digital I/O Module. The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls
the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the
specified bank must be configured as an input prior to starting a buffered read (see CONFigure:DIGital
command).

This command is not valid while buffered operations are enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form (@sccc). This is a required
Select from s101 or s201. parameter

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l To read a specific number of samples from memory, use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]? command.
l To clear the memory, use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar command.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 593

 l When reading data from memory, you can specify the byte order (NORMal or SWAPped) using the
FORMat:BORDer command.

Return Format
This command returns all data stored in memory on the specified channel. Use [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory
[:DATA]:FORMat command to select a comma-separated ASCII ("LIST") format or a floating-point IEEE-488.2
Binary Block ("BLOCk") format.

Example
The following program segment enables a buffered read on channel 101 on the module in slot 3 and then reads
the data from memory.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 20,(@3101) !Sample count = 20
DIG:MEM:FORM LIST !Format = ASCII list
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable buffered read
DIG:MEM:STAR (@3101) !Start buffered read
<Wait for sample count to be satisfied>
DIG:MEM:ENAB OFF,(@3101) !Disable buffered read
DIG:MEM:ALL? (@3101) !Read all samples from memory

Typical Response: 61440,65280, ...

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
FORMat:BORDer
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt

594 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat <mode>

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat?

Description
This command selects the format for data returned by buffered input operations on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. This command applies to the data returned by the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]? and
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL? commands. Select the "LIST" parameter (default) to return data in
comma-separated ASCII format. Select the "BLOCk" format to return data in floating-point IEEE-488.2 Binary
Block ("BLOCk") format.

This command applies to the entire mainframe and cannot be selectively used on
individual channels or modules.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {LIST|BLOCk} LIST

Remarks
l The format setting is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns "LIST" or "BLOC".

Examples
The following program segment enables a buffered read on channel 101 on the module in slot 3 and selects the
IEEE-488.2 binary block format.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 595

 CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits
DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 20,(@3101) !Sample count = 20
DIG:MEM:FORM BLOC !Format = Binary block
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable buffered read
DIG:MEM:STAR (@3101) !Start buffered read
<Wait for entire buffered read to complete>
DIG:MEM? 0,2,(@3101) !Read the first two samples in memory

The following query returns the format currently selected.

DIG:MEM:FORM?

Typical Response: BLOC

See Also
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?

596 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts? [MAX,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command returns the number of samples currently stored in memory from a buffered input operation on the
specified channels on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. You can use the optional MAX parameter to query the
maximum number of samples that can be stored in memory for the configured width. You can execute this query
at any time.

The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory
operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be
configured as an input prior to starting a buffered read (see CONFigure:DIGital command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 597

 l For 8- and 16-bit widths, the maximum sample count allowed is 65535. For 32-bit widths, the maximum is
32767 samples.

Return Format
The query command returns the number of samples in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following command returns the number of samples currently stored in memory on channels 101 and 201 on
the module in slot 3.

DIG:MEM:POIN? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: +2.00000000E+02,+2.00000000E+02

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt

598 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables buffered (memory) input operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. This command
clears memory, applies the specified sample count (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt command),
and places the specified channels in the wait-for-trigger state. The first channel on the specified bank must be
configured as an input prior to starting a buffered read (see CONFigure:DIGital command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (disabled)

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 599

 l Once memory is enabled, send the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt or [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP com-
mand to start the buffered read.
l If memory is currently disabled, sending the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt command will enable memory
and start the buffered read.
l Changing the direction will disable buffered operations on the specified digital channels. In addition,
changing the channel width will disable buffered operations and clear memory on the specified digital chan-
nels.
l The instrument disables buffered memory after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment enables buffered reads on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 200,(@3101,3201) !Sample count = 200
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered reads
DIG:MEM:STAR (@3101,3201) !Start buffered reads

The following query returns the memory setting.

DIG:MEM:ENAB? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP

600 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command performs a non-destructive read of the triggering pattern that started a buffered input operation
on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. The response from this command is valid only if a start-on-pattern-match
trigger has occurred (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l To read a specific number of samples in memory from a buffered input operation, use the [SENSe:]DIGit-
al:MEMory[:DATA]? command. Note that the response from this command does not return the triggering pat-
tern.
l To read alldata stored in memory from a buffered input operation, use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 601

 [:DATA]:ALL? command. Note that the response from this command does not return the triggering pattern.
l To clear the memory, use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar command.

Return Format
This command returns the triggering pattern that started a buffered input operation.

Example
The following program segment sets the digital pattern for the module in slot 3 and then enables the pattern
comparison mode. When the data read from the bank is equal to the comparison pattern, a buffered read is
initiated. In this example, handshaking is not used.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH BYTE,(@3101,3201) !Width = 8 bits

CALC:COMP:DATA:BYTE 140,(@3101,3201) !Set comparison pattern (1000 1100)
CALC:COMP:STAT ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable pattern comparison mode
DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 200,(@3101,3201) !Sample count = 200
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered reads
DIG:MEM:COMP:ACT STAR,(@3101,3201) !Start buffered read upon match
<Wait for pattern match>
DIG:MEM:MATC? (@3101,3201) !Read triggering pattern

Typical Response: 140,140

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?

602 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the number of samples to capture for buffered (memory) input operations on the 34950A
Digital I/O Module. The specified sample count can be set at any time, but it will not take effect until the next
time you enable memory (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command). The width of the first channel in each
bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or
32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be configured as an input prior to starting a buffered
read (see CONFigure:DIGital command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<count> Numeric Desired sample count between 1 and 0 (continuous)
65535 (for 8- and 16-bit widths) or
32767 (for 32-bit widths).
MIN = 1, MAX = 65535 (32767 for 32-
bit widths), INF = continuous
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 603

 WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l If you specify an infinite sample count (default, INFinity or "0"), the bank will continue to capture data until
you perform a stop operation using the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP command. If memory overflows, the
newest data will overwrite the first (oldest) data stored. The most recent data is always preserved.
l After specifying the desired sample count, you can use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt command to
start the buffered input operation.
l For buffered input transfers, the oldest data is stored at index zero (0). You can use the [SENSe:]DIGit-
al:MEMory[:DATA]? command to perform a non-destructive read of the data stored in memory. Or, use the
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar command to clear the memory.
l You can use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts? command to read the number of samples cur-
rently stored in memory.
l The selected sample count is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 0 (continuous) when power is
turned off or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the sample count for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by
commas. For a continuous count ("0" or INFinity), the query command returns "0".

Examples
The following program segment sets the sample count on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 200,(@3101,3201) !Sample count = 200
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered reads
DIG:MEM:STAR (@3101,3201) !Start buffered reads

The following query returns the sample count on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3.

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: 200,200

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?

604 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 605

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command starts buffered (memory) input operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. If memory is
currently disabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command), this command will enable memory and
start the buffered read. The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width
of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank
must be configured as an input prior to starting a buffered read (see CONFigure:DIGital command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l You can also use this command to resume a stopped buffered read (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP com-
mand).

606 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you are using handshaking (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake command), the buffered read will start
when the handshake occurs following the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt command.
l This command overrides the pattern comparison mode (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion com-
mand); therefore, you can use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt command to start the buffered read even
if the bank is configured to start on a pattern compare.
l You can use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar command prior to sending the [SENSe:]DIGit-
al:MEMory:STARt command to clear the memory and start the buffered read from the beginning.
l If you send this command while a buffered read is already running, additional [SENSe:]DIGit-
al:MEMory:STARt commands are ignored (no error is generated).

Example
The following program segment configures a buffered read on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3 and
then starts the read.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 200,(@3101,3201) !Sample count = 200
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered reads
DIG:MEM:STAR (@3101,3201) !Start buffered reads

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 607

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command reads one sample into buffered memory on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. If memory is currently
disabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command), this command will enable memory and step once
(one sample is stored in memory). The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201)
controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on
the specified bank must be configured as an input prior to starting a buffered read (see CONFigure:DIGital
command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l If you are using handshaking (see CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake command), the buffered read will start
when the handshake occurs following the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP command.

608 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l This command overrides the pattern comparison mode (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion com-
mand); therefore, you can use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP command to step once if the bank is con-
figured to start on a pattern compare.

l If you send this command while a buffered read i s already running, it will stop memory and step once. To
resume a stopped buffered read, send the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt command.

Example
The following program segment configures a buffered read on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3 and
then reads one sample into memory.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 200,(@3101,3201) !Sample count = 200
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered reads
DIG:MEM:STEP (@3101,3201) !Read one sample into memory per channel

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:MATCh[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 609

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command stops a buffered (memory) input operation in progress on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. To
resume a stopped buffered read, send the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt command. The width of the first
channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K
x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be configured as an input prior to
starting a buffered read (see CONFigure:DIGital command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), the channel numbering is mod-
ified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102 are
combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l This command overrides the pattern comparison mode (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion com-
mand); therefore, you can use the [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP command to stop the buffered read if the
bank is configured to stop on a pattern compare.

610 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following program segment starts a buffered read on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3 and then
stops the read.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:SAMP:COUN 200,(@3101,3201) !Sample count = 200
DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered reads
DIG:MEM:STAR (@3101,3201) !Start buffered reads
DIG:MEM:STOP (@3101,3201) !Stop buffered reads

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 611

[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the input threshold voltage for digital input operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module.
You can send this command at any time, but the setting applies only to input channels.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric Desired threshold voltage between 0.8V (TTL)
0V and 5V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 0V, MAX = 5V
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital input channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 through s104, s201
through s204.

Remarks
l The selected threshold voltage applies to the specified channel, independent of the current channel width
(see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command.
l The selected threshold voltage is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 0.8V when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the threshold voltage in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the threshold voltage to 1.8V on channels 101 and 103 on the module in slot 3.

612 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 DIG:DATA:THR 1.8,(@3101,3103)

The following query returns the threshold voltage settings on channels 101 and 103 on the module in slot 3.

DIG:DATA:THR? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: +1.80000000E+00,+1.80000000E+00

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 613

[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage] {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, <slot>

[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]? [{MIN|MAX},] <slot>

Description
This command sets the external gate threshold voltage for both counters on the 34950A Digital I/O Module
(both banks share the same threshold).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric Desired threshold voltage between 0.8V (TTL)
0V and 3V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 0V, MAX = 3V
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l To select the external gate source, use the [SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce command.
l To select the logic polarity for an external gate signal, use the [SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity command.
l The selected threshold voltage is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 0.8V when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the gate threshold voltage in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for the specified slot.

Examples
The following command sets the gate threshold voltage to 1.8V on the module in slot 3.

MOD:COUN:GATE:THR 1.8,3

614 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following query returns the gate threshold voltage setting on the module in slot 3.

MOD:COUN:GATE:THR? 3

Typical Response: +1.80000000E+00

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 615

[SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command immediately clears the count on the specified counter/totalizer channels.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter/totalizer This is a required
channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Example
The following command clears the count on totalizer channel 5 on the 34952A in slot 5.

TOT:CLEAR:IMM (@5005)

See Also
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?

616 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command reads the count on the specified totalizer channels. If you have configured the count to be reset
when it is read (see CONFigure:TOTalize and [SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE commands), then this command will reset
the count to "0" after it is read. The count is reset regardless of whether the specified channels are in a scan list
or even whether a scan is in progress.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter/totalizer This is a required
channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Remarks
l The maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum
allowed value.
l The output from this command is affected by the settings of the FORMat:READing commands. Depending on
the formats selected, each reading may or may not be stored with measurement units, time stamp, channel
number, and alarm status information.

Return Format
The command returns an unsigned decimal value representing the count on each totalizer channel specified (a
full 32-bit count is returned). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command reads the count on totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the 34950A in slot 3.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 617

 TOT:DATA? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: 1.321300000E+03,3.874300000E+03

The following command reads the count on totalizer channel 5 on the 34952A in slot 5.

TOT:DATA? (@5005)

Typical Response: 5.764300000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:TOTalize
[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE

618 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe <slope>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the specified totalizer channels to count on the rising edge (positive) or falling edge
(negative) of the input signal.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slope> Discrete {NEGative|POSitive} POSitive (rising edge)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter/totalizer This is a required
channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Remarks
l The selected slope is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "POS" when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "NEG" or "POS" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command configures totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the 34950A in slot 3 to count on the
negative edge (falling) of the input signal.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 619

 TOT:SLOP NEG,(@3301,3302)

The following query returns the edge setting on totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the 34950A in slot 3.

TOT:SLOP? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: NEG,NEG

See Also
[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe

620 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE] <threshold>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command configures the threshold at which an edge is detected on the specified totalizer channels. Select
"AC" to detect changes through 0 volts or "TTL" (default) to detect changes through TTL threshold levels.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<threshold> Discrete {AC|TTL} TTL
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter/totalizer This is a required
channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Remarks
l The selected threshold is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "TTL" when power is turned off or after
a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "AC" or "TTL" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 621

Examples
The following command configures totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the 34950A in slot 3 to use an AC
threshold.

TOT:THR AC,(@3301,3302)

The following query returns the threshold setting on totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the 34950A in slot 3.

TOT:THR? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: AC,AC

622 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the input threshold voltage for the specified totalizer channels on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric Desired threshold voltage between 2.5V (TTL)
0V and 3V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 0V, MAX = 3V
<ch_list> Numeric One or more totalizer channels in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s301 or s302.

Remarks
l If you change the threshold voltage while a totalizer operation is in progress, the count on the specified chan-
nels will be cleared.
l The selected threshold voltage is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 2.5V when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the threshold voltage in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 623

Examples
The following command sets the threshold voltage to 1.8V on totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the module in
slot 3.

TOT:THR:VOLT 1.8,(@3301,3302)

The following query returns the threshold voltage settings on totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the module in
slot 3.

TOT:THR:VOLT? (@3301,3302)

Typical Response: +1.80000000E+00,+1.80000000E+00

See Also
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe
[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage

624 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables or disables an automatic reset of the count on the specified totalizer channels. To read
the totalizer during a scan without resetting the count, select the READ parameter. To read the totalizer during a
scan and reset the count to "0" after it is read, select the RRESet parameter (this means "read and reset").

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (counter channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {READ|RRESet} This is a required
parameter
<ch_list> Numeric One or more counter/totalizer This is a required
channels in the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s301, s302
34952A: s005

Remarks
l The maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum
allowed value.

Return Format
The query command returns "READ" or "RRES" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 625

Examples
The following command configures totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the 34950A in slot 3 to be read without
resetting their count.

TOT:TYPE READ,(@3009,3010)

The following query returns the totalizer setting on totalizer channels 301 and 302 on the 34950A in slot 3.

TOT:TYPE? (@3009,3010)

Typical Response: READ,READ

See Also
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?

626 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the aperture time (also called gate time) for frequency measurements on the specified
channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent
of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Discrete Desired gate time in seconds: 100 ms
10 ms (4½ digits, MIN)
100 ms (5½ digits)
1 second (6½ digits, MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For the <seconds> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the lowest accuracy; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
highest accuracy.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since frequency and period are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one function will
also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]PERiod:APERture command).
l The instrument sets the aperture time to 100 ms after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 627

Return Format
The query command returns the aperture time in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the gate time to 10 ms on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FREQ:APER 10E-03,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the gate time selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FREQ:APER? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E-02,+1.00000000E-02

See Also
CONFigure:FREQuency

628 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer {<timeout>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
The instrument uses three different timeout ranges for frequency measurements. The instrument selects the
slow (3 Hz), medium (20 Hz), or fast (200 Hz) measurement timeout based on the input frequency that you
specify with this command for the selected channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command
applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<timeout> Discrete {3|20|200} 20 Hz (medium)
MIN = 3 Hz (slow), MAX = 200 Hz
(fast)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l Applies to frequency measurements only.
l For the <timeout> parameter, specify the lowest frequency expected in the input signal on the specified chan-
nels. The instrument selects the appropriate measurement timeout based on the frequency you specify.

Input Frequency Timeout

3 Hz to 300 kHz (Slow) 1 second
20 Hz to 300 kHz (Medium) 100 ms

200 Hz to 300 kHz (Fast) 10 ms

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 629

 l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically select the 20 Hz (medium) timeout.
l The instrument selects the medium timeout (20 Hz) after a Factory Reset ( *RST command). An Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "3" (slow), "20" (medium), or "200" (fast) for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the slow filter (3 Hz) on channel 3 in slot 1.

FREQ:RANG:LOW 3,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the timeout settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FREQ:RANG:LOW? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 3,3

See Also
CONFigure:FREQuency

630 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe {<voltage_range>|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the voltage range for frequency measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage_ Discrete Desired range in volts: This is a required
range> 100 mV (MIN) parameter
1V
10 V
100 V
300 V (MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Selecting a discrete range will disable autoranging on the specified channels.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l Since frequency and period are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one function will
also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe com-
mand).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 631

 l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the voltage range in the form "+1.00000000E+01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the 10 volt range for frequency measurements on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FREQ:VOLT:RANG 10,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the voltage range selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FREQ:VOLT:RANG? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+01,+1.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure:FREQuency
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO

632 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables voltage autoranging for frequency measurements on the specified channels.
Autoranging is convenient because the instrument automatically selects the range for each measurement based
on the input signal detected. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Autorange ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted, this
(@sccc). command applies to the
internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l With autoranging enabled, the instrument selects one of the following ranges based on the input signal
detected:

100 mV, 1 V, 10 V, 100 V, 300 V

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 633

 l Selecting a discrete range (see [SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe command) will disable autoranging
on the specified channels.
l Since frequency and period are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one function will
also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]PERi-
od:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO command).
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autoranging on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FREQ:VOLT:RANG:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the autoranging settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FREQ:VOLT:RANG:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:FREQuency
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe

634 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]PERiod:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the aperture time (also called gate time) for period measurements on the specified
channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent
of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Discrete Desired gate time in seconds: 100 ms
10 ms (4½ digits, MIN)
100 ms (5½ digits)
1 second (6½ digits, MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For the <seconds> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the lowest accuracy; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
highest accuracy.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since frequency and period are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one function will
also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]FREQuency:APERture com-
mand).
l The instrument sets the aperture time to 100 ms after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 635

Return Format
The query command returns the aperture time in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the gate time to 10 ms on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

PER:APER 10E-03,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the gate time selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

PER:APER? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E-02,+1.00000000E-02

See Also
CONFigure:PERiod

636 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe {<voltage_range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the voltage range for period measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage_ Discrete Desired range in volts: This is a required
range> 100 mV (MIN) parameter
1V
10 V
100 V
300 V (MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Selecting a discrete range will disable autoranging on the specified channels.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l Since frequency and period are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one function will
also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe
command).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 637

 l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the voltage range in the form "+1.00000000E+01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the 10 volt range for period measurements on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

PER:VOLT:RANG 10,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the voltage range selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

PER:VOLT:RANG? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+01,+1.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure:PERiod
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO

638 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables voltage autoranging for period measurements on the specified channels.
Autoranging is convenient because the instrument automatically selects the range for each measurement based
on the input signal detected. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Autorange ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l With autoranging enabled, the instrument selects one of the following ranges based on the input signal
detected:

100 mV, 1 V, 10 V, 100 V, 300 V

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 639

 l Selecting a discrete range (see [SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe command) will disable autoranging on the
specified channels.
l Since frequency and period are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one function will
also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see
[SENSe:]FREQuency:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO command).
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autoranging on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

PER:VOLT:RANG:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the autoranging settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

PER:VOLT:RANG:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:PERiod
[SENSe:]FREQuency:RANGe:LOWer
[SENSe:]PERiod:VOLTage:RANGe

640 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command enables the aperture mode and sets the integration time in seconds (called aperture time) for 4-
wire resistance measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this
command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

You should use this command only when you want precise control of the integration
time of the internal DMM. Otherwise, specifying integration time using NPLC (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC command) executes faster and offers better noise rejection
characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric Desired aperture time in seconds Aperture disabled.
between 300 µs and 1 second,
with 4 µs resolution.
MIN = 300 µs, MAX = 1 second
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 641

Remarks
l For the <seconds> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the lowest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
highest resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]RESistance:APERture
command).
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC, and [SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution commands
disable the aperture time mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles).
You can use the [SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode
is currently enabled or disabled.
l The aperture mode is disabled after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the aperture time in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently disabled (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command enables the aperture mode and sets the aperture time to 300 ms on channels 3 and 13
in slot 1. For this 4-wire measurement, the instrument automatically pairs these channels in Bank 1 with the
corresponding channels in Bank 2.

FRES:APER 300E-03,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the aperture time selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

642 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 FRES:APER? (@1003,1013)
FRES:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is enabled ("1")

Typical +3.00000000E-
Response: 01,+3.00000000E-01
1

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 643

[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command queries whether the aperture mode is enabled or disabled for 4-wire resistance measurements
on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled? command).
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).

644 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC, and [SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution commands
disable the aperture time mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" is the aperture mode is disabled or "1" if the aperture mode is enabled for each
channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following command returns the state of the aperture mode on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FRES:APER:ENAB? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 645

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command sets the integration time in number of power line cycles (PLCs) on the specified channels.
Integration time affects the measurement resolution (for better resolution, use a longer integration time) and
measurement speed (for faster measurements, use a shorter integration time). If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<PLCs> Discrete {0.02|0.2|1|2|10|20|100|200} 1 PLC
MIN = 0.02 PLC, MAX = 200 PLC
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC
command).

646 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l Setting the integration time also sets the resolution for the measurement. Click here to see the relationship
between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.
l The specified integration time is used for all measurements on the selected channels. If you have applied
Mx+B scaling or have assigned alarms to the selected channel, those measurements are also made using the
specified integration time. Measurements taken during the Monitor function also use the specified integ-
ration time.
l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture
command). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better
noise rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC, and [SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution commands
disable the aperture time mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles).
You can use the [SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode
is currently enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the integration time to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the integration time in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command set the integration time to 0.2 PLCs on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. For this 4-wire
measurement, the instrument automatically pairs these channels in Bank 1 with the corresponding channels in
Bank 2.

FRES:NPLC 0.2,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the integration time settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 647

 FRES:NPLC? (@1003,1013)
FRES:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +2.00000000E-
Response: 01,+2.00000000E-01
0

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution

648 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
Offset compensation removes the effects of any dc voltages in the circuit being measured. The technique
involves taking the difference between two resistance measurements on the specified channels, one with the
current source turned on and one with the current source turned off. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF|0
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Once enabled, offset compensation is applied to both 2-wire and 4-wire resistance measurements on the
specified channels.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 649

 l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see
[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated command).
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable offset compensation.
l The instrument disables offset compensation after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables offset compensation on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. For this 4-wire
measurement, the instrument automatically pairs these channels in Bank 1 with the corresponding channels in
Bank 2.

FRES:OCOM ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the offset compensation settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FRES:OCOM? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance

650 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement range for 4-wire resistance measurements on the specified channels. If
you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any
channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Discrete Desired range in ohms: This is a required
100Ω (MIN) parameter
1 kΩ
10 kΩ
100 kΩ
1 MΩ
10 MΩ
100 MΩ (MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 651

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Selecting a discrete range will disable autoranging on the specified channels (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO command).
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe
command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the range in the form "+1.00000000E+03" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the 10 kΩ range on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. For this 4-wire measurement,
the instrument automatically pairs these channels in Bank 1 with the corresponding channels in Bank 2.

FRES:RANG 10E+3,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the range selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FRES:RANG? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+04,+1.00000000E+04

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance

652 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 653

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables autoranging for 4-wire resistance measurements on the specified channels.
Autoranging is convenient because the instrument automatically selects the range for each measurement based
on the input signal detected. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Autorange ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).

654 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO command).
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l With autoranging enabled, the instrument selects one of the following ranges based on the input signal
detected:

100Ω, 1 kΩ, 10 kΩ, 100 kΩ, 1 MΩ, 10 MΩ, 100 MΩ

l Selecting a discrete range (see [SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe command) will disable autoranging on the spe-
cified channels.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autoranging on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. For this 4-wire measurement, the
instrument automatically pairs these channels in Bank 1 with the corresponding channels in Bank 2.

FRES:RANG:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the autoranging settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FRES:RANG:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 655

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe

656 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution {<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement resolution for 4-wire resistance measurements on the specified
channels. Specify the resolution in the same units as the selected measurement function, not in number of
digits. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer
l 34925A FET Multiplexer (differential mode only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in ohms. 0.000003 x Range (1
PLC)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A, 34925A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense con-
nections. For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and
the sense connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel
in Bank 1 (source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 657

 l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l For the <resolution> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the highest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
least resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]RESistance:RESolu-
tion command).
l Setting the resolution also sets the integration time for the measurement. The following table shows the rela-
tionship between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.

Integration Resolution Digits Bits

Time
0.02 PLC < 0.0001 x Range 4½ Digits 15
0.2 PLC < 0.00001 x Range 5½ Digits 18
1 PLC < 0.000003 x Range 5½ Digits 20
2 PLC < 0.0000022 x Range 6½ Digits 21
10 PLC < 0.000001 x Range 6½ Digits 24
20 PLC < 0.0000008 x Range 6½ Digits 25
100 PLC < 0.0000003 x Range 6½ Digits 26
200 PLC < 0.00000022 x Range 6½ Digits 26
l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture
command). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better
noise rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC, and [SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolution commands
disable the aperture time mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles).
You can use the [SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode
is currently enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the resolution to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the resolution in the form "+1.00000000E+02" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

658 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command sets the measurement resolution to 100Ω on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. For this 4-wire
measurement, the instrument automatically pairs these channels in Bank 1 with the corresponding channels in
Bank 2.

FRES:RES 100,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the resolution selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

FRES:RES? (@1003,1013)
FRES:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +1.00000000E+02,+1.00000000E
Response: +02
0

See Also
CONFigure:FRESistance
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 659

[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command enables the aperture mode and sets the integration time in seconds (called aperture time) for 2-
wire resistance measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this
command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

You should use this command only when you want precise control of the integration
time of the internal DMM. Otherwise, specifying integration time using NPLC (see
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC command) executes faster and offers better noise rejection
characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric Desired aperture time in seconds Aperture disabled.
between 300 µs and 1 second,
with 4 µs resolution.
MIN = 300 µs, MAX = 1 second
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For the <seconds> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the lowest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
highest resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

660 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture command).
l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC, and [SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution commands dis-
able the aperture mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles). You can
use the [SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode is currently
enabled or disabled.
l The aperture mode is disabled after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the aperture time in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently disabled (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command enables the aperture mode and sets the aperture time to 300 ms on channels 3 and 13
in slot 1.

RES:APER 300E-03,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the aperture time selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:APER? (@1003,1013)
RES:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is enabled ("1")

Typical +3.00000000E-
Response: 01,+3.00000000E-01
1

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 661

[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command queries whether the aperture mode is enabled or disabled for 2-wire resistance measurements
on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:APERture:ENABled? command).
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC, and [SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution commands dis-
able the aperture mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" is the aperture mode is disabled or "1" if the aperture mode is enabled for each
channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following command returns the state of the aperture mode on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:APER:ENAB? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

662 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 663

[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command sets the integration time in number of power line cycles (PLCs) on the specified channels.
Integration time affects the measurement resolution (for better resolution, use a longer integration time) and
measurement speed (for faster measurements, use a shorter integration time). If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<PLCs> Discrete {0.02|0.2|1|2|10|20|100|200} 1 PLC
MIN = 0.02 PLC, MAX = 200 PLC
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]FRESistance:NPLC
command).
l Setting the integration time also sets the resolution for the measurement. Click here to see the relationship
between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.

664 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The specified integration time is used for all measurements on the selected channels. If you have applied
Mx+B scaling or have assigned alarms to the selected channel, those measurements are also made using the
specified integration time. Measurements taken during the Monitor function also use the specified integ-
ration time.
l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]RESistance:APERture com-
mand). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better noise
rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC, and [SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution commands dis-
able the aperture mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles). You can
use the [SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode is currently
enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the integration time to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the integration time in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command set the integration time to 0.2 PLCs on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:NPLC 0.2,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the integration time settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:NPLC? (@1003,1013)
RES:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +2.00000000E-
Response: 01,+2.00000000E-01
0

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 665

[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
Offset compensation removes the effects of any dc voltages in the circuit being measured. The technique
involves taking the difference between two resistance measurements on the specified channels, one with the
current source turned on and one with the current source turned off. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF|0
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l Once enabled, offset compensation is applied to both 2-wire and 4-wire resistance measurements on the
specified channels.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:OCOMpensated command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable offset compensation.

666 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The instrument disables offset compensation after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables offset compensation on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:OCOM ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the offset compensation settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:OCOM? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 667

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement range for 2-wire resistance measurements on the specified channels. If
you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any
channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Discrete Desired range in ohms: This is a required
100Ω (MIN) parameter
1 kΩ
10 kΩ
100 kΩ
1 MΩ
10 MΩ
100 MΩ (MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Selecting a discrete range will disable autoranging on the specified channels (see
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO command).

668 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe
command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the range in the form "+1.00000000E+03" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the 10 kΩ range on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:RANG 10E+3,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the range selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:RANG? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+04,+1.00000000E+04

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 669

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables autoranging for 2-wire resistance measurements on the specified channels.
Autoranging is convenient because the instrument automatically selects the range for each measurement based
on the input signal detected. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Autorange ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see
[SENSe:]FRESistance:RANGe:AUTO command).
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range

670 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l With autoranging enabled, the instrument selects one of the following ranges based on the input signal
detected:

100Ω, 1 kΩ, 10 kΩ, 100 kΩ, 1 MΩ, 10 MΩ, 100 MΩ

l Selecting a discrete range (see [SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe command) will disable autoranging on the spe-
cified channels.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autoranging on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:RANG:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the autoranging settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:RANG:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance
[SENSe:]RESistance:RANGe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 671

[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution {<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement resolution for 2-wire resistance measurements on the specified
channels. Specify the resolution in the same units as the selected measurement function, not in number of
digits. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in ohms. 0.000003 x Range (1
PLC)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For the <resolution> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the highest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
least resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]FRESistance:RESolu-
tion command).
l Setting the resolution also sets the integration time for the measurement. The following table shows the rela-
tionship between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.

672 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 Integration Resolution Digits Bits
Time
0.02 PLC < 0.0001 x Range 4½ Digits 15
0.2 PLC < 0.00001 x Range 5½ Digits 18
1 PLC < 0.000003 x Range 5½ Digits 20
2 PLC < 0.0000022 x Range 6½ Digits 21
10 PLC < 0.000001 x Range 6½ Digits 24
20 PLC < 0.0000008 x Range 6½ Digits 25
100 PLC < 0.0000003 x Range 6½ Digits 26
200 PLC < 0.00000022 x Range 6½ Digits 26
l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]RESistance:APERture com-
mand). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better noise
rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC, and [SENSe:]RESistance:RESolution commands dis-
able the aperture mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles). You can
use the [SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode is currently
enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the resolution to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the resolution in the form "+1.00000000E+02" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command sets the measurement resolution to 100Ω on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:RES 100,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the resolution selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:RES? (@1003,1013)
RES:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +1.00000000E+02,+1.00000000E
Response: +02
0

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 673

[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture
[SENSe:]RESistance:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]RESistance:NPLC

674 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the autozero mode on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_
list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

When autozero is enabled (default), the instrument internally disconnects the input signal following each
measurement, and takes a zero reading. It then subtracts the zero reading from the preceding reading. This
prevents offset voltages present on the instrument's input circuitry from affecting measurement accuracy.

When autozero is disabled, the instrument takes one zero reading and subtracts it from all subsequent
measurements. It takes a new zero reading each time you change the function, range, or integration time.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {OFF|ONCE|0|ON|1} Autozero ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l Applies to 2-wire ohms measurements only. Autozero is automatically enabled when you select 4-wire ohms
measurements.
l The OFF and ONCE parameters have a similar effect. Autozero OFF does not issue a new zero measurement.
Autozero ONCE issues an immediate zero measurement.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 675

 l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The autozero mode is set indirectly when you set the resolution and integration time. Autozero is auto-
matically turned off when you select an integration time less than 1 PLC.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autozero.
l The autozero setting is stored in volatile memory and will be enabled (autozero ON) when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF or ONCE) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autozero on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. With autozero disabled, a new zero
measurement is not issued until the next time the instrument goes to the "wait-for-trigger" state.

RES:ZERO:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the autozero settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

RES:ZERO:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:RESistance

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO

676 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command enables the aperture mode and sets the integration time in seconds (called aperture time) for
temperature measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this
command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

You should use this command only when you want precise control of the integration
time of the internal DMM. Otherwise, specifying integration time using NPLC (see
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC command) executes faster and offers better noise rejection
characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.

The following table shows which temperature transducers are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

RTD RTD
Thermocouple 2-Wire 4-Wire Thermistor
34921A
Armature Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34922A
Armature Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
(2-Wire)
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 No Yes5
(1-Wire)
34924A
Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
Reed Multiplexer
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No Yes5 No
(2-Wire)
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No No No
(1-Wire)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 677

 1
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal reference junction.
2
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with this module.
3
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
4
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
5
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET channels.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric Desired aperture time in seconds Aperture disabled.
between 300 µs and 1 second,
with 4 µs resolution.
MIN = 300 µs, MAX = 1 second
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For the <seconds> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the lowest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
highest resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, and [SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC commands disable the aperture mode (these
commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles). You can use the [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode is currently enabled or disabled.
l The aperture mode is disabled after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the aperture time in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently disabled (see
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

678 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command enables the aperture mode and sets the aperture time to 300 ms on channels 3 and 13
in slot 1.

TEMP:APER 300E-03,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the aperture time selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:APER? (@1003,1013)
TEMP:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is enabled ("1")

Typical +3.00000000E-
Response: 01,+3.00000000E-01
1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 679

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command queries whether the aperture mode is enabled or disabled for temperature measurements on the
specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM,
independent of any channels or a scan list.

The following table shows which temperature transducers are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

RTD RTD
Thermocouple 2-Wire 4-Wire Thermistor
34921A
Armature Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34922A
Armature Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
(2-Wire)
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 No Yes5
(1-Wire)
34924A
Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
Reed Multiplexer
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No Yes5 No
(2-Wire)
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No No No
(1-Wire)
1
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal reference junction.
2
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with this module.
3
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
4
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
5
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET channels.

680 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, and [SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC commands disable the aperture mode (these
commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" is the aperture mode is disabled or "1" if the aperture mode is enabled for each
channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following command returns the state of the aperture mode on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:APER:ENAB? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 681

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command sets the integration time in number of power line cycles (PLCs) on the specified channels.
Integration time affects the measurement resolution (for better resolution, use a longer integration time) and
measurement speed (for faster measurements, use a shorter integration time). If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

The following table shows which temperature transducers are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

RTD RTD
Thermocouple 2-Wire 4-Wire Thermistor
34921A
Armature Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34922A
Armature Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
(2-Wire)
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 No Yes5
(1-Wire)
34924A
Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
Reed Multiplexer
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No Yes5 No
(2-Wire)
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No No No
(1-Wire)
1
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal reference junction.
2
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with this module.
3
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
4
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
5
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET channels.

682 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<PLCs> Discrete {0.02|0.2|1|2|10|20|100|200} 1 PLC
MIN = 0.02 PLC, MAX = 200 PLC
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Setting the integration time also sets the resolution for the measurement. Click here to see the relationship
between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.
l The specified integration time is used for all measurements on the selected channels. If you have applied
Mx+B scaling or have assigned alarms to the selected channel, those measurements are also made using the
specified integration time. Measurements taken during the Monitor function also use the specified integ-
ration time.
l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture
command). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better
noise rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, and [SENSe:]TEMPerature:NPLC commands disable the aperture mode (these
commands select an integration time in number of power line cycles). You can use the [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aperture mode is currently enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the integration time to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the integration time in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command set the integration time to 0.2 PLCs on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:NPLC 0.2,(@1003,1013)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 683

The following query returns the integration time settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:NPLC? (@1003,1013)
TEMP:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +2.00000000E-
Response: 01,+2.00000000E-01
0

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:APERture:ENABled?

684 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE <probe_type> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command selects the temperature transducer probe type to use for measurements on the specified
channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent
of any channels or a scan list.

The following table shows which temperature transducers are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

RTD RTD
Thermocouple 2-Wire 4-Wire Thermistor
34921A
Armature Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34922A
Armature Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
(2-Wire)
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 No Yes5
(1-Wire)
34924A
Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
Reed Multiplexer
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No Yes5 No
(2-Wire)
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No No No
(1-Wire)
1
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal reference junction.
2
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with this module.
3
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
4
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
5
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET channels.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 685

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<probe_ Discrete {TCouple|RTD|FRTD|THERmistor} TCouple
type>
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Thermocouple measurements directed at the internal DMM (i.e., no <ch_list> specified) require that a fixed
reference junction temperature be used (see [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
command).
l For 4-wire RTD measurements (FRTD), the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense connections.
For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and the sense
connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel in Bank 1
(source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l The instrument selects thermocouple as the probe type after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instru-
ment Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the set-
ting.

Return Format
The query command returns "TC", "RTD", "FRTD", or "THER" for each channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the RTD probe type on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TYPE RTD, (@1003,1013)

The following query returns the probe selections on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TYPE? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: RTD,RTD

686 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 687

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:ZERO:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the autozero mode on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_
list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

When autozero is enabled (default), the instrument internally disconnects the input signal following each
measurement, and takes a zero reading. It then subtracts the zero reading from the preceding reading. This
prevents offset voltages present on the instrument's input circuitry from affecting measurement accuracy.

When autozero is disabled, the instrument takes one zero reading and subtracts it from all subsequent
measurements. It takes a new zero reading each time you change the function, range, or integration time.

The following table shows which temperature transducers are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

RTD RTD
Thermocouple 2-Wire 4-Wire Thermistor
34921A
Armature Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34922A
Armature Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
(2-Wire)
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 No Yes5
(1-Wire)
34924A
Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
Reed Multiplexer
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No Yes5 No
(2-Wire)
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No No No
(1-Wire)

688 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 1
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal reference junction.
2
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with this module.
3
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
4
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
5
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET channels.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {OFF|ONCE|0|ON|1} Autozero ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l Applies to temperature measurements only. Autozero is automatically enabled for 4-wire RTD meas-
urements.
l The OFF and ONCE parameters have a similar effect. Autozero OFF does not issue a new zero measurement.
Autozero ONCE issues an immediate zero measurement.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The autozero mode is set indirectly when you set the resolution and integration time. Autozero is auto-
matically turned off when you select an integration time less than 1 PLC.
l You can set autozero from the remote interface only; you cannot directly set autozero from the front panel.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autozero.
l The autozero setting is stored in volatile memory and will be enabled (autozero ON) when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF or ONCE) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autozero on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. With autozero disabled, a new zero
measurement is not issued until the next time the instrument goes to the "wait-for-trigger" state.

TEMP:ZERO:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 689

The following query returns the autozero settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:ZERO:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO

690 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
Offset compensation removes the effects of any dc voltages in the circuit being measured. The technique
involves taking the difference between two resistance measurements on the specified channels, one with the
current source turned on and one with the current source turned off. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF|0
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Applies only to 2-wire and 4-wire RTD measurements on the 100Ω, 1 kΩ, and 10 kΩ ranges. Once enabled,
offset compensation is applied to both 2-wire and 4-wire RTD measurements on the specified channels.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated command).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 691

 l For 4-wire resistance measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel
n+20 in Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense connections.
For example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and the sense
connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel in Bank 1
(source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Four-wire measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended mode
(see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable offset compensation.
l The instrument disables offset compensation after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables offset compensation on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. For this 4-wire
measurement, the instrument automatically pairs these channels in Bank 1 with the corresponding channels in
Bank 2.

TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:OCOM ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the offset compensation settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:OCOM? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature

692 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the specified 4-wire RTD channels to be used as the reference channel for
subsequent thermocouple measurements that specify an external reference source (see
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE command). If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence command).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 693

 l For 4-wire RTD measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel n+20 in
Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense connections. For
example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and the sense con-
nections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel in Bank 1
(source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l When you initiate a measurement on the selected channels (see INITiate or READ? command), the acquired
temperature is stored in volatile memory in the reference register. Subsequent thermocouple measurements
use the stored temperature as their reference.
l At power-on, the reference register is loaded with "9.9E+37". Note that until you store a reference tem-
perature, all thermocouple measurements that specify an external reference source will be returned as
"9.9E+37". Use the [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal? command to read
the most-recently stored reference temperature value.
l The reference temperature can also be stored using a thermistor measurement. See the [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence command for more information.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
Example 1: Making Externally-Referenced Thermocouple Measurements with Multiplexer Channels

The following commands configure multiplexer channel 3 in slot 1 for thermocouple measurements and select
an external reference junction for that channel.

CONF:TEMP TC,J,(@1003)
TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE EXT,(@1003)

The following commands configure multiplexer channel 1 in slot 1 for 4-wire RTD measurements and assign this
channel as the reference channel. For this 4-wire measurement, the instrument automatically pairs this channel
in Bank 1 with the corresponding channel in Bank 2.

CONF:TEMP FRTD,85,(@1001)
TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:REF ON,(@1001)

The following commands set up a scan list that contains both the reference channel (channel 1) and the
thermocouple channel (channel 3). If you do not include the reference channel in the active scan list, the
instrument uses the temperature previously stored in the reference register. The INITiate command initiates the
scan.

ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1005)
INIT

694 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example 2: Making Externally-Referenced Thermocouple Measurements with the Internal DMM

The following commands configure the internal DMM (no <ch_list> specified) for 4-wire RTD measurements and
assign the internal DMM as the reference "channel".

CONF:TEMP FRTD,85
TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:REF ON

The following command initiates an RTD measurement on the internal DMM and stores the value in the
reference register.

INIT

The following commands configure the internal DMM for thermocouple measurements and select an external
reference junction.

CONF:TEMP TC,J
TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE EXT

The following commands change the sample count to take 10 thermocouple measurements and initiate the
internal DMM.

SAMP:COUN 10
INIT

Example 3: Querying the Reference Channel State

The following command returns the state of reference channel 3 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:REF? (@1003)

Typical Response: 1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 695

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence] {<reference>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence]? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
The resistance of an RTD is nominal at 0 °C and is referred to as Ro. This command selects the nominal
resistance (Ro) for 4-wire RTD measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<reference> Numeric Any value between 49Ω and 2.1 kΩ. Ro = 100Ω

MIN = 49Ω, MAX = 2.1 kΩ

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence] command).

696 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l For 4-wire RTD measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel n+20 in
Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense connections. For
example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and the sense con-
nections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel in Bank 1
(source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).
l Four-wire RTD measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended
mode (see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l The instrument sets the nominal resistance to 100Ω after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the nominal resistance setting in ohms for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets Ro to 1000Ω on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. Note that for this 4-wire measurement,
channels 3 and 13 in Bank 1 are automatically paired with channels 23 and 33 in Bank 2, respectively (assumes
34921A).

TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:RES 1000,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the Ro settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:RES? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+03,+1.00000000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 697

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE <type> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command selects the RTD type for 4-wire temperature measurements on the specified channels. If you omit
the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a
scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<type> Discrete {85|91}* 85
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.
* Using IPTS-68 software conversions.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l For 4-wire RTD measurements, the instrument automatically pairs channel n in Bank 1 with channel n+20 in
Bank 2 (34921A, 34923A) or n+35 (34922A, 34924A) to provide the source and sense connections. For
example, make the source connections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 2 in Bank 1 and the sense con-
nections to the HI and LO terminals on channel 22 (or 37) in Bank 2. Specify the paired channel in Bank 1
(source) as the <ch_list> channel (channels in Bank 2 are not allowed in the <ch_list>).

698 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Four-wire RTD measurements are not allowed on the multiplexer modules configured for the single-ended
mode (see SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE command).
l The instrument supports RTDs with Alpha = 0.00385 (DIN/IEC 751) using ITS-90 software conversions or
Alpha = 0.00391 using IPTS-68 software conversions.
l "PT100" is a special label that is sometimes used to refer to an RTD with Alpha = 0.00385 and Ro = 100Ω.
l The instrument sets the RTD type to "85" after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "+85" or "+91" for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command selects Type 85 RTDs on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. Note that for this 4-wire
measurement, channels 3 and 13 in Bank 1 are automatically paired with channels 23 and 33 in Bank 2,
respectively (assumes 34921A).

TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:TYPE 91,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the RTD type selections on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:FRTD:TYPE? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +91,+91

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 699

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:OCOMpensated? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
Offset compensation removes the effects of any dc voltages in the circuit being measured. The technique
involves taking the difference between two resistance measurements on the specified channels, one with the
current source turned on and one with the current source turned off. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF|0
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l Applies only to 2-wire and 4-wire RTD measurements on the 100Ω, 1 kΩ, and 10 kΩ ranges. Once enabled,
offset compensation is applied to both 2-wire and 4-wire RTD measurements on the specified channels.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

700 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:FRTD:OCOMpensated command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically disable offset compensation.
l The instrument disables offset compensation after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables offset compensation on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:RTD:OCOM ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the offset compensation settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:RTD:OCOM? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 701

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence] {<reference>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance[:REFerence]? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
The resistance of an RTD is nominal at 0 °C and is referred to as Ro. This command selects the nominal
resistance (Ro) for 2-wire RTD measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<reference> Numeric Any value between 49Ω and 2.1 kΩ. Ro = 100Ω

MIN = 49Ω, MAX = 2.1 kΩ

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:FRTD:RESistance[:REFerence] command).

702 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The instrument sets the nominal resistance to 100Ω after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the nominal resistance setting in ohms for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets Ro to 1000Ω on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:RTD:RES 1000,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the Ro settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:RTD:RES? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+03,+1.00000000E+03

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 703

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE <type> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command selects the RTD type for 2-wire temperature measurements on the specified channels. If you omit
the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a
scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<type> Discrete {85|91}* 85
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.
* Using ITS-90 (85) and IPTS-68 (91) software conversions.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The instrument supports RTDs with Alpha = 0.00385 (DIN/IEC 751) using ITS-90 software conversions or
Alpha = 0.00391 using IPTS-68 software conversions.
l "PT100" is a special label that is sometimes used to refer to an RTD with Alpha = 0.00385 and Ro = 100Ω.
l The instrument sets the RTD type to "85" after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

704 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "+85" or "+91" for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command selects Type 85 RTDs on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:RTD:TYPE 91,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the RTD type selections on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:RTD:TYPE? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +91,+91

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:RESistance

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 705

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the specified 2-wire RTD channels to be used as the reference channel for
subsequent thermocouple measurements that specify an external reference source (see
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE command). If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Since 2-wire and 4-wire resistance are related functions, changing a measurement parameter for one func-
tion will also change the corresponding parameter for the other function (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence command).

706 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l When you initiate a measurement on the selected channels (see INITiate or READ? command), the acquired
temperature is stored in volatile memory in the reference register. Subsequent thermocouple measurements
use the stored temperature as their reference.
l At power-on, the reference register is loaded with "9.9E+37". Note that until you store a reference tem-
perature, all thermocouple measurements that specify an external reference source will be returned as
"9.9E+37". Use the [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal? command to read
the most-recently stored reference temperature value.
l The reference temperature can also be stored using a thermistor measurement. See the [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence command for more information.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
Example 1: Making Externally-Referenced Thermocouple Measurements with Multiplexer Channels

The following commands configure multiplexer channel 3 in slot 1 for thermocouple measurements and select
an external reference junction for that channel.

CONF:TEMP TC,J,(@1003)
TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE EXT,(@1003)

The following commands configure multiplexer channel 1 in slot 1 for 2-wire RTD measurements and assign this
channel as the reference channel.

CONF:TEMP RTD,85,(@1001)
TEMP:TRAN:RTD:REF ON,(@1001)

The following commands set up a scan list that contains both the reference channel (channel 1) and the
thermocouple channel (channel 3). If you do not include the reference channel in the active scan list, the
instrument uses the temperature previously stored in the reference register. The INITiate command initiates the
scan.

ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1005)
INIT

Example 2: Making Externally-Referenced Thermocouple Measurements with the Internal DMM

The following commands configure the internal DMM (no <ch_list> specified) for 2-wire RTD measurements and
assign the internal DMM as the reference "channel".

CONF:TEMP RTD,85
TEMP:TRAN:RTD:REF ON

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 707

The following command initiates an RTD measurement on the internal DMM and stores the value in the
reference register.

INIT

The following commands configure the internal DMM for thermocouple measurements and select an external
reference junction.

CONF:TEMP TC,J
TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE EXT

The following commands change the sample count to take 10 thermocouple measurements and initiate the
internal DMM.

SAMP:COUN 10
INIT

Example 3: Querying the Reference Channel State

The following command returns the state of reference channel 3 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:RTD:REF? (@1003)

Typical Response: 1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence

708 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the specified thermistor channels to be used as the reference channel for
subsequent thermocouple measurements that specify an external reference source (see
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE command). If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l When you initiate a measurement on the selected channels (see INITiate or READ? command), the acquired
temperature is stored in volatile memory in the reference register. Subsequent thermocouple measurements
use the stored temperature as their reference.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 709

 l At power-on, the reference register is loaded with "9.9E+37". Note that until you store a reference tem-
perature, all thermocouple measurements that specify an external reference source will be returned as
"9.9E+37". Use the [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal? command to read
the most-recently stored reference temperature value.
l The reference temperature can also be stored using a 2-wire or 4-wire RTD measurement. See the
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence or [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
command for more information.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
Example 1: Making Externally-Referenced Thermocouple Measurements with Multiplexer Channels

The following commands configure multiplexer channel 3 in slot 1 for thermocouple measurements and select
an external reference junction for that channel.

CONF:TEMP TC,J,(@1003)
TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE EXT,(@1003)

The following commands configure multiplexer channel 1 in slot 1 for thermistor measurements and assign this
channel as the reference channel.

CONF:TEMP THER,5000,(@1001)
TEMP:TRAN:THER:REF ON,(@1001)

The following commands set up a scan list that contains both the reference channel (channel 1) and the
thermocouple channel (channel 3). If you do not include the reference channel in the active scan list, the
instrument uses the temperature previously stored in the reference register. The INITiate command initiates the
scan.

ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1005)
INIT

Example 2: Making Externally-Referenced Thermocouple Measurements with the Internal DMM

The following commands configure the internal DMM (no <ch_list> specified) for thermistor measurements and
assign the internal DMM as the reference "channel".

CONF:TEMP THER,5000
TEMP:TRAN:THER:REF ON

710 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following command initiates a thermistor measurement on the internal DMM and stores the value in the
reference register.

INIT

The following commands configure the internal DMM for thermocouple measurements and select an external
reference junction.

CONF:TEMP TC,J
TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE EXT

The following commands change the sample count to take 10 thermocouple measurements and initiate the
internal DMM.

SAMP:COUN 10
INIT

Example 3: Querying the Reference Channel State

The following command returns the state of reference channel 3 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:THER:REF? (@1003)

Typical Response: 1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 711

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE <type> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command selects the thermistor type for temperature measurements on the specified channels. If you omit
the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a
scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<type> Discrete {2252|5000|10000} 5000
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l The instrument supports 2.2 kΩ (YSI 44004 Series), 5 kΩ (YSI 44007 Series), and 10 kΩ (YSI 44006 Series)
thermistors.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The instrument sets the thermistor type to "5000" after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

712 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "+2252", "+5000", or "+10000" for each channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects 10 kΩ thermistors on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:THER:TYPE 10000,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the thermistor type selections on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:THER:TYPE? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +10000,+10000

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 713

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction[:INTernal]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction[:INTernal]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command reads the internal reference junction temperature for thermocouple measurements on the
specified channels (useful only for an internal reference source).

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter

Remarks
l This command is useful only for an internal reference source (see TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE command).
l An error is generated if the optional 34921T Terminal Block is not attached to the module (the transducer is
located on the terminal block).
l The command always returns a temperature in degrees Celsius regardless of the temperature units currently
selected (see UNIT:TEMPerature command).

Return Format
The query command returns the internal reference temperature in the form "+0.00000000E+00" for each
channel specified (always in degrees Celsius). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following query reads the internal reference junction temperature (always in degrees Celsius) on channels 3
and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:RJUN:INT? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +2.91170000E+01,+3.00230000E+01

714 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
UNIT:TEMPerature

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 715

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:CHECk? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the thermocouple check feature to verify that your thermocouples are
properly connected for measurements. If you enable this feature, the instrument measures the channel
resistance after each thermocouple measurement to ensure a proper connection. If an open connection is
detected (greater than 5 kΩ on the 10 kΩ range), the instrument reports an overload condition for that channel's
temperature reading. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM,
independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The instrument disables the thermocouple check feature after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instru-
ment Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the set-
ting.

716 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables the thermocouple check feature on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:CHECK ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the thermocouple check settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:CHECK? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 717

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:IMPedance:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the automatic input resistance mode for thermocouple measurements on the
specified channels. Normally, the instrument's input resistance is fixed at 10 MΩ for all ranges to minimize noise
pickup. To reduce the effects of measurement loading errors, you can set the input resistance to greater than
10 GΩ for the 100 mVdc, 1 Vdc, and 10 Vdc ranges. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command
applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF|0 (fixed at 10 MΩ for all
ranges)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted, this
(@sccc). command applies to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l With AUTO OFF (default), the input resistance is fixed at 10 MΩ for all ranges. With AUTO ON, the input res-
istance is set to >10 GΩ for the 100 mV, 1 V, and 10 V ranges.

Input Resistance for: Input Resistance for:

Input Resistance Setting 100 mV, 1 V, 10 V ranges 100 V, 300 V ranges

718 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 TEMPerature:IMPedance:AUTO OFF 10 MΩ 10 MΩ
TEMPerature:IMPedance:AUTO ON > 10 GΩ 10 MΩ

l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically select AUTO OFF (fixed at 10 MΩ for all ranges).
l The instrument selects 10 MΩ (fixed input resistance on all ranges) after a *RST command. An Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the input res-
istance setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables the automatic input resistance mode (AUTO ON) on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:IMP:AUTO ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the automatic input resistance mode settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:IMP:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 719

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction {<temperature>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command sets the fixed reference junction temperature in degrees Celsius for thermocouple measurements
on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<temperature> Discrete Any temperature between -20 °C 0.0 °C
and +80 °C.
MIN = -20 °C, MAX = +80 °C
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Thermocouple measurements directed at the internal DMM (i.e., no <ch_list> specified) require that a fixed
reference junction temperature be used (see [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
command).
l For this command, you must always specify the temperature in degrees Celsius regardless of the tem-
perature units currently selected (see UNIT:TEMPerature command).

720 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The instrument sets the thermocouple junction to 0 °C after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the fixed reference junction temperature in the form "+0.00000000E+00" for each
channel specified (always in degrees Celsius). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the fixed reference junction temperature to 20 °C on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN 20.0, (@1003,1013)

The following query reads the fixed reference junction temperature (always in degrees Celsius) on channels 3
and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +2.00000000E+01,+2.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
UNIT:TEMPerature

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 721

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?

Description
This command returns the most-recently stored external reference temperature value for thermocouple
measurements. This temperature is used for all subsequent thermocouple measurements that specify an
external reference source (see [SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE command).

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Remarks
l To store a reference temperature, first configure a multiplexer channel for an RTD or thermistor meas-
urement (see CONFigure:TEMPerature command). Then assign the measurement from that channel as the
external reference using one of the following commands:

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence

When you initiate a measurement on the selected channel (see INITiate or READ? command), the acquired
temperature is stored in volatile memory in the reference register. Subsequent thermocouple measurements
use the stored temperature as their reference. The temperature remains in memory until you store a different
value in the reference register or remove the mainframe power.
l At power-on, the reference register is loaded with "9.9E+37". Note that until you store a reference tem-
perature, all thermocouple measurements that specify an external reference source will be returned as
"9.9E+37".

Return Format
The query command returns the reference temperature in the form "+0.00000000E+00" (always in degrees
Celsius).

722 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following query reads reference register and returns the most-recently stored temperature measurement.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:EXT?

Typical Response: +2.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 723

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE <source> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
Thermocouple measurements require a reference junction temperature. For the reference junction temperature,
you can use an internal measurement on the module's terminal block (34921A only), an external thermistor or
RTD measurement, or a known fixed junction temperature. This command selects the reference junction source
for thermocouple measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this
command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<source> Discrete {EXTernal|FIXed|INTernal*} FIXed
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies to
the internal DMM.
* INTernal is a valid source only on the 34921A Multiplexer with a 34921A Terminal Block installed.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

724 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The accuracy of the measurement is highly dependent upon the thermocouple connections and the type of
reference junction used. Use a fixed temperature reference for the highest accuracy measurements (you
must maintain the known junction temperature). The internal isothermal block reference (34921A only)
requires no external wiring but provides lower accuracy measurements than a fixed reference.
l If you select an external reference, the instrument makes thermocouple measurements relative to a pre-
viously-stored RTD or thermistor measurement stored in the reference register (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal? command). To store a reference temperature, first
configure a multiplexer channel for an RTD or thermistor measurement (see CONFigure:TEMPerature com-
mand). Then assign the measurement from that channel as the external reference using one of the following
commands:

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence

When you initiate a measurement on an external reference channel (see INITiate or READ? command), the
acquired temperature is stored in volatile memory in the reference register. Subsequent thermocouple meas-
urements use the stored temperature as their reference. The temperature remains in memory until you meas-
ure a subsequent external reference value in the reference register or remove the mainframe power.
l If you select a fixed reference junction source, you can specify a value between -20 °C and +80 °C using the
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction command. You must always specify the tem-
perature in degrees Celsius regardless of the temperature units currently selected (see UNIT:TEMPerature
command).
l The internal reference junction source is valid only on channels 1 through 40 on the 34921A with the 34921T
terminal block installed. An error is generated if you select the internal source on any other module. You can
read the internal reference junction temperature using the [SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction[:INTernal] com-
mand.
l The instrument selects the fixed source after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "EXT", "FIX", or "INT" (34921A only) for each channel specified. Multiple responses
are separated by commas.

Examples
Example 1: Selecting a Fixed Reference Junction Source

The following commands select the fixed reference junction source and set the junction temperature to 20 °C on
channels 2 and 11 in slot 5.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE FIX, (@5002,5011)

TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN 20, (@5002,5011)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 725

Example 2: Selecting an Externally-Referenced Source

The following commands configure multiplexer channel 3 in slot 1 for thermocouple measurements and select
an external reference junction for that channel.

CONF:TEMP TC,J,(@1003)
TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE EXT,(@1003)

The following commands configure multiplexer channel 1 in slot 1 for thermistor measurements and assign this
channel as the reference channel.

CONF:TEMP THER,5000,(@1001)
TEMP:TRAN:THER:REF ON,(@1001)

The following command sets up a scan list that contains both the reference channel (channel 1) and the
thermocouple channel (channel 3). If you do not include the reference channel in the active scan list, the
instrument uses the temperature previously stored in the reference register. The INITiate command initiates the
scan.

ROUT:SCAN (@1001:1005)
INIT

Example 3: Querying the Reference Source

The following query reads the reference junction source on channels 2 and 11 in slot 5.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:RJUN:TYPE? (@5002,5011)

Typical Response: FIX,FIX

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:RJUNction[:INTernal]
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:FRTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:RTD:REFerence
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:EXTernal?
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:THERmistor:REFerence
UNIT:TEMPerature

726 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE <type> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:TYPE? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command selects the thermocouple type to use for measurements on the specified channels.

Used With:

l 34921A Armature Multiplexer (with optional 34921T Terminal Block)

l 34922A Armature Multiplexer
l 34923A Reed Multiplexer (differential mode only)
l 34924A Reed Multiplexer

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<type> Discrete {B|E|J|K|N|R|S|T}* J Type
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.
* Using ITS-90 software conversions.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Thermocouple measurements require a reference junction temperature (see [SENSe:]TEMPer-
ature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE command). For the reference junction temperature, you can
use an internal measurement on the module's terminal block (34921A only), an external thermistor or RTD
measurement, or a known fixed junction temperature. By default, a fixed reference junction temperature of
0.0 °C is used.
l The instrument sets the thermocouple type to "J" after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 727

Return Format
The query command returns "B", "E", "J", "K", "N", "R", "S", or "T" for each channel specified. Multiple responses
are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects T-Type thermocouples on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:TYPE T,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the thermocouple type selections on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

TEMP:TRAN:TC:TYPE? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: T,T

See Also
CONFigure:TEMPerature
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TCouple:RJUNction:TYPE
[SENSe:]TEMPerature:TRANsducer:TYPE

728 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth {<filter>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:BANDwidth? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
The instrument uses three different ac filters which enable you to either optimize low-frequency accuracy or
achieve faster ac settling times. The instrument selects the slow (3 Hz), medium (20 Hz), or fast (300 Hz) filter
based on the input frequency that you specify with this command for the selected channels. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<filter> Discrete {3|20|200} 20 Hz (medium)
MIN = 3 Hz (slow), MAX = 200 Hz
(fast)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Applies to ac voltage measurements only.
l For the <filter> parameter, specify the lowest frequency expected in the input signal on the specified chan-
nels. The instrument selects the appropriate filter based on the frequency you specify.

Input Frequency Default Settling Delay Minimum Settling Delay

3 Hz to 300 kHz (Slow) 7 seconds / reading 1.5 seconds
20 Hz to 300 kHz (Medium) 1 second / reading 200 ms

200 Hz to 300 kHz (Fast) 0.12 seconds / reading 20 ms

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 729

 l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically select the default 20 Hz (medium) filter.
l The instrument selects the default 20 Hz (medium) filter after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instru-
ment Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the set-
ting.

Return Format
The query command returns "3" (slow), "20" (medium), or "200" (fast) for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the slow filter (3 Hz) on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:AC:BAND 3,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the ac filter settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:AC:BAND? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 3,3

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC

730 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement range for ac voltage measurements on the specified channels. If you
omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels
or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Discrete Desired range in volts: This is a required
100 mV (MIN) parameter
1V
10 V
100 V
300 V (MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Selecting a discrete range will disable autoranging on the specified channels (see
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 731

 l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the range in the form "+1.00000000E+01" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the 10 volt range on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:AC:RANG 10,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the range selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:AC:RANG? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+01,+1.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO

732 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables autoranging for ac voltage measurements on the specified channels.
Autoranging is convenient because the instrument automatically selects the range for each measurement based
on the input signal detected. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Autorange ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 733

 l With autoranging enabled, the instrument selects one of the following ranges based on the input signal
detected:

100 mV, 1 V, 10 V, 100 V, 300 V

l Selecting a discrete range (see [SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe command) will disable autoranging on the spe-
cified channels.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autoranging on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:AC:RANG:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the autoranging settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:AC:RANG:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC
[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:RANGe

734 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command enables the aperture mode and sets the integration time in seconds (called aperture time) for dc
voltage measurements on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command
applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

You should use this command only when you want precise control of the integration
time of the internal DMM. Otherwise, specifying integration time using NPLC (see
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC command) executes faster and offers better noise
rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric Desired aperture time in seconds Aperture disabled.
between 300 µs and 1 second,
with 4 µs resolution.
MIN = 300 µs, MAX = 1 second
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For the <seconds> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the lowest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
highest resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 735

 l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC, and [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution com-
mands disable the aperture time mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line
cycles). You can use the [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aper-
ture mode is currently enabled or disabled.
l The aperture mode is disabled after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the aperture time in the form "+1.00000000E-01" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently disabled (see
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command enables the aperture mode and sets the aperture time to 300 ms on channels 3 and 13
in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:APER 300E-03,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the aperture time selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:APER? (@1003,1013)
VOLT:DC:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is enabled ("1")

Typical +3.00000000E-
Response: 01,+3.00000000E-01
1

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC

736 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command queries whether the aperture mode is enabled or disabled for dc voltage measurements on the
specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM,
independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC, and [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution com-
mands disable the aperture time mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line
cycles).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" is the aperture mode is disabled or "1" if the aperture mode is enabled for each
channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Example
The following command returns the state of the aperture mode on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:APER:ENAB? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 737

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC

738 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:IMPedance:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the automatic input resistance mode for dc voltage measurements on the
specified channels. Normally, the instrument's input resistance is fixed at 10 MΩ for all dc voltage ranges to
minimize noise pickup. To reduce the effects of measurement loading errors, you can set the input resistance to
greater than 10 GΩ for the 100 mVdc, 1 Vdc, and 10 Vdc ranges. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter,
this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF|0 (fixed at 10 MΩ for all
ranges)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted, this
(@sccc). command applies to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l With AUTO OFF (default), the input resistance is fixed at 10 MΩ for all ranges. With AUTO ON, the input res-
istance is set to >10 GΩ for the 100 mV, 1 V, and 10 V ranges.

Input Resistance for: Input Resistance for:

Input Resistance Setting 100 mV, 1 V, 10 V ranges 100 V, 300 V ranges
VOLTage:IMPedance:AUTO OFF 10 MΩ 10 MΩ
VOLTage:IMPedance:AUTO ON > 10 GΩ 10 MΩ

l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically select AUTO OFF (fixed at 10 MΩ for all ranges).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 739

 l The instrument selects 10 MΩ (fixed input resistance on all dc voltage ranges) after a Factory Reset ( *RST
command). An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command)
does not change the input resistance setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command enables the automatic input resistance mode (AUTO ON) on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:IMP:AUTO ON,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the automatic input resistance mode settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:IMP:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]

740 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC {<PLCs>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command sets the integration time in number of power line cycles (PLCs) on the specified channels.
Integration time affects the measurement resolution (for better resolution, use a longer integration time) and
measurement speed (for faster measurements, use a shorter integration time). If you omit the optional <ch_list>
parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<PLCs> Discrete {0.02|0.2|1|2|10|20|100|200} 1 PLC
MIN = 0.02 PLC, MAX = 200 PLC
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l Only the integral number of power line cycles (1, 2, 10, 20, 100, or 200 PLCs) provide normal mode (line fre-
quency noise) rejection.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Setting the integration time also sets the resolution for the measurement. Click here to see the relationship
between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.
l The specified integration time is used for all measurements on the selected channels. If you have applied
Mx+B scaling or have assigned alarms to the selected channel, those measurements are also made using the
specified integration time. Measurements taken during the Monitor function also use the specified integ-
ration time.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 741

 l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
command). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better
noise rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC, and [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution com-
mands disable the aperture time mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line
cycles). You can use the [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aper-
ture mode is currently enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the integration time to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the integration time in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value
specified, not the actual integration time.

Examples
The following command set the integration time to 0.2 PLCs on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:NPLC 0.2,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the integration time settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:NPLC? (@1003,1013)
VOLT:DC:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +2.00000000E-
Response: 01,+2.00000000E-01
0

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution

742 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe {<range>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement range for dc voltage measurements on the specified channels. If you
omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels
or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<range> Discrete Desired range in volts: This is a required
100 mV (MIN) parameter
1V
10 V
100 V
300 V (MAX)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Selecting a discrete range will disable autoranging on the specified channels (see [SENSe:]VOLTage
[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO command).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l If the input signal is greater than can be measured on the selected range (manual ranging), the instrument
gives an overload indication: "±OVLD" from the front panel or "±9.9E+37" from the remote interface.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 743

 l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the range in the form "+1.00000000E+01" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the 10 volt range on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:RANG 10,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the range selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:RANG? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+01,+1.00000000E+01

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO

744 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables autoranging for dc voltage measurements on the specified channels.
Autoranging is convenient because the instrument automatically selects the range for each measurement based
on the input signal detected. If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal
DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Autorange ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Autorange thresholds:

Down range <10% of range

at:
Up range at: >120% of range
l With autoranging enabled, the instrument selects one of the following ranges based on the input signal
detected:

100 mV, 1 V, 10 V, 100 V, 300 V

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 745

 l Selecting a discrete range (see [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe command) will disable autoranging on the
specified channels.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autoranging.
l The instrument enables autoranging after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autoranging on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:RANG:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the autoranging settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:RANG:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RANGe

746 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution {<resolution>|MIN|MAX|DEF} [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution? [{(@<ch_list>)|MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the measurement resolution for dc voltage measurements on the specified channels.
Specify the resolution in the same units as the selected measurement function, not in number of digits. If you
omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels
or a scan list.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<resolution> Numeric Desired resolution in volts. 0.000003 x Range (1
PLC)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies to
the internal DMM.

Remarks
l For the <resolution> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted, which gives the highest resolution; MAX selects the largest value accepted, which gives the
least resolution.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l Setting the resolution also sets the integration time for the measurement. The following table shows the rela-
tionship between integration time, measurement resolution, number of digits, and number of bits.

Integration Resolution Digits Bits

Time
0.02 PLC < 0.0001 x Range 4½ Digits 15

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 747

 0.2 PLC < 0.00001 x Range 5½ Digits 18
1 PLC < 0.000003 x Range 5½ Digits 20
2 PLC < 0.0000022 x Range 6½ Digits 21
10 PLC < 0.000001 x Range 6½ Digits 24
20 PLC < 0.0000008 x Range 6½ Digits 25
100 PLC < 0.0000003 x Range 6½ Digits 26
200 PLC < 0.00000022 x Range 6½ Digits 26
l You can also set the integration time by specifying an aperture time (see [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
command). However, note that specifying integration time using NPLCs executes faster and offers better
noise rejection characteristics for values of NPLC greater than 1.
l The CONFigure, MEASure?, [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC, and [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:RESolution com-
mands disable the aperture time mode (these commands select an integration time in number of power line
cycles). You can use the [SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command to query whether the aper-
ture mode is currently enabled or disabled.
l The instrument sets the resolution to 1 PLC after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the resolution in the form "+1.00000000E-03" for each channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas. Note that if the aperture mode is currently enabled (see [SENSe:]VOLTage
[:DC]:APERture:ENABled? command), the value returned will represent the previous value specified, not the
actual integration time.

Examples
The following command sets the measurement resolution to 1 mV on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:RES 1E-03,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the resolution selected on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:DC:RES? (@1003,1013)
VOLT:DC:APER:ENAB? !Verify that aperture mode is disabled ("0")

Typical +1.00000000E-
Response: 03,+1.00000000E-03
0

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:APERture:ENABled?

748 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:NPLC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 749

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO <mode> [, (@<ch_list>)]

[SENSe:]VOLTage[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command disables or enables the autozero mode on the specified channels. If you omit the optional <ch_
list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan list.

When autozero is enabled (default), the instrument internally disconnects the input signal following each
measurement, and takes a zero reading. It then subtracts the zero reading from the preceding reading. This
prevents offset voltages present on the instrument's input circuitry from affecting measurement accuracy.

When autozero is disabled, the instrument takes one zero reading and subtracts it from all subsequent
measurements. It takes a new zero reading each time you change the function, range, or integration time.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {OFF|ONCE|0|ON|1} Autozero ON
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is
(@sccc). omitted, this
command applies
to the internal
DMM.

Remarks
l Applies to dc voltage measurements only.
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l The OFF and ONCE parameters have a similar effect. Autozero OFF does not issue a new zero measurement.
Autozero ONCE issues an immediate zero measurement.

750 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l The autozero mode is set indirectly when you set the resolution and integration time. Autozero is auto-
matically turned off when you select an integration time less than 1 PLC.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically enable autozero.
l The autozero setting is stored in volatile memory and will be enabled (autozero ON) when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF or ONCE) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following command disables autozero on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1. With autozero disabled, a new zero
measurement is not issued until the next time the instrument goes to the "wait-for-trigger" state.

VOLT:ZERO:AUTO OFF,(@1003,1013)

The following query returns the autozero settings on channels 3 and 13 in slot 1.

VOLT:ZERO:AUTO? (@1003,1013)

Typical Response: 0,0

See Also
CONFigure[:VOLTage][:DC]

[SENSe:]CURRent[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]RESistance:ZERO:AUTO
[SENSe:]TEMPerature[:DC]:ZERO:AUTO

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 751

SOURce Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]?
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT?
SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe
SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe?
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel?
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]?
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE?
SOURce:DIGital:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:LEVel?
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle?
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles?
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe?
SOURce:DIGital:STATe
SOURce:DIGital:STATe?
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor?
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce?
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN?
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet?

752 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle?
SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency
SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency?
SOURce:FUNCtion:HALT
SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod
SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod?
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles?
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex?
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]?
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce?
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN?
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet?
SOURce:MODE
SOURce:MODE?
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency?
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel?
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe?
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMMediate
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut?
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 753

SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel] {<current>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the output current level on the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module. After
setting the desired level, send the OUTPut[:STATe] command to close the corresponding output relay and
enable outputs from the specified channels.

This command outputs a dc current level. To output a trace waveform from the module,
see the TRACe commands.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<current> Numeric Desired current level in Amps. Specify 0 Amps
any value between -20 mA and
+20 mA, with 630 nA resolution.
MIN = -20 mA, MAX = +20 mA
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l After setting the desired level, send the OUTPut[:STATe] command to close the corresponding output relay
and enable outputs from the specified channels. For subsequent SOURce:CURRent commands, the output
relay remain closed.
l The SOURce:MODE command gives you the capability to predefine voltage and current levels on the spe-
cified channels and then switch from one mode to the other. Sending the SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel] or
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel] command will automatically enable the corresponding mode.
l If a trace waveform is being output at the time this command is sent, the waveform will stop and the trace
mode will be disabled (equivalent to SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle OFF).

754 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l To control the current level for trace outputs, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN command.
l The SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN and SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet commands are used to
control the gain and offset of trace waveform outputs. These commands are ignored while in the level mode.
l The DAC channels on 34952A Multifunction Module do not support current level outputs.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the DAC outputs to 0 mA. In addition, storing the instrument state
(*SAV command) will reset the DAC outputs to 0 mA.

Return Format
The query command returns the output current in the form "+1.00000000E-03" for each DAC channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command outputs +5 mA on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4 and closes the output relay.

SOUR:CURR 5E-3,(@4001,4002)
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the current outputs on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:CURR? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E-03,+5.00000000E-03

See Also
OUTPut[:STATe]
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
SOURce:MODE
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 755

SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT {0|1}, <bit>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT? <bit>, (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets or clears individual bits on the specified digital output channels. The channels associated
with the specified operation are automatically reconfigured as output channels.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital output channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital output channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module (digital output channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<bit> Numeric Bit number on the specified channel. This is a required
The acceptable range is based on the parameter
channel width set by the
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
command.
BYTE (8 Bits): 0 (LSB) to 7 (MSB)
WORD (16 Bits): 0 (LSB) to 15 (MSB)
LWORd (32 Bits): 0 (LSB) to 31
(MSB)
34959A: Only valid configurations are
BYTE/WORD.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital output channels in This is a required
the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004
34959A: s001 or s002

756 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l This command automatically reconfigures the channels associated with the specified operation as output
channels. You can use the CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection? or SOURce:DIGital:STATe? command to determ-
ine whether the specified channels are configured for input or output operations.
l Changing the direction will disable buffered (memory) operations on the specified digital channels (see
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command).
l If the specified channels are part of a scan list (see ROUTe:SCAN command), changing the direction will to
an output will clear the scan list.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" or "1" indicating the value of the bit on each digital output channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment outputs a "1" to bit 10 on channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3103) !Set channel width

SOUR:DIG:DATA:BIT 1,10,(@3101,3103) !Set bit 10 to "1"

The following command queries the state of bit 10 on channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3. The values
are transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:BIT? 10,(@3101,3103)

Typical Response: 1,1

The following program segment outputs a "1" to bit 6 on channel 1 on the 34952A in slot 5.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH BYTE,(@5001) !Set channel width

SOUR:DIG:DATA:BIT 1,6,(@5001) !Set bit 6 to "1"

The following command queries the state of bit 6 on channel 1 on the 34952A in slot 5. The value is transferred
to the instrument's output buffer.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:BIT? 6,(@5001)

Typical Response: 1

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 757

SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:STATe

758 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] <data>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]? [<format>,] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command outputs an 8-, 16-, or 32-bit digital pattern to the specified digital output channels. The specified
channels are reconfigured as output channels.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital output channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital output channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module (digital output channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<width> Discrete {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4} If no <width> is specified, the
BYTE (or "1" byte): 8 bits currently configured width is
WORD (or "2" bytes): 16 bits used (see
LWORd (or "4" bytes): 32 bits CONFigure:DIGital:WIDT
h command).
34959A: Only valid configurations
are BYTE/WORD.
<data> Numeric Specify the bit pattern as a decimal, This is a required parameter
binary, or hexadecimal value.

For binary, "#B" must be added as a

prefix (e.g., #B11001100).
For hex, "#H" must be added as a
prefix (e.g., #HCC).
< Discrete {DECimal|BINary|HEXadecimal|OCTa DECimal
format> l}

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 759

 <ch_ Numeric One or more digital output channels This is a required parameter
list> in the form (@sccc).
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004
34959A: s001 or s002

Remarks
l This command reconfigures the specified channels as output channels. You can use the CONFig-
ure:DIGital:DIRection? or SOURce:DIGital:STATe?command to determine whether the specified channels
are configured for input or output operations.
l Changing the direction will disable buffered (memory) operations on the specified digital channels (see
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command). In addition, changing the channel width will disable buffered
operations and clear memory on the specified digital channels.
l Depending on the width specified, the channel numbering is modified as shown below. For example, if you
specify the width as a 16-bit WORD on the 34950A, channels 101 and 102 are combined and addressed col-
lectively as channel 101.

34950A Bank 2 Bank 1

BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

34952A Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch 3 Ch 2 Ch1
Ch 4
Bits):
WORD Ch 1
Ch 3
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 1
(32 Bits):

l Use the SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT command to set individual bits on the specified digital output channels.
l The selected width is stored in volatile memory and will be set to BYTE when power is turned off or after a
Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns a value representing the bit pattern on each digital output channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

760 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command outputs a 16-bit digital pattern to channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD 52287,(@3101,3103)

The following command generates an error since a 16-bit word can only be sent to channel 101 on Bank 1
(34950A).

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD 10493,(@3102) !Generates an error

The following command queries the last word sent to channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 5. The decimal
values are transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:BYTE? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: 52287,52287

The following command outputs an 8-bit hexadecimal pattern to channel 1 on the 34952A in slot 5.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:BYTE #HFF,(@5001)

The following command queries the last word sent to channel 1 on the 34952A in slot 5. The decimal value is
transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:BYTE? (@5001)

Typical Response: 255

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT
SOURce:DIGital:STATe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 761

SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the drive mode for digital output operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. In the
"active" drive mode, the digital output lines are driven directly by the module. In the "open collector" drive mode,
the digital output lines are driven low by the module, but will go to a high-impedance state when asserted
(external pullup resistors are required). You can send this command at any time, but the setting applies only to
output channels.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {ACTive|OCOLlector} ACTive

<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital output channels in This is a required

the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 through s104, s201
through s204.

Remarks
l The selected drive mode applies to the specified channel, independent of the current channel width (see
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command).
l The selected drive mode is stored in volatile memory and will be set to "ACT" when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "ACT" or "OCOL" for the specified channels. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

762 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Examples
The following command selects the open collector drive mode on channels 101 and 103 on the module in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:DRIVE OCOL,(@3101,3103) !External pullup resistors are required

The following query returns the drive setting on channels 101 and 103 on the module in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:DRIVE? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: OCOL,OCOL

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:LEVel

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 763

SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the logic "1" voltage level for the H0 and H1 handshake lines on the specified bank on the
34950A Digital I/O Module. Since handshaking is used only for transfers involving the first channel on a bank,
this command must be directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels
involved in the channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command).

This command also sets the output voltage level for the INTR (interrupt) line on the specified bank. The INTR line
is an output when the specified channels are configured for buffered memory input operations (see
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric Desired voltage level between 1.66V 1.66V
and 5V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 1.66V, MAX = 5V
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

764 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l The behavior of the three handshake lines depends on whether buffered memory input operations are
enabled (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command).

H0 Line H1 Line H2 Line

Unbuffered Transfers I/O Direction Strobe (output) Not Used (Hi-Z)
(output)
Buffered Transfers Start/Stop (output) Strobe (output) Input Strobe
(input)

l If desired, you can use the CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake command to select all of the handshake line para-
meters with one command. Use this command to select the input threshold voltage, output logic "1" voltage
level, and logic polarity.
l The selected voltage level is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 1.66V when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the voltage level in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment sets the voltage level to 2.4V on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered read
SOUR:DIG:HAND:LEVEL 2.4,(@3101,3201) !Set voltage level

The following query returns the voltage level settings on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:HAND:LEVEL? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: +2.40000000E+00,+2.40000000E+00

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 765

SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the hardware INTR (interrupt) line as an input on the 34950A Digital I/O
Module. The INTR line is an input when the specified channels are configured for buffered memory output
operations (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command). Since interrupts are used for transfers involving
the first channel on a bank only, this command must be directed to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201
only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel width (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command). You
can send this command at any time, but the setting applies only if buffered memory output operations are
enabled.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (disabled)
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l During buffered memory output operations, the INTR line is an input and the output state will be based on
the level present on the INTR line (see SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE command).
l The INTR lines and handshake lines (H0, H1, and H2) on each bank share their input threshold and output
level setting. See the [SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold command to set the input threshold voltage
(the INTR line is an input when the specified channels are configured for buffered memory output
operations). See the SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel command to set the output voltage level (the INTR
line is an output when the specified channels are configured for buffered memory input operations).
l The instrument disables interrupts after a Factory Reset (*RST command) and sets the INTR line to a high-
impedance state. An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON com-
mand) does not change the status of the interrupt lines.

766 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment enables inputs to the INTR line on channels 101 and 201 in slot 3. The output
will start when a rising edge is detected on the INTR line.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable buffered write
SOUR:DIG:INT:MODE START,(@3101,3201) !Output starts on rising edge
SOUR:DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable interrupt input

The following query returns the interrupt settings on channels 101 and 201 in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:INT:ENAB? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 767

SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the condition on the hardware INTR (interrupt) line that enables buffered memory output
operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. When buffered memory output operations are enabled on the
specified bank (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command), you can select an edge or level on the INTR
line to enable or disable output operations.

Since interrupts are used for transfers involving the first channel on a bank only, this command must be directed
to the first channel (i.e., channel 101 or 201 only), and extends to all channels involved in the channel width (see
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command). You can send this command at any time, but the setting applies only if
buffered memory output operations are enabled and interrupts are enabled (see SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt
[:ENABle] command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

768 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <mode> Discrete {STARt|STOP|GATE} STARt
The behavior is affected by the INTR line polarity
as set by the
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity
command.

NORMal Polarity
STARt: Output
is
enabled
on
rising
edge of
INTR
line.
STOP: Output
is
disabled
on
rising
edge of
INTR
line.
GATE: Output
is
enabled
while
INTR
line is
asserte
d (high).

INVerted (Active Low) Polarity

STARt: Output
is
enabled
on
falling
of INTR
line.
STOP: Output
is
disabled
on
falling
edge of
INTR
line.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 769

 GATE: Output
is
enabled
while
INTR
line is
asserte
d (low).

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l The instrument disables interrupts after a Factory Reset (*RST command) and sets the INTR line to a high-
impedance state. An Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON com-
mand) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "STAR", "STOP", or "GATE" for each channel specified. Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment configures the module in slot 3 for one 16-bit word and enables the buffered
memory output mode. By selecting the "STOP" mode, the output will be disabled on the rising edge transition of
the INTR line (the polarity is set to "NORM").

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101) !Width = 16 bits

SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable buffered memory mode
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Start buffered write operation
CONF:DIG:INT:POL NORM,(@3101) !Polarity on INTR line is active high
SOUR:DIG:INT:MODE STOP,(@3101) !Output is disabled on rising edge
SOUR:DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable interrupts (Bank 1)

The following query returns the interrupt mode settings on channel 101 in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:INT:MODE? (@3101)

770 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: STOP

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 771

SOURce:DIGital:LEVel
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:LEVel {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:LEVel? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the logic "1" voltage level for digital output operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module.
You can send this command at any time, but the setting applies only to output channels.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric Desired voltage level between 1.66V 1.66V
and 5V, with 20 mV resolution.
MIN = 1.66V, MAX = 5V
<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital output channels This is a required
in the form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 through s104, s201
through s204.

Remarks
l The selected voltage level applies to the specified channel, independent of the current channel width (see
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command).
l The selected voltage level is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 1.66V when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the voltage level in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the voltage level to 2.4V on channels 101 and 103 on the module in slot 3.

772 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 SOUR:DIG:LEVEL 2.4,(@3101,3103) !Logic "1" = 2.4V

The following query returns the voltage level settings on channels 101 and 103 on the module in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:LEVEL? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: +2.40000000E+00,+2.40000000E+00

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 773

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command aborts buffered (memory) output operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. You can execute
this command while a buffered output operation is in progress. The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e.,
channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x
32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be configured as an output prior to starting a buffered
write (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command) and a trace must be downloaded to memory and
assigned to the specified bank (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command), the channel numbering
is modified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102
are combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

Example
The following command aborts the buffered output operations on channels 101 and 201 on the module in slot 3.

774 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 SOUR:DIG:MEM:ABOR (@3101,3201)

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 775

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables buffered (memory) output operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module and places the
specified channels in the wait-for-trigger state. The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101
and 201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first
channel on the specified bank must be configured as an output prior to starting a buffered write (see
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command) and a trace must be downloaded to memory and assigned to the
specified bank (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF (disabled)

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command), the channel numbering
is modified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102
are combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

776 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Once memory is enabled, send the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt or SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP com-
mand to start the buffered write. You can also start a buffered write operation using the hardware INTR (inter-
rupt) line as an input to the module (see SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] command).
l If memory is currently disabled, sending the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt command will enable memory
and start the buffered write.
l Changing the direction will disable buffered operations on the specified digital channels. In addition,
changing the channel width will disable buffered operations and clear memory on the specified digital chan-
nels.
l The instrument disables buffered memory after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following program segment downloads and outputs a "walking ones" pattern from channel 101 on the
module in slot 3. The length of the trace is set to 32 samples. In addition, the cycle count is set to output the
complete trace three times. Once memory is enabled, a software trigger is used to trigger the memory output.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 3,(@3101) !Output complete trace 3 times
TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),WONES,PATTERN_1,32 !Download "walking ones" pattern
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC PATTERN_1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable memory on channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Trigger memory output

The following program segment enables inputs to the INTR line on channels 101 and 201 in slot 3. The output
will start when a rising edge is detected on the INTR line.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3201) !Width = 16 bits

SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable memory on channels 101 and 201
SOUR:DIG:INT:MODE START,(@3101,3201) !Output starts on rising edge
SOUR:DIG:INT:ENAB ON,(@3101,3201) !Enable interrupt input

The following query returns the memory setting.

SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB? (@3101,3201)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 777

SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion

778 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles? [{MIN|MAX},] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the number of times to output the trace pattern for buffered (memory) output operations on
the 34950A Digital I/O Module. The specified cycle count can be set at any time, but it will not take effect until
the next time you enable memory (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command), execute the
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt command, or execute the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt command.

The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory
operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be
configured as an output prior to starting a buffered write (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command) and a
trace must be downloaded to memory and assigned to the specified bank (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<count> Numeric Desired cycle count between 1 and 0 (continuous)
255.
MIN = 1, MAX = 255, INF = continuous
<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command), the channel numbering
is modified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102
are combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 779

 BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l If you specify an infinite cycle count (default, INFinity or "0"), the bank will continue to write traces until you
stop it (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP or SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt commands).
l For a finite cycle count, the bank will automatically stop after outputting the trace the specified number of
times.
l The selected cycle count is stored in volatile memory and will be set to 0 (continuous) when power is turned
off or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns the cycle count for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by
commas. For a continuous count ("0" or INFinity), the query command returns "0".

Examples
The following program segment configures a buffered write on channel 101 on the module in slot 3. The cycle
count is set to output the complete trace 50 times.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 50,(@3101) !Output complete trace 50 times
TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),WONES,PATTERN_1,32 !Download "walking ones" pattern
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC PATTERN_1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable memory on channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Trigger memory output

The following query returns the cycle count on channel 101 on the module in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC? (@3101)

Typical Response: 50

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP

780 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 781

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command starts buffered (memory) output operations on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. If memory is
currently disabled (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command), this command will enable memory and
start the buffered write. The width of the first channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the
width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the specified
bank must be configured as an output prior to starting a buffered write (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
command) and a trace must be downloaded to memory and assigned to the specified bank (see
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command), the channel numbering
is modified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102
are combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l You can also use this command to resume a stopped buffered write (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
command).

782 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l You can use the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt command prior to sending the SOURce:DIGit-
al:MEMory:STARt command to restart the buffered write from the beginning.
l This command overrides the hardware INTR (interrupt) line (see SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] com-
mand); therefore, you can use the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt command to start the buffered write even
if the bank is configured to start on an interrupt.
l If you send this command while a buffered write is already running, additional SOURce:DIGit-
al:MEMory:STARt commands are ignored (no error is generated).

Example
The following program segment downloads and outputs a "walking ones" pattern from channel 101 on the
module in slot 3. The length of the trace is set to 32 samples. In addition, the cycle count is set to output the
complete trace three times. Once memory is enabled, the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt command is used to
trigger the memory output.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 3,(@3101) !Output complete trace 3 times
TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),WONES,PATTERN_1,32 !Download "walking ones" pattern
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC PATTERN_1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable memory on channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Trigger memory output

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 783

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command handshakes one sample onto the data lines on the 34950A Digital I/O Module and then places
buffered memory in the "stopped" state. If memory is currently disabled (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
command), this command will output the first sample and then stop. The width of the first channel in each bank
(i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K x 16 Bits, or 32K x
32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be configured as an output prior to starting a buffered
write (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command) and a trace must be downloaded to memory and
assigned to the specified bank (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command), the channel numbering
is modified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102
are combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l This command overrides the hardware INTR (interrupt) line (see SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] com-
mand); therefore, you can use the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP command to step a buffered write even if
the bank is configured to start on an interrupt.

784 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you send this command while a buffered write is already running, it will stop memory and step once. To
resume a stopped buffered write, send the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt command.

Example
The following program segment configures a buffered write on channel 101 on the module in slot 3 and then
writes one sample from memory.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 3,(@3101) !Output complete trace 3 times
TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),WONES,PATTERN_1,32 !Download "walking ones" pattern
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC PATTERN_1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable memory on channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:STEP (@3101) !Write one sample from memory

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 785

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command stops a buffered (memory) output operation in progress on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. To
resume a stopped buffered write, send the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt command. The width of the first
channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K
x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). The first channel on the specified bank must be configured as an output prior to
starting a buffered write (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command) and a trace must be downloaded to
memory and assigned to the specified bank (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe command).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric The first channel on a bank in the This is a required
form (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101 or s201.

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command), the channel numbering
is modified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD, channels 101 and 102
are combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

Bank 2 Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

l This command overrides the hardware INTR (interrupt) line (see SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle] com-
mand); therefore, you can use the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt command to start the buffered write even
if the bank is configured to start on an interrupt.

786 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following program segment configures a buffered write on channel 101 on the module in slot 3 and then
stops the write.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 3,(@3101) !Output complete trace 3 times
TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),WONES,PATTERN_1,32 !Download "walking ones" pattern
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC PATTERN_1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable memory on channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Trigger memory output
SOUR:DIG:MEM:STOP (@3101) !Stop memory output

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 787

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe <name>, (@<channel>)

SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe? (@<channel>)

Description
This command assigns a trace to the specified bank on the 34950A Digital I/O Module. The width of the first
channel in each bank (i.e., channels 101 and 201) controls the width of the memory operations (64K x 8 Bits, 64K
x 16 Bits, or 32K x 32 Bits). Before enabling memory (see SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command), you must
download a trace to memory (see TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>] command) and assign it to the specified
bank.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<name> ASCII String A trace name consisting of up to 12 This is a required
characters. The first character must be a parameter
letter (A-Z), but the remaining 11
characters can be letters, numbers (0-9),
or an underscore ( _ ). Blank spaces are
not allowed.
The name must be unique to the specified
channel (bank).
<channel> Numeric One channel in the form (@sccc). This is a required
Select from s101 or s201. parameter

Remarks
l Each bank has its own memory (64K bytes each) for use in buffered output transfers. You can download up to
32 traces into each bank. Use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME] command to delete traces from memory.
l If you change the width of a bank (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), all traces in memory are
cleared.

788 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace from memory and removes all trace name associations. In addi-
tion, storing the instrument state (*SAV command) will delete the trace from memory and remove all trace
name associations.

Return Format
The query command reads the trace name currently assigned to the specified channel. If the specified channel
has no trace name assigned, a null string ( " " ) is returned.

Examples
The following program segment downloads a "walking ones" pattern and assigns it to channel 101 on the
module in slot 3.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 3,(@3101) !Output complete trace 3 times
TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),WONES,PATTERN_1,32 !Download "walking ones" pattern
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC PATTERN_1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable memory on channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Trigger memory output

The following query returns the trace name currently assigned to channel 101 on the module in slot 3 (the
quotes are also returned).

SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC? (@3101)

Typical Response: "PATTERN_1"

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>]
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 789

SOURce:DIGital:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:DIGital:STATe <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:DIGital:STATe? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command enables or disables output operations on the specified digital channels.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input/output channels only)

l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input/output channels only)
l 34959A Breadboard Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} 0 (INPut)

<ch_list> Numeric One or more digital output channels in This is a required

the form (@sccc). parameter
34950A: s101 through s104, s201
through s204
34952A: s001 through s004

Remarks
l Depending on the width specified (see SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>] command), the channel numbering
is modified as shown below. For example, if you specify the width as a 16-bit WORD on the 34950A, chan-
nels 101 and 102 are combined and addressed collectively as channel 101.

34950A Bank 2 Bank 1

BYTE (8 Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
Bits): 204 203 202 201 104 103 102 101
WORD
Ch 203 Ch 201 Ch 103 Ch 101
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 201 Ch 101
(32 Bits):

790 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 34952A Bank 1
BYTE (8 Ch 3 Ch 2 Ch1
Ch 4
Bits):
WORD Ch 1
Ch 3
(16 Bits):
LWORd
Ch 1
(32 Bits):

l The channel setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disabled (output OFF) when power is turned off
or after a Factory Reset (*RST command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" if the specified channel is an input channel or "1" if the channel is an output
channel. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following program segment enables 16-bit operations on channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH WORD,(@3101,3103)
SOUR:DIG:STAT 1,(@3101,3103)

The following command queries the input/output state of channels 101 and 103 on the 34950A in slot 3. The
values are transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

SOUR:DIG:STAT? (@3101,3103)

Typical Response: 1,1

The following program segment enables 8-bit output operations on channel 1 on the 34952A in slot 5.

CONF:DIG:WIDTH BYTE,(@5001)
SOUR:DIG:STAT 1,(@5001)

The following command queries the input/output state of channel 1 on the 34952A in slot 5. The value is
transferred to the instrument's output buffer.

SOUR:DIG:STAT? (@5001)

Typical Response: 1

See Also
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 791

SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT

792 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor {<value>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets an external clock divisor for trace outputs on the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated
DAC Module. This provides a way to divide an externally-supplied clock input to a frequency that is usable for
outputting trace waveforms. The specified value is used only if the clock source is set to EXTernal (see
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce command).

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<value> Numeric Specify any integer value between 1 and 1
4.0E+9.
MIN = 1, MAX = 4.0E+9
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l The valid frequency range for external clock inputs to the module is 1 Hz to 10 MHz.
l Since the maximum point-to-point rate for trace waveforms on the 34951A is 200 kHz, you must set the
divisor such that the resulting clock input is less than 200 kHz. For example, with an external clock input of
2 MHz, the minimum divisor would be: 2 MHz/200 kHz = 10.
l The external clock signal is applied to Pin 24 on the module's D-Sub connector. The external clock input is
shared among all four DAC channels (i.e., there are no channel-specific clock inputs available). The valid fre-
quency range for external clock inputs to the module is 1 Hz to 10 MHz.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the divisor to 1. In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV com-
mand) will reset the divisor to 1.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 793

Return Format
The query command returns the clock divisor in the form "+1.00000000E+02" for each DAC channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the clock divisor to 100 on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4 (the external clock input
signal is divided by 100).

SOUR:FUNC:CLOC:SOUR EXT, (@4001,4002)

SOUR:FUNC:CLOC:EXT:DIV 100,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the clock divisor in use on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:CLOC:EXT:DIV? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+02,+1.00000000E+02

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate

794 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce <source>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the clock source for pacing trace outputs on the specified channels on the 34951A
Isolated DAC Module. The module will accept an internal clock, an external clock, or a software (bus) command.
If desired, you can assign different clock sources to each of the four DAC channels.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<source> Discrete {INTernal|EXTernal|STEP} INTernal
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l If you select the INTernal source, the pacing is controlled by the SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod com-
mand.
l If you select the EXTernal source, the pacing is controlled by an external clock signal which you supply to the
module (Pin 24 on the module's D-Sub connector). The external clock input is shared among all four DAC
channels (i.e., there are no channel-specific clock inputs available). The valid frequency range for external
clock inputs to the module is 1 Hz to 10 MHz.
l If desired, you can use the SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor command to divide the external
clock frequency. Since the maximum point-to-point rate for trace waveforms on the 34951A is 200 kHz, you
must set the divisor such that the resulting clock input is less than 200 kHz. For example, with an external
clock input of 2 MHz, the minimum divisor would be: 2 MHz/200 kHz = 10.
l If you select the STEP source, the pacing is controlled by the SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate com-
mand. Successive values are output each time the command is received.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 795

 l If you select the EXTernal or STEP source, the internal sample period specified by the SOURce:FUNC-
tion:SAMPle:PERiod command is ignored.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the clock source to INTernal. In addition, storing the instrument state
(*SAV command) will reset the clock source to INTernal.

Return Format
The query command returns the present clock source for the specified channels: "INT", "EXT", or "STEP".
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the external clock source on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4. The external clock
input is shared between these two channels.

SOUR:FUNC:CLOC:SOUR EXT,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the clock source in use on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:CLOC:SOUR? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: EXT,EXT

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor
SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate

796 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN {<gain>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets a current gain for scaled trace outputs on the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated
DAC Module. Scaling is applied using the following equation:

Scaled Value = (Gain x Trace Data) + Offset

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gain> Numeric Specify any value between 0 and 20 mA. 1 mA
MIN = 0, MAX = 20 mA.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l If the resulting scaled value goes outside the current limit of the DAC channel (±20 mA), an error is gen-
erated and the value is not applied. For example, if the offset is set to 1 mA, the maximum gain allowed will
be 19 mA.
l To control the output current in the level mode, use the SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel] command.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the gain to 1 mA. In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV com-
mand) will reset the gain to 1 mA.

Return Format
The query command returns the gain in the form "+1.00000000E-03" for each DAC channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 797

Examples
The following command downloads a 1000-point square waveform to memory on the module in slot 4 and
outputs the waveform from DAC channel 1. The gain and offset are adjusted on the waveform. The trace name is
"TEST_SQU".

TRAC:FUNC 4,SQU, TEST_SQU, 1000 !Download 1000-point square wave to memory

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC TEST_SQU,(@4001) !Assign trace to channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:CURR:OFFS 0.01,(@4001) !Set offset to 10 mA
SOUR:FUNC:CURR:GAIN 0.005,(@4001) !Set gain to 5 mA
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001) !Enable outputs from channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001) !Enable trace mode on channel 1

The following query returns the gain on DAC channel 1 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:CURR:GAIN? (@4001)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E-03

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion

798 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet {<offset>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets a current offset for scaled trace outputs on the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated
DAC Module. Scaling is applied using the following equation:

Scaled Value = (Gain x Trace Data) + Offset

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<offset> Numeric Specify any value between -20 mAand 0
+20 mA.
MIN = -20 mA, MAX = +20 mA.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l If the resulting scaled value goes outside the current limit of the DAC channel (±20 mA), an error is gen-
erated and the value is not applied. For example, if the gain is set to 5 mA, the maximum offset allowed will
be 15 mA.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the offset to 0. In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV com-
mand) will reset the offset to 0.

Return Format
The query command returns the offset in the form "+0.00000000E+00" for each DAC channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 799

Examples
The following command downloads a 1000-point square waveform to memory on the module in slot 4 and
outputs the waveform from DAC channel 1. The gain and offset are adjusted on the waveform. The trace name is
"TEST_SQU".

TRAC:FUNC 4,SQU, TEST_SQU, 1000 !Download 1000-point square wave to memory

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC TEST_SQU,(@4001) !Assign trace to channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:CURR:OFFS 0.01,(@4001) !Set offset to 10 mA
SOUR:FUNC:CURR:GAIN 0.005,(@4001) !Set gain to 5 mA
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001) !Enable outputs from channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001) !Enable trace mode on channel 1

The following query returns the offset on DAC channel 1 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:CURR:OFFS? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E-05,+5.00000000E-05

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion

800 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command disables or enables the trace output mode on the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated DAC
Module.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or
s004.

Remarks
l If you have not associated a trace name with the specified channels (see SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
command), an error is generated if you attempt to enable the specified channels.
l Sending the SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel] or SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel] command to set a current or voltage
level will stop a trace waveform in progress and turn off the trace output mode.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will turn off the trace output mode. In addition, storing the instrument state
(*SAV command) will turn off the trace output mode.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON). Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command enables the trace output mode on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 801

 SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the state of the trace output mode on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:ENAB? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: 1,1

See Also
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]

802 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency {<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the frequency of trace waveform outputs for the 34951A Isolated DAC Module. The
maximum allowed frequency is for the entire trace waveform and is a function of the time between consecutive
trace values (see SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod command) and the number of waveform points.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<frequency> Numeric Desired frequency in Hz. The default is a function of
the sample period and the
number of points in the
trace waveform.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required parameter
(@sccc).
Select from s001, s002, s003, or
s004.

Remarks
l If you have not associated a trace name with the specified channels (see SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
command), the command is accepted but no error is generated if you attempt to set the frequency.
l Since the maximum point-to-point rate for trace waveforms on the 34951A is 200 kHz, the maximum output
frequency is:

Maximum Frequency = 200,000 / Number of Points

For example, a 1,000-point waveform will have a maximum frequency of: 200,000/1,000 = 200 Hz; a 100-
point waveform will have a maximum frequency of: 200,000/100 = 2,000 Hz.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 803

 l This command is valid only with an INTernal clock source (see SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce com-
mand). If the clock source is set to EXTernal or STEP, the specified frequency is ignored.
l All of the built-in waveforms are 1 cycle in length (see TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion command).
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the frequency to its default (a function of the sample period and the
number of points in the trace waveform). In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV command) will reset
the frequency to its default.

Return Format
The query command returns the output frequency in the form "+1.00000000E+03" for each DAC channel
specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas. If you have not associated a trace name with the
specified channels, "+0.00000000E+00" is returned for each channel (no error generated).

Examples
The following command sets the output frequency to 1 kHz on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:FREQ 1000,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the output frequency on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:FREQ? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+03,+1.00000000E+03

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod

804 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:HALT
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:HALT (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command immediately stops the trace outputs from the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated DAC
Module. The output remains enabled and is maintained at the level presently being output at the time the
waveform was stopped.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l To restart a halted waveform, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate command. The waveform
begins at the specified starting index and the specified gain and offset remain in effect.

Example
The following command stops trace outputs on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:HALT (@4001,4002)

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 805

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet

806 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod {<period>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the internal sample period for trace outputs on the specified channels on the 34951A
Isolated DAC Module. The specified period sets the time between consecutive trace values in memory,
independent of the number of waveform points.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<period> Numeric Desired period in seconds. Specify any 5 µs
value between 5 µs and 200 seconds,
with 10 ns resolution.
MIN =5 µs , MAX = 200 seconds
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l This command is similar to the SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency command, which sets the frequency of trace
waveform. However, since the frequency is a function of the sample period and the number of points in the
trace waveform, you must first associated a trace name with the specified channels (see SOURce:FUNC-
tion:TRACe[:NAME] command).
l This command is valid only with an INTernal clock source (see SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce com-
mand). If you have set the clock source to EXTernal or STEP, the specified sample period is ignored (but the
period will be applied if you change the clock source back to INTernal).
l All of the built-in waveforms are 1 cycle in length (see TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion command).
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the sample period to 5 µs. In addition, storing the instrument state
(*SAV command) will reset the sample period to 5 µs.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 807

Return Format
The query command returns the sample period in the form "+5.00000000E-06" for each DAC channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the sample period to 5 ms on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:SAMP:PER 5E-3,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the sample period on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:SAMP:PER? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: +5.00000000E-03,+5.00000000E-03

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency

808 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the number of trace cycles to be output from the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated
DAC Module.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<count> Numeric Specify any value between 1 and 254, 0 (continuous)
or 0 (continuous).
MIN = 1, MAX = 254, INF = continuous
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l If you have not associated a trace name with the specified channels (see SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
command), an error is generated if you attempt to set the number of trace cycles.
l The maximum rate for reloading a waveform is 1 second. Therefore, an external trigger may not be recog-
nized if it comes too quickly (see SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce command).
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the count to 0 (continuous). In addition, storing the instrument state
(*SAV command) will reset the count to 0 (continuous).

Return Format
The query command returns the count in the form "+1.00000000E+01" for each DAC channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas. For a continuous count ("0" or INFinity), the query command returns
"+0.00000000E+00".

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 809

Examples
The following command sets the cycle count to 100 on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC:NCYC 100,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the cycle count on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC:NCYC? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: +1.00000000E+02,+1.00000000E+02

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion

810 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME] <name>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects a trace name to be associated with the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated DAC
Module. The specified trace name must be a previously-defined name downloaded to the memory using the
TRACe[:DATA], TRACe[:DATA]:DAC, or TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion command.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<name> ASCII String A previously-defined trace name This is a required
consisting of up to 12 characters. The parameter
first character must be a letter (A-Z),
but the remaining 11 characters can
be letters, numbers (0-9), or the
underscore character ("_"). Blank
spaces are not allowed.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or
s004.

Remarks
l You can associate the same trace name with one to four channels on a module (i.e., you can output the same
waveform from multiple channels). You cannot, however, assign the same trace name to different waveforms
on the same module (use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME] command to delete a trace waveform from memory).
Since trace names are not required to be unique to a given module, you can also assign the same trace name
to channels on different modules.
l An error is generated if the specified trace name does not exist.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 811

 l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace waveform from memory and removes all trace name asso-
ciations.

Return Format
The query command returns the trace name associated with the specified channels. Multiple responses are
separated by commas. If no traces have been associated with a channel, a null string ( " " ) is returned for that
channel.

Examples
The following command downloads a 1000-point sine waveform to memory on the module in slot 4 and outputs
the waveform from DAC channels 1 and 2. The trace name is "TEST_SINE".

TRAC:FUNC 4,SIN, TEST_SINE, 1000 !Download 1000-point sine to memory

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC TEST_SINE,(@4001,4002) !Assign trace to channels 1 and 2
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001,4002) !Enable outputs from channels 1 and 2
SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001,4002) !Enable trace mode on channels 1 and 2

The following query returns the trace name currently associated with DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4 (the quotes
are also returned).

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: "TEST_SINE","TEST_SINE"

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]

812 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex <point>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the starting point (index) for trace outputs on the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated
DAC Module.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<point> Numeric Desired starting point. Specify any 0 (first point)
value between 0 (first point) and the
last point in the trace (last point – 1).
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l If you have not associated a trace name with the specified channels (see SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
command), an error is generated if you attempt to set the starting point.
l If you specify a starting point that is greater than or equal to the last point in the trace, an error is generated.
l If you assign a new trace name to a channel, the starting point is automatically reset to 0.
l You cannot assign a new starting point while a trace output is currently running.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the starting point to 0. In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV
command) will reset the starting point to 0.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 813

Return Format
The query command returns the starting point in the form "+0.00000000E+00" for each DAC channel specified.
Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command sets the starting points to point number 20 on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC:SIND 20,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the starting points for DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC:SIND? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: +2.00000000E+01,+2.00000000E+01

814 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command starts trace outputs from the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module. If you have
selected the STEPped trigger mode (see SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce command), then this command will
advance the trace output to the next data point in memory.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l When the trace starts, the specified gain and offset values are applied to the trace output.
l In order to output the trace waveform from the module, you must enable the output using the OUTPut
[:STATe] command.

Example
The following command starts trace outputs from DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:CLOC:SOUR STEP,(@4001,4002)
SOUR:FUNC:TRIG:IMM (@4001,4002)

See Also
OUTPut[:STATe]
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 815

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce <source>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the trigger source for enabling outputs from the specified channels on the 34951A
Isolated DAC Module (used in level mode and trace mode). The module will accept an immediate (continuous)
trigger, a software (bus) command, or an external TTL trigger pulse.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<source> Discrete {IMMediate|MANual|EXTernal} IMMediate
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or
s004.

Remarks
l For the IMMediate (continuous) source, the trigger signal is always present. When you enable the output
(see OUTPut[:STATe] command), the voltage/current level or trace waveform is output.
l For the MANual (software) source, the output is triggered by the SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate
command received over the remote interface. The SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate command will not
be accepted unless the output is enabled (see OUTPut[:STATe] command).
l For the EXTernal source, the module will accept a hardware trigger pulse applied to the module (Pin 25 on
the module's D-Sub connector). If the output is enabled (see OUTPut[:STATe] command), the module will
output the voltage/current level or trace waveform when a rising-edge TTL pulse is received. The maximum
rate for reloading a waveform is 1 second. Therefore, an external trigger may not be recognized if it comes
too quickly.

816 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l To configure the 34951A to output an external trigger signal (used for synchronizing multiple 34951A mod-
ules), select the EXTernal source. See the SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut command for more inform-
ation. Note that when an external trigger output is issued, all channels on the module configured for an
external trigger input will also be triggered.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the clock source to IMMediate. In addition, storing the instrument state
(*SAV command) will reset the clock source to IMMediate.

Return Format
The query command returns the present clock source: "IMM", "MAN", or "EXT". Multiple responses are separated
by commas.

Examples
The following command selects the external trigger source on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:TRIG:SOUR EXT,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the trigger source in use on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:TRIG:SOUR? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: EXT,EXT

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 817

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN {<gain>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets a voltage gain for scaled trace outputs on the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated
DAC Module. Scaling is applied using the following equation:

Scaled Value = (Gain x Trace Data) + Offset

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<gain> Numeric Specify any value between 0 and 1 volt
16 volts.
MIN = 0, MAX = 16 volts.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l If the resulting scaled value goes outside the present limit of the DAC channel (±16 Vdc), an error is gen-
erated and the value is not applied. For example, if the offset is set to 1V, the maximum gain allowed will be
15V.
l Each DAC channel is capable of ±16 Vdc up to 10 mA maximum current. For protection, each channel incor-
porates a resettable thermal fuse that will open at greater than 20 mA. If an overload condition exists, the
fuse will open, but no error or Service Request will be generated. To reset the fuse, remove the overload con-
dition and wait a few minutes for the fuse to cool.
l To control the output voltage in the level mode, use the SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel] command.

818 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the gain to 1 volt. In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV com-
mand) will reset the gain to 1 volt.

Return Format
The query command returns the gain in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each DAC channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command downloads a 1000-point square waveform to memory on the module in slot 4 and
outputs the waveform from DAC channel 1. The gain and offset are adjusted to TTL levels. The trace name is
"TEST_SQU".

TRAC:FUNC 4,SQU, TEST_SQU, 1000 !Download 1000-point square wave to memory

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC TEST_SQU,(@4001) !Assign trace to channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:VOLT:OFFS 2.5,(@4001) !Set offset to 2.5 volts
SOUR:FUNC:VOLT:GAIN 2.5,(@4001) !Set gain to 2.5
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001) !Enable outputs from channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001) !Enable trace mode on channel 1

The following query returns the gain on DAC channel 1 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:VOLT:GAIN? (@4001)

Typical Response: +2.50000000E+00

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 819

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet {<offset>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets a voltage offset for scaled trace outputs on the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated
DAC Module. Scaling is applied using the following equation:

Scaled Value = (Gain x Trace Data) + Offset

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<offset> Numeric Specify any value between -16 and +16. 0
MIN = -16, MAX = 16.
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or s004.

Remarks
l If the resulting scaled value goes outside the present limit of the DAC channel (±16 Vdc), an error is gen-
erated and the value is not applied. For example, if the gain is set to 5V, the maximum offset allowed will be
15V.
l Each DAC channel is capable of ±16 Vdc up to 10 mA maximum current. For protection, each channel incor-
porates a resettable thermal fuse that will open at greater than 20 mA. If an overload condition exists, the
fuse will open, but no error or Service Request will be generated. To reset the fuse, remove the overload con-
dition and wait a few minutes for the fuse to cool.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the offset to 0. In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV com-
mand) will reset the offset to 0.

820 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns the offset in the form "+0.00000000E+00" for each DAC channel specified. Multiple
responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command downloads a 1000-point square waveform to memory on the module in slot 4 and
outputs the waveform from DAC channel 1. The gain and offset are adjusted to TTL levels. The trace name is
"TEST_SQU".

TRAC:FUNC 4,SQU, TEST_SQU, 1000 !Download 1000-point square wave to memory

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC TEST_SQU,(@4001) !Assign trace to channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:VOLT:OFFS 2.5,(@4001) !Set offset to 2.5 volts
SOUR:FUNC:VOLT:GAIN 2.5,(@4001) !Set gain to 2.5
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001) !Enable outputs from channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001) !Enable trace mode on channel 1

The following query returns the offset on DAC channel 1 in slot 4.

SOUR:FUNC:VOLT:OFFS? (@4001)

Typical Response: +2.50000000E+00

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 821

SOURce:MODE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:MODE <mode>, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:MODE? (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command selects the voltage or current mode for the specified channels on the 34951A Isolated DAC
Module.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {VOLTage|CURRent} VOLTage
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
Select from s001, s002, s003, or
s004.

Remarks
l Sending the SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel] or SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel] command will automatically enable the
corresponding mode. The SOURce:MODE command gives you the capability to predefine voltage and cur-
rent levels on the specified channels and then switch from one mode to the other.
l If the output is enabled (OUTPut[:STATe] ON) at the time you switch modes, the output will be momentarily
disabled. After the mode transition is complete, the output will be re-enabled (some settling time may
occur).
l If the output is disabled (OUTPut[:STATe] OFF) at the time you switch modes, the output will remain off after
the mode transition is complete.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the module to the voltage mode. In addition, storing the instrument
state (*SAV command) will reset the module to the voltage mode.

822 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns the present output mode: "VOLT" or "CURR". Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command sets a current level and a voltage level on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4. The
SOURce:MODE command selects the current mode.

SOUR:CURR 5E-3,(@4001,4002) !Selects the current level

SOUR:VOLT 2.5, (@4001,4002) !Selects the voltage level
SOUR:MODE CURR,(@4001,4002) !Switch to current mode

The following query returns the output mode in use on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:MODE? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: CURR,CURR

See Also
OUTPut[:STATe]
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 823

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency

Syntax
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency {<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, <slot>

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency? [{MIN|MAX}, ] <slot>

Although the same command syntax is used to support both modules listed below, the corresponding
functionality is different for each. To simplify the explanations, two separate command pages have been created
for this command. To view the individual command pages, select from the links provided below.
l 34950A Digital I/O Module
l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

824 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, <slot>

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel? [{MIN|MAX}, ] <slot>

Description
This command sets the logic "1" voltage level for external clock outputs on the 34950A Digital I/O Module in the
specified slot. The external clock frequency is derived from the internal 20 MHz timebase clock on the module.
Once enabled, the clock signal is output from Pin 62 on the module's D-Sub connector (connector P2).

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric Desired voltage level 1.66V
between 1.66V and 5V, with
20 mV resolution.
MIN = 1.66V, MAX = 5V
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l To set the frequency of the external clock output, use the SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency command.
l To enable the specified clock signal to be output from the module, use the SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe
command.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will disable the clock output and reset the voltage level to 1.66V.

Return Format
The query command returns the voltage level in the form "+1.00000000E+00". Multiple responses are
separated by commas.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 825

Examples
The following command sets the voltage level to 2.4V on the module in slot 3.

SOUR:MOD:CLOCK:LEVEL 2.4,3 !Logic "1" = 2.4V

The following query returns the voltage level setting on the module in slot 3.

SOUR:MOD:CLOCK:LEVEL? 3

Typical Response: +2.40000000E+00

See Also
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe

826 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe <mode>, <slot>

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe? <slot>

Description
This command disables or enables the external clock output on the module in the specified slot.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l On the 34950A, you can set the clock output frequency to any value between 10 Hz and 20 MHz using the
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency command.
l On the 34951A, you can set the clock output frequency to any value between 305.2 Hz and 10 MHz using the
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency command.
l If desired, you can use the SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor command (34951A only) to divide
the external clock frequency. Since the maximum point-to-point rate for trace waveforms on the 34951A is
200 kHz, you must set the divisor such that the resulting clock input is less than 200 kHz. For example, with
an external clock input of 2 MHz, the minimum divisor would be: 2 MHz/200 kHz = 10.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will disable the clock output and reset the clock output frequency to 1 kHz.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 827

Examples
The following command sets the clock frequency for slot 4 to 5 kHz and enables the output.

SOUR:MOD:CLOCK:FREQ 5E+3,4 !Set clock frequency to 5 kHz

SOUR:MOD:CLOCK:STATE ON,4

The following query returns the state of the clock output mode for slot 4.

SOUR:MOD:CLOCK:STATE? 4

Typical Response: 1

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor (34951A only)
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel (34950A only)

828 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMMediate
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMMediate <slot>

Description
This command issues an external trigger pulse from the 34951A Isolated DAC Module in the specified slot. Once
the external trigger mode is enabled (see SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut command), this command issues a
TTL pulse (one trigger line per module). The primary use of the trigger output mode is to synchronize multiple
34951A modules.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required parameter

Remarks
l Note that when an external trigger output is issued, all channels on the module configured for an external
trigger input will also be triggered (see SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce EXT command).
l To use the trigger output mode, first configure at least one DAC channel in the specified slot for an external
trigger (see SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce EXT command). Then, send the SOURce:MODule:TRIGger-
:OUTPut command to enable the trigger output mode on the specified slot.
l Sending the SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate command to a DAC channel configured for an imme-
diate/manual trigger will trigger the channel, but will not pulse the trigger output line.
l One signal line is dedicated for both input and output triggering on the 34951A (Pin 25 on the module's D-
Sub connector). By default, the trigger line is an input.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will turn off the trigger output mode.

Example
The following command issues an external trigger pulse from the module in slot 4.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 829

 SOUR:MOD:TRIG:OUTP ON,4 !Enable trigger output
SOUR:FUNC:TRIG:SOUR EXT,(@4001) !Enable external trigger
SOUR:MOD:TRIG:EXT:IMM 4 !Pulse trigger output line and trigger DAC channel 1

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut

830 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut <mode>, <slot>

SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut? <slot>

Description
This command disables or enables the trigger output mode on the 34951A Isolated DAC Module in the specified
slot. Once the module is properly configured, send the SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMMediate
command to issue a TTL pulse (one trigger line per module). The primary use of the trigger output mode is to
synchronize multiple 34951A modules.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l To use the trigger output mode, first configure at least one DAC channel in the specified slot for an external
trigger (see SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce EXT command). Then, send the SOURce:MODule:TRIGger-
:EXTernal:IMMediate command to issue the trigger pulse (also triggers the externally-triggered DAC chan-
nel).
l Sending the SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate command to a DAC channel configured for an imme-
diate/manual trigger will trigger the channel, but will not pulse the trigger output line.
l One signal line is dedicated for both input and output triggering on the 34951A (Pin 25 on the module's D-
Sub connector). By default, the trigger line is an input.
l The trigger output state is stored as part of the instrument state (*SAV command).
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will turn off the trigger output mode.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 831

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for the module in the specified slot.

Examples
The following command enables the trigger output mode on the 34951A installed in slot 4. Channel 1 is
configured for an external trigger.

SOUR:MOD:TRIG:OUTP ON,4 !Enable trigger output

SOUR:FUNC:TRIG:SOUR EXT,(@4001) !Enable external trigger
SOUR:MOD:TRIG:EXT:IMM (@4001) !Pulse trigger output line and trigger DAC
channel 1

The following query returns the state of the trigger output mode on the 34951A installed in slot 4.

SOUR:MOD:TRIG:OUTP? 4

Typical Response: 1

See Also
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMMediate

832 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel] {<voltage>|MIN|MAX|DEF}, (@<ch_list>)

SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]? [{MIN|MAX}, ] (@<ch_list>)

Description
This command sets the output voltage level for the specified DAC channels. After setting the desired level, send
the OUTPut[:STATe] command to close the corresponding output relay and enable outputs from the specified
channels.

This command outputs a dc voltage level. To output a trace waveform from the module,
see the TRACe commands.

Used With:

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

l 34952A Multifunction Module (DAC channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<voltage> Numeric 34951A: ±16 Vdc, with 500 µV 0 Vdc
resolution
MIN = -16 Vdc, MAX = +16 Vdc
34952A: ±12 Vdc, with 1 mV
resolution
MIN = -12 Vdc, MAX = +12 Vdc
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form This is a required
(@sccc). parameter
34951A: s001, s002, s003, s004
34952A: s006, s007

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 833

Remarks
l On the 34951A, each DAC channel is capable of ±16 Vdc up to 10 mA maximum current. For protection,
each channel incorporates a resettable thermal fuse that will open at greater than 20 mA. If an overload con-
dition exists, the fuse will open, but no error or Service Request will be generated. To reset the fuse, remove
the overload condition and wait a few minutes for the fuse to cool.
l After setting the desired level, send the OUTPut[:STATe] command to close the corresponding output relay
and enable outputs from the specified channels. For subsequent SOURce:VOLTage commands, the output
relay will remain closed.
l On the 34951A, the SOURce:MODE command gives you the capability to predefine voltage and current
levels on the specified channels and then switch from one mode to the other. Sending the SOURce:VOLTage
[:LEVel] or SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel] command will automatically enable the corresponding mode.
l If a trace waveform is being output (34951A only) at the time this command is sent, the waveform will stop
and the trace mode will be disabled (equivalent to SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle OFF).
l The SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN and SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet commands are used to con-
trol the gain and offset of trace waveform outputs. These commands are ignored while in the level mode.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) will reset the DAC outputs to 0 Vdc. On the 34951A, storing the instrument state
(*SAV command) will reset the DAC outputs to 0 Vdc.

Return Format
The query command returns the output voltage in the form "+1.00000000E+00" for each DAC channel
specified. Multiple responses are separated by commas.

Examples
The following command outputs +2.5 Vdc on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4 (assumes 34951A).

SOUR:VOLT 2.5,(@4001,4002)
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001,4002)

The following query returns the voltage outputs on DAC channels 1 and 2 in slot 4.

SOUR:VOLT? (@4001,4002)

Typical Response: +2.50000000E+00,+2.50000000E+00

See Also
OUTPut[:STATe]
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle

834 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SOURce:MODE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 835

STATus Subsystem Introduction

Keysight 34980A Status System Diagram

Printable PDF Version

836 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 837
Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

*ESE
*ESE?
*ESR?
*SRE
*SRE?
*STB?
STATus:ALARm:CONDition?
STATus:ALARm:ENABle
STATus:ALARm:ENABle?
STATus:ALARm[:EVENt]?
STATus:MODule:ENABle
STATus:MODule:ENABle?
STATus:MODule:EVENt?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n][:EVENt]?
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
STATus:PRESet
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
SYSTem:ALARm?
SYSTem:ERRor?

838 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Plug-In Module Event Register Information
The links below take you to the Event Register definitions for each of the Keysight 34980A plug-in modules.

Low-Frequency Multiplexer Modules

34921A 40-Channel Armature Multiplexer with Low Thermal Offset

34922A 70-Channel Armature Multiplexer
34923A 40/80-Channel Reed Multiplexer

34924A 70-Channel Reed Multiplexer

34925A 40/80-Channel FET Multiplexer

Matrix Modules

34931A Dual 4x8 Armature Matrix

34932A Dual 4x16 Armature Matrix

34933A Dual/Quad 4x8 Reed Matrix

General-Purpose Switch Modules

34937A 32-Channel Form C / Form A General-Purpose Switch

34938A 20-Channel 5A Form A Switch
34939A 64-Channel 1A Form A Switch

RF Multiplexer Modules

34941A Quad 1x4 50Ω RF Multiplexer (no Event Registers implemented)

34942A Quad 1x4 75Ω RF Multiplexer (no Event Registers implemented)

Microwave Switch Modules

34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

34946A Dual 1x2 SPDT Terminated Microwave Switch (no Event Registers implemented)
34947A Triple 1.2 SPDT Unterminated Microwave Switch (no Event Registers implemented)

Measurement/Control Modules

34950A 64-Bit Digital I/O Module with Memory and Counter

34951A 4-Channel Isolated D/A Converter Module with Waveform Memory
34952A Multifunction Module with Digital I/O, Totalizer, and DAC

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 839

34959A Breadboard Module (no Event Registers implemented)

840 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34921A Event Registers
40/80-Channel Armature Multiplexer with Low Thermal Offset

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Interlock disconnect on 1 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 1.
Bank 1
1 Interlock disconnect on 2 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 2.
Bank 2
2-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 841

Keysight 34922A Event Registers
70-Channel Armature Multiplexer

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Interlock disconnect on 1 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 1.
Bank 1
1 Interlock disconnect on 2 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 2.
Bank 2
2-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

842 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34923A Event Registers
40/80-Channel Reed Multiplexer

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Interlock disconnect on 1 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 1.
Bank 1
1 Interlock disconnect on 2 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 2.
Bank 2
2-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 843

Keysight 34924A Event Registers
70-Channel Reed Multiplexer

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Interlock disconnect on 1 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 1.
Bank 1
1 Interlock disconnect on 2 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 2.
Bank 2
2-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

844 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34925A Event Registers
40/80-Channel Opto-Coupled FET Multiplexer

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Interlock disconnected 1 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 1.
on Bank 1
1 Interlock disconnected 2 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 2.
on Bank 2
2 Over-voltage detected 4 High voltage condition has been detected. All channel relays
and Analog Bus relays on this module have been opened. See
the SYSTem:CPON command to restore normal operation.
3-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 845

Keysight 34931A Event Registers
Dual 4x8 Armature Matrix

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
1 Interlock disconnected 2 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 2.
on Bank 2
2-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

846 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34932A Event Registers
Dual 4x16 Armature Matrix

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
1 Interlock disconnected 2 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 2.
on Bank 2
2-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 847

Keysight 34933A Event Registers
Dual/Quad 4x8 Reed Matrix

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
1 Interlock disconnected 2 Terminal block or cable has been disconnected from Bank 2.
on Bank 2
2-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

848 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34937A Event Registers
32-Channel Form C/Form A General-Purpose Switch

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0-2 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
3 Over-temperature detected 8 Temperature sensor on this module has detected
excessive heat.
4-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 849

Keysight 34938A Event Registers
20-Channel 5A Form A Switch

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0-2 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
3 Over-temperature detected 8 Temperature sensor on this module has detected
excessive heat.
4-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

850 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34939A Event Registers
64-Channel 1A Form A Switch

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0-2 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
3 Over-temperature detected 8 Temperature sensor on this module has detected
excessive heat.
4-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 851

Keysight 34945A Event Registers
Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver Interface

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0-1 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
2 Over-current detected 4 High current condition detected. Applies either when a
34945EXT Master module exceeds the mainframe slot
power limitations -or- when a 34945EXT Slave module
exceeds allowable drive current limitations.
3 34945EXT configuration 8 Applies either when a 34945EXT is connected or
changed disconnected -or- when a 34945EXT Slave is powered
on or off.
4-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

852 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34950A Event Registers
64-Bit Digital I/O Module with Memory and Counter

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 IO running on DIO 1 1 Digital input/output operations are currently running on DIO 1.
1 Sample count overflow 2 Specified number of samples have been read into memory on
on DIO 1 DIO 1 (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt
command).
2 Digital IO stopped on 4 Digital input/output operations were stopped on DIO 1.
DIO 1
3 Pattern Match detected 8 Digital pattern equal/not equal has been detected on DIO 1.
on DIO 1
4-5 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
6 Count threshold 64 Count threshold has been reached on Totalizer 1 (see
reached on Totalizer 1 CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer command).
7 Overflow on Totalizer 1 128 Totalizer overflow has been detected on Totalizer 1.
8 IO running on DIO 2 256 Digital input/output operations are currently running on DIO 2.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 853

 9 Sample count overflow 512 Specified number of samples have been read into memory on
on DIO 2 DIO 2 (see [SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt
command).
10 Digital IO stopped on 1024 Digital input/output operations were stopped on DIO 2.
DIO 2
11 Pattern Match detected 2048 Digital pattern equal/not equal has been detected on DIO 2.
on DIO 2
12-13 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
14 Count threshold 16384 Count threshold has been reached on Totalizer 2 (see
reached on Totalizer 2 CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer command).
15 Overflow on Totalizer 2 32768 Totalizer overflow has been detected on Totalizer 2.

854 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34951A Event Registers
4-Channel Isolated D/A Converter with Waveform Memory

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 DAC 1 trace output started 1 Trace output started on DAC 1.
1 DAC 2 trace output started 2 Trace output started on DAC 2.
2 DAC 3 trace output started 4 Trace output started on DAC 3.
3 DAC 4 trace output started 8 Trace output started on DAC 4.
4 DAC 1 trace output stopped 16 Trace outputs stopped on DAC 1.
5 DAC 2 trace output stopped 32 Trace outputs stopped on DAC 2.
6 DAC 3 trace output stopped 64 Trace outputs stopped on DAC 3.
7 DAC 4 trace output stopped 128 Trace outputs stopped on DAC 4.
8 DAC 1 trace output running 256 Trace output in progress on DAC 1.
9 DAC 2 trace output running 512 Trace output in progress on DAC 2.
10 DAC 3 trace output running 1024 Trace output in progress on DAC 3.
11 DAC 4 trace output running 2048 Trace output in progress on DAC 4.
12-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 855

856 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference
Keysight 34952A Event Registers
Multifunction Module with Digital I/O, Totalizer, and DAC

Bit Definitions

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0-3 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
4 Pattern Match detected on DIO 16 Digital pattern equal/not equal detected on DIO 1.
1
5 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
6 Counter threshold reached on 64 Count threshold has been reached on Totalizer (see
Totalizer CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer command).
7 Overflow on Totalizer 128 Totalizer overflow has been detected on Totalizer. The
maximum count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count
rolls over to "0" after reaching the maximum allowed
value.
8-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 857

STATus:ALARm:CONDition?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:ALARm:CONDition?

Description
This command queries the condition register for the Alarm Register group (note that this condition register uses
only bit 4). This is a read-only register and the bits are not cleared when you read the register.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Alarm Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Alarm 1 1 Alarm occurred on Alarm 1.
1 Alarm 2 2 Alarm occurred on Alarm 2.
2 Alarm 3 4 Alarm occurred on Alarm 3.
3 Alarm 4 8 Alarm occurred on Alarm 4.
4 Queue Empty 16 Alarm queue status (0 = empty, 1 = not empty).
5 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
6-15 Reserved Reserved Reserved for internal use.

l A Factory Reset (*RST command) will clear the "Queue Empty" bit (bit 4) in the condition register.

Return Format
The command reads the condition register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register (see table above). For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 4
(decimal value = 16) are set, this command will return "+18".

858 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following command reads the condition register (bit 4 is set).

STAT:ALAR:COND?

Typical Response: +16

See Also
STATus:ALARm:ENABle
STATus:ALARm[:EVENt]?
SYSTem:ALARm?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 859

STATus:ALARm:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
STATus:ALARm:ENABle <enable_value>

STATus:ALARm:ENABle?

Description
This command enables bits in the enable register for the Alarm Register group. The selected bits are then
reported to the Status Byte.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<enable_ Numeric A decimal value which This is a required parameter
value> corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of the bits in the
register (see table below).

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Alarm Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Alarm 1 1 Alarm occurred on Alarm 1.
1 Alarm 2 2 Alarm occurred on Alarm 2.
2 Alarm 3 4 Alarm occurred on Alarm 3.
3 Alarm 4 8 Alarm occurred on Alarm 4.
4 Queue Empty 16 Alarm queue status (0 = empty, 1 = not empty).
5 Queue Overflow 32 Alarm data lost due to alarm queue overflow.
6-15 Reserved Reserved Reserved for internal use.

860 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Use the <enable_value> parameter to specify which bits will be reported to the Status Byte. The decimal
value specified corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits you wish to enable in the register. For
example, to enable bit 0 (decimal value = 1), bit 1 (decimal value = 2), and bit 4 (decimal value = 16), the cor-
responding decimal value would be 19 (1 + 2 + 16).
l The *CLS (clear status) command will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event
register.
l The STATus:PRESet command will clear all bits in the enable register.

Return Format
The query command reads the enable register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 4 (decimal value = 16)
are enabled, the query command will return "+18".

Examples
The following command enables bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 4 (decimal value = 16) in the enable register.

STAT:ALAR:ENAB 16

The following query returns which bits are enabled in the register.

STAT:ALAR:ENAB?

Typical Response: +16

See Also
STATus:ALARm:CONDition?

STATus:ALARm[:EVENt]?
STATus:PRESet

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 861

STATus:ALARm[:EVENt]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:ALARm[:EVENt]?

Description
This command queries the event register for the Alarm Register group.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Alarm Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Alarm 1 1 Alarm occurred on Alarm 1.
1 Alarm 2 2 Alarm occurred on Alarm 2.
2 Alarm 3 4 Alarm occurred on Alarm 3.
3 Alarm 4 8 Alarm occurred on Alarm 4.
4 Queue Empty 16 Alarm queue status (0 = empty, 1 = not empty).
5 Queue Overflow 32 Alarm data lost due to alarm queue overflow.
6-15 Reserved Reserved Reserved for internal use.

l Note that if any of bits 0 through 3 are set, bit 4 will also be set to indicate that the Alarm Queue is not
empty.
l Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register or the *CLS (clear status) com-
mand.

Return Format
The command reads the event register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted
sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 4 (decimal value = 16) are set,

862 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

this command will return "+18".

Example
The following command reads the event register (bits 1, 3, and 4 are set).

STAT:ALAR?

Typical Response: +25

See Also
STATus:ALARm:CONDition?
STATus:ALARm:ENABle?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 863

STATus:MODule:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
STATus:MODule:ENABle <enable_value>

STATus:MODule:ENABle?

Description
This command enables bits in the enable register for the Module Event Register group. The selected bits are
then reported to the Status Byte.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<enable_ Numeric A decimal value which This is a required parameter
value> corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of the bits in the
register (see table below).

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Module Event Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
1 Slot 1 Event 2 Event occurred on module in Slot 1.
2 Slot 2 Event 4 Event occurred on module in Slot 2.
3 Slot 3 Event 8 Event occurred on module in Slot 3.
4 Slot 4 Event 16 Event occurred on module in Slot 4.
5 Slot 5 Event 32 Event occurred on module in Slot 5.
6 Slot 6 Event 64 Event occurred on module in Slot 6.
7 Slot 7 Event 128 Event occurred on module in Slot 7.
8 Slot 8 Event 256 Event occurred on module in Slot 8.
9-13 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
14 Queue Empty 16384 Event queue status (0 = empty, 1 = not empty).
15 Queue Overflow 32768 Event data lost due to event queue overflow.

864 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l Use the <enable_value> parameter to specify which bits will be reported to the Status Byte. The decimal
value specified corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits you wish to enable in the register. For
example, to enable bit 0 (decimal value = 1), bit 1 (decimal value = 2), and bit 8 (decimal value = 256), the cor-
responding decimal value would be 259 (1 + 2 + 256).
l Most of the plug-in modules have defined events that are logged in the Module Event queue. For module-
specific event definitions, see Plug-In Module Event Register Information.
l The *CLS (clear status) command will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event
register.
l The STATus:PRESet command will clear all bits in the enable register.

Return Format
The query command reads the enable register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 3 (decimal value = 8)
are enabled, the query command will return "+10".

Examples
The following command enables bit 8 (decimal value = 256) in the enable register.

STAT:MOD:ENAB 256

The following query returns which bits are enabled in the register.

STAT:MOD:ENAB?

Typical Response: +256

See Also
STATus:MODule[:EVENt]?

STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle
STATus:PRESet

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 865

STATus:MODule:EVENt?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:MODule:EVENt?

Description
This command queries the event register for the Module Event Register group.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Module Event Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
1 Slot 1 Event 2 Event occurred on module in Slot 1.
2 Slot 2 Event 4 Event occurred on module in Slot 2.
3 Slot 3 Event 8 Event occurred on module in Slot 3.
4 Slot 4 Event 16 Event occurred on module in Slot 4.
5 Slot 5 Event 32 Event occurred on module in Slot 5.
6 Slot 6 Event 64 Event occurred on module in Slot 6.
7 Slot 7 Event 128 Event occurred on module in Slot 7.
8 Slot 8 Event 256 Event occurred on module in Slot 8.
9-13 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
14 Queue Empty 16384 Event queue status (0 = empty, 1 = not empty).
15 Queue Overflow 32768 Event data lost due to event queue overflow.

l Most of the plug-in modules have defined events that are logged in the Module Event queue. For module-
specific event definitions, see Plug-In Module Event Register Information.
l Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register or the *CLS (clear status) com-
mand.

Return Format
The command reads the event register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted
sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 8 (decimal value = 256) are set,
this command will return "+258".

866 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following command reads the event register (bit 7 is set).

STAT:MOD:EVEN?

Typical Response: +128

See Also
STATus:MODule:ENABle?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 867

STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?

Description
Most of the plug-in modules have their own set of Slot Event Registers (see Plug-In Module Event Register
Information). This command queries the condition register for the specified Slot Event Register group. This is a
read-only register and the bits are not cleared when you read the register.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} Slot 1

Return Format
The command reads the condition register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register (see table above). For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 9
(decimal value = 512) are set, this command will return "+514".

Example
The following command reads the condition register for Slot 2 (bit 1 is set).

STAT:MOD:SLOT2:COND?

Typical Response: +2

See Also
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt?

868 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle <enable_value>

STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle?

Description
Most of the plug-in modules have their own set of Slot Event Registers (see Plug-In Module Event Register
Information). This command enables bits in the enable register for the specified Slot Event Register group. The
selected bits are then reported to the corresponding bit in the Module Event Register group.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} Slot 1
<enable_ Numeric A decimal value which This is a required parameter
value> corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of the bits in the
register (see link above).

Remarks
l Use the <enable_value> parameter to specify which bits will be reported to the corresponding bit in the Mod-
ule Event Registergroup. The decimal value specified corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits
you wish to enable in the register. For example, to enable bit 0 (decimal value = 1), bit 1 (decimal value = 2),
and bit 11 (decimal value = 2048), the corresponding decimal value would be 2051 (1 + 2 + 2048).
l The *CLS (clear status) command will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event
register.
l The STATus:PRESet command will clear all bits in the enable register.

Return Format
The query command reads the enable register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 0 (decimal value = 1) and bit 1 (decimal value = 2)
are enabled, the query command will return "+3".

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 869

Examples
The following command enables bit 3 (decimal value = 8) in the enable register for Slot 4.

STAT:MOD:SLOT4:ENAB 8

The following query returns which bits are enabled in the register.

STAT:MOD:SLOT4:ENAB?

Typical Response: +8

See Also
STATus:PRESet
STATus:MODule:ENABle
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt?

870 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

STATus:MODule:SLOT[n][:EVENt]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n][:EVENt]?

Description
Most of the plug-in modules have their own set of Slot Event Registers (see Plug-In Module Event Register
Information). This command queries the event register for the specified Slot Event Register group.This is a read-
only register and the bits are cleared when you read the register.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<n> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} Slot 1

Remarks
l Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register or the *CLS (clear status) com-
mand.

Return Format
The command reads the event register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted
sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 9 (decimal value = 512) are set,
this command will return "+514".

Example
The following command reads the event register for Slot 3 (bit 11 is set).

STAT:MOD:SLOT3:EVEN?

Typical Response: +2048

See Also
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 871

STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

Description
This command queries the condition register for the Standard Operation Register group. This is a read-only
register and the bits are not cleared when you read the register.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Standard Operation Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Calibration in Progress 1 Instrument is performing a calibration.
1-3 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
4 Measurement in 16 Instrument is making a measurement as part of a
Progress, or scanning operation or as a standalone DMM
Measuring measurement. The bit goes true when the INITiate
operation begins, and goes false when the INITiate
operation ends.
5 Waiting for Trigger 32 Instrument is waiting for an external trigger.
6-7 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
8 Configuration Change 256 This bit is set when anything related to a channel
configuration or measurement is changed.

This bit is cleared when a new measurement or digital

read is initiated.
9 Memory Threshold 512 Programmed number of readings have been stored in
reading memory (see DATA:POINts:EVENt:THR
command).

872 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 10 Instrument Locked 1024 If a remote thread (GPIB, USB, or LAN) has a lock (see
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest? command), this bit will
be set. When a remote thread releases the lock (see
SYSTem:LOCK:RELease command), this bit will be
cleared.
11-13 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
14 Sequence Running 16384 A sequence is currently running. The bit goes true at
the beginning of the execution of the sequence, and
goes false when the sequence has completed.
15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

l A Factory Reset (*RST command) will set the "Configuration Change" bit (bit 8) in the condition register.

Return Format
The command reads the condition register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register (see table above). For example, if bit 4 (decimal value = 16) and bit 8
(decimal value = 256) are set, this command will return "+272".

Example
The following command reads the condition register (bit 4 is set).

STAT:OPER:COND?

Typical Response: +16

See Also
STATus:OPERation:ENABle
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 873

STATus:OPERation:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
STATus:OPERation:ENABle <enable_value>

STATus:OPERation:ENABle?

Description
This command enables bits in the enable register for the Standard Operation Register group. The selected bits
are then reported to the Status Byte.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<enable_ Numeric A decimal value which This is a required parameter
value> corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of the bits in the
register (see table below).

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Standard Operation Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Calibration in Progress 1 Instrument is performing a calibration.
1-3 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
4 Measurement in 16 Instrument is making a measurement as part of a
Progress, or scanning operation or as a standalone DMM
Measuring measurement. The bit goes true when the INITiate
operation begins, and goes false when the INITiate
operation ends.

874 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 5 Waiting for Trigger 32 Instrument is waiting for an external trigger.
6-7 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
8 Configuration Change 256 This bit is set when anything related to a channel
configuration or measurement is changed.

This bit is cleared when a new measurement or digital

read is initiated.
9 Memory Threshold 512 Programmed number of readings have been stored in
reading memory (see DATA:POINts:EVENt:THR
command).
10 Instrument Locked 1024 If a remote thread (GPIB, USB, or LAN) has a lock (see
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest? command), this bit will
be set. When a remote thread releases the lock (see
SYSTem:LOCK:RELease command), this bit will be
cleared.
11-13 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
14 Sequence Running 16384 A sequence is currently running. The bit goes true at
the beginning of the execution of the sequence, and
goes false when the sequence has completed.
15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

l Use the <enable_value> parameter to specify which bits will be reported to the Status Byte. The decimal
value specified corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits you wish to enable in the register. For
example, to enable bit 4 (decimal value = 16), bit 8 (decimal value = 256), and bit 9 (decimal value = 512), the
corresponding decimal value would be 784 (16 + 256 + 512).
l The *CLS (clear status) command will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event
register.
l The STATus:PRESet command will clear all bits in the enable register.

Return Format
The query command reads the enable register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 4 (decimal value = 16) and bit 8 (decimal value =
256) are enabled, the query command will return "+272".

Examples
The following command enables bit 8 (decimal value = 256) in the enable register.

STAT:OPER:ENAB 256

The following query returns which bits are enabled in the register.

STAT:OPER:ENAB?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 875

Typical Response: +256

See Also
DATA:POINts:EVENt:THReshold
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
STATus:PRESet

876 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

Description
This command queries the event register for the Standard Operation Register group.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Standard Operation Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Calibration in Progress 1 Instrument is performing a calibration.
1-3 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
4 Measurement in 16 Instrument is making a measurement as part of a
Progress, or scanning operation or as a standalone DMM
Measuring measurement. The bit goes true when the INITiate
operation begins, and goes false when the INITiate
operation ends.
5 Waiting for Trigger 32 Instrument is waiting for an external trigger.
6-7 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
8 Configuration Change 256 This bit is set when anything related to a channel
configuration or measurement is changed.

This bit is cleared when a new measurement or digital

read is initiated.
9 Memory Threshold 512 Programmed number of readings have been stored in
reading memory (see DATA:POINts:EVENt:THR
command).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 877

 10 Instrument Locked 1024 If a remote thread (GPIB, USB, or LAN) has a lock (see
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest? command), this bit will
be set. When a remote thread releases the lock (see
SYSTem:LOCK:RELease command), this bit will be
cleared.
11-13 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
14 Sequence Running 16384 A sequence is currently running. The bit goes true at
the beginning of the execution of the sequence, and
goes false when the sequence has completed.
15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

l Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register or the *CLS (clear status) com-
mand.

Return Format
The command reads the event register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted
sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 4 (decimal value = 16) and bit 8 (decimal value = 256) are set,
this command will return "+272".

Example
The following command reads the event register (bit 8 is set).

STAT:OPER?

Typical Response: +256

See Also
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
STATus:OPERation:ENABle

878 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

STATus:PRESet
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:PRESet

Description
This command clears all bits in the Questionable Data enable register, the Alarm enable register, and the
Standard Operation enable register.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Example
The following command clears the enable register bits.

STAT:PRES

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 879

STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

Description
This command queries the condition register for the Questionable Data Register group. This is a read-only
register and the bits are not cleared when you read the register.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Questionable Data Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0-10 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
11 Totalizer Overflow 2048 Count overflow on a totalizer channel. The maximum
count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls over
to "0" after reaching the maximum allowed value.
12 Memory Overflow 4096 Reading memory is full. One or more readings have
been lost.
13-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

Return Format
The command reads the condition register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register (see table above). For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 9
(decimal value = 512) are set, this command will return "+514".

Example
The following command reads the condition register (bit 10 is set).

880 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 STAT:QUES:COND?

Typical Response: +1024

See Also
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 881

STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle <enable_value>

STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?

Description
This command enables bits in the enable register for the Questionable Data Register group. The selected bits
are then reported to the Status Byte.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<enable_ Numeric A decimal value which This is a required parameter
value> corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of the bits in the
register (see table below).

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Questionable Data Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Voltage Overload 1 Range overload on dc or ac volts.
1 Current Overload 2 Range overload on dc or ac current.
2-8 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
9 Resistance Overload 512 Range overload on 2- or 4-wire resistance.
10 Temperature Overload 1024 Range overload on temperature.

882 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 11 Totalizer Overflow 2048 Count overflow on a totalizer channel. The maximum
count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls
over to "0" after reaching the maximum allowed
value.
12 Memory Overflow 4096 Reading memory is full. One or more readings have
been lost.
13-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

l Use the <enable_value> parameter to specify which bits will be reported to the Status Byte. The decimal
value specified corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits you wish to enable in the register. For
example, to enable bit 0 (decimal value = 1), bit 1 (decimal value = 2), and bit 12 (decimal value = 4096), the
corresponding decimal value would be 4099 (1 + 2 + 4096).
l The *CLS (clear status) command will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event
register.
l The STATus:PRESet command will clear all bits in the enable register.

Return Format
The query command reads the enable register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-
weighted sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 0 (decimal value = 1) and bit 1 (decimal value = 2)
are enabled, the query command will return "+3".

Examples
The following command enables bit 9 (decimal value = 512) in the enable register.

STAT:QUES:ENAB 512

The following query returns which bits are enabled in the register.

STAT:QUES:ENAB?

Typical Response: +512

See Also
STATus:PRESet

STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 883

STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

Description
This command queries the event register for the Questionable Data Register group.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see the
Status System Diagram.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34937A through 34939A GP Switch Modules
l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l The following table lists the bit definitions for the Questionable Data Register.

Bit Number Decimal Value Definition

0 Voltage Overload 1 Range overload on dc or ac volts.
1 Current Overload 2 Range overload on dc or ac current.
2-8 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.
9 Resistance Overload 512 Range overload on 2- or 4-wire resistance.
10 Temperature Overload 1024 Range overload on temperature.
11 Totalizer Overflow 2048 Count overflow on a totalizer channel. The maximum
count is 4,294,967,295 (232 - 1). The count rolls
over to "0" after reaching the maximum allowed
value.
12 Memory Overflow 4096 Reading memory is full. One or more readings have
been lost.
13-15 Not Used Not Used "0" is returned.

l Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by reading the event register or the *CLS (clear status) com-
mand.

884 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command reads the event register and returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted
sum of all bits set in the register. For example, if bit 1 (decimal value = 2) and bit 9 (decimal value = 512) are set,
this command will return "+514".

Example
The following command reads the event register (bit 11 is set).

STAT:QUES?

Typical Response: +2048

See Also
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 885

SWEep Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

SWEep:COUNt
SWEep:COUNt?

886 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SWEep:COUNt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SWEep:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF}

SWEep:COUNt? [{MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the number of sweeps per trigger event during a scan (a sweep is one pass through the
scan list). The front-panel sample annunciator ( "*" ) turns on during each measurement.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<count> Numeric 1 to 500,000 sweeps. 1 sweep through the
MIN = 1 sweep, MAX = 500,000 present scan list
reading sweeps

Remarks
l For the multiplexer modules, the internal DMM is required. An error is generated if the internal DMM is dis-
abled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 887

 l After setting the sweep count, you must place the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state using the INITi-
ate or READ? command. A trigger will not be accepted from the selected trigger source (see TRIGger-
:SOURce command) until the internal DMM is in the "wait-for-trigger" state.
l The sweep count is valid only while scanning (also valid with a temporary scan list; see READ? command). If
no channels have been assigned to the scan list (see ROUTe:SCAN command), the specified sweep count is
ignored (no error is generated).
l You can specify a sweep count in conjunction with a trigger count and a sample count. The three parameters
operate independent of one another, and the total number of readings returned will be the product of the
three parameters.
a. The trigger count selects the number of triggers to be accepted before returning to the "idle" trigger state
(see TRIGger:COUNt command).
b. The sample count selects the number of auto-triggered samples per channel per trigger (see
SAMPle:COUNt command).
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, the new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings stored; the most recent read-
ings are always preserved.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically set the sweep count to 1 sweep.
l The instrument sets the sweep count to "1" after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the sweep count in the form "+1.00000000E+00".

Examples
The following command sets the sweep count to 3. When a trigger is received from the selected trigger source,
the instrument will sweep through the channels in the scan list three times.

SWE:COUN 3

The following program segment configures two channels for dc voltage measurements, puts the channels in the
scan list (the scan list is redefined), and sets the sweep count to 3. When a trigger is received from the selected
trigger source, 3 readings will be returned for each channel in the scan list (6 readings total).

CONF:VOLT:DC 10,0.003,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
SWE:COUN 3
INIT

The following query returns the present sweep count.

SWE:COUN?

888 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: +3.00000000E+00

See Also
ROUTe:SCAN
SAMPle:COUNt
TRIGger:COUNt
TRIGger:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 889

SYSTem Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

General Commands
SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate
SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate?
SYSTem:ALARm?
SYSTem:BEEPer
SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe
SYSTem:CDEScription?
SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule?
SYSTem:CPON
SYSTem:CTYPe?
SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule?
SYSTem:DATE
SYSTem:DATE?
SYSTem:DELay[:IMMediate]
SYSTem:ERRor?
SYSTem:MODule?
SYSTem:MODule:PFAil:JUMPer:AMP5?
SYSTem:MODule:TEMPerature?
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE
SYSTem:RMODule:RESet
SYSTem:RMODule:STATus?
SYSTem:PRESet
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
SYSTem:TIME
SYSTem:TIME?
SYSTem:TIME:SCAN?
SYSTem:VERSion?

Remote Interface Configuration Commands

SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle
SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip

890 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:BSTatus?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:CONTrol?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory:CLEar
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage?
SYSTem:LOCK:OWNer?
SYSTem:LOCK:RELease
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 891

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip <mode>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:AUTOip?

Description
This command disables or enables use of the Auto-IP standard to automatically assign an IP address to the
34980A when on a network that does not have DHCP servers.

If you change the Auto-IP setting, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the
new setting.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l Auto-IP allocates IP addresses from the link-local address range (169.254.xxx.xxx).
l From the factory, the Auto-IP setting is enabled.
l The Auto-IP setting is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command disables Auto-IP.

SYST:COMM:LAN:AUTOIP OFF

The following query returns the current Auto-IP setting.

SYST:COMM:LAN:AUTOIP?

892 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: 0

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 893

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:BSTatus?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:BSTatus?

Description
This command returns the instrument's LAN boot status.

Remarks
l This command is used primarily as a troubleshooting tool to determine whether the LAN interface started,
and if so how.
l If the LAN interface is disabled (see SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle command), this command will return
"LAN_NO_LINK" (see table below).

Return Format
The command reads the instrument's LAN boot status and returns one of the following strings.

String Returned Description

LAN_NO_LINK No link integrity found. The instrument cannot detect that
a LAN cable is connected.
LAN_INIT The network has not fully initialized. The instrument may
be actively looking for an available DHCP server.
LAN_DUP_IP The instrument attempted to boot using an IP address
which is already in use on the network.
LAN_STATIC The instrument booted with a static IP address.
LAN_DHCP The instrument booted with a DHCP-assigned address.
LAN_ROLLOVER_STATIC The instrument booted with DHCP ON, but no DHCP
server could be found. Therefore, the instrument has
rolled over to a static IP address.
LAN_AUTO_IP The instrument booted with a local IP address.
LAN_DHCP_LEASE_ The instrument has lost its DHCP IP address.
ERROR

Example
The following query returns the instrument's LAN boot status.

SYST:COMM:LAN:BST?

894 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: LAN_DHCP

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 895

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:CONTrol?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:CONTrol?

Description
This command reads the initial Control connection port number for Sockets communications. The initial
connection is used to send and receive commands, queries, and query responses.

Remarks
l The Control socket connection is used to send a Device Clear to the instrument or to detect pending Service
Request (SRQ) events.

Return Format
The command returns the Control connection port number. If "0" is returned, the instrument does not support a
Socket Control connection.

Example
The following query returns the Control connection port number.

SYST:COMM:LAN:CONT?

Typical Response: 5000

896 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP <mode>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP?

Description
This command disables or enables use of the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) for the 34980A.

When DHCP is enabled (factory setting), the 34980A will try to obtain an IP address from a DHCP server. If a
DHCP server is found, it will assign a dynamic IP address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway to the instrument.

When DHCP is disabled or unavailable, the 34980A will use the static IP address, Subnet Mask, and Default
Gateway during power-on.

If you change the DHCP setting, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the
new setting.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l Most Corporate LANs have a DHCP server.
l If a DHCP LAN address is not assigned by a DHCP server, then a static IP will be assumed after approx-
imately 2 minutes. See the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:BSTatus? command for more information on the
instrument's boot status.
l The DHCP setting is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command disables DHCP.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 897

 SYST:COMM:LAN:DHCP OFF

The following query returns the current DHCP setting.

SYST:COMM:LAN:DHCP?

Typical Response: 0

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:BSTatus?
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk

898 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS <address>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DNS?

Description
This command assigns the IP address of the Domain Name System (DNS) server. Contact your network
administrator to determine if DNS is being used and for the correct address.

If you change the DNS address, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the
new setting.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<address> Numeric Specified in four-byte dot 0.0.0.0
notation
("nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn"),
where "nnn" in each case
is a byte value in the
range 0 through 255.

Remarks
l Dot-notation addresses ("nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn" where "nnn" is a byte value) must be expressed with care, as
most web software on the PC will interpret byte values with leading zeros as octal numbers. For example,
"255.255.020.011" is actually equivalent to decimal "255.255.16.9" not "255.255.20.11" because ".020" is
interpreted as "16" expressed in octal, and ".011" as "9". To avoid confusion, use only decimal expressions of
byte values (0 to 255), with no leading zeros.

For example, the 34980A assumes that all dot-notation addresses are expressed as decimal byte values and
strips all leading zeros from these byte values. Thus, attempting to set an IP address of "255.255.020.011"
will become "255.255.20.11" (a purely decimal expression). Be sure to enter the exact expression,
"255.255.20.11", in your PC web software to address the instrument. Do not use "255.255.020.011" – the PC
will interpret this address differently due to the leading zeros.
l The DNS address is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 899

Return Format
The query command returns the current DNS address in the form "nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn".

Examples
The following command sets the DNS address.

SYST:COMM:LAN:DNS 198.105.232.4

The following query returns the DNS address currently being used by the instrument (the quotes are also
returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:DNS?

Typical Response: "198.105.232.4"

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname

900 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain "<name>"

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain? [{CURRent|STATic}]

Description
This command assigns a Domain Name to the 34980A. The Domain Name is translated into an IP address.

If you change the Domain Name, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the
new setting.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<name> Quoted ASCII A string of up to 63 characters. The No Domain Name
String first character must be a letter (A-Z), assigned
but the remaining 62 characters can
be letters, numbers (0-9), dashes ("-
"), or periods ("."). Blank spaces are
not allowed.

Remarks
l If Dynamic Domain Name System (DNS) is available on your network and your instrument uses DHCP, the
Domain Name is registered with the Dynamic DNS service at power-on.
l If DHCP is enabled (see SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP command), the DHCP server can change the spe-
cified Domain Name.
l The Domain Name is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command reads the Domain Name and returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes. If a Domain
Name has not been assigned, a null string ( " " ) is returned.

Note that the query command has two optional parameters. Specify "CURRent" (default) to read the dynamic
Domain Name currently being used by the instrument. Specify "STATic" to read the Domain Name currently

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 901

stored in non-volatile memory within the instrument (may not be the actual name used by the instrument if
DHCP is enabled).

Examples
The following command defines a Domain Name.

SYST:COMM:LAN:DOM "www.example.com"

The following query returns the Domain Name currently being used by the instrument (the quotes are also
returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:DOM?

Typical Response: "www.example.com"

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname

902 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway <address>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway? [{CURRent|STATic}]

Description
This command assigns a Default Gateway for the 34980A. The specified IP Address sets the Default Gateway
which allows the instrument to communicate with systems that are not on the local subnet. Thus, this is the
Default Gateway where packets are sent which are destined for a device not on the local subnet, as determined
by the Subnet Mask setting. Contact your network administrator to determine if a gateway is being used and for
the correct address.

If you change the Default Gateway, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the
new setting.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<address> Numeric Specified in four-byte dot 0.0.0.0 (no Gateway)
notation
("nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn"),
where "nnn" in each case
is a byte value in the
range 0 through 255.

Remarks
l If DHCP is enabled (see SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP command), the specified Default Gateway is not
used. However, if the DHCP server fails to assign a valid IP address, the currently configured Default Gate-
way will be used.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 903

 l Dot-notation addresses ("nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn" where "nnn" is a byte value) must be expressed with care, as
most web software on the PC will interpret byte values with leading zeros as octal numbers. For example,
"255.255.020.011" is actually equivalent to decimal "255.255.16.9" not "255.255.20.11" because ".020" is
interpreted as "16" expressed in octal, and ".011" as "9". To avoid confusion, use only decimal expressions of
byte values (0 to 255), with no leading zeros.

For example, the 34980A assumes that all dot-notation addresses are expressed as decimal byte values and
strips all leading zeros from these byte values. Thus, attempting to set a Default Gateway of
"255.255.020.011" will become "255.255.20.11" (a purely decimal expression). Be sure to enter the exact
expression, "255.255.20.11", in your PC web software to address the instrument. Do not use
"255.255.020.011" – the PC will interpret this address differently due to the leading zeros.
l A value of "0.0.0.0" indicates that subnetting is not being used.
l The Default Gateway is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after
a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns the Default Gateway address in the form "nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn".

Note that the query command has two optional parameters. Specify "CURRent" (default) to read the dynamic
Default Gateway currently being used by the instrument. Specify "STATic" to read the Default Gateway currently
stored in non-volatile memory within the instrument (may not be the actual address used by the instrument if
DHCP is enabled).

Examples
The following command sets the Default Gateway address.

SYST:COMM:LAN:GATEWAY 255.255.20.11

The following query returns the Default Gateway address currently being used by the instrument (the quotes are
also returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:GATEWAY? CURR or SYST:COMM:LAN:GATEWAY?

Typical Response: "0.0.0.0"

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk

904 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory?

Description
This command returns a time-stamped record of all LAN session connections and disconnections.

Remarks
l To clear the LAN connection history queue, use the SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory:CLEar command.

Return Format
The command returns the LAN connection history in Definite-Length Block format. The syntax is a pound sign
(#) followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of digits in the decimal integer to follow. This digit is
followed by a decimal integer indicating the number of 8-bit data bytes to follow. This is followed by a block of
data containing the specified number of bytes.

For example:

Each connection record is enclosed in quotes and multiple responses are separated by commas. For example:

1 Date (November 21, 2004) 4 Session Number

2 Time of Day (1:30:00 PM) 5 Session Type (LAN, SOCKets, TELNet,
VXI11, or WEB)
3 IP Address 6 Connect/Disconnect Status

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 905

If the connection history has been cleared, this command returns "#10".

Example
The following query returns the LAN connection history.

SYST:COMM:LAN:HIST?

Typical Response:

#3215"11/21/2004 13:30:00 169.254.149.35-1 VXI11 Connect","11/21/2004 13:35:24 169.254.149.35-2

VXI11 Connect","11/21/2004 13:50:02 169.254.149.35-1 VXI11 Disconnect","11/21/2004 14:03:54
169.254.149.35-2 VXI11 Disconnect"

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory:CLEar

906 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory:CLEar
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory:CLEar

Description
This command clears the LAN connection history queue.

Example
The following command clears the LAN connection history queue.

SYST:COMM:LAN:HIST:CLE

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HISTory?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 907

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname "<name>"

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:HOSTname? [{CURRent|STATic}]

Description
This command assigns a Host Name to the 34980A. The Host Name is the host portion of the domain name,
which is translated into an IP address.

If you change the Host Name, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the new
setting.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<name> Quoted ASCII A string of up to 15 characters. The A-34980A-nnn,
String first character must be a letter (A-Z), where nnn is the
but the remaining 14 characters can instrument's serial
be letters, numbers (0-9), or dashes number
("-"). Blank spaces are not allowed. representation.

Remarks
l If Dynamic Domain Name System (DNS) is available on your network and your instrument uses DHCP, the
Host Name is registered with the Dynamic DNS service at power-on.
l If DHCP is enabled (see SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP command), the DHCP server can change the spe-
cified Host Name.
l The Host Name is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command reads the Host Name and returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes. If a Host
Name has not been assigned, a null string ( " " ) is returned.

Note that the query command has two optional parameters. Specify "CURRent" (default) to read the dynamic
Host Name currently being used by the instrument. Specify "STATic" to read the Host Name currently stored in

908 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

non-volatile memory within the instrument (may not be the actual name used by the instrument if DHCP is
enabled).

Examples
The following command defines a Host Name.

SYST:COMM:LAN:HOST "LAB1-34980A"

The following query returns the Host Name currently being used by the instrument (the quotes are also
returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:HOST? CURR or SYST:COMM:LAN:HOST?

Typical Response: "LAB1-34980A"

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DOMain

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 909

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress <address>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress? [{CURRent|STATic}]

Description
This command assigns a static Internet Protocol (IP) Address for the 34980A. Contact your network
administrator for a valid IP address to use for your instrument.

If you change the IP address, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the new
address.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<address> Numeric Specified in four-byte dot 169.254.9.80
notation
("nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn"),
where "nnn" in each case
is a byte value in the
range 0 through 255.

Remarks
l If DHCP is enabled (see SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP command), the specified static IP address is not
used. However, if the DHCP server fails to assign a valid IP address, the currently configured static IP
address will be used.
l Dot-notation addresses ("nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn" where "nnn" is a byte value) must be expressed with care, as
most web software on the PC will interpret byte values with leading zeros as octal numbers. For example,
"255.255.020.011" is actually equivalent to decimal "255.255.16.9" not "255.255.20.11" because ".020" is
interpreted as "16" expressed in octal, and ".011" as "9". To avoid confusion, use only decimal expressions of
byte values (0 to 255), with no leading zeros.

For example, the 34980A assumes that all dot-notation addresses are expressed as decimal byte values and
strips all leading zeros from these byte values. Thus, attempting to set an IP address of "255.255.020.011"
will become "255.255.20.11" (a purely decimal expression). Be sure to enter the exact expression,
"255.255.20.11", in your PC web software to address the instrument. Do not use "255.255.020.011" – the PC
will interpret this address differently due to the leading zeros.

910 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you are planning to use a static IP address on a Corporate LAN, contact your network administrator to
obtain a fixed IP address to be used exclusively for your instrument.
l The IP address is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a Fact-
ory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns the IP address in the form "nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn".

Note that the query command has two optional parameters. Specify "CURRent" (default) to read the dynamic IP
address currently being used by the instrument. Specify "STATic" to read the IP address currently stored in non-
volatile memory within the instrument (may not be the actual address used by the instrument if DHCP is
enabled).

Examples
The following command sets the IP address.

SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD 255.255.25.14

The following query returns the IP address currently being used by the instrument (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD? CURR or SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD?

Typical Response: "169.254.149.35"

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 911

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive {<seconds>|MIN|MAX}

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:KEEPalive? [{MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command sets the LAN keepalive timeout which specifies a number of seconds to keep a LAN socket active.
If there has been no activity on the connection after the specified timeout, the instrument will send keepalive
probes to the client to determine if it is still available. After the specified timeout, the connection will be marked
as "down" or "dropped".

If you specify a timeout value, it is recommended that you use the largest value that still
meets the application's need for unreachable client detection. Smaller timeout values
will generate more keepalive probes thus using more of the available network
bandwidth.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric Desired timeout in 1,800 seconds (30
seconds between 600 minutes)
seconds and 32,000,000
seconds, or 0 (no
timeout).
MIN = 600 seconds
MAX = 32,000,000
seconds

Remarks
l If you specify a value of "0", no timeout is set; the instrument will wait indefinitely and will not send any
keepalive probes to the client.
l For the <seconds> parameter, you can substitute MIN or MAX for a numeric value. MIN selects the smallest
value accepted; MAX selects the largest value accepted.
l The timeout is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a Factory
Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

912 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns the current timeout in seconds.

Examples
The following command sets the timeout to 2,700 seconds (45 minutes).

SYST:COMM:LAN:KEEP 2.7E+03

The following query returns the timeout currently being used.

SYST:COMM:LAN:KEEP?

Typical Response: +2.70000000E+03

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 913

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?

Description
This command reads the 34980A's Media Access Control (MAC) address, also known as the link-level address,
the Ethernet (station) address, LANIC ID, or Hardware Address. This is an unchangeable 48-bit address assigned
by the manufacturer to each unique Internet device.

Your network administrator may need the MAC address if they are assigning a static IP
address for this device.

Remarks
l The instrument's MAC address is set at the factory and cannot be changed.
l The MAC address is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The command reads the MAC address and returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes. The MAC address
is represented as 12 hexadecimal characters divided into groups of two and separated by dashes (e.g., "XX-XX-
XX-XX-XX-XX").

Example
The following query returns the MAC address (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:MAC?

Typical Response: "00-30-D3-00-10-41"

914 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk <mask>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk? [{CURRent|STATic}]

Description
This command assigns a Subnet Mask for the 34980A. The instrument uses the Subnet Mask to determine if a
client IP address is on the same local subnet. When a client IP address is on a different subnet, all packets must
be sent to the Default Gateway. Contact your network administrator to determine if subnetting is being used and
for the correct Subnet Mask.

If you change the Subnet Mask, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the
setting.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mask> Numeric Specified in four-byte dot 255.255.0.0
notation
("nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn"),
where "nnn" in each case
is a byte value in the
range 0 through 255.

Remarks
l If DHCP is enabled (see SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP command), the specified Subnet Mask is not
used. However, if the DHCP server fails to assign a valid IP address, the currently configured Subnet Mask
will be used.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 915

 l Dot-notation addresses ("nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn" where "nnn" is a byte value) must be expressed with care, as
most web software on the PC will interpret byte values with leading zeros as octal numbers. For example,
"255.255.020.011" is actually equivalent to decimal "255.255.16.9" not "255.255.20.11" because ".020" is
interpreted as "16" expressed in octal, and ".011" as "9". To avoid confusion, use only decimal expressions of
byte values (0 to 255), with no leading zeros.

For example, the 34980A assumes that all dot-notation addresses are expressed as decimal byte values and
strips all leading zeros from these byte values. Thus, attempting to set a Subnet Mask of "255.255.020.011"
will become "255.255.20.11" (a purely decimal expression). Be sure to enter the exact expression,
"255.255.20.11", in your PC web software to address the instrument. Do not use "255.255.020.011" – the PC
will interpret this address differently due to the leading zeros.
l A value of "0.0.0.0" or "255.255.255.255" indicates that subnetting is not being used.
l The Subnet Mask is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns the Subnet Mask in the form "nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn".

Note that the query command has two optional parameters. Specify "CURRent" (default) to read the dynamic
Subnet Mask currently being used by the instrument. Specify "STATic" to read the Subnet Mask currently stored
in non-volatile memory within the instrument (may not be the actual mask used by the instrument if DHCP is
enabled).

Examples
The following command sets the Subnet Mask.

SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS 255.255.20.11

The following query returns the Subnet Mask currently being used by the instrument (the quotes are also
returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS? CURR or SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS?

Typical Response: "255.255.0.0"

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:DHCP

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATEway
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress

916 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt "<string>"

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt?

Description
This command sets the command prompt seen when using a Telnet session to communicate with the 34980A.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<string> Quoted ASCII A string of up to 15 characters. "34980A>"
String

Remarks
l For all Keysight products, the Telnet port number is 5024.
l Telnet session can typically be stared as follows from a host computer shell:

telnet <IP_address> <port>

For example:

telnet 169.254.9.80 5024

To exit a Telnet session, press <Ctrl-D>.

l The command prompt is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off,
after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command reads the command prompt and returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes.

Examples
The following command defines the command prompt.

SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:PROM "Command> "

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 917

The following query returns the command prompt currently being used (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:PROM?

Typical Response: "Command> "

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage

918 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage "<string>"

SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:WMESsage?

Description
This command sets the welcome message seen when using a Telnet session to communicate with the 34980A.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<string> Quoted ASCII A string of up to 63 "Welcome to Keysight's 34980A
String characters. Multifunction Switch/Measure
Unit"

Remarks
l For all Keysight products, the Telnet port number is 5024.
l The welcome message is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off,
after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command reads the welcome message and returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes.

Examples
The following command defines the welcome message.

SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:WMES "Welcome to 34980A Telnet Session"

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 919

The following query returns the welcome message currently being used (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:COMM:LAN:TELN:WMES?

Typical Response: "Welcome to 34980A Telnet Session"

See Also
SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TELNet:PROMpt

920 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate <mode>

SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate?

Description
The Safety Interlock feature prevents connections to the Analog Buses if no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module. Normally, if you attempt to connect to the Analog Buses without a terminal
block or properly-wired cable connected, an error is generated. This command allows you to temporarily disable
errors generated by the Safety Interlock feature. This may be useful during test system development when you
may not have connected any terminal blocks or cables to your module.

The Safety Interlock feature is implemented in hardware on the modules and cannot be
circumvented. Regardless of whether the simulation mode is enabled or disabled, all
Analog Bus connections are disabled as long as no terminal block or properly-wired
cable is connected to the module.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34931A through 34933A Matrix Modules (this command does not apply to the 34934A)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} OFF

Remarks
l This command applies to the entire mainframe and cannot be selectively used on individual modules.
l When the simulation mode is enabled, the Analog Bus relays will appear to close and open as directed. For
example, no errors are generated if you close an Analog Bus relay from the front panel, remote interface, or
Web Interface. However, remember that the Safety Interlock feature prevents the actual hardware state of
the Analog Bus relays from being changed. Note, however, that when you connect a terminal block or cable
to the module, the Analog Bus relays will be closed.
l The simulation setting is stored in volatile memory and will be disabled (OFF) when power is turned off or
after a Factory Reset (*RST command). The simulation setting will also be disabled (OFF) when a stored state
is recalled (*RCL command). To re-enable the simulation mode, send SYSTem:ABUS:INTerlock:SIMulate ON.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 921

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command enables the Safety Interlock simulation mode. Although Safety Interlock errors are
suppressed in this mode, all Analog Bus connections are prohibited as long as no terminal block or cable is
connected to the module.

SYST:ABUS:INT:SIM ON

The following query returns the setting of the Safety Interlock simulation mode.

SYST:ABUS:INT:SIM?

Typical Response: 1

922 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:ALARm?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:ALARm?

Description
This command reads the alarm data from the alarm queue (one message is read and deleted from the queue
each time this command is executed). A record of up to 20 alarms can be stored in the instrument's alarm queue.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l Each time you start a new scan, the instrument clears all readings (and the alarm queue) stored in reading
memory from the previous scan. Therefore, the contents of memory are always from the most recent scan.
l Alarm data is retrieved in first-in-first-out (FIFO) order. The first alarm returned is the first alarm that was
stored.
l Up to 20 alarms can be logged in the alarm queue. If more than 20 alarms are generated, they will be lost
(only the first 20 alarms are saved).
l To retrieve scanned readings and alarm data from reading memory without clearing the information, use the
FETCh? command.
l The alarm queue is cleared by the *CLS (clear status) command, when power is cycled, and by reading all of
the entries. A Factory Reset (*RST command) or Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) does not
clear the alarm queue.

Return Format
One string is returned each time this command is executed. The command reads the alarm data and clears one
alarm event from the alarm queue. If readings are acquired using the internal DMM independently (without a
multiplexer scan), the channel number will be logged as channel "0".

The command returns a string in the form shown below (independent of FORMat:READing commands):

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 923

 1 Reading with Units (26.195 °C) 4 Channel Number
2 Date (November 21, 2004) 5 Alarm Limit Threshold Crossed
(0 = No Alarm, 1 = LO, 2 = HI)

3 Time of Day (3:30:23.000 PM) 6 Alarm Number (1 - 4)

Example
The following command reads one message from the alarm queue and removes that message from the queue.

SYST:ALAR?

Typical Response: -1.17616000E-04 VDC,2004,11,21,15,54,50.184,1003,1,3

924 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:BEEPer
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:BEEPer

Description
This command issues a single beep immediately from the instrument. This may be useful for program
development and troubleshooting.

Example
The following command issues a single beep from the instrument.

SYST:BEEP

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 925

SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe <mode>

SYSTem:BEEPer:STATe?

Description
This command disables or enables the tone heard when an error is generated from the front panel or over the
remote interface.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l Turning off the beeper does not disable the key click generated when you press a front-panel key or turn the
knob.
l The beeper setting is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command disables the beeper state.

SYST:BEEP:STAT OFF

The following query returns the beeper state.

SYST:BEEP:STAT?

Typical Response: 0

926 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
SYSTem:BEEPer

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 927

SYSTem:CDEScription?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:CDEScription? <slot>

Description
This command returns a string containing a description of the plug-in module in the specified slot. The table
below shows the strings returned by the plug-in modules available for the Keysight 34980A.

Model Number String Returned

34921A 40-Channel Armature Multiplexer with Low Thermal
Offset
34922A 70-Channel Armature Multiplexer
34923A 40-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34923A-1W 80-Channel Reed Multiplexer (1-Wire Mode)
34924A 70-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34925A 40-Channel Optically-Isolated FET Multiplexer
34925A-1W 80-Channel Optically-Isolated FET Multiplexer (1-Wire
Mode)
34931A Dual 4x8 Armature Matrix
34932A Dual 4x16 Armature Matrix
34933A Dual 4x8 Reed Matrix
34933A-1W Quad 4x8 Reed Matrix (1-Wire Mode)
34934A 4x32: Quad 4x32 High Density Reed Matrix
4x64: Dual 4x64 High Density Reed Matrix
4x128: Single 4x128 High Density Reed Matrix

8x32: Dual 8x32 High Density Reed Matrix

8x64: Single 8x64 High Density Reed Matrix
16x32: Single 16x32 High Density Reed Matrix
34937A 32-Channel Form C/Form A General-Purpose Switch
34938A 20-Channel 5A Form A Switch
34939A 64-Channel Form A General-Purpose Switch
34941A Quad 1x4 50-Ohm 3 GHz RF Multiplexer
34942A Quad 1x4 75-Ohm 1.5 GHz RF Multiplexer
34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver Interface
34946A Dual 1x2 SPDT Terminated Microwave Switch
34947A Triple 1x2 SPDT Unterminated Microwave Switch
34950A 64-Bit Digital I/O Module with Memory and Counter

928 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 34951A 4-Channel Isolated D/A Converter with Waveform
Memory
34952A Multifunction Module with DIO, DAC, and Totalizer
34959A Breadboard Module
Empty Slot Slot empty (or card unresponsive)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required parameter

Return Format
l The command returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes as shown in the table above. To read the
string into your computer, be sure to dimension a string variable with at least 60 characters.
l If a module is installed in the specified slot but cannot be properly identified, the command responds with an
"Card not supported by mainframe" string. An error is also generated and reported to all I/O sessions.
l If a module is installed in the specified slot but a firmware incompatibility exists, the command responds with
a "Card FW incompatible with mainframe" string. An error is also generated and reported to all I/O sessions.
l If a module is installed in the specified slot but a self-test error has occurred, the command responds with a
"Fatal boot self-test failure" string. An error is also generated and reported to all I/O sessions.

Example
The following command returns the description of the module in slot 3 (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:CDES? 3

Typical Response: "40-Channel Armature Multiplexer with Low Thermal Offset"

See Also
SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule? (34945A only)
SYSTem:CTYPe?
*IDN?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 929

SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule? (@<rem_ch>) [,<dist_board>]

Description
This command returns a string containing a description of the specified 34945EXT remote module connected to
the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. By specifying the optional <dist_board> parameter, you can
query the description of one of four Distribution Boards connected to the specified 34945EXT remote module.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<rem_ch> Numeric One 34945EXT remote module This is a required parameter
identifier in the form (@sr00).
Select from s100 through s800.
<dist_ Discrete {DISTribution1-DISTribution4} If omitted, the identity of the
board> The numbering of each specified 34945EXT remote
Distribution Board corresponds to module is returned.
the bank position in which it is
installed on the 34945EXT remote
module (banks are numbered 1
through 4).

Return Format
l If you omit the <dist_board> parameter, the command returns a string containing a description of the spe-
cified 34945EXT remote module (the string is enclosed in double quotes). To read the string into your com-
puter, be sure to dimension a string variable with at least 60 characters.

Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver Extender

l If you specify the <dist_board> parameter, the command returns a string containing a description of the spe-
cified Distribution Board (the string is enclosed in double quotes). To read the string into your computer, be
sure to dimension a string variable with at least 60 characters. The table below shows the strings returned by
the available Distribution Boards.

930 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 Distribution String Returned
Board
Y1150A Distribution Board for N181x Switches
Y1151A Distribution Board for 87104x/106x or 87406B Switches
Y1152A Distribution Board for 87204x/206x/606B and N181x
Switches
Y1153A Distribution Board for 84904/5/8x and 8494/5/6
Attenuators
Y1154A Distribution Board for 87222 and N181x Switches
Y1155A Distribution Board for - Screw Terminals
None Unrecognized/Missing distribution board

l If a 34945EXT module is present but is not properly powered, the command responds with a "34945EXT
unpowered" string. An error is also generated and reported to all I/O sessions.
l If a 34945EXT module is present but a firmware incompatibility exists or a self-test error has occurred, the
command responds with a "34945EXT boot error" string. An error is also generated and reported to all I/O
sessions.

Examples
The following command returns the description of 34945EXT remote module #2 connected to slot 3 (the quotes
are also returned).

SYST:CDES:RMOD? (@3200)

Typical Response: "Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver Extender"

The following command returns the description of Distribution Board #4 on 34945EXT remote module #2
connected to slot 3 (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:CDES:RMOD? (@3200),DIST4

Typical Response: "Distribution Board for N181x Switches"

See Also
SYSTem:CDEScription?
SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule?
SYSTem:CTYPe?
*IDN?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 931

SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle <mode>, <interface>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:ENABle? <interface>

Description
This command disables or enables the GPIB, USB, or LAN remote interface. In addition, this command disables
or enables the available remote services such as Sockets, Telnet, VXI11, and the 34980A's built-in Web
Interface.

If you change the LAN setting, you must cycle power on the 34980A to activate the new
setting.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} This is a
required
parameter
<interface> Discrete {GPIB|USB|LAN|SOCKets|TELNet|VXI11|WEB} This is a
required
parameter

Remarks
l If you disable the LAN interface, all associated LAN services will not be started when you power on the
34980A.
l The interface setting is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after
a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON) for the specified interface.

Examples
The following command disables the USB interface.

SYST:COMM:ENAB OFF,USB

932 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

The following query returns the state of the USB interface.

SYST:COMM:ENAB? USB

Typical Response: 0

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 933

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess <address>

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB:ADDRess?

Description
This command assigns the instrument's GPIB (IEEE-488) address. Each device on the GPIB interface must have a
unique address.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<address> Numeric Any value between 0 and 9
30.

Remarks
l Your computer's GPIB interface card has its own address. Be sure to avoid using the computer's address for
any instrument on the interface bus.
l The GPIB address is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns the GPIB address in the form "+9".

Examples
The following command sets the GPIB address.

SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 15

The following query returns the GPIB address currently being used by the instrument.

SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR?

Typical Response: +15

934 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:CPON
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:CPON <slot>

Description
This command resets the module in the specified slot to its factory configuration (CPON means "card power on").
See Factory Reset State for a complete listing of the instrument's Factory configuration.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required parameter

Remarks
l This command does not reset the internal DMM.
l To reset all eight slots in the instrument, send the *RST command.
l This command may be used to restore normal operation to a 34925A FET Multiplexer that is in the over-
voltage state.
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, this command resets all channels on a remote module
to their default states as specified by the ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault command and sets all chan-
nel drives to the specified boot state (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT command). When the
SYSTem:CPON command is executed, the 34945A does not re-evaluate the external remote module con-
nections (unlike the *RST command which does a re-evaluation).
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, the time required to complete a reset may be sig-
nificant depending on the specified pulse width (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh command) and
power supply recovery time (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command). If both values are set
to their upper limits (255 ms each) for all channels, the time required to reset (or boot) the module may
exceed 30 seconds:

64 Channels x (255 ms Pulse Width + 255 ms Recovery Time) = ~33 seconds

Example
The following command resets the module installed in slot 3.

SYST:CPON 3

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 935

See Also
*RST
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh (34945A only)
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery (34945A only)
SYSTem:PRESet

936 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:CTYPe?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:CTYPe? <slot>

Description
This command returns the identity of the plug-in module in the specified slot. The table below shows the plug-in
modules available for the Keysight 34980A.

Model Number Module Description

34921A 40-Channel Armature Multiplexer with Low Thermal
Offset
34922A 70-Channel Armature Multiplexer
34923A 40-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34923A-1W 80-Channel Reed Multiplexer (1-Wire Mode)
34924A 70-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34925A 40-Channel Optically-Isolated FET Multiplexer
34925A-1W 80-Channel Optically-Isolated FET Multiplexer (1-Wire
Mode)
34931A Dual 4x8 Armature Matrix
34932A Dual 4x16 Armature Matrix
34933A Dual 4x8 Reed Matrix
34933A-1W Quad 4x8 Reed Matrix (1-Wire Mode)
34934A -4x32: High Density Matrix Module
-4x64: High Density Matrix Module
-4x128: High Density Matrix Module
-8x32: High Density Matrix Module
-8x64: High Density Matrix Module
-16x32: High Density Matrix Module
34937A 32-Channel Form C/Form A General-Purpose Switch
34938A 20-Channel 5A Form A Switch
34939A 64-Channel 1A Form A Switch
34941A Quad 1x4 50-Ohm 3 GHz RF Multiplexer
34942A Quad 1x4 75-Ohm 1.5 GHz RF Multiplexer
34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver Interface
34946A Dual 1x2 SPDT Terminated Microwave Switch
34947A Triple 1x2 SPDT Unterminated Microwave Switch
34950A 64-Bit Digital I/O Module with Memory and Counter
34951A 4-Channel Isolated D/A Converter with Waveform
Memory

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 937

 34952A Multifunction Module with DIO, DAC, and Totalizer
34959A Breadboard Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required parameter

Return Format
l The command returns an ASCII string with the following format (the string is enclosed in double quotes). To
read the string into your computer, be sure to dimension a string variable with at least 73 characters.

Keysight Technologies,<Model Number>,<Serial Number>,<Firmware Rev>

A 10-digit string is returned for the Serial Number field. The Firmware Revision has the form R.RR and indic-
ates the revision of firmware currently in use on the specified module.
l For the 34923A, 34925A, and 34933A modules, the Model Number may include a suffix to indicate a single-
ended (1-wire) configuration. For example, the response for the 34923A will be either "34923A" (differential
mode) or "34923A-1W" (single-ended mode).
l For the 34951A module, the command also returns the FPGA revision number:

Keysight Technologies,<Model Number>,<Serial Number>,<Firmware Rev>–<FPGA Rev>

l If the specified slot is empty, the command responds with "Keysight Technologies,0,0,0".
l If a module is installed in the specified slot but cannot be properly identified, the command responds with an
"Unknown Card ID" string. An error is also generated and reported to all I/O sessions.
l If a module is installed in the specified slot but a firmware incompatibility exists or a self-test error has
occurred, the command responds with a "Boot Error" string. An error is also generated and reported to all
I/O sessions.

Example
The following command returns the identity of the module in slot 3 (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:CTYP? 3

Typical Response: "Keysight Technologies,34921A,MY12345678,1.00"

See Also
*IDN?
SYSTem:CDEScription?

938 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule? (34945A only)
SYSTem:MODule:TERMinal:TYPE? (34934A only)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 939

SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule? (@<rem_ch>) [,<dist_board>]

Description
This command returns the identity of the specified 34945EXT remote module connected to the 34945A
Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver. By specifying the optional <dist_board> parameter, you can query the
identify of one of four Distribution Boards connected to the specified 34945EXT remote module.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<rem_ch> Numeric One 34945EXT remote module This is a required parameter
identifier in the form (@sr00).
Select from s100 through s800.
<dist_ Discrete {DISTribution1-DISTribution4} If omitted, the identity of the
board> The numbering of each specified 34945EXT remote
Distribution Board corresponds to module is returned.
the bank position in which it is
installed on the 34945EXT remote
module (banks are numbered 1
through 4).

Return Format
l If you omit the <dist_board> parameter, the command returns an ASCII string with the following format (the
string is enclosed in double quotes). To read the string into your computer, be sure to dimension a string vari-
able with at least 73 characters.

Keysight Technologies,34945EXT,<Serial Number>,<Firmware Rev>

A 10-digit string is returned for the Serial Number field (this is the serial number for the specified 34945EXT
remote module). The Firmware Revision has the form R.RR and indicates the revision of firmware currently in
use on the specified 34945EXT remote module.

940 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If you specify the <dist_board> parameter, the command returns an ASCII string with the following format
(the string is enclosed in double quotes). To read the string into your computer, be sure to dimension a string
variable with at least 73 characters.

Keysight Technologies,Y115xA,<Serial Number>,<Firmware Rev>

"0" is always returned for the Serial Number field (the Distribution Boards do not have readable serial num-
bers). "0" is always returned for the Firmware Revision field (the Distribution Boards do not have firmware).
l If a 34945EXT remote module is present but is not properly powered, the command responds with a
"34945EXT unpowered" string. An error is also generated and reported to all I/O sessions.
l If a 34945EXT module is present but a firmware incompatibility exists or a self-test error has occurred, the
command responds with a "34945EXT boot error" string. An error is also generated and reported to all I/O
sessions.

Examples
The following command returns the identity of 34945EXT remote module #2 connected to slot 3 (the quotes are
also returned).

SYST:CTYP:RMOD? (@3200)

Typical Response: "Keysight Technologies,34945EXT,MY12345678,1.00"

The following command returns the identity of Distribution Board #4 on 34945EXT remote module #2 connected
to slot 3 (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:CTYP:RMOD? (@3200),DIST4

Typical Response: "Keysight Technologies,Y1150A,0,0"

See Also
SYSTem:CDEScription?
SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule?
SYSTem:CTYPe?
*IDN?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 941

SYSTem:DATE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:DATE <yyyy>,<mm>,<dd>

SYSTem:DATE?

Description
During a scan, the instrument stores all readings and alarms with the current time and date. This command sets
the instrument calendar.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<yyyy> Numeric The current year This is a required
parameter
<mm> Numeric The current month This is a required
parameter
<dd> Numeric The day of the current This is a required
month parameter

Remarks
l When shipped from the factory, the instrument is set to the current time and date for Greenwich Mean Time
(GMT).
l The calendar setting is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns three comma-separated values in the form "yyyy,mm,dd".

Examples
The following command sets the calendar to November 21, 2004.

SYST:DATE 2004,11,21

The following query returns the date.

SYST:DATE?

942 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: 2004,11,21

See Also
SYSTem:TIME

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 943

SYSTem:DELay[:IMMediate]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:DELay[:IMMediate] <time>

Description
This command inserts a programmatic delay, during which all other operations are suspended. This command is
intended for sequence operations, but can be used whenever a programmatic delay is needed.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<time> Numeric 0 to 100 seconds, with This is a required
1 ms resolution. parameter

Remarks
l To abort a delay operation, use the ABORt command or a Device Clear.

Example
The following command defines a sequence named "MYSEQ_1", which closes several channels on the module in
slot 1, waits 100 ms for the relays to settle, and then opens a single channel on the module in slot 2.

ROUT:SEQ:DEF MYSEQ_1,"ROUT:CLOS (@1001:1009); :SYSTem:DEL 100E-3 ;:ROUT:OPEN

(@2001)"

See Also
ABORt

ROUTe:SEQuence:DEFine
ROUTe:SEQuence:TRIGger:SOURce

944 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:ERRor?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:ERRor?

Description
This command reads and clears one error from the instrument's error queue. A record of up to 20 errors can be
stored in the instrument's error queue. Each remote interface I/O session (i.e., GPIB, USB, LAN, etc.) has its own
interface-specific error queue. Errors appear in the error queue of the I/O session that caused the error. For
example, if an error was generated by a command sent over the GPIB interface, send this command from GPIB to
read the error queue.

For a complete listing of the Keysight 34980A's error messages, see SCPI Error Messages.

Remarks
l The instrument beeps once each time a command syntax or hardware error is generated. The front-panel
ERROR annunciator turns on when one or more errors are currently stored in the error queue.
l A special global error queue holds all power-on and hardware-related errors (e.g., over-temperature, Safety
Interlock, etc.).
l Errors are retrieved in first-in-first-out (FIFO) order. The first error returned is the first error that was stored.
Once you have read all of the interface-specific errors, the errors in the global error queue are retrieved.
l Errors are cleared as you read them. When you have read all errors from the interface-specific and global
error queues, the ERROR annunciator turns off and the errors are cleared.
l If more than 20 errors have occurred, the last error stored in the queue (the most recent error) is replaced
with -350,"Error queue overflow". No additional errors are stored until you remove errors from the queue. If
no errors have occurred when you read the error queue, the instrument responds with +0,"No error".
l The front panel reports errors from all I/O sessions as well as the global error queue. To read the error queue
from the front panel, use the View key.
l Error conditions are also summarized in the Status Byte Register. For more information on the SCPI Status
System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status System Introduction.
l The interface-specific and global error queues are cleared by the *CLS (Clear Status) command and when
power is cycled. The errors are also cleared when you read the error queue. The error queue is not cleared by
a Factory Reset (*RST command) or an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The command reads and clears one error string from the error queue. The error string may contain up to 160
characters and consists of an error number and an error string enclosed in double quotes. For example:

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 945

-113,"Undefined header"

Example
The following query reads and clears one error.

SYST:ERR?

Typical Response: -101,"Invalid character"

See Also
*SRE

946 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:LOCK:OWNer?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:LOCK:OWNer?

Description
This command returns the I/O interface that currently has a lock.

Remarks
l When a lock is active, Bit 10 in the Standard Operation Register will be set (see STATus:OPERa-
tion:CONDition? command). When the lock is released on all I/O interfaces, this bit will be cleared.

Return Format
The command returns "GPIB", "USB", "VXI11", or "LAN<IP Address>" indicating the I/O interface which currently
has a lock. If no interfaces have a lock, "NONE" is returned.

Example
The following command queries which I/O interface currently has a lock.

SYST:LOCK:OWN?

Typical Response: LAN169.254.149.35

See Also
SYSTem:LOCK:RELease
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 947

SYSTem:LOCK:RELease
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:LOCK:RELease

Description
This command decrements the lock count by one and releases the I/O interface from which the command is
executed.

Remarks
l When a lock is active, Bit 10 in the Standard Operation Register will be set (see STATus:OPERa-
tion:CONDition? command). When the lock is released on all I/O interfaces, this bit will be cleared.

Example
The following command decreases the lock count by one.

SYST:LOCK:REL

See Also
SYSTem:LOCK:OWNer?
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?

948 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:LOCK:REQuest?

Description
This command requests a lock of the current I/O interface. This provides a mechanism by which you can lock the
instrument's configuration or cooperatively share the instrument with other computers.

Remarks
l Lock requests can be nested and each request will increase the lock count by 1. For every request, you will
need to do a release (see SYSTem:LOCK:RELease command).
l Instrument locks are handled at the I/O interface level (GPIB, USB, LAN, etc.) and you are responsible for all
coordination between threads and/or programs on that interface.
l When a request is granted, only I/O sessions from the present interface will be allowed to change the state
of the instrument. From the other I/O interfaces, you can query the state of the instrument but no other con-
figuration changes or measurements are allowed.
l Locks from LAN sessions are granted by the IP address.
l Locks from LAN sessions will be automatically released when a LAN disconnect is detected.
l When a lock is granted, Bit 10 in the Standard Operation Register will be set (see STATus:OPERa-
tion:CONDition? command). In addition, the entire instrument front panel, including the LOCAL key, will be
locked out while a lock is in place ("KEYBOARD LOCKED" is displayed).

Return Format
The command returns "+1" if the lock request is granted or "+0" if denied.

Example
The following command requests a lock of the current I/O interface.

SYST:LOCK:REQ?

Typical Response: +1

See Also
SYSTem:LOCK:OWNer?
SYSTem:LOCK:RELease

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 949

SYSTem:MODule?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:MODule?

Description
This command reads and clears one event from the instrument's Module Event queue. A record of up to 20
events can be stored in the event queue.

For more information on the SCPI Status System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status
System Introduction.

Remarks
l Module events are retrieved in first-in-first-out (FIFO) order and are cleared when you read them. The first
event returned is the first event that was stored.
l Up to 20 events can be logged in the module event queue. If more than 20 events are detected, they will be
lost (only the first 20 events are saved).
l Most of the plug-in modules have defined events that are logged in the event queue. For module-specific
event definitions, see Plug-In Module Event Register Information.
l The module event queue is cleared by the *CLS (Clear Status) command and when power is cycled. The
events are also cleared when you read the module event queue. The module event queue is not cleared by a
Factory Reset (*RST command) or an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
This command returns an ASCII string enclosed in double quotes. One string is returned each time this
command is executed. If no events have been detected, a null string ( " " ) is returned. The command reads the
event data and clears one event from the queue.

For example:

1 Event Description (Short Form) 4 Date (November 21, 2004)

2 Mainframe Slot Number 5 Time of Day (3:30:23.000 PM)
3 Event Description (Long Form)

950 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following query reads and clears one event (the quotes are also returned).

SYST:MOD?

Typical Response: "OverVoltage,6,Over-voltage detected,2004,11,21,15,54,50.184"

See Also
STATus:MODule[:EVENt]?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 951

SYSTem:MODule:PFAil:JUMPer:AMP5?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:MODule:PFAil:JUMPer:AMP5? <slot>

Description
The 34937A and 34938A General-Purpose Switch Modules implement a hardware jumper which allows you to
define the power-fail state of the 5 Amp Form A latching relays on the module (relays maintain their present
state versus all relays open). This command queries the position of the power-fail jumper on the module in the
specified slot.

As shipped from the factory, the power-fail jumper is in the "MAINTAIN" position (i.e., all
5 Amp relays maintain their present state when power fails). To change the position of
the jumper, you must remove the sheet metal covers from the module and move the
position of the jumper mounted on the circuit board. See the Keysight 34980A User's
Guide for more information.

Used With:

l 34937A 32-Channel General-Purpose Switch (channels 29 through 32 only)

l 34938A 20-Channel 5A Switch (all channels)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l In the "MAINTAIN" position, all 5 Amp relays maintain their present state when power fails (does not apply to
the 1 Amp relays on the 34937A module). When power is restored, all relays return to their normal power-on
state. If a power-on recall of a stored instrument state is specified (see MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO com-
mand), all relays are returned to the specified state when power is restored.
l In the "OPEN" position, all 5 Amp relays are opened when power fails (does not apply to the 1 Amp relays on
the 34937A module). When power is restored, all 5 Amp relays remain open. Even if a power-on recall of a
stored instrument state is specified (see MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO command) that would normally close
one or more 5 Amp relays when power is restored, the relays remain open. All of the 1 Amp relays (34937A
only), however, are set to the state specified by the power-on recall operation.

952 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l If the power-fail jumper is missing and is not installed on the circuit board, the instrument will use the default
"MAINTAIN" mode.

Return Format
The command returns "MAIN" (all 5 Amp relays maintain their present state when power fails) or "OPEN" (all
5 Amp relays open when power fails). If you send this command to a module other than the 34937A or 34938A,
"NONE" is returned and no error is generated.

Example
The following command queries the position of the power-fail jumper on the module in slot 3.

SYST:MOD:PFA:JUMP:AMP5? 3

Typical Response: OPEN

See Also
MEMory:STATe:RECall:AUTO

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 953

SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection <slot>, <mode>

SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection? <slot>

or

SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection DEFault, <mode>

SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection? DEFault

Description
These commands set the slot row protection mode and default row protection mode for the 34934A. The row
protection circuitry protects the reed relays from in-rush currents.

Used With:

l 34934A High-Density Matrix Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} none

selected mode applies to all 34934A rows in the

specified slot. The mode is set upon execution of the
command.
or

none
DEFault selected mode is the default mode set following
power-on, *RST, SYSTem:PRESet, or SYSTem:CPON.

954 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <mode> Discrete FIXed - closes the row protection relays which places AUTO100
100Ω protection resistors in the signal paths of all
rows.

ISOlated - opens the row protection relays and bypass

relays of all rows. This isolates the 32-column banks
from all other banks. This mode is valid for the 4x32,
8x32, and 16x32 configurations only.
AUTO100 - closing any channel in a given 32-column
bank closes the corresponding row protection relay
which places a 100Ω protection resistor in the signal
path. The row protection relay remains closed as long
as any channel in the same 32-column bank
connected to that row is closed.
AUTO0 - closing any channel in a given 32-column
bank closes the row protection relay, momentarily
placing a 100Ω protection resistor in the signal path.
The bypass relay is then closed and the protection
relay is opened (see "Remarks" for more information
on AUTO0 mode).

Remarks
l A row protection relay (resistor) and bypass relay are located on each row accessed by each 32-column bank
within the different matrix configurations (4x32, 4x64, 4x128, 8x32, 8x64, 16x32). Depending on the row pro-
tection mode, there may be a maximum of 200Ω of resistance for a 1-wire connection between any two
column banks.
l The fastest switching speeds for relays in a given signal path are achieved using the FIXed or ISOlated
modes, followed by the AUTO100 and AUTO0 modes. When using the AUTO100 or AUTO0 mode, specifying
more than one channel rather than a single channel in the channel list will improve cumulative switching
speed.
l In AUTO0 mode, the row protection relays are operated based on the channel list specified in the
ROUTe:CLOSe or ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR command. Upon receiving the command, the relay sequence is as fol-
lows:

1. row protection relay(s) for the corresponding 32-bank(s) is/are closed

2. column (crosspoint) relay(s) is/are closed
3. bypass relay(s) is/are closed
4. row protection relay(s) is/are opened

For multiple channels in the channel list, steps 1, 3, and 4 are performed for each channel simultaneously -
thus increasing cumulative switching speed.
l Recalling (*RCL) the matrix module configuration from a saved (*SAV) state will restore the row protection
mode set for that slot at the time the state was saved.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 955

 l Power-on, *RST, SYSTem:PRESet, or SYSTem:CPON restores the row protection mode last specified as the
DEFault mode. Following any of these actions, if the default mode is ISOlated an error occurs on 34934A
modules not configured as a 4x32, 8x32, or 16x32 in the 34980A mainframe.

Return Format
The query form of these commands return the current discrete mode settings.

Examples
This example sets the row protection mode to FIXed which closes the row protection relays of all rows in slot 1.
Note that the row relays are closed upon execution of this command.

SYST:MOD:ROW:PROT 1, FIX

This example sets the row protection mode to AUTO0 for all rows in slot 1.

SYST:MOD:ROW:PROT 1, AUTO0

This example sets the default row protection mode to ISOlated. This mode is restored for all rows on all 34934A
matrix modules in the 34980A at power-on or following *RST, SYSTem:PRESet, or SYSTem:CPON.

SYST:MOD:ROW:PROT DEF, ISO

These examples query the current row protection mode for the module in slot 1 and the default mode for all
34934A modules in the 34980A mainframe.

SYST:MOD:ROW:PROT? 1

Typical Response: AUTO0

SYST:MOD:ROW:PROT? DEF

Typical Response: ISO

See Also
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR

956 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:MODule:TEMPerature?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:MODule:TEMPerature? [<mode>], <slot>

Description
Operating the 34937A, 34938A and 34939A General-Purpose Switch Modules at their maximum rated current
on all channels can cause them to overheat. A temperature transducer has been implemented on these modules
to alert you to pending over-temperature conditions. This command reads the present temperature on the
temperature transducer ("TRANsducer") or the factory-set temperature threshold ("TTHReshold") for the module
in the specified slot.

No relays will be automatically opened as a result of an over-temperature condition on

these modules. If you are planning to use these modules at or near their operating
limits, be sure to implement the necessary procedures in your programming application
to address the event of an over-temperature condition.

Used With:

l 34937A 32-Channel General-Purpose Switch

l 34938A 20-Channel 5A Switch
l 34939A 64-Channel 1A Switch

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {TRANsducer|TTHReshold} TRANsducer (read the present
temperature on the
temperature transducer)
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required parameter

Remarks
l This command applies only to those modules listed above. An error will be generated if you send this com-
mand to a slot that doesn't contain one of these modules.
l The factory-set temperature threshold for these modules is 70 °C (the threshold cannot be modified).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 957

 l You can configure the modules to generate a Service Request (SRQ) when an over-temperature condition
exists. One over-temperature SRQ event is logged each time the temperature threshold is exceeded. See
Keysight 34937A Event Registers or Keysight 34938A Event Registers for more information on configuring
the Status Registers for these modules.
l The front-panel "HOT" annunciator turns on when an over-temperature condition exists on one or more mod-
ules in the mainframe. The annunciator will remain on until the module temperature drops below the
threshold.

Return Format
The command returns the present temperature on the temperature transducer ("TRANsducer") or the factory-
set temperature threshold ("TTHReshold") on the module in the specified slot. The value is returned in °C.

Examples
The following command reads the present temperature on the module in slot 2. The transducer temperature is
returned in °C.

SYST:MOD:TEMP? TRAN,2

Typical Response: +3.65640000E+01

The following command reads the factory-set temperature threshold (always 70 °C) on the module in slot 2.

SYST:MOD:TEMP? TTHR,2

Typical Response: +7.00000000E+01

See Also
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle

958 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:MODule:TERMinal:TYPE?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:MODule:TERMinal:TYPE? <slot>

Description
This command returns the current configuration of the 34934A High Density Matrix module.

Used With:

l 34934A High-Density Matrix Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required parameter

Remarks
l The configuration returned includes information on the terminal block type and whether the terminal block
safety interlock is active.

Return Format
The data returned by the command is summarized in the following table.

Return String Description

R4_C32 4x32: 4 row / 32 column configuration (4 matrices)
R4_C64 4x64: 4 row / 64 column configuration (2 matrices)
R4_C128 4x128: 4 row / 128 column configuration (1 matrix)
R8_C32 8x32: 8 row / 32 column configuration (2 matrices)
R8_C64 8:64: 8 row / 64 column configuration (1 matrix)
R16_C32 16x32: 16 row / 32 column configuration (1 matrix)
NONE No terminal or configuration module connected; or safety interlock jumper removed

Examples
The following examples read the configuration of the 34934A modules in slots 1 and 2.

SYST:MOD:TERM:TYPE? 1

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 959

Typical Response: R4_C64

SYST:MOD:TERM:TYPE? 2

Typical Response: R8_C32

See Also
SYSTem:CTYPe?

960 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE <mode>, <slot>

Description
This command configures the module in the specified slot for 2-wire (differential) or 1-wire (single ended)
measurements.

If you change the module configuration, you must cycle power on the 34980A to
activate the new setting.

Used With:

l 34923A Reed Multiplexer

l 34925A FET Multiplexer
l 34933A Dual 4x8 Reed Matrix

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Discrete {WIRE1|WIRE2} This is a required
parameter
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l This command applies only to those modules listed above. An error will be generated if you send this com-
mand to a slot that doesn't contain one of these modules.
l This command does not have a query form. To determine whether the module is in the 2-wire or 1-wire con-
figuration, send the SYSTem:CTYPe? or SYSTem:CDEScription? command after cycling power to the
34980A. For example, the SYSTem:CTYPe? response for the 34923A will be either "34923A" (differential
mode) or "34923A-1W" (single-ended mode).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 961

 l If you are using terminal blocks with these modules, be sure to use the corresponding 2-wire or 1-wire
terminal block.

Terminal Block Option Description

34923T – Option 001 40-Channel Reed Multiplexer (2-Wire Mode)
34923T – Option 002 80-Channel Reed Multiplexer (1-Wire Mode)
34925T – Option 001 40-Channel FET Multiplexer (2-Wire Mode)
34925T – Option 002 80-Channel FET Multiplexer (1-Wire Mode)
34933T – Option 001 Dual 4x8 Reed Matrix (2-Wire Mode)
34933T – Option 002 Quad 4x8 Reed Matrix (1-Wire Mode)

l The module configuration is stored in non-volatile memory on the module and does not change when you
remove the module from the mainframe, after a Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Example
The following command selects the 1-wire configuration on the module in slot 3. Remember, the new
configuration will not take effect until you cycle power on the 34980A.

SYST:MOD:WIRE:MODE WIRE1,3 !Cycle mainframe power to activate new setting

See Also
SYSTem:CDEScription?
SYSTem:CTYPe?

962 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:PRESet
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:PRESet

Description
This command presets the mainframe and all installed modules to a known configuration. See Instrument Preset
State for a complete listing of the instrument's Preset configuration.

Remarks
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, this command resets all channels on a remote module
to their default states as specified by the ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault command and sets all chan-
nel drives to the specified boot state (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT command). In addition,
when the *RST command is executed, the 34945A automatically re-evaluates all external remote module
connections to determine what is connected, what is powered, etc. No other settings are changed.
l On the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver, the time required to complete a preset may be sig-
nificant depending on the specified pulse width (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh command) and
power supply recovery time (see ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery command). If both values are set
to their upper limits (255 ms each) for all channels, the time required to preset (or boot) the module may
exceed 30 seconds:

64 Channels x (255 ms Pulse Width + 255 ms Recovery Time) = ~33 seconds

Example
The following command presets the instrument.

SYST:PRES

See Also
*RST
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh (34945A only)
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery (34945A only)
SYSTem:CPON

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 963

SYSTem:RMODule:RESet
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:RMODule:RESet <slot>

Description
This command resets all 34945EXT remote modules connected to the 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator
Driver in the specified slot. This command provides the only way to reset all 34945EXT remote modules in a
given slot to a factory default state. The following table shows the reset state.

Attribute Reset State

At the 34945EXT Level:
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce OFF
[:IMMediate]
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT OFF
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit 1
At the Bank Level:
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE] OCOLlector
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe ON
[:ENABle]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel 5 mA
All Channels:
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE] OFF
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE] ON
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh 15 ms
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery 0.0 seconds
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle 0.0 seconds
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault OPEN
selected
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle] OFF
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity NORMal

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

964 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 <slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l Since this command disables both the channel drive source and channel drive boot state, the channels will
remain inoperable until you re-enable the channel drive source using the ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce
[:IMMediate] command (select the INTernal or EXTernal source).
l With the SYSTem:RMODule:RESet command, the bank-level attributes are reset without regard to which dis-
tribution boards are installed. To reset the bank-level attributes on a specific 34945EXT remote module, see
the ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet command; with this command, the bank-level attributes vary according
to which distribution boards are installed.
l The *RST and SYSTem:PRESet commands reset all channels on a remote module to their default states as
specified by the ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault command and set all channel drives to the specified
boot state (see ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT command). In addition, when the *RST and
SYSTem:PRESet commands are executed, the 34945A automatically re-evaluates all external remote mod-
ule connections to determine what is connected, what is powered, etc. No other settings are changed.
l The SYSTem:CPON command has nearly the same effect as the *RST and SYSTem:PRESet commands (see
above). However, when the SYSTem:CPON command is executed, the 34945A does not re-evaluate the
external remote module connections.
l The SYSTem:RMODule:RESet command does not clear the relay cycle count on the specified slot (see
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes? command).

Example
The following command resets all 34945EXT remote modules connected to slot 3 to their factory default state.
The bank-level attributes are reset without regard to which distribution boards are installed.

SYST:RMOD:RESET 3

See Also
*RST
DIAGnostic:RELay:CYCLes?
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
SYSTem:CPON
SYSTem:PRESet

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 965

SYSTem:RMODule:STATus?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:RMODule:STATus? <slot>

Description
This command returns the hardware state of the 34945EXT remote modules connected to the 34945A
Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver in the specified slot. Two decimal values are returned indicating which
34945EXT remote modules are properly booted, currently present, and under 34980A control.

Used With:

l 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l A 34945EXT Master module always boots as long as it is properly connected to the 34945A and the 349480A
mainframe is running (the master is powered internally by the mainframe). In order for a 34945EXT Slave
module to properly boot, it must be properly connected (to the master module or another slave module) and
external power must be applied.
l Any 34945EXT Slave modules that are attached will be reported in the hardware configuration, even if they
are not powered.
l If the values returned do not accurately reflect the expected state of the hardware, send a Factory Reset
(*RST command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) to refresh the configuration.
l A response of "0,0" indicates that the 34945A is installed but no 34945EXT remote module (master) is
attached or has failed to properly boot.
l You can also use this command in conjunction with 34945A's status event register, which detects con-
figuration changes on the 34945EXT remote modules. For more information, see Keysight 34945A Event
Registers.

966 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The command returns two comma-separated decimal values representing the state of two registers on the
34945A. The first register, the Booted Register, indicates which 34945EXT remote modules are in active
operation (i.e., the module is both present and properly booted). The second register, the Attached Register,
indicates which 34945EXT remote modules are present but they may or may not be properly booted.

The command returns the state of each register in the following format:

<Booted Register>,<Attached Register>

Each value corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits set in the corresponding register. For example, if
bit 0 (decimal value = 1) and bit 3 (decimal value = 8) are set, "9" would be returned for that register. The
following tables list the bit definitions for each register.

34945A Booted Register: Indicates which 34945EXT remote modules are in active operation (i.e., the module is
both present and properly booted).

Bit Decimal Value Definition

0 1 34945EXT Remote Module #1 (Master) is booted
1 2 34945EXT Remote Module #2 is booted
2 4 34945EXT Remote Module #3 is booted
3 8 34945EXT Remote Module #4 is booted
4 16 34945EXT Remote Module #5 is booted
5 32 34945EXT Remote Module #6 is booted
6 64 34945EXT Remote Module #7 is booted
7 128 34945EXT Remote Module #8 is booted

34945A Attached Register: Indicates which 34945EXT remote modules are present but they may or may not be
properly booted.

Bit Decimal Value Definition

0 1 34945EXT Remote Module #1 (Master) is attached
1 2 34945EXT Remote Module #2 is attached
2 4 34945EXT Remote Module #3 is attached
3 8 34945EXT Remote Module #4 is attached
4 16 34945EXT Remote Module #5 is attached
5 32 34945EXT Remote Module #6 is attached
6 64 34945EXT Remote Module #7 is attached
7 128 34945EXT Remote Module #8 is attached

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 967

Example
The following command returns the state of the 34945EXT remote modules connected to slot 3.

SYST:RMOD:STAT? 3

Typical Response: 5,7

The values returned indicate the following state:

5 (Booted Remote modules #1 and #3 are booted

Register):
7 (Attached Remote Modules #1, #2, and #3 are attached
Register):

See Also
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:ENABle

968 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:SECurity:IMMediate

Description
This command clears all instrument memory (except calibration parameters, I/O hardware addresses, and boot
parameters) and then cycles power to the instrument. This command is typically used to clear all memory before
removing the instrument from a secured area.

This command is not recommended for use in routine applications because of the
possibility of unintended loss of data.

Remarks
l This command initializes all instrument and module settings to their Factory Reset (*RST command) values.
l This command deletes all user-defined state information, channel labels, and I/O settings such as the GPIB
and LAN address information.
l The only non-volatile settings that are not deleted are the calibration parameters (calibration string, secure
code, etc.), I/O hardware address information (Ethernet MAC address and instrument serial number), and
the instrument's boot parameters.

Example
The following command clears all instrument memory.

SYST:SEC:IMM

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 969

SYSTem:TIME
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
SYSTem:TIME <hh>,<mm>,<ss.sss>

SYSTem:TIME?

Description
During a scan, the instrument stores all readings and alarms with the current time and date. This command sets
the instrument clock (based on a 24-hour clock).

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<hh> Numeric The hour in 24-hour clock format This is a required
parameter
<mm> Numeric The minutes This is a required
parameter
<ss.sss> Numeric The seconds, with 1 ms resolution This is a required
parameter

Remarks
l When shipped from the factory, the instrument is set to the current time and date for Greenwich Mean Time
(GMT).
l The clock setting is stored in non-volatile memory, and does not change when power has been off, after a
Factory Reset (*RST command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The query command returns three comma-separated values in the form "hh,mm,sss.ss".

Examples
The following command sets the clock to 3:30:23.000 PM.

SYST:TIME 15,30,23.000

The following query returns the current time.

SYST:TIME?

970 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Typical Response: 15,30,23.000

See Also
SYSTem:DATE

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 971

SYSTem:TIME:SCAN?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:TIME:SCAN?

Description
This command returns the time at the start of the scan.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Remarks
l You can read the time at any time, even during a scan.
l This command is not affected by the FORMat:READing:TIME:TYPE command which selects the time format
for storing scanned data in memory (absolute time versus relative time).
l This command is not affected by the CALCulate:AVERage:CLEar command which clears all values from the
statistics registers.
l The instrument clears all stored data on all channels when a new scan is started, after a Factory Reset (*RST
command), or after an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).

Return Format
The command returns a string indicating the time and date at the start of the most recent scan.

The string returned has the form yyyy,mm,dd,hh,mm,ss.sss:

yyyy is the year

mm is the month
dd is the day of the month
hh is the hour in 24-hour format
mm is the minutes
ss.sss is the seconds (with 1 ms resolution)

For example:

972 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Example
The following query returns the time and date at the start of the most recent scan.

SYST:TIME:SCAN?

Typical Response: 2004,11,21,10,03,10.314

See Also
SYSTem:DATE
SYSTem:TIME

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 973

SYSTem:VERSion?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
SYSTem:VERSion?

Description
This command returns the version of the SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) standard
with which the instrument is in compliance. The instrument complies with the rules and conventions of the
indicated version of the SCPI standard.

You cannot query the SCPI version from the front panel.

Return Format
The command returns a string in the form "YYYY.V", where "YYYY" represents the year of the version and "V"
represents a version for that year (e.g., 1994.0).

Example
The following query returns the SCPI version.

SYST:VERS?

Typical Response: 1994.0

974 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRACe Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

TRACe:CATalog?
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>]
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion
TRACe:DELete:ALL
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:FREE?
TRACe:POINts?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 975

TRACe:CATalog?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRACe:CATalog? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

Description
This command returns a list of trace names currently downloaded to volatile memory.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital output channels only)

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form This is a required
34950A (@sccc). parameter
Only Select from s101 through
s104, s201 through s204.
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
34951A parameter
Only

Remarks
l Use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME] command to delete traces from memory.
l Use the TRACe:POINts? command to determine the number of points used by a specific trace name.
l Each bank on the 34950A has its own memory (64K bytes each) for use in buffered output transfers. You can
download up to 32 traces into each bank.
l You can store up to 512,000 trace points per 34951A module.
l For the 34950A, if you change the width of a bank (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), all traces in
memory are cleared.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace from memory and removes all trace name associations. In addi-
tion, storing the instrument state (*SAV command) will delete the trace from memory and remove all trace
name associations.

976 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
This command reads the trace names currently assigned and returns a comma-separated list. If the specified
slot has no trace names assigned, a null string ( " " ) is returned

Examples
The following command returns a list of trace names downloaded to channel 101 on the 34950A in slot 3.

TRAC:CAT? (@3101)

Typical Response: PATTERN_1,DOUT1

The following command returns a list of trace names downloaded to the 34951A in slot 4 (the quotes are also
returned).

TRAC:CAT? 4

Typical Response: "SIN","SQU","TEST_WFORM"

See Also
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
TRACe:POINts?
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 977

TRACe[:DATA]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRACe[:DATA] <slot>, <name>, {<binary_block>|<value>, <value> [,<value>, . . . ]}

Description
This command downloads 32-bit floating-point values between -1 and +1 into volatile memory on the 34951A
Isolated DAC Module in the specified slot. You can download between 2 and 512,000 points as IEEE-488.2
Binary Block data or as a comma-separated list of real numbers. Once you have downloaded the points to
memory, you can adjust the amplitude and offset of the output to the desired levels.

Downloading floating-point values using TRACe[:DATA] is generally slower than

downloading signed integer values (see TRACe[:DATA]:DAC command); however,
floating-point values are more convenient, for example, when using trigonometric
functions which return values between -1 and +1.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter
<name> ASCII String A trace name consisting of up to 12 This is a required
characters. The first character must parameter
be a letter (A-Z), but the remaining 11
characters can be letters, numbers (0-
9), or an underscore ( _ ). Blank spaces
are not allowed.
<binary_ Numeric Peak-to-peak trace values between -1 This is a required
block> and +1 represented as floating-point parameter
numbers in IEEE-488.2 Binary
Block format.
<value> Numeric Peak-to-peak trace values between -1 This is a required
and +1 represented as a comma- parameter
separated list of real numbers.

Remarks
l The specified trace values correspond to the peak values of the trace output mode (see SOURce:MODE com-
mand). For example, "-1.0" corresponds to -1 Vdc in the VOLTage mode or -1 mA in the CURRent mode.
l You can download between 2 and 512,000 trace points per 34951A module (each trace point requires 4
bytes of volatile memory).

978 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l You can store up to 32 traces in volatile memory on the 34951A module. Use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
command to delete traces from memory.
l For binary downloads, the syntax is a pound sign (#) followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of
digits in the decimal integer to follow. This digit is followed by a decimal integer indicating the number of 8-
bit data bytes to follow. This is followed by a block of data containing the specified number of bytes.

For example:

l For binary downloads, you can specify the byte order (NORMal or SWAPped) using the FORMat:BORDer
command.
l After downloading the trace values to memory, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME] command to
select the active trace, the SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle command to enable the trace mode, and then the
OUTPut:STATe ON command to output the trace from the specified channels.
l To set the gain of the trace output, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN and SOURce:FUNC-
tion:CURRent:GAIN commands.
l To set the offset of the trace output, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet and SOURce:FUNC-
tion:CURRent:OFFSet commands.
l All trace data is stored in volatile memory and is therefore lost when power is turned off. In addition, trace
data is not stored as part of the instrument state (see *SAV command) and you must download the trace
points to memory again after recalling a stored state.

Examples
The following program segment downloads seven trace points to memory on the module in slot 4. The trace
name is "NEG_RAMP".

TRAC 4,NEG_RAMP, 1, .67, .33, 0, -.33, -.67, -1

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC NEG_RAMP,(@4001,4002) !Assign trace to channels 1 and 2
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001,4002) !Enable outputs from channels 1 and 2
SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001,4002) !Enable trace mode on channels 1 and 2

The following command downloads four points to memory on the module in slot 3 (each trace point requires 4
bytes of volatile memory). The trace name is "TEST_WFORM".

TRAC 3,TEST_WFORM, #216 <binary data>

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 979

See Also
FORMat:BORDer
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
SOURce:MODE
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:FREE?

980 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC <slot>, <name>, {<binary_block>|<value>, <value> [,<value>, . . . ]}

Description
This command downloads 16-bit signed integer values between -32768 and +32767 into volatile memory on the
34951A Isolated DAC Module in the specified slot. You can download between 2 and 512,000 points as IEEE-
488.2 Binary Block data or as a comma-separated list of real numbers. Once you have downloaded the points to
memory, you can adjust the amplitude and offset of the output to the desired levels.

Downloading signed integer values using TRACe[:DATA]:DAC is generally faster than

downloading floating-point values (see TRACe[:DATA] command); however, floating-
point values are more convenient, for example, when using trigonometric functions
which return values between -1 and +1.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter
<name> ASCII String A trace name consisting of up to 12 This is a required
characters. The first character must parameter
be a letter (A-Z), but the remaining 11
characters can be letters, numbers (0-
9), or an underscore ( _ ). Blank spaces
are not allowed.
<binary_ Numeric Peak-to-peak trace values between - This is a required
block> 32768 and +32767 represented as parameter
integers in IEEE-488.2 Binary
Block format.
<value> Numeric Peak-to-peak trace values between - This is a required
32768 and +32767 represented as a parameter
comma-separated list of real
numbers.

Remarks
l The specified trace values correspond to the peak values of the trace output mode (see SOURce:MODE com-
mand). For example, "-32768" corresponds to -1 Vdc in the VOLTage mode or -1 mA in the CURRent mode.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 981

 l You can download between 2 and 512,000 trace points per 34951A module (each trace point requires 4
bytes of volatile memory).
l You can store up to 32 traces in volatile memory on the 34951A module. Use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
command to delete traces from memory.
l For binary downloads, the syntax is a pound sign (#) followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of
digits in the decimal integer to follow. This digit is followed by a decimal integer indicating the number of 8-
bit data bytes to follow. This is followed by a block of data containing the specified number of bytes.

For example:

l For binary downloads, you can specify the byte order (NORMal or SWAPped) using the FORMat:BORDer
command.
l After downloading the trace values to memory, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME] command to
select the active trace, the SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle command to enable the trace mode, and then the
OUTPut:STATe ON command to output the trace from the specified channels.
l To set the gain of the trace output, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN and SOURce:FUNC-
tion:CURRent:GAIN commands.
l To set the offset of the trace output, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet and SOURce:FUNC-
tion:CURRent:OFFSet commands.
l All trace data is stored in volatile memory and is therefore lost when power is turned off. In addition, trace
data is not stored as part of the instrument state (see *SAV command) and you must download the trace
points to memory again after recalling a stored state.

Examples
The following program segment downloads five trace points to memory on the module in slot 4. The trace name
is "NEG_RAMP".

TRAC:DAC 4,NEG_RAMP, 32767, 16384, 0, -16384, -32768

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC NEG_RAMP,(@4001,4002) !Assign trace to channels 1 and 2
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001,4002) !Enable outputs from channels 1 and 2
SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001,4002) !Enable trace mode on channels 1 and 2

The following command downloads four points to memory on the module in slot 3 (each trace point requires 2
bytes of volatile memory). The trace name is "TEST_WFORM".

TRAC:DAC 3,TEST_WFORM, #18 <binary data>

982 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

See Also
FORMat:BORDer
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
SOURce:MODE
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:FREE?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 983

TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>] (@<channel>), <name>, {<binary_block>|<value>, <value> [,<value>, . . . ]}

Description
This command downloads integer values into volatile memory on the specified channel on the 34950A Digital
I/O Module. You can download values as IEEE-488.2 Binary Block data or as a comma-separated list of integers.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<width> Discrete {BYTE|1|WORD|2|LWORd|4} BYTE (8 bits)
BYTE (or "1" byte): 8 bits
WORD (or "2" bytes): 16 bits
LWORd (or "4" bytes): 32 bits
<channel> Numeric One channel in the form (@sccc). This is a required parameter
Select from s101 or s201.
<name> ASCII String A trace name consisting of up to 12 This is a required parameter
characters. The first character must be a
letter (A-Z), but the remaining 11
characters can be letters, numbers (0-9),
or an underscore ( _ ). Blank spaces are
not allowed.
<binary_ Numeric Integer values in IEEE-488.2 Binary This is a required parameter
block> Block format, appropriate for the
specified <width>:
BYTE: 8-bit integers in block format
WORD: 16-bit integers in block format
LWORd: 32-bit integers in block format
<value> Numeric Comma-separated list of integer values. This is a required parameter

Remarks
l Each bank has its own memory (64K bytes each) for use in buffered output transfers. You can download up to
32 traces into each bank. Use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME] command to delete traces from memory.

984 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 l For binary downloads, the syntax is a pound sign (#) followed by a non-zero digit representing the number of
digits in the decimal integer to follow. This digit is followed by a decimal integer indicating the number of 8-
bit data bytes to follow. This is followed by a block of data containing the specified number of bytes.

For example:

l For binary downloads, you can specify the byte order (NORMal or SWAPped) using the FORMat:BORDer
command.
l Downloading a trace to the module while memory is enabled is not allowed (see SOURce:DIGit-
al:MEMory:ENABle command).
l After downloading the trace to memory, use the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe command to select the act-
ive trace and the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command to enable the trace mode.
l If a trace is not currently assigned to the specified bank, the downloaded trace will become the assigned
trace.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace from memory and removes all trace name associations. In addi-
tion, storing the instrument state (*SAV command) will delete the trace from memory and remove all trace
name associations.

Examples
The following program segment downloads a 4-point trace pattern to channel 101 on the module in slot 3. The
cycle count is set to output the complete trace three times. Once memory is enabled, a software trigger is used
to trigger the memory output. The trace name is "DOUT1".

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 3,(@3101) !Output complete trace 3 times
TRAC:DIG:WORD (@3101),DOUT1,255,200,128,0 !Download trace points
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC DOUT1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable trace mode on channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Trigger memory output

The following command downloads binary data to channel 201 on the module in slot 3. The trace name is "MY_
TRACE".

TRAC:DIG:WORD (@3201),MY_TRACE,#216 <binary data>

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 985

See Also
FORMat:BORDer
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:CYCLes
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion
TRACe:FREE?

986 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion (@<channel>), <type>, <name>, <points>

Description
This command generates and downloads one of two built-in traces to the specified bank on the 34950A Digital
I/O Module. Choose from a "count up" pattern (0, 1, 2, 3, ...) or a "walking ones" pattern (00000001, 00000010,
00000100, ...).

You can generate a "count down" or "walking zero" pattern by inverting the data line
polarity (see CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity command).

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form (@sccc). This is a required
Select from s101 or s201. parameter
<type> Discrete {COUNt|WONes} This is a required
parameter
<name> ASCII String A trace name consisting of up to 12 This is a required
characters. The first character must be a parameter
letter (A-Z), but the remaining 11
characters can be letters, numbers (0-9),
or an underscore ( _ ). Blank spaces are
not allowed.
The name must be unique to the specified
channel (bank).
<points> Numeric The length of the trace in number of 1,000 sample points
samples, and must fit in the available
space.

Remarks
l Each bank has its own memory (64K bytes each) for use in buffered output transfers. You can download up to
32 traces into each bank. Use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME] command to delete traces from memory.
l The direction and width of memory operations are determined by the first channel on the bank.
l If the specified number of samples is greater than the amount of available memory on the module, an error
will be generated.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 987

 l If you change the width of a bank (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), all traces in memory are
cleared.
l Downloading a trace to the module while memory is enabled is not allowed (see SOURce:DIGit-
al:MEMory:ENABle command).
l After downloading the trace to memory, use the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe command to select the act-
ive trace and the SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command to enable the trace mode.
l If a trace is not currently assigned to the specified bank, the downloaded trace will become the assigned
trace.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace from memory and removes all trace name associations. In addi-
tion, storing the instrument state (*SAV command) will delete the trace from memory and remove all trace
name associations.

Example
The following program segment downloads and outputs a "walking ones" pattern from channel 101 on the
module in slot 3. The length of the trace is set to 32 samples. In addition, the cycle count is set to output the
complete trace three times. Once memory is enabled, a software trigger is used to trigger the memory output.

SOUR:DIG:DATA:WORD #HFFFF,(@3101) !Set initial output pattern

SOUR:DIG:MEM:NCYC 3,(@3101) !Output complete trace 3 times
TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),WONES,PATTERN_1,32 !Download "walking ones" pattern
SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC PATTERN_1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:ENAB ON,(@3101) !Enable memory on channel 101
SOUR:DIG:MEM:START (@3101) !Trigger memory output

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:CYCLes
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
TRACe:CATalog?
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>]
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]

988 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Example

Syntax
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion <slot>, <type>, <name>, <points>

Description
This command generates trace data based on several built-in standard waveforms on the 34951A Isolated DAC
Module in the specified slot. The data generated is between -1 and +1 and you can download between 8 and
512,000 points. All of the built-in waveforms are 1 cycle in length.

When using traces with a large number of points, it will take an appreciable amount of
time to download the points to the module (the download rate is approximately 10,000
points per second). Therefore, when downloading large traces, you may want to
increase the timeout value of your programming application and use the *OPC?
command to indicate the completion of the download.

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
parameter
<type> Discrete {RAMP|SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle} This is a required
parameter
<name> ASCII String A trace name consisting of up to 12 This is a required
characters. The first character must be a parameter
letter (A-Z), but the remaining 11
characters can be letters, numbers (0-9),
or an underscore ( _ ). Blank spaces are
not allowed.
<points> Numeric The length of the trace between 8 and This is a required
512,000 points. parameter

Remarks
l The trace values generated by this command correspond to the peak values of the trace output mode (see
SOURce:MODE command). For example, "-1.0" corresponds to -1 Vdc in the VOLTage mode or -1 mA in the
CURRent mode.
l You can store up to 32 traces in volatile memory on the 34951A module. Use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
command to delete traces from memory.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 989

 l If the specified number of points is greater than the amount of available memory on the module, an error will
be generated.
l After downloading the trace values to memory, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME] command to
select the active trace, the SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle command to enable the trace mode, and then the
OUTPut:STATe ON command to output the trace from the specified channels.
l To set the gain of the trace output, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN and SOURce:FUNC-
tion:CURRent:GAIN commands.
l To set the offset of the trace output, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet and SOURce:FUNC-
tion:CURRent:OFFSet commands.

Example
The following program segment downloads a 1000-point sine waveform to memory on the module in slot 4 and
outputs the waveform from DAC channel 1. The trace name is "TEST_SINE".

TRAC:FUNC 4,SIN, TEST_SINE, 1000 !Download 1000-point sine to memory

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC TEST_SINE,(@4001) !Assign trace to channel 1
OUTP:STAT ON,(@4001) !Enable outputs from channel 1
SOUR:FUNC:ENAB ON,(@4001) !Enable trace mode on channel 1

See Also
OUTPut:STATe ON
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet
TRACe:CATalog?
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]

990 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRACe:DELete:ALL
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRACe:DELete:ALL {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

Description
This command deletes all trace waveform from volatile memory. Deleting a trace also frees up space in memory
previously allocated for the trace waveform.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital output channels only)

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form This is a required
34950A Only (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101
through s104, s201
through s204.
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
34951A Only parameter

Remarks
l Any channels that were associated with the deleted trace name will lose that association.
l As traces are deleted, there may be non-contiguous blocks of memory. Use the TRACe:FREE? command to
determine the largest contiguous block of memory available.
l For the 34950A, if you change the width of a bank (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), all traces in
memory are cleared.
l For the 34950A, this command does not delete the built-in trace patterns (count-up pattern or "walking
ones" pattern).
l For the 34950A, you cannot delete a trace while buffered memory is enabled. If necessary, use the
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command to disable memory and then delete the trace.
l For the 34951A, this command does not delete any of the built-in trace waveforms (Sine, Square, Ramp,
etc).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 991

 l For the 34951A, you cannot delete a trace that is currently being output on the specified slot. If you attempt
to delete an active trace, an error will be generated. If necessary, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle com-
mand to turn off the trace so it can be deleted.
l To delete a specific trace name, use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME] command.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace waveform from memory and removes all trace name asso-
ciations. In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV command) will delete the trace waveform from
memory and remove all trace name associations.

Examples
The following command deletes all traces stored on channel 101 the 34950A in slot 3.

TRAC:DEL:ALL (@3101)

The following command deletes all traces stored on the 34951A in slot 4.

TRAC:DEL:ALL 4

See Also
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:FREE?

992 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRACe:DELete[:NAME] {(@<channel>)|<slot>}, <name>

Description
This command deletes a trace from volatile memory. Deleting a trace also frees up space in memory previously
allocated for the trace.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital output channels only)

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form This is a required parameter
34950A (@sccc).
Only Select from s101 through s104,
s201 through s204.
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required parameter
34951A
Only
<name> ASCII String A previously-defined trace name This is a required parameter
consisting of up to 12
characters.

Remarks
l If the specified trace name is not currently stored in memory, an error is generated.
l Any channels that were associated with the deleted trace name will lose that association.
l As traces are deleted, there may be non-contiguous blocks of memory. Use the TRACe:FREE? command to
determine the largest contiguous block of memory available.
l For the 34950A, if you change the width of a bank (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), all traces in
memory are cleared.
l For the 34950A, this command does not delete the built-in trace patterns (count-up pattern or "walking
ones" pattern).

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 993

 l For the 34950A, you cannot delete a trace while buffered memory is enabled. If necessary, use the
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle command to disable memory and then delete the trace.
l For the 34951A, this command does not delete any of the built-in trace waveforms (Sine, Square, Ramp,
etc).
l For the 34951A, you cannot delete a trace that is currently being output on the specified slot. If you attempt
to delete an active trace, an error will be generated. If necessary, use the SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle com-
mand to turn off the trace so it can be deleted.
l To delete all traces from the specified slot, use the TRACe:DELete:ALL command.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace waveform from memory and removes all trace name asso-
ciations. In addition, storing the instrument state (*SAV command) will delete the trace waveform from
memory and remove all trace name associations.

Examples
The following command deletes the trace named "DOUT1" from channel 101 on the 34950A in slot 3.

TRAC:DEL (@3101),DOUT1

The following command deletes the trace named "TEST_WFORM" from the 34951A in slot 4.

TRAC:DEL 4,TEST_WFORM

See Also
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
TRACe:DELete:ALL
TRACe:FREE?

994 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRACe:FREE?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRACe:FREE? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}

Description
This command returns the largest contiguous block of available volatile memory. The value returned is the
number of trace points available for the specified slot.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital output channels only)

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form This is a required
34950A Only (@sccc). parameter
Select from s101
through s104, s201
through s204.
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required
34951A Only parameter

Remarks
l Use the TRACe:DELete[:NAME] command to delete traces from memory.
l Use the TRACe:POINts? command to determine the number of points used by a specific trace name.
l Each bank on the 34950A has its own memory (64K bytes each) for use in buffered output transfers. You can
download up to 32 traces into each bank.
l You can store up to 512,000 trace points per 34951A module.
l For the 34950A, if you change the width of a bank (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), all traces in
memory are cleared.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace waveform from memory and removes all trace name asso-
ciations.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 995

Return Format
The query command reads the available memory and returns the number of trace samples (34950A) or trace
points (34951A) available in the form "+512000".

Examples
The following command returns the number of trace samples available on channel 101 on the 34950A in slot 3.

TRAC:FREE? (@3101)

Typical Response: +3632

The following command returns the number of trace points available on the 34951A in slot 4.

TRAC:FREE? 4

Typical Response: +510976

See Also
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:POINts?

996 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRACe:POINts?
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRACe:POINts? {(@<channel>)|<slot>}, <name>

Description
This command returns the number of points (samples) used by the trace waveform.

Used With:

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital output channels only)

l 34951A Isolated DAC Module

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<channel> Numeric One channel in the form This is a required parameter
34950A (@sccc).
Only Select from s101 through s104,
s201 through s204.
<slot> Discrete {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8} This is a required parameter
34951A
Only
<name> ASCII String A previously-defined trace name This is a required parameter
consisting of up to 12
characters.

Remarks
l The specified trace must have been previously assigned to a channel in the specified slot (see SOURce:DIGit-
al:MEMory:TRACe command for the 34950A or SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME] command for the
34951A).
l Each bank on the 34950A has its own memory (64K bytes each) for use in buffered output transfers. You can
download up to 32 traces into each bank.
l You can store up to 512,000 trace points per 34951A module.
l For the 34950A, if you change the width of a bank (see CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh command), all traces in
memory are cleared.
l A Factory Reset (*RST command), Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command), and Card Reset
(SYSTem:CPON command) deletes the trace from memory and removes all trace name associations.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 997

Return Format
The query command reads the number of trace samples (34950A) or trace points (34951A) used by the specified
trace. The number of samples (points) is returned in the form "+100".

Examples
The following program segment downloads a 32-sample count-up trace to memory on channel 101 on the
34950A in slot 3 and then reads the number of trace samples.

TRAC:DIG:FUNC (@3101),COUN,DOUT1,32 !Download 32-sample trace to memory

SOUR:DIG:MEM:TRAC DOUT1,(@3101) !Assign trace to channel 101
TRAC:POIN? (@3101),DOUT1

Typical Response: +32

The following program segment downloads a 100-point sine waveform to memory on the 34951A in slot 4 and
then reads the number of trace points.

TRAC:FUNC 4,SIN, TEST_SINE, 100 !Download 100-point sine to memory

SOUR:FUNC:TRAC TEST_SINE,(@4001) !Assign trace to channel 1
TRAC:POIN? 4,TEST_SINE

Typical Response: +100

See Also
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:FREE?

998 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRIGger Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

TRIGger:COUNt
TRIGger:COUNt?
TRIGger:DELay
TRIGger:DELay?
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO?
TRIGger:SOURce
TRIGger:SOURce?
TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE]
TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE]?
TRIGger:TIMer
TRIGger:TIMer?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 999

TRIGger:COUNt
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRIGger:COUNt {<count>|MIN|MAX|DEF|INFinity}

TRIGger:COUNt? [{MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command selects the number of triggers that will be accepted by the internal DMM before returning to the
"idle" trigger state. The trigger count applies to both scanning and stand-alone DMM measurements (with no
scan list).

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)
l Internal DMM

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<count> Numeric 1 to 500,000 triggers, or continuous 1 trigger
(INFinity).

MIN = 1 sweep, MAX = 500,000

triggers

Remarks
l After setting the trigger count, you must place the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state using the
INITiate or READ? command. A trigger will not be accepted from the selected trigger source (see TRIGger-
:SOURce command) until the internal DMM is in the "wait-for-trigger" state.
a. For the BUS source, the trigger count sets the number of *TRG commands that will be accepted before
returning to the "idle" trigger state.
b. For the EXTernal source, the trigger count sets the number of external pulses that will be accepted before
returning to the "idle" trigger state.

1000 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 c. For the ALARmx source, the trigger count sets the number of alarms that will be allowed before returning
to the "idle" trigger state.
d. For the TIMer source, the trigger count sets the number of times the instrument will sweep through the
scan list and therefore determines the overall duration of the scan.
l You can specify a trigger count in conjunction with a sample count and a sweep count. The three parameters
operate independent of one another, and the total number of readings returned will be the product of the
three parameters.
a. The sample count selects the number of auto-triggered samples per channel per trigger (see
SAMPle:COUNt command).
b. The sweep count selects the number of sweeps per trigger event during a scan (see SWEep:COUNt com-
mand).
l You can store at least 500,000 readings in memory and all readings are automatically time stamped. If
memory overflows, the new readings will overwrite the first (oldest) readings stored; the most recent read-
ings are always preserved.
l To set the trigger-to-trigger interval (in seconds) for measurements on the channels in the present scan list,
use the TRIGger:TIMer command.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically set the trigger count to 1.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when the triggering configuration is changed.
l The instrument sets the trigger count to 1 after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Preset
(SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the trigger count in the form "+1.00000000E+00". For a continuous trigger
(INFinity), the query command returns "9.9E+37".

Examples
The following program segment configures two channels for dc voltage measurements, puts the channels in the
scan list (the scan list is redefined), and sets the trigger count to 10. For each trigger received, one reading is
returned for each channel (20 readings total).

CONF:VOLT:DC 10,0.003,(@1003,1008)
ROUT:SCAN (@1003,1008)
TRIG:COUN 10
INIT

The following program segment configures the internal DMM for an ac voltage measurement (no <ch_list> is
specified) and sets the trigger count to 5. For each trigger received, one reading is returned (5 readings total).

CONF:VOLT:AC
TRIG:COUN 5
INIT

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1001

The following query returns the current trigger count.

TRIG:COUN?

Typical Response: +5.00000000E+00

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce
ROUTe:SCAN
SAMPle:COUNt
SWEep:COUNt
TRIGger:SOURce
TRIGger:TIMer

1002 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRIGger:DELay
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRIGger:DELay {<seconds>|MIN|MAX}

TRIGger:DELay? [{MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command adds a delay between the trigger signal and the first sample taken by the internal DMM (not used
for scanning). The may be useful in applications where you want to allow the input to settle before taking a
reading or for pacing a burst of readings. The programmed trigger delay overrides the default trigger delay that
the instrument automatically adds to the measurement.

Used With:

l Internal DMM

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric 0 to 3600 seconds, with 4 µs Automatic
resolution.
MIN = 0 seconds, MAX = 3600
seconds

Remarks
l The default trigger delay is Automatic; the instrument determines the delay based on function, range, and
integration time.
l If you specify a trigger delay other than Automatic, that same delay is used for all functions and ranges.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1003

 l If you have configured the instrument to take more than one reading per trigger (sample count > 1, see
SAMPle:COUNt command), the specified trigger delay is inserted between the trigger and the first reading in
the sample burst.
l The default trigger delays for ac measurements (see TRIGger:DELay:AUTO and
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay:AUTO commands) do not account for worst case settling delays that can occur
when measuring ac signals with large dc offsets. Significant measurement errors may result. Use the
TRIGger:DELay command or ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay command (for scanned measurements) to allow
adequate settling time before the measurement.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands set the trigger delay to Automatic.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when the triggering configuration is changed.
l The instrument selects an automatic trigger delay after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the delay in seconds in the form "+1.00000000E+00".

Examples
The following program segment configures the internal DMM for a ac voltage measurement (no scan list), sets
the sample count to 5, and a trigger delay of 2 seconds. When a trigger is received from the selected trigger
source, a total of five readings will be returned (the trigger delay is inserted between the trigger and the first
reading in the sample burst).

CONF:VOLT:AC
SAMP:COUN 5 !Sample count = 5
TRIG:DEL 2 !Trigger delay = 2 seconds
INIT

The following query returns the trigger delay selected.

TRIG:DEL?

Typical Response: +2.00000000E+00

See Also
ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay
SAMPle:COUNt
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO
TRIGger:SOURce

1004 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRIGger:DELay:AUTO
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRIGger:DELay:AUTO <mode>

TRIGger:DELay:AUTO?

Description
This command disables or enables an automatic trigger delay. If enabled, the instrument determines the delay
based on function, range, and integration time.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<mode> Boolean {OFF|0|ON|1} Automatic

Remarks
l Selecting a specific trigger delay using the TRIGger:DELay command disables the automatic trigger delay.
l The default trigger delays for ac measurements do not account for worst case settling delays that can occur
when measuring ac signals with large dc offsets. Significant measurement errors may result. Use the
TRIGger:DELay command (for stand-alone DMM measurements) or ROUTe:CHANnel:DELay command (for
scanned measurements) to allow adequate settling time before the measurement.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands set the trigger delay to Automatic.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when the triggering configuration is changed.
l The instrument enables an automatic trigger delay after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "0" (OFF) or "1" (ON).

Examples
The following command enables an automatic trigger delay.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1005

 TRIG:DEL:AUTO OFF

The following query returns the automatic trigger delay setting.

TRIG:DEL:AUTO?

Typical Response: 0

See Also
TRIGger:DELay

1006 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

TRIGger:SOURce
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRIGger:SOURce <source>

TRIGger:SOURce?

Description
This command selects the trigger source for measurements. The instrument will accept an immediate
(continuous) trigger, a software (bus) command, an external TTL trigger pulse, an alarm-initiated action, or an
internally-paced timer. The front-panel sample annunciator ( "*" ) turns on during each measurement.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default

Value
< Discrete {IMMediate|BUS|EXTernal|ALARm1|ALARm2|ALARm3|A IMMediate
source LARm4|TIMer} (continuou
> s)

Remarks
l When making measurements independent of any channels or a scan list, this command selects the trigger
source for the internal DMM.
l When using channels and a scan list, this command controls the onset of each sweep through the scan list (a
sweep is one pass through the scan list). The selected source is used for all channels in the scan list.
l After selecting the trigger source, you must place the internal DMM in the "wait-for-trigger" state using the
INITiate or READ? command. A trigger will not be accepted from the selected trigger source until the
internal DMM is in the "wait-for-trigger" state.
l For the IMMediate (continuous) source, the trigger signal is always present. When you place the internal
DMM is in the "wait-for-trigger" state, the trigger is issued immediately.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1007

 l For the BUS (software) source, the internal DMM is triggered by the *TRG command received over the
remote interface. The *TRG command will not be accepted unless the internal DMM is in the "wait-for-trig-
ger" state (see INITiate command). If the internal DMM receives an external trigger before the next "waiting
for trigger" state, it will buffer one *TRG command and then ignore any additional triggers received (no error
is generated).
l For the EXTernal source, the internal DMM will accept a hardware trigger applied to the rear-panel Ext Trig
Input line (Pin 6). The internal DMM takes one reading, or the specified number of readings (sample count),
each time a low-true TTL pulse is received. If the internal DMM receives an external trigger but is not in the
"wait-for-trigger" state, it will buffer one trigger and then ignore any additional triggers received (no error is
generated).
l For the ALARmx source, the internal DMM is triggered each time a reading crosses an alarm limit on a chan-
nel. See the OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce command for more information. With this source, you can use the
Monitor mode (see ROUTe:MONitor:STATe command) to continuously take readings on a selected channel
and wait for an alarm on that channel. Channels do not have to be part of the active scan list to be mon-
itored; however, the channel must be configured for a measurement in order to be monitored. Use the
TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE] command to control the behavior of the scan when an alarm condition is
detected (single or continuous).
l For the TIMer source, you control the trigger-to-trigger interval (in seconds) for measurements on the chan-
nels in the present scan list. Use the TRIGger:TIMer command to set the wait period.
l Although the TRIGger:SOURce command shares some of the same signals as the
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce command (used for external scanning), they cannot be set to the same
source (except IMMediate). If you attempt to select the same source, an error is generated and the TRIGger-
:SOURce is reset to IMMediate.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically set the trigger source to IMMediate.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when the triggering configuration is changed.
l The instrument selects the immediate trigger source after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument
Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the present trigger source: "IMM", "BUS", "EXT", "ALAR1", "ALAR2", "ALAR3",
"ALAR4", or "TIM".

Examples
The following program segment selects the external trigger source. In this configuration, the instrument sweeps
through the scan list once each time a low-true TTL pulse is received on the rear-panel Ext Trig Input line (Pin 6).

TRIG:SOUR EXT
INIT

The following program segment selects the bus (software) trigger source. Note that the *TRG command will not
be accepted unless the internal DMM is in the "wait-for-trigger" state.

1008 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 TRIG:SOUR BUS
INIT
*TRG

The following program segment selects the alarm source and configures the instrument to scan when an alarm
is reported on Alarm 1. The Monitor mode is used to evaluate alarm conditions on the selected channel.

TRIG:SOUR ALARM1 !Select trigger source

TRIG:SOUR:ALARM CONT !Select continuous scan mode
CALC:LIM:UPP 10.25,(@1003) !Set upper alarm limit
CALC:LIM:UPP:STAT ON,(@1003) !Enable alarms
OUTP:ALARM1:SOUR (@1003) !Report alarms on Alarm 1
ROUT:MON:CHAN (@1003) !Select monitor channel
ROUT:MON:CHAN:ENAB ON, (@1003) !Enable monitoring on selected channel
ROUT:MON:STAT ON !Enable monitor mode
INIT

The following program segment selects the timer source and sets the scan interval to 30 milliseconds.

TRIG:SOUR TIMER !Select trigger source

TRIG:TIM 30E-03 !Scan interval is 30 ms
INIT

The following query returns the trigger source currently selected.

TRIG:SOUR?

Typical Response: EXT

See Also
*TRG
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce
ROUTe:CHANnel:ADVance:SOURce
ROUTe:MONitor:STATe
TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE]
TRIGger:TIMer

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1009

TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE]
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE] <source>

TRIGger:SOURce:ALARm[:MODE]?

Description
This command selects the alarm trigger source. When an alarm is specified as the scan trigger source (see
TRIGger:SOURce command), this command controls the behavior of the scan when an alarm condition is
detected.

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default

Value
<source> Discrete {SINGle|CONTinuous} SINGle

Remarks
l For the SINGle source, the instrument will sweep through the scan list one time when an alarm condition is
detected.
l For the CONTinuous source, the instrument will sweep through the scan list continuously until the trigger
count (see TRIGger:COUNt command) is met.
a. If the alarm tracking mode is used (see OUTPut:ALARm:MODE command) and if the alarm condition
returns to within the limits during a scan, the instrument will complete the current sweep and then pause
the scan. When the alarm condition goes outside the limits again, the scan will continue.
b. While in the continuous mode, you can use an infinite trigger count. To stop the scan, send the ABORt
command or a Device Clear (the readings will remain in memory).
l The instrument selects the single trigger source after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

1010 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Return Format
The query command returns the present trigger alarm source: "SING" or "CONT".

Examples
The following program segment selects the alarm source and configures the instrument to scan when an alarm
is reported on Alarm 1. The Monitor mode is used to evaluate alarm conditions on the selected channel.

TRIG:SOUR ALARM1 !Select trigger source

TRIG:SOUR:ALARM CONT !Select continuous scan mode
CALC:LIM:UPP 10.25,(@1003) !Set upper alarm limit
CALC:LIM:UPP:STAT ON,(@1003) !Enable alarms
OUTP:ALARM1:SOUR (@1003) !Report alarms on Alarm 1
OUTP:ALARM:MODE TRACK !Enable track mode on all four alarm output
lines
ROUT:MON:CHAN (@1003) !Select monitor channel
ROUT:MON:CHAN:ENAB ON, (@1003) !Enable monitoring on selected channel
ROUT:MON:STAT ON !Enable monitor mode
TRIG:COUN 100 !Set trigger count
INIT

The following query returns the trigger alarm source currently selected.

TRIG:SOUR:ALAR?

Typical Response: CONT

See Also
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer
CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer:STATe
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer
CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer:STATe
TRIGger:COUNt
TRIGger:SOURce
OUTPut:ALARm:MODE
OUTPut:ALARm<n>:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1011

TRIGger:TIMer
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
TRIGger:TIMer {<seconds>|MIN|MAX|DEF}

TRIGger:TIMer? [{MIN|MAX}]

Description
This command sets the trigger-to-trigger interval (in seconds) for measurements on the channels in the present
scan list. This command defines the time from the start of one trigger to the start of the next trigger, up to the
specified trigger count (see TRIGger:COUNt command).

Used With:

l 34921A through 34925A Multiplexer Modules

l 34950A Digital I/O Module (digital input and counter channels only)
l 34952A Multifunction Module (digital input and totalizer channels only)

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<seconds> Numeric 0 seconds to 359,999 seconds 1 second
(99:59:59 hours), with 1 ms
resolution.

MIN = 0 seconds, MAX = 359,999

seconds

1012 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Remarks
l The scan interval applies to the TIMer trigger source as set by the TRIGger:SOURce command.
l For the multiplexer modules, the internal DMM is required. An error is generated if the internal DMM is dis-
abled (see INSTrument:DMM[:STATe] command) or not installed in the mainframe.
l If the scan interval is less than the time required to measure all channels in the scan list, the instrument will
scan continuously, as fast as possible (no error is generated).
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically set the trigger interval to 1 second and the scan
count to 1 sweep.
l The instrument clears all readings from memory when the triggering configuration is changed.
l The instrument sets the scan interval to immediate (0 seconds) after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An
Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change
the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns the scan interval in seconds in the form "+1.00000000E+00".

Examples
The following program segment sets the trigger interval to 30 milliseconds.

TRIG:SOUR TIMER
TRIG:TIM 30E-03

The following query returns the trigger interval in seconds.

TRIG:TIM?

Typical Response: +3.00000000E-02

See Also
TRIGger:COUNt
TRIGger:SOURce

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1013

UNIT Subsystem Introduction

Command Summary

Hold the mouse cursor over a command to view the full syntax statement.

UNIT:TEMPerature
UNIT:TEMPerature?

1014 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

UNIT:TEMPerature
Syntax | Description | Parameters | Remarks | Return Format | Examples

Syntax
UNIT:TEMPerature <units> [, (@<ch_list>)]

UNIT:TEMPerature? [(@<ch_list>)]

Description
This command selects the temperature units (°C, °F, or Kelvins) on the specified channels. If you omit the
optional <ch_list> parameter, this command applies to the internal DMM, independent of any channels or a scan
list.

The following table shows which temperature transducers are supported by each of the multiplexer modules.

RTD RTD
Thermocouple 2-Wire 4-Wire Thermistor
34921A
Armature Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34922A
Armature Yes2 Yes Yes Yes
Multiplexer
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
(2-Wire)
34923A
Reed Multiplexer Yes2,3 Yes4 No Yes5
(1-Wire)
34924A
Yes2,3 Yes4 Yes4 Yes5
Reed Multiplexer
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No Yes5 No
(2-Wire)
34925A
FET Multiplexer Yes2 No No No
(1-Wire)
1
Optional 34921T Terminal Block is required for thermocouple measurements with built-in internal reference junction.
2
A fixed or external reference junction temperature is required for thermocouple measurements with this module.
3
Impact of higher offset voltage specification (< 50 µV) must be taken into consideration.
4
1 kΩ or higher range used unless 100Ω series resistors are bypassed on module.
5
10 kΩ or higher range used for loads over approximately 300Ω due to series resistance of FET channels.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1015

Parameters

Name Type Range of Values Default Value

<units> Discrete {C|F|K} C (Celsius)
<ch_list> Numeric One or more channels in the form If <ch_list> is omitted,
(@sccc). this command applies
to the internal DMM.

Remarks
l If you omit the optional <ch_list> parameter, the configuration applies to the internal DMM, independent of
any channels or a scan list (any existing scan list is not redefined). An error is generated if the internal DMM
is not installed or is disabled.
l You can mix temperature units on different channels within the instrument and on the same module.
l Setting the Mx+B (see CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT command) measurement label to °C, °F, or K has no effect on
the temperature measurement units currently selected.
l The CONFigure and MEASure? commands automatically select °C.
l The instrument sets the temperature units to °C after a Factory Reset (*RST command). An Instrument Pre-
set (SYSTem:PRESet command) or Card Reset (SYSTem:CPON command) does not change the setting.

Return Format
The query command returns "C", "F", or "K" for each channel specified. Multiple responses are separated by
commas.

Examples
The following command sets the temperature units to °F on channels 12 and 13 in slot 7.

UNIT:TEMP F,(@7012,7013)

The following query returns the temperature units selected on channels 12 and 13 in slot 7.

UNIT:TEMP? (@7012,7013)

Typical Response: F,F

See Also
CALCulate:SCALe:UNIT
CONFigure:TEMPerature
MEASure:TEMPerature?

1016 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SCPI Error Messages
Execution Errors (-101...) | Instrument Errors (100...) | Self-Test Errors (600...) | Calibration Errors (700–749) |
Firmware Update Errors (791...) | Plug-In Module Errors (900...)

l A record of up to 20 errors can be stored in the instrument's error queue. Each remote interface I/O session
(i.e., GPIB, USB, LAN, etc.) has its own interface-specific error queue. Errors appear in the error queue of the
I/O session that caused the error. For example, if an error was generated by a command sent over the GPIB
interface, send this command from GPIB to read the error queue.
l The instrument beeps once each time a command syntax or hardware error is generated. The front-panel
ERROR annunciator turns on when one or more errors are currently stored in the error queue.
l A special global error queue holds all power-on and hardware-related errors (e.g., over-temperature, Safety
Interlock, etc.).
l Errors are retrieved in first-in-first-out (FIFO) order. The first error returned is the first error that was stored.
Once you have read all of the interface-specific errors, the errors in the global error queue are retrieved.
l Errors are cleared as you read them. When you have read all errors from the interface-specific and global
error queues, the ERROR annunciator turns off and the errors are cleared.
l If more than 20 errors have occurred, the last error stored in the queue (the most recent error) is replaced
with -350,"Error queue overflow". No additional errors are stored until you remove errors from the queue. If
no errors have occurred when you read the error queue, the instrument responds with +0,"No error".
l The front panel reports errors from all I/O sessions as well as the global error queue. To read the error queue
from the front panel, use the View key.
l Error conditions are also summarized in the Status Byte Register. For more information on the SCPI Status
System for the Keysight 34980A, see Status System Introduction.
l The interface-specific and global error queues are cleared by the *CLS (Clear Status) command and when
power is cycled. The errors are also cleared when you read the error queue. The error queue is not cleared by
a Factory Reset (*RST command) or an Instrument Preset (SYSTem:PRESet command).
l Front-Panel Operation:

If the ERROR annunciator is on, press [View] to view the errors. Use the knob to scroll through the error num-
bers. Press [>] to view the text of the error message. Press [>] again to increase the scrolling speed (the final
key press cancels the scroll). All errors are cleared when you exit the menu.
l Remote Interface Operation:

SYSTem:ERRor? Read and clear one error from the queue

Errors have the following format (the error string may contain up to 80 characters):

-113,"Undefined header"

Execution Errors

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1017

-101, "Invalid character"
-102, "Syntax error"
-103, "Invalid separator"
-113, "Undefined header"
-123, "Numeric overflow"
-213, "INIT ignored"
-222, "Data out of range; value set to upper limit"
-222, "Data out of range; value set to lower limit"
-222, "Data out of range; value set to lower limit"
-224, "Illegal parameter value, ranges must be positive"
-230, "Data stale"
-231, "Internal software error"
-313, "Calibration memory lost; memory corruption detected"
-313, "Calibration memory lost; due to firmware revision change"
-314, "Save/recall memory lost; memory corruption detected"
-314, "Save/recall memory lost; due to firmware revision change"
-315, "Configuration memory lost; memory corruption detected"
-315, "Configuration memory lost; due to firmware revision change"
-321, "Out of memory; use definite length block for large traces"
-350, "<nnn>, "Channel list: slot number out of range"
-350, "DMM processor error queue overflowed"
-410, "Query INTERRUPTED"
-420, "Query UNTERMINATED"

Instrument Errors

112, "Channel list: channel number out of range"

113, "Channel list: empty scan list"
114, "Channel list: ABus channels not allowed as endpoint in range"
201, "Memory lost: stored state"
202, "Memory lost: power-on state"
203, "Memory lost: stored readings"
204, "Memory lost: time and date"
221, "Settings conflict: calculate limit state forced off"
222, "Settings conflict: module type does not match state"
223, "Settings conflict: trig source changed to IMM"
224, "Settings conflict: chan adv source changed to IMM"
225, "Settings conflict: DMM disabled or missing"
226, "Settings conflict: DMM enabled"
227, "Settings conflict: DMM not installed"
251, "Unsupported temperature transducer type"
261, "Not able to execute while scan initiated"
262, "Not able to abort scan"

1018 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

263, "Not able to execute while DMM is measuring"
264, "Not a scannable channel"
271, "Not able to accept unit names longer than 3 characters"
272, "Not able to accept character in unit name"
281, "Not able to perform on more than one channel"
291, "Not able to recall state: it is empty"
292, "Not able to recall state: DMM enable changed"
301, "Module currently committed to scan"
302, "No module was detected in this slot"
303, "Module is not able to perform requested operation"
304, "Does not exist"
305, "Not able to perform requested operation"
306, "Part of a 4-wire pair"
307, "Incorrectly configured ref channel"
308, "Channel not able to perform requested operation"
309, "Incorrectly formatted channel list"
310, "Operation refused because channel is locked open"
311, "Not able to specify resolution with Auto range"
501, "Isolator UART framing error"
502, "Isolator UART overrun error"
514, "Not allowed"
514, "Not allowed; Instrument locked by another I/O session"
521, "Communications: input buffer overflow"
521, "Input buffer overflow"
522, "Output buffer overflow"
522, "Communications: output buffer overflow"
531, "Insufficient memory"
532, "Cannot achieve requested resolution"
532, "Not able to achieve requested resolution"
540, "Cannot use overload as math reference"
540, "Not able to null channel in overload"
550, "Command not allowed in local"
550, "Not able to execute command in local mode"
551, "Unknown Dmm Inguard

Self-Test Errors

601, "Self-test: front panel not responding"

602, "Self-test: RAM read/write"
603, "Self-test: A/D sync stuck"
604, "Self-test: A/D slope convergence"

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1019

605, "Self-test/Cal: not able to calibrate rundown gain"
606, "Self-test/Cal: rundown gain out of range"
607, "Self-test: rundown too noisy"
608, "Serial configuration readback failed"
609, "DC gain x1 failed"
610, "DC gain x10 failed"
611, "DC gain x100 failed"
612, "Ohms 500 nA source failed"
613, "Ohms 5 uA source failed"
614, "DC 1000V zero failed"
615, "Ohms 10 uA source failed"
616, "DC current sense failed"
617, "Ohms 100 uA source failed"
618, "DC high voltage attenuator failed"
619, "Ohms 1 mA source failed"
620, "AC rms zero failed"
621, "AC rms full scale failed"
622, "Frequency counter failed"
623, "Cannot calibrate precharge"
624, "Unable to sense line frequency"
625, "I/O processor does not respond"
626, "I/O processor failed self-test"

Calibration Errors
The following errors indicate failures that may occur during a calibration. Refer to the 34980A Service Guide for
more information.
701, "Cal security disabled by jumper"
702, "Cal: secured"
703, "Cal: invalid secure code"
704, "Cal: secure code too long"
705, "Cal: aborted"
706, "Cal: value out of range"
707, "Cal: signal measurement out of range"
708, "Cal: signal frequency out of range"
709, "Cal: no cal for this function or range"
710, "Cal: full scale correction out of range"
711, "Cal: cal string too long"
720, "Cal: DCV offset out of range"
721, "Cal: DCI offset out of range"
722, "Cal: R723, "Cal: FR724, "Cal: extended resistance self cal failed"
725, "Cal: 300V DC correction out of range"
730, "Cal: precharge DAC convergence failed"
731, "Cal: A/D turnover correction out of range"

1020 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

732, "Cal: AC flatness DAC convergence failed"
733, "Cal: AC low frequency convergence failed"
734, "Cal: AC low frequency correction out of range"
735, "Cal: AC rms converter noise correction out of range"
736, "Cal: AC rms 100th scale correction out of range"
740, "Cal data lost: secure state"
741, "Cal data lost: string data"
742, "Cal data lost: DCV corrections"
743, "Cal data lost: DCI corrections"
744, "Cal data lost: R745, "Cal data lost: FR746, "Cal data lost: AC corrections"
747, "Calibration failed"
747, "Cal checksum failed, GPIB address"
748, "Cal checksum failed, internal data"
748, "Cal: mainframe cal memory write failure"
748, "Cal: invalid while cal in progress"
748, "Firmware and FPGA revision mismatch"
748, "Cal: no cal in progress"
749, "DMM relay count data lost"

Firmware Update Errors

791, "Firmware update error; unable to begin download"

792, "Firmware update error; programming operation failed"
793, "Firmware update error; data record invalid character"
794, "Firmware update error; data record length mismatch"
795, "Firmware update error; data record checksum mismatch"
796, "Firmware update error; bad checksum for download start"
797, "Firmware update error; bad checksum for download complete"
798, "Firmware update error; download in progress"
799, "Firmware update error; unable to complete download"
800, "Firmware update error; invalid programming address"

Plug-In Module Errors

901, "Module hardware: unexpected data received"

902, "Module hardware: missing stop bit"
903, "Module hardware: data overrun"
904, "Module hardware: protocol violation"
905, "Module hardware: early end of data"
906, "Module hardware: missing end of data"
907, "Module hardware: module SRQ signal stuck low"

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1021

908, "Module hardware: not responding"
910, "Module reported an unknown module type"
911, "Module reported command buffer overflow"
912, "Module reported command syntax error"
913, "Module reported nonvolatile memory fault"
914, "Module reported temperature sensor fault"
915, "Module reported firmware defect"
916, "Module reported incorrect firmware installed"
917, "Module reported overvoltage"
918, "Module reported that maximum number of switches are closed"
919, "Module reported that switch is missing"
920, "Module reported that FPGA update failed"
921, "Module reported that its boot test failed"
922, "Module reported error byte containing unknown error(s)"
923, "DAC Module reported no trace assigned to channel"
924, "Module reported trace download failed"
925, "Module does not support trace"
926, "Invalid width for digital channel"
927, "Trace does not exist"
928, "Module reported ABus safety interlock activated"
929, "Module reported overtemperature"
930, "Module backplane error"
931, "Backplane module transaction failed"
932, "Safety Interlock prevents completion of this command. Check Terminal connection."
933, "Revision mismatch between module firmware and FPGA"
934, "Backplane interrupt line stuck asserted, service disabled"

1022 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

34934A Channel Addressing
Channel addressing for the 34934A High-Density Matrix Module is dependent upon the matrix set by the
module's configuration jumpers. The following tables show the channel addressing scheme for the different
matrices, and for configurations that support 2-wire measurements, the channel pairings.

See the 34934A module summary under Plug-In Module Reference Information for a visual representation of the
channel numbering for row/column combinations of the different matrices.

4x32 Matrix Addressing

Matrix 1 High (M1H) Matrix 1 Low (M1L)

Row Column Channel Pairs with Row Column Channel
1 xx s1xx -------> 1 xx s(1xx+64)
2 xx s3xx -------> 2 xx s(3xx+64)
3 xx s5xx -------> 3 xx s(5xx+64)
4 xx s7xx -------> 4 xx s(7xx+64)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-32
example: 2512 = slot 2, row 3, column 12 -------> is paired with channel 2576 on M1L

or form: M1H(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C

row/column algorithm sxxx M1L(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C + 64

example: 2512 = 100(2(3)-1) + 12

2576 = 100(2(3)-1) + 12 + 64

Matrix 2 High (M2H) Matrix 2 Low (M2L)

Row Column Channel Pairs with Row Column Channel
1 xx s(1xx+32) -------> 1 xx s(1xx+96)
2 xx s(3xx+32) -------> 2 xx s(3xx+96)
3 xx s(5xx+32) -------> 3 xx s(5xx+96)
4 xx s(7xx+32) -------> 4 xx s(7xx+96)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-32
example: 1747 = slot 1, row 4, column 15 -------> is paired with channel 1811 on M2L

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx M2H(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C +32
M2L(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C + 96

example: 1747 = 100(2(4)-1) + 15 + 32

1811 = 100(2(4)-1) + 15 + 96

4x64 Matrix Addressing

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1023

 Matrix High (MH) Matrix Low (ML)
Row Column Channel Pairs with Row Column Channel
1 xx s1xx -------> 1 xx s(1xx+64)
2 xx s3xx -------> 2 xx s(3xx+64)
3 xx s5xx -------> 3 xx s(5xx+64)
4 xx s7xx -------> 4 xx s(7xx+64)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-64
example: 2320 = slot 2, row 2, column 20 -------> is paired with channel 2384 on ML

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx MH(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C
ML(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C + 64

example: 2320 = 100(2(2)-1) + 20

2384 = 100(2(2)-1) + 20 + 64

4x128 Matrix Addressing

Matrix (M)
Row Column Channel
1 xxx s(100+xxx)
2 xxx s(300+xxx)
3 xxx s(500+xxx)
4 xxx s(700+xxx)

s = slot number = 1-8

xxx = 001-128
example: 1800 = slot 1, row 4, column 100

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx M(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C
example: 1800 = 100(2(4)-1) + 100

8x32 Matrix Addressing

Matrix High (MH) Matrix Low (ML)

Row Column Channel Pairs with Row Column Channel
1 xx s1xx -------> 1 xx s(1xx+32)
2 xx s2xx -------> 2 xx s(2xx+32)
3 xx s3xx -------> 3 xx s(3xx+32)

1024 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 4 xx s4xx -------> 4 xx s(4xx+32)
5 xx s5xx -------> 5 xx s(5xx+32)
6 xx s6xx -------> 6 xx s(6xx+32)
7 xx s7xx -------> 7 xx s(7xx+32)
8 xx s8xx -------> 8 xx s(8xx+32)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-32
example: 1631 = slot 1, row 6, column 31 -------> is paired with channel 1663 on ML

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx MH(xxx) = 100R + C
ML(xxx) = 100R + C + 32

example: 1631 = 100(6) + 31

1663 = 100(6) + 31 + 32

8x64 Matrix Addressing

Matrix (M)
Row Column Channel
1 xx s1xx
2 xx s2xx
3 xx s3xx
4 xx s4xx
5 xx s5xx
6 xx s6xx
7 xx s7xx
8 xx s8xx
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-64
example: 2560 = slot 2, row 5, column 60

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx M(xxx) = 100R + C
example: 2560 = 100(5) + 60

16x32 Matrix Addressing

Matrix (M)
Row Column Channel
1 xx s(100+xx)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1025

 2 xx s(150+xx)
3 xx s(200+xx)
4 xx s(250+xx)
5 xx s(300+xx)
6 xx s(350+xx)
7 xx s(400+xx)
8 xx s(450+xx)
9 xx s(500+xx)
10 xx s(550+xx)
11 xx s(600+xx)
12 xx s(650+xx)
13 xx s(700+xx)
14 xx s(750+xx)
15 xx s(800+xx)
16 xx s(850+xx)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-32
example: 1765 = slot 1, row 14, column 15

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx M(xxx) = 50(R+1) + C
example: 1765 = 50(14+1) + 15

1026 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

34934A Channel Addressing
Channel addressing for the 34934A High-Density Matrix Module is dependent upon the matrix set by the
module's configuration jumpers. The following tables show the channel addressing scheme for the different
matrices, and for configurations that support 2-wire measurements, the channel pairings.

See the 34934A module summary under Plug-In Module Reference Information for a visual representation of the
channel numbering for row/column combinations of the different matrices.

4x32 Matrix Addressing

Matrix 1 High (M1H) Matrix 1 Low (M1L)

Row Column Channel Pairs with Row Column Channel
1 xx s1xx -------> 1 xx s(1xx+64)
2 xx s3xx -------> 2 xx s(3xx+64)
3 xx s5xx -------> 3 xx s(5xx+64)
4 xx s7xx -------> 4 xx s(7xx+64)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-32
example: 2512 = slot 2, row 3, column 12 -------> is paired with channel 2576 on M1L

or form: M1H(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C

row/column algorithm sxxx M1L(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C + 64

example: 2512 = 100(2(3)-1) + 12

2576 = 100(2(3)-1) + 12 + 64

Matrix 2 High (M2H) Matrix 2 Low (M2L)

Row Column Channel Pairs with Row Column Channel
1 xx s(1xx+32) -------> 1 xx s(1xx+96)
2 xx s(3xx+32) -------> 2 xx s(3xx+96)
3 xx s(5xx+32) -------> 3 xx s(5xx+96)
4 xx s(7xx+32) -------> 4 xx s(7xx+96)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-32
example: 1747 = slot 1, row 4, column 15 -------> is paired with channel 1811 on M2L

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx M2H(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C +32
M2L(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C + 96

example: 1747 = 100(2(4)-1) + 15 + 32

1811 = 100(2(4)-1) + 15 + 96

4x64 Matrix Addressing

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1027

 Matrix High (MH) Matrix Low (ML)
Row Column Channel Pairs with Row Column Channel
1 xx s1xx -------> 1 xx s(1xx+64)
2 xx s3xx -------> 2 xx s(3xx+64)
3 xx s5xx -------> 3 xx s(5xx+64)
4 xx s7xx -------> 4 xx s(7xx+64)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-64
example: 2320 = slot 2, row 2, column 20 -------> is paired with channel 2384 on ML

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx MH(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C
ML(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C + 64

example: 2320 = 100(2(2)-1) + 20

2384 = 100(2(2)-1) + 20 + 64

4x128 Matrix Addressing

Matrix (M)
Row Column Channel
1 xxx s(100+xxx)
2 xxx s(300+xxx)
3 xxx s(500+xxx)
4 xxx s(700+xxx)

s = slot number = 1-8

xxx = 001-128
example: 1800 = slot 1, row 4, column 100

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx M(xxx) = 100(2R-1) + C
example: 1800 = 100(2(4)-1) + 100

8x32 Matrix Addressing

Matrix High (MH) Matrix Low (ML)

Row Column Channel Pairs with Row Column Channel
1 xx s1xx -------> 1 xx s(1xx+32)
2 xx s2xx -------> 2 xx s(2xx+32)
3 xx s3xx -------> 3 xx s(3xx+32)

1028 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 4 xx s4xx -------> 4 xx s(4xx+32)
5 xx s5xx -------> 5 xx s(5xx+32)
6 xx s6xx -------> 6 xx s(6xx+32)
7 xx s7xx -------> 7 xx s(7xx+32)
8 xx s8xx -------> 8 xx s(8xx+32)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-32
example: 1631 = slot 1, row 6, column 31 -------> is paired with channel 1663 on ML

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx MH(xxx) = 100R + C
ML(xxx) = 100R + C + 32

example: 1631 = 100(6) + 31

1663 = 100(6) + 31 + 32

8x64 Matrix Addressing

Matrix (M)
Row Column Channel
1 xx s1xx
2 xx s2xx
3 xx s3xx
4 xx s4xx
5 xx s5xx
6 xx s6xx
7 xx s7xx
8 xx s8xx
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-64
example: 2560 = slot 2, row 5, column 60

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx M(xxx) = 100R + C
example: 2560 = 100(5) + 60

16x32 Matrix Addressing

Matrix (M)
Row Column Channel
1 xx s(100+xx)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1029

 2 xx s(150+xx)
3 xx s(200+xx)
4 xx s(250+xx)
5 xx s(300+xx)
6 xx s(350+xx)
7 xx s(400+xx)
8 xx s(450+xx)
9 xx s(500+xx)
10 xx s(550+xx)
11 xx s(600+xx)
12 xx s(650+xx)
13 xx s(700+xx)
14 xx s(750+xx)
15 xx s(800+xx)
16 xx s(850+xx)
s = slot number = 1-8
xx = 01-32
example: 1765 = slot 1, row 14, column 15

or form:
row/column algorithm sxxx M(xxx) = 50(R+1) + C
example: 1765 = 50(14+1) + 15

1030 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Instrument Preset State
The following tables show the state of the instrument after a SYSTem:PRESet command is issued.

Measurement Configuration Preset State

Function No Change
Range No Change
Resolution No Change
Integration Time No Change
Input Resistance No Change
Channel Labels No Change
Channel Delay No Change
Reading Format No Change
Sample Count No Change
Trigger Count No Change
Trigger Delay No Change
Trigger Source No Change

Scanning Operations Preset State

Scan List No Change
Reading Memory All Readings are Cleared
Min, Max, and Average All Statistical Data is Cleared
Sweep Count No Change
Trigger Interval No Change
Monitor in Progress Stopped

Mx+B Scaling Preset State

Scaling State No Change
Gain Factor ("M") No Change
Offset Factor ("B") No Change
Scale Label No Change

Alarm Limits Preset State

Alarm Queue No Change
Alarm State No Change
HI and LO Alarm Limits No Change
Alarm Output No Change
Alarm Output Configuration No Change

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1031

 Alarm Output State Output Lines are Cleared
Alarm Output Slope No Change

Module Hardware Preset State

Multiplexer Modules: 34921A, All Channels Open
34922A, 34923A, 34924A, 2-Wire/1-Wire Mode: No Change
34925A
Matrix Modules: 34931A, All Channels Open
34932A, 34933A 2-Wire/1-Wire Mode: No Change
GP Modules: 34937A, 34938A, All Channels Open
34939A
RF Modules: 34941A, 34942A Channels b01 and b03 Selected
(b = Bank)
Microwave Modules: 34945A, 34945A: All Channel Drives = Default
34946A, 34947A 34946A: Channels 101 and 201 to COM
34947A: Channels 101, 201, and 301 to
COM
System Control Modules: 34950A: DIO Ports = Input, Count = 0,
34950A, 34951A, 34952A, Trace Patterns are Cleared
34959A 34951A: DACs = 0 Vdc, Trace Waveforms
are Cleared
34952A: DIO Ports = Input, Count = 0,
DACs = 0 Vdc
34959A: DIO Ports = Input, All Relay
Channels Open

System-Related Operations Preset State

Display State On
Error Queue Errors Not Cleared
Stored States No Change
System Date No Change
System Time No Change
Temperature Units No Change

1032 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Plug-In Module Reference Information
The links below take you to summary information for the Keysight 34980A plug-in modules. See the Introduction
to the Plug-In Modules chapter of the Keysight 34980A Mainframe User's Guide for general module
configuration information.For detailed information on configuring, wiring and operating the plug-in modules, see
the User's Guides specific to the individual modules or module families.

Low-Frequency Multiplexer Modules

34921A 40-Channel Armature Multiplexer with Low Thermal Offset

34922A 70-Channel Armature Multiplexer
34923A 40-Channel Reed Multiplexer (2-Wire)
34923A 80-Channel Reed Multiplexer (1-Wire)
34924A 70-Channel Reed Multiplexer
34925A 40-Channel FET Multiplexer (2-Wire)
34925A 80-Channel FET Multiplexer (1-Wire)

Matrix Modules

34931A Dual 4x8 Armature Matrix

34932A Dual 4x16 Armature Matrix
34933A Dual 4x8 Reed Matrix (2-Wire)
34933A Quad 4x8 Reed Matrix (1-Wire)
34934A High Density Matrix

General-Purpose Switch Modules

34937A 32-Channel Form C / Form A General-Purpose Switch

34938A 20-Channel 5A Form A Switch
34939A 64-Channel 1A Form A Switch

RF Multiplexer Modules

34941A Quad 1x4 50Ω RF Multiplexer

34942A Quad 1x4 75Ω RF Multiplexer

Microwave Switch Modules

34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1033

34946A Dual 1x2 SPDT Terminated Microwave Switch
34947A Triple 1x2 SPDT Unterminated Microwave Switch

System Control Modules

34950A 64-Bit Digital I/O Module with Memory and Counter

34951A 4-Channel Isolated D/A Converter Module with Waveform Memory
34952A Multifunction Module with Digital I/O, Totalizer, and DAC
34959A Breadboard Module

1034 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34921A Module Summary
40-Channel Armature Multiplexer with Low Thermal Offset

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Schematic

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1035

 This module uses a Safety Interlock feature that prevents connections to the Analog Buses
if no terminal block or cable is connected.

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34921A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

CONFigure Subsystem
MEASure? Subsystem
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:SCAN
SENSe Subsystem

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34921A-34925A Low Frequency Multiplexer ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

Max Voltage ±300 V

Max Current 1A
Bandwidth 45 MHz
Scanning Speed 100 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 3 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1036 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34922A Module Summary
70-Channel Armature Multiplexer

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1037

Simplified Schematic

1038 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1039
 This module uses a Safety Interlock feature that prevents connections to the Analog Buses
if no terminal block or cable is connected.

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34922A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

CONFigure Subsystem
MEASure? Subsystem
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:SCAN
SENSe Subsystem

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34921A-34925A Low Frequency Multiplexer ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

Max Voltage ±300 V

Max Current 1A
Bandwidth 25 MHz
Scanning Speed 100 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 3 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1040 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34923A Module Summary
40-Channel Reed Multiplexer

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1041

Simplified Schematic (2-Wire Mode)

1042 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Simplified Schematic (1-Wire Mode)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1043

1044 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference
 This module uses a Safety Interlock feature that prevents connections to the Analog Buses
if no terminal block or cable is connected.

Due to power dissipation issues, there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed
at a time on this module (you cannot close all channels simultaneously). See the
ROUTe:CLOSe command for more information.

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34923A Wiring Log (2-Wire Mode): Excel format Adobe PDF format

34923A Wiring Log (1-Wire Mode): Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

CONFigure Subsystem
MEASure? Subsystem
ROUTe:CLOSe

ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:SCAN
SENSe Subsystem
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34921A-34925A Low Frequency Multiplexer ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

Max Voltage ±150 V

Max Current 0.5 A
Bandwidth 45 MHz
Scanning Speed 500 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 50 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1045

Keysight 34924A Module Summary
70-Channel Reed Multiplexer

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

1046 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Simplified Schematic

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1047

1048 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference
 This module uses a Safety Interlock feature that prevents connections to the Analog Buses
if no terminal block or cable is connected.

Due to power dissipation issues, there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed
at a time on this module (you cannot close all channels simultaneously). See the
ROUTe:CLOSe command for more information.

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34924A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

CONFigure Subsystem
MEASure? Subsystem
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:SCAN
SENSe Subsystem

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34921A-34925A Low Frequency Multiplexer ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

Max Voltage ±150 V

Max Current 0.5 A
Bandwidth 25 MHz
Scanning Speed 500 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 50 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1049

Keysight 34925A Module Summary
40-Channel Opto-Coupled FET Multiplexer

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

1050 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Simplified Schematic (2-Wire Mode)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1051

1052 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference
Simplified Schematic (1-Wire Mode)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1053

1054 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference
 This module uses a Safety Interlock feature that prevents connections to the Analog Buses
if no terminal block or cable is connected.

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34925A Wiring Log (2-Wire Mode): Excel format Adobe PDF format

34925A Wiring Log (1-Wire Mode): Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

CONFigure Subsystem
MEASure? Subsystem
ROUTe:CLOSe

ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:SCAN
SENSe Subsystem
SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34921A-34925A Low Frequency Multiplexer ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

Max Voltage ±80 V

Max Current 0.05 A
Bandwidth 1 MHz
Scanning Speed 1000 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 3 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1055

Keysight 34931A Module Summary
Dual 4x8 Armature Matrix

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

1056 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Simplified Schematic

This module uses a Safety Interlock feature that prevents connections to the Analog Buses
if no terminal block or cable is connected.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1057

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34931A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34931A-34933A Matrix ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating information.

Max Voltage ±300 V

Max Current 1A
Bandwidth 30 MHz
Scanning Speed 100 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 3 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1058 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34932A Module Summary
Dual 4x16 Armature Matrix

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1059

Simplified Schematic

1060 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 This module uses a Safety Interlock feature that prevents connections to the Analog Buses
if no terminal block or cable is connected.

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34932A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34931A-34933A Matrix ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating information.

Max Voltage ±300 V

Max Current 1A
Bandwidth 30 MHz
Scanning Speed 100 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 3 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1061

Keysight 34933A Module Summary
Dual 4x8 Reed Matrix

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

1062 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Simplified Schematic (2-Wire Mode)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1063

1064 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference
Simplified Schematic (1-Wire Mode)

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1065

1066 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference
 This module uses a Safety Interlock feature that prevents connections to the Analog Buses
if no terminal block or cable is connected.

Due to power dissipation issues, there is a limit to the number of relays that can be closed
at a time on this module (you cannot close all channels simultaneously). See the
ROUTe:CLOSe command for more information.

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34933A Wiring Log (2-Wire Mode): Excel format Adobe PDF format

34933A Wiring Log (1-Wire Mode): Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN

SYSTem:MODule:WIRE:MODE

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34931A-34933A Matrix ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating information.

Max Voltage ±150 V

Max Current 0.5 A
Bandwidth 30 MHz
Scanning Speed 500 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 50 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1067

Keysight 34934A Module Summary
High-Density Matrix

Simplified Schematics | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Schematics

4x32 1-wire operation (see also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

1068 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

4x32 2-wire operation (see also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1069

1070 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference
4x64 1-wire operation (see also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

4x64 2-wire operation (see also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1071

4x128 1-wire operation (see also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

1072 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1073
8x32 1-wire operation (see also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

1074 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

8x32 2-wire operation (see Also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1075

8x64 1-wire operation (see also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

16x32 1-wire operation (see also 34934A Channel Addressing)

Wiring Logs: Excel Format Adobe PDF Format

1076 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe

ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

ROUTe:CLOSe:PAIR
ROUTe:OPEN

ROUTe:OPEN:PAIR
SYSTem:MODule:ROW:PROTection

SYSTem:MODule:TERMinal:TYPE?

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34934A High Density Matrix ModuleUser's Guide for detailed operating information.

Max Voltage ±100 V

Max Current 0.5 A
Bandwidth 35 MHz
Scanning Speed 500 chan/sec
Thermal Offset < 50 µV

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1077

Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1078 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34937A Module Summary
32-Channel Form C/Form A General-Purpose Switch

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Schematic

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34937A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN
SYSTem:MODule:PFAil:JUMPer:AMP5?
SYSTem:MODule:TEMPerature?

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34937A-34939A General Purpose Switch ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1079

 Form C Relays Form A Relays
Max Voltage 300 V 250 Vac
Max Current 1A 5A
Bandwidth 10 MHz 10 MHz
Thermal Offset < 3 µV < 3 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1080 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34938A Module Summary
20-Channel 5A Form A Switch

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Schematic

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34938A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN
SYSTem:MODule:PFAil:JUMPer:AMP5?
SYSTem:MODule:TEMPerature?

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34937A-34939A General Purpose Switch ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

Max Voltage 250 Vac

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1081

 Max Current 5A
Bandwidth 10 MHz
Thermal Offset < 3 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1082 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34939A Module Summary
64-Channel 1A Form A Switch

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Schematic

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34939A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive
ROUTe:OPEN
SYSTem:MODule:TEMPerature?

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34937A-34939A General Purpose Switch ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

Max Voltage 250 Vac

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1083

 Max Current 1A
Bandwidth 10 MHz
Thermal Offset < 3 µV
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1084 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34941A Module Summary
Quad 1x4 50Ω RF Multiplexer

See the Keysight 34941A-34942A RF Multiplexer ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating information.

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used

Simplified Schematic

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34941A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1085

ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

This module will not respond to the ROUTe:OPEN command (an error is generated). To
"open" a channel on these modules, send the ROUTe:CLOSe command to a different
channel in the same bank.

1086 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34942A Module Summary
Quad 1x4 75Ω RF Multiplexer

See the Keysight 34941A-34942A RF Multiplexer ModulesUser's Guide for detailed operating information.

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used

Simplified Schematic

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34942A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1087

ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

This module will not respond to the ROUTe:OPEN command (an error is generated). To
"open" a channel on these modules, send the ROUTe:CLOSe command to a different
channel in the same bank.

1088 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34945A Module Summary
Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver

Channel Numbering | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Channel Numbering

Bank Channels Channels

Bank 1 1–8 11 – 18
Bank 2 21 – 28 31 – 38
Bank 3 41 – 48 51 – 58
Bank 4 61 – 68 71 – 78

Example: ROUTE:CLOSE (@1234)

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:CLOSe:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:OPEN:DEFault
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PAIRed[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe[:MODE]
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:PULSe:WIDTh

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1089

ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:STATe?
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:RECovery
ROUTe:CHANnel:DRIVe:TIME:SETTle
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify[:ENABle]
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POLarity
ROUTe:CHANnel:VERify:POSition:STATe?
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:OPEN
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:DRIVe[:MODE]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe[:ENABle]
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:LED:DRIVe:LEVel
ROUTe:RMODule:BANK:PRESet
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:LIMit
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce:BOOT
ROUTe:RMODule:DRIVe:SOURce[:IMMediate]
SYSTem:CDEScription:RMODule?
SYSTem:CTYPe:RMODule?
SYSTem:RMODule:RESet
SYSTem:RMODule:STATus?

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34945A Microwave Switch/Attenuator Driver ModuleUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

34945EXT Switch Drive

(64 channels, Open-Collector Mode)
Driver Off Voltage (max) 30 V
Driver Off Leakage < 500 µV
Current
Driver On Current (max) 600 mA
Driver On Voltage (max) 0.5 V @ 600 mA

34945EXT Switch Drive

(64 channels, TTL Mode)
HI Output Voltage 3 V, Iout = 2 mA
LO Output Voltage 0.4 V, Iin = 20 mA
LO Input Current 20 mA

1090 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 34945EXT Position Indicator Sense Inputs
Channels 64
LO Input Voltage (max) 0.8 V
HI Input Voltage (min) 2.5 V
Input Resistance >100 kΩ
Maximum Input Voltage 30 V

34945EXT Switch Drive Power Supply

(34945EXT powered by 34945A)
Voltage 24 V nominal
Current 100 mA Continuous +
200 mA (15 ms pulse, 25%
duty cycle)

34945EXT External Power Connection

Voltage Range 4.75 V to 30 V
Current Limit >2A
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1091

Keysight 34946A Module Summary
Dual 1x2 SPDT Terminated Microwave Switch

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Schematic

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34946A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

This module will not respond to the ROUTe:OPEN command (an error is generated). To
"open" a channel on these modules, send the ROUTe:CLOSe command to a different
channel in the same bank.

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34946A-34947A Microwave Switch/ Driver ModuleUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

@ 4 GHz @ 20 GHz
Insertion Loss < 0.42 dB < 0.69 dB

1092 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 Isolation > 85 dB > 67 dB
Frequency Range 4 GHz 20 GHz
VSWR < 1.15 < 1.30
Input Impedance 50Ω 50Ω
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1093

Keysight 34947A Module Summary
Triple 1x2 SPDT Unterminated Microwave Switch

Simplified Schematic | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Schematic

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34947A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:CLOSe:EXCLusive

This module will not respond to the ROUTe:OPEN command (an error is generated). To
"open" a channel on these modules, send the ROUTe:CLOSe command to a different
channel in the same bank.

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34946A-34947A Microwave Switch/ Driver ModuleUser's Guide for detailed operating
information.

@ 4 GHz @ 20 GHz
Insertion Loss < 0.42 dB < 0.69 dB
Isolation > 85 dB > 67 dB
Frequency Range 4 GHz 20 GHz
VSWR < 1.15 < 1.30
Input Impedance 50Ω 50Ω
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1094 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34950A Module Summary
64-Bit Digital I/O Module with Memory and Counter

Simplified Block Diagram | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Block Diagram

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1095

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34950A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

Digital I/O:
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
MEASure:DIGital?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT?
[SENSe:]DIGital:THReshold
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT
SOURce:DIGital:DRIVe
SOURce:DIGital:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:STATe

Buffered (Memory) I/O:

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:CLEar
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:COMPare:ACTion
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:ALL?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:FORMat
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory[:DATA]:POINts?
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:SAMPle:COUNt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STARt
[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STEP

1096 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]DIGital:MEMory:STOP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ABORt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:ENABle
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:NCYCles
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STARt
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STEP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:STOP
SOURce:DIGital:MEMory:TRACe

Handshake and Interrupt Lines:

CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:CTIMe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:DRIVe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:POLarity
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:RATE
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:STATe
CONFigure:DIGital:HANDshake:SYNChronous:STRobe[:SOURce]
CONFigure:DIGital:INTerrupt:POLarity
[SENSe:]DIGital:HANDshake:THReshold
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE
[SENSe:]DIGital:INTerrupt:STATus?
SOURce:DIGital:HANDshake:LEVel
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt[:ENABle]
SOURce:DIGital:INTerrupt:MODE

Pattern Compare:
CALCulate:COMPare:DATA[:<width>]
CALCulate:COMPare:MASK[:<width>]
CALCulate:COMPare:STATe
CALCulate:COMPare:TYPE

Trace Waveforms:
FORMat:BORDer

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1097

TRACe:CATalog?
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital[:<width>]
TRACe[:DATA]:DIGital:FUNCtion
TRACe:DELete:ALL
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:FREE?
TRACe:POINts?

Counter:
CONFigure:COUNter:DCYCle
CONFigure:COUNter:FREQuency
CONFigure:COUNter:PERiod
CONFigure:COUNter:PWIDth
CONFigure:COUNter:TOTalize
CONFigure:TOTalize
MEASure:COUNter:DCYCle?
MEASure:COUNter:FREQuency?
MEASure:COUNter:PERiod?
MEASure:COUNter:PWIDth?
MEASure:COUNter:TOTalize?
MEASure:TOTalize?
[SENSe:]COUNter:ABORt
[SENSe:]COUNter:DATA?
[SENSe:]COUNter:DCYCle[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:FREQuency[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion
[SENSe:]COUNter:FUNCtion?
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:POLarity
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:SOURce
[SENSe:]COUNter:GATE:TIME[:INTernal]
[SENSe:]COUNter:INITiate
[SENSe:]COUNter:PERiod[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:PWIDth[:DATA]?

1098 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

[SENSe:]COUNter:SLOPe
[SENSe:]COUNter:THReshold:VOLTage
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize[:DATA]?
[SENSe:]COUNter:TOTalize:TYPE
[SENSe:]MODule:COUNter:GATE:THReshold[:VOLTage]
[SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold:VOLTage
[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE

System Clock Output:

SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:LEVel
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34950A 64-Bit Digital I/O and Counter Module User's Guide for detailed operating information.

Digital
Input/Output
Vin 0 V to 5 V
Vout 1.66 V to 5 V
Iout (max) 24 mA
Frequency (max) 10 MHz

Handshake Lines
Vin 0 V to 5 V
Vout 1.66 V to 5 V
Iout (max) 24 mA
Frequency (max) 10 MHz

Counter
Frequency (max) 10 MHz (max), 50% Duty
Cycle
Vin 0 V to 5 V

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1099

 Totalizer
Maximum Count 232 - 1 (4,294,967,295)
Maximum Input 10 MHz (max), Rising or
Frequency Falling Edge
Vin 0 V to 3 V
Gate Input 0 V to 3 V

Clock Output
Frequency 20 MHz to 10 Hz,
Configurable, 24 Bits
Vout 1.66 V to 5 V
Accuracy 100 ppm
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1100 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34951A Module Summary
4-Channel Isolated D/A Converter with Waveform Memory

Simplified Block Diagram | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Block Diagram

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1101

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34951A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

DAC Configuration:
OUTPut[:STATe]
SOURce:CURRent[:LEVel]
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:SOURce
SOURce:MODE
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:FREQuency
SOURce:MODule:CLOCk:STATe
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:EXTernal:IMMediate
SOURce:MODule:TRIGger:OUTPut
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]

Trace Waveform Configuration:

FORMat:BORDer
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:EXTernal:DIVisor
SOURce:FUNCtion:CLOCk:SOURce
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:GAIN
SOURce:FUNCtion:CURRent:OFFSet
SOURce:FUNCtion:ENABle
SOURce:FUNCtion:FREQuency
SOURce:FUNCtion:HALT
SOURce:FUNCtion:SAMPle:PERiod
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:NCYCles
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe:SINDex
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRACe[:NAME]
SOURce:FUNCtion:TRIGger:IMMediate
SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:GAIN

1102 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

 SOURce:FUNCtion:VOLTage:OFFSet
TRACe:CATalog?
TRACe:DELete:ALL
TRACe:DELete[:NAME]
TRACe:FREE?
TRACe:POINts?
TRACe[:DATA]
TRACe[:DATA]:DAC
TRACe[:DATA]:FUNCtion

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34951A 4-Channel Isolated D/A Converter with Waveform Memory Module User's Guide for
detailed operating information.

General
Specifications
Maximum Update 200 kHz point-to-point
Rate
Monotonic To 16 bits
Isolation > 80 Vdc/ac peak (chan-
to-chassis or chan-to-
chan)

DC Voltage
Amplitude ±16 V up to 10 mA
Resolution 16 bits = 500 µV
Settling Time 40 µs
Output Impedance < 1Ω with load sensed

DC Current
Range ±20 mA
Resolution 16 bits = 630 nA
Compliance Voltage ±12 V
Max Open-Circuit < ±22 V
Voltage
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1103

Keysight 34952A Module Summary
Multifunction Module with Digital I/O, Totalizer, and DAC

Simplified Block Diagram | Wiring Log | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Block Diagram

1104 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Wiring Log

A wiring log is available to make it easy to document your wiring configuration for this module. You can open the
file in Microsoft® Excel or Adobe® Acrobat® format.

34952A Wiring Log: Excel format Adobe PDF format

SCPI Commands Used

Digital I/O:
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
CONFigure:DIGital:WIDTh
MEASure:DIGital?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT?
SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT
SOURce:DIGital:STATe

Totalizer:
CONFigure:TOTalize
MEASure:TOTalize?
[SENSe:]TOTalize:CLEar:IMMediate
[SENSe:]TOTalize:SLOPe
[SENSe:]TOTalize:THReshold[:MODE]
[SENSe:]TOTalize:TYPE
[SENSe:]TOTalize:DATA?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:CONDition?
STATus:MODule:SLOT[n]:EVENt?

DAC:
SOURce:VOLTage[:LEVel]

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34952A Multifunction Module User's Guide for detailed operating information.

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1105

 Digital Input/Output
Vin(L) < 0.8 V (TTL)
Vin(H) > 2.0 V (TTL)
Vout(L) < 0.8 V @ Iout = -400
mA
Vout(H) > 2.4 V @ Iout = 1 mA
Vout(H) max < 42 V with external
pullup
Read/Write Speed 95/sec

Totalizer
Maximum Count 232 - 1 (4,294,967,295)
Totalize Input 100 kHz, rising or falling
edge
Signal Level 1 Vpp (min), 42 Vpk
(max)
Read Speed 85 readings/sec

DAC Output
DAC 1, 2 ±12 V, non-isolated
Resolution 1 mV
Iout 10 mA max
Settling Time 1 ms to 0.01% of output
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1106 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference

Keysight 34959A Module Summary
Breadboard Module

Simplified Block Diagram | SCPI Commands Used | Key Specifications

Simplified Block Diagram

SCPI Commands Used

Digital I/O:
CONFigure:DIGital
CONFigure:DIGital:DIRection
MEASure:DIGital?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA[:<width>]?
[SENSe:]DIGital:DATA:BIT?

Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference 1107

 SOURce:DIGital:DATA[:<width>]
SOURce:DIGital:DATA:BIT
SOURce:DIGital:STATe

GP Relays:
ROUTe:CLOSe
ROUTe:OPEN

Key Specifications

See the Keysight 34959A Breadboard ModuleUser's Guide for detailed operating information.

Max Module Power Dissipation 6W

Power Available:
12V Regulation, no load to full load 10%
5V Regulation, no load to full load 5%
Max Power from 12V Supply 6W
Max Power from 5V Supply 1W
DIO Ports (Chs 001 and 002) 8 bits, Configurable as Input or
Output
Relay Drives (Chs 101 through 128) 28 Lines, Sink up to 100 mA
Note: Product specifications are subject to change without notice.

1108 Keysight 34980A Multifunction Switch/ Measure Unit Programmer's Reference